Initial commit - Typo3 11.5.41
This commit is contained in:
Matteo Gallo
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns:t3="http://typo3.org/schemas/xliff" version="1.0">
|
||||
<file t3:id="1415814871" source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:about/Resources/Private/Language/Modules/about.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:34Z" product-name="typo3-cms-about" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_labels_tablabel" resname="mlang_labels_tablabel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>About TYPO3 CMS</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Informazioni su TYPO3 CMS</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_labels_tabdescr" resname="mlang_labels_tabdescr" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Displays the basic facts about the TYPO3 application, version and licensing terms.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mostra notizie di carattere generale su TYPO3, quali la versione e la licenza d'uso.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_tabs_tab" resname="mlang_tabs_tab" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>About TYPO3 CMS</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Informazioni su TYPO3 CMS</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="title" resname="title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>About TYPO3 CMS</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Informazioni su TYPO3 CMS</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="typo3_logo" resname="typo3_logo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TYPO3 CMS logo</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Logo di TYPO3 CMS</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="information" resname="information" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TYPO3 Information</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Informazioni su TYPO3</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="welcome" resname="welcome" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TYPO3 CMS - Professional Web Content Management System</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">TYPO3 Professional Web Content Management System</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="minor" resname="minor" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TYPO3 CMS is an enterprise-class, Open Source Content Management System, used internationally to build and manage websites of all types, from small sites for non-profits to multilingual enterprise solutions for large corporations.<br /><br />For further information visit <a href="https://typo3.org/typo3-cms/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer">typo3.org</a>.<br /><br />TYPO3 CMS is <b>freely available</b> under the <a href="https://typo3.org/typo3-cms/overview/licenses/" target="_blank">TYPO3-license (GNU/GPL)</a>.<br /><br />You are using %s %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">TYPO3 CMS è un Content Management System Open Source di classe enterprise, per la gestione dei contenuti, utilizzato a livello internazionale per costruire e gestire siti web di ogni tipo: da piccoli siti per non-profit a soluzioni multilingue per grandi aziende.<br /><br />Per ulteriori informazioni visita <a href="https://typo3.org/typo3-cms/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer">typo3.org</a>.<br /><br />TYPO3 CMS è <b>disponibile gratuitamente</b> sotto la <a href="https://typo3.org/typo3-cms/overview/licenses/" target="_blank">TYPO3-license (GNU/GPL)</a>.<br /><br />Stai usando %s %s</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="cms_description" resname="cms_description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TYPO3 CMS is an enterprise-class, Open Source Content Management System, used internationally to build and manage websites of all types, from small sites for non-profits to multilingual enterprise solutions for large corporations.<br /><br />For further information visit <a href="https://typo3.org/typo3-cms/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer">typo3.org</a>.<br /><br />TYPO3 CMS is <b>freely available</b> under the <a href="https://typo3.org/typo3-cms/overview/licenses/" target="_blank">TYPO3-license (GNU/GPL)</a>.<br /><br />You are using version %s - Copyright %s %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">TYPO3 CMS è un Content Management System Open Source di classe enterprise, per la gestione dei contenuti, utilizzato a livello internazionale per costruire e gestire siti web di ogni tipo: da piccoli siti non-profit a soluzioni aziendali multilingue per grandi aziende.<br /><br />Per ulteriori informazioni visita <a href="https://typo3.org/typo3-cms/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer">typo3.org</a>.<br /><br />TYPO3 CMS è <b>disponibile gratuitamente</b> sotto la <a href="https://typo3.org/typo3-cms/overview/licenses/" target="_blank">TYPO3-license (GNU/GPL)</a>.<br /><br />Stai usando la versione %s - Copyright %s %s</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="community_credits" resname="community_credits" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Community Credits</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Crediti e Riconoscimenti della Comunità</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="information_detail" resname="information_detail" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Visit <a href="https://typo3.org/community/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer">typo3.org/community/</a> if you want to know why TYPO3 rocks.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Visita <a href="https://typo3.org/community/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer">typo3.org/community/</a> se vuoi sapere perché TYPO3 spacca.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="coredevs" resname="coredevs" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Core Team</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Team Principale</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="coredevs_detail" resname="coredevs_detail" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Visit <a href="https://typo3.org/teams-committees/core-development/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer">typo3.org/teams-committees/core-development/</a> for the complete member list.<br /><br />The Git Repository and the ChangeLog can be found <a href="https://forge.typo3.org/projects/typo3cms-core/" target="_blank">here</a>.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Visita <a href="https://typo3.org/teams-committees/core-development/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer">typo3.org/teams-committees/core-development/</a> per l'elenco completo dei membri.<br /><br />Il repository di Git e il ChangeLog possono essere trovati <a href="https://forge.typo3.org/projects/typo3cms-core/" target="_blank">qui</a>.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="extension_authors" resname="extension_authors" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Extension Authors</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Autori delle estensioni</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="extension_list_info" resname="extension_list_info" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This is a list of the people who contributed to the extensions you're using in your installation.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questa è una lista delle persone che hanno contribuito alle estensioni usate in questa installazione di TYPO3</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="extension" resname="extension" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Extension</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Estensione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="extension_author" resname="extension_author" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Author</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Autore</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="donation_header" resname="donation_header" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TYPO3 Donation</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Donazione a TYPO3</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="donation_message" resname="donation_message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>It would be great if you could donate. TYPO3 CMS is Open Source and relies heavily on donations from its users and supporters.<br/><br/><b>Thank you</b> for making this great Content Management System even better with your support!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sarebbe bello se potessi fare una donazione. TYPO3 CMS è Open Source e si affida fortemente sulle donazioni dei suoi utenti e sostenitori.<br/><br/><b>Grazie</b> per aver reso questo grande Content Management System migliore con il tuo supporto!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="donation_button" resname="donation_button" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Donate now</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Fai una donazione ora</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="external_libraries" resname="external_libraries" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>External Libraries</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Librerie Esterne</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="external_thanks" resname="external_thanks" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TYPO3 CMS core uses and thanks these external Open Source projects:</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il core di TYPO3 utilizza e ringrazia questi progetti Open Source:</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns:t3="http://typo3.org/schemas/xliff" version="1.0">
|
||||
<file t3:id="1415814848" source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:about/Resources/Private/Language/Modules/locallang_alt_intro.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:33Z" product-name="lang" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="introtext" resname="introtext" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Web Content Management System</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Web Content Management System</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="introtext2" resname="introtext2" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This is a brief description of the available modules.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questa è una breve descrizione dei moduli disponibili:</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="endText" resname="endText" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Features may vary depending on your website and permissions</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Le caratteristiche possono variare a seconda del sito web e dei permessi utente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="userInfo" resname="userInfo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You're logged in as user</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Hai effettuato l'accesso come utente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns:t3="http://typo3.org/schemas/xliff" version="1.0">
|
||||
<file t3:id="1415814780" source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="messages" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="aboutmodules" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_labels_tablabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Information about modules</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Informazioni sul modulo</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_labels_tabdescr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Shows this page about available modules.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Mostra la pagina con i moduli disponibili.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_tabs_tab" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>About Modules</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">A riguardo dei moduli</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<T3locallangExt>
|
||||
<data type="array">
|
||||
<languageKey index="it" type="array">
|
||||
<label index="mlang_labels_tablabel">Informazioni sul modulo</label>
|
||||
<label index="mlang_labels_tabdescr">Mostra la pagina con i moduli disponibili.</label>
|
||||
<label index="mlang_tabs_tab">A riguardo dei moduli</label>
|
||||
</languageKey>
|
||||
</data>
|
||||
</T3locallangExt>
|
||||
17
typo3conf/l10n/it/aboutmodules/mod/it.locallang_mod.xlf
Normal file
17
typo3conf/l10n/it/aboutmodules/mod/it.locallang_mod.xlf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
|
||||
<xliff version="1.0">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="messages" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="aboutmodules" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_labels_tablabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Information about modules</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Informazioni sui moduli</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_labels_tabdescr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Shows this page about available modules.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Mostra questa pagina introduttiva sui moduli disponibili.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_tabs_tab" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>About Modules</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Info sui moduli</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
10
typo3conf/l10n/it/aboutmodules/mod/it.locallang_mod.xml
Normal file
10
typo3conf/l10n/it/aboutmodules/mod/it.locallang_mod.xml
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<T3locallangExt>
|
||||
<data type="array">
|
||||
<languageKey index="it" type="array">
|
||||
<label index="mlang_labels_tablabel">Informazioni sui moduli</label>
|
||||
<label index="mlang_labels_tabdescr">Mostra questa pagina introduttiva sui moduli disponibili.</label>
|
||||
<label index="mlang_tabs_tab">Info sui moduli</label>
|
||||
</languageKey>
|
||||
</data>
|
||||
</T3locallangExt>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:adminpanel/Resources/Private/Language/locallang.xlf" date="2018-03-31T08:08:00Z" product-name="adminpanel" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="deprecatedModuleLabel" resname="deprecatedModuleLabel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>General</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Generale</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="settings.label" resname="settings.label" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Settings</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Impostazioni</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="settings.updateButtonLabel" resname="settings.updateButtonLabel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Update Settings</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Aggiorna impostazioni</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="button.close" resname="button.close" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Close</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Chiudi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="button.view" resname="button.view" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>View</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Visualizza</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:adminpanel/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_cache.xlf" date="2018-03-12T13:52:00Z" product-name="adminpanel" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="module.label" resname="module.label" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Cache</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Cache</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="cache.no_cache" resname="cache.no_cache" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No caching</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nessuna cache</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="cache.clear_current" resname="cache.clear_current" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Clear cache of current page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Pulisci la cache della pagina corrente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="cache.clear_pages" resname="cache.clear_pages" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Clear frontend cache</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Svuota la cache di frontend</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:adminpanel/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_debug.xlf" date="2018-03-21T11:47:00Z" product-name="adminpanel" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="module.label" resname="module.label" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Debug</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Debug</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="module.shortinfo" resname="module.shortinfo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>(%s Errors/Warnings)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">(%s Errori/Avvisi)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submodule.log.label" resname="submodule.log.label" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Log</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Log</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submodule.log.message" resname="submodule.log.message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Log Message</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Messaggio di log</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submodule.log.component" resname="submodule.log.component" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Component</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Componente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submodule.log.level" resname="submodule.log.level" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Level</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Livello</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submodule.log.groupByComponent" resname="submodule.log.groupByComponent" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Group by Component</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Raggruppa per Componente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submodule.log.groupByLevel" resname="submodule.log.groupByLevel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Group by Level</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Raggruppa per Livello</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submodule.log.startLevel" resname="submodule.log.startLevel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Display only levels equal or higher to</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Visualizza solo i livelli uguali o maggiori di</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submodule.log.noEntries" resname="submodule.log.noEntries" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No log entries.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nessuna voce di log.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submodule.events.label" resname="submodule.events.label" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Events</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Eventi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submodule.queryInformation.label" resname="submodule.queryInformation.label" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Query Information</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Informazioni Query</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submodule.queryInformation.query" resname="submodule.queryInformation.query" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Query</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Query</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submodule.queryInformation.queries" resname="submodule.queryInformation.queries" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Queries</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Query</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submodule.queryInformation.backtrace" resname="submodule.queryInformation.backtrace" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Backtrace</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Backtrace</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submodule.queryInformation.doctrineDebug" resname="submodule.queryInformation.doctrineDebug" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>SQL Debug</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Debug SQL</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submodule.queryInformation.sqlQuery" resname="submodule.queryInformation.sqlQuery" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>SQL Query</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Query SQL</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submodule.queryInformation.queryCount" resname="submodule.queryInformation.queryCount" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Count</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Conteggio</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submodule.queryInformation.queryTime" resname="submodule.queryInformation.queryTime" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Total Time [ms]</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tempo totale [ms]</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submodule.queryInformation.total" resname="submodule.queryInformation.total" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Total</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Totale</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submodule.pageTitle.label" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page title</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Titolo della pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submodule.pageTitle.usedProvider" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Used provider</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Provider utilizzato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submodule.pageTitle.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Title</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Titolo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submodule.pageTitle.provider" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Provider</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Provider</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submodule.pageTitle.skippedProviders" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Skipped providers (provided no title)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Provider saltati (senza titolo)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submodule.pageTitle.name" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Name</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nome</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submodule.pageTitle.allProviders" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>All providers checked in order</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tutti i provider controllati in ordine</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submodule.pageTitle.cacheEnabled" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>It's not possible to retrieve the page title (providers) information when the page is cached.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non è possibile recuperare le informazioni del titolo della pagina (provider) quando la pagina è nella cache.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submodule.pageTitle.cacheEnabled.extraInfo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Visit this page uncached, or disable the cache through this admin panel.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Visita questa pagina senza cache o disabilita la cache tramite questo pannello di amministrazione.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:adminpanel/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_info.xlf" date="2018-03-12T13:52:01Z" product-name="adminpanel" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="module.label" resname="module.label" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Info</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Informazioni</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="module.shortinfo" resname="module.shortinfo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>(Load Time: %s ms)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">(Tempo di caricamento: %s ms)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="imagesOnPage" resname="imagesOnPage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Images on this page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Immagini in questa pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="imagesSize" resname="imagesSize" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Total image file sizes</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Dimensioni totali del file immagine</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="DocumentSize" resname="DocumentSize" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Document size</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Dimensione del documento</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pageUid" resname="pageUid" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page Uid</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Uid pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pageType" resname="pageType" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page type</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tipo di pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="groupList" resname="groupList" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Frontenduser group combination</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Combinazione di gruppi di utenti di frontend</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noCache" resname="noCache" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page cached</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Pagina in cache</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noCache_yes" resname="noCache_yes" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Yes</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sì</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noCache_no" resname="noCache_no" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">No</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="countUserInt" resname="countUserInt" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Count of USER_INT objects</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Numero di oggetti USER_INT</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="feuserName" resname="feuserName" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Name of logged in FE-User</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nome dell'utente FE autenticato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="feuserId" resname="feuserId" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Id of logged in FE-User</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Id dell'utente FE autenticato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="totalParsetime" resname="totalParsetime" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Total parsetime</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tempo di analisi totale</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noUserInt" resname="noUserInt" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>There are no USER_INT objects on this page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non ci sono oggetti USER_INT in questa pagina.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="key" resname="key" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Key</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Chiave</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="value" resname="value" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Value</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Valore</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sub.general.label" resname="sub.general.label" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>General</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Generale</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sub.php.label" resname="sub.php.label" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>PHP</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">PHP</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sub.request.label" resname="sub.request.label" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>REQUEST</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">REQUEST</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sub.userint.label" resname="sub.userint.label" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>USER_INT</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">USER_INT</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:adminpanel/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_preview.xlf" date="2018-03-13T08:08:00Z" product-name="adminpanel" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="module.label" resname="module.label" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Preview</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Anteprima</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="showHiddenPages" resname="showHiddenPages" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show hidden pages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mostra pagine nascoste</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="showHiddenRecords" resname="showHiddenRecords" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show hidden records</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Visualizza record nascosti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="showFluidDebug" resname="showFluidDebug" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show fluid debug output</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mostra debug di Fluid</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="simulateDate" resname="simulateDate" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Simulate time</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Simulazione del tempo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="simulateUserGroup" resname="simulateUserGroup" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Simulate user group</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Simula gruppo utente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:adminpanel/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_tsdebug.xlf" date="2018-03-15T09:39:00Z" product-name="adminpanel" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="module.label" resname="module.label" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TypoScript</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">TypoScript</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="module.shortinfo" resname="module.shortinfo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>(%s Messages)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">(%s Messaggi)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="treeDisplay" resname="treeDisplay" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Tree display</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Visualizza albero</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="displayTimes" resname="displayTimes" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Display all times</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mostra sempre</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="displayMessages" resname="displayMessages" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Display messages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Visualizza messaggi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="displayContent" resname="displayContent" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Display content</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Visualizza contenuto</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="trackContentRendering" resname="trackContentRendering" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Track content rendering</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Traccia rendering del contenuto</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="forceTemplateParsing" resname="forceTemplateParsing" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Force TS Rendering</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Forza rendering del codice TS</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sub.waterfall.label" resname="sub.waterfall.label" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TS Tree</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Albero TS</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
29
typo3conf/l10n/it/adodb/it.locallang_datasource_config.xlf
Normal file
29
typo3conf/l10n/it/adodb/it.locallang_datasource_config.xlf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
|
||||
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
|
||||
<xliff version="1.0">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="messages" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="adodb" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="dbtype" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Database type</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Tipo di database</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="host" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Host or DSN</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Host o DNS</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="dbname" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Database name</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Nome database</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="username" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Username</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Username</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="password" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Password</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Password</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="table" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Table name</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Nome tabella</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="checkconnectionwizard" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Check connection to database with configuration entered below</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Controlla la connessione al database con la configurazione sottostante</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
14
typo3conf/l10n/it/adodb/it.locallang_datasource_config.xml
Normal file
14
typo3conf/l10n/it/adodb/it.locallang_datasource_config.xml
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<T3locallangExt>
|
||||
<data type="array">
|
||||
<languageKey index="it" type="array">
|
||||
<label index="dbtype">Tipo di database</label>
|
||||
<label index="host">Host o DNS</label>
|
||||
<label index="dbname">Nome database</label>
|
||||
<label index="username">Username</label>
|
||||
<label index="password">Password</label>
|
||||
<label index="table">Nome tabella</label>
|
||||
<label index="checkconnectionwizard">Controlla la connessione al database con la configurazione sottostante</label>
|
||||
</languageKey>
|
||||
</data>
|
||||
</T3locallangExt>
|
||||
29
typo3conf/l10n/it/adodb/it.locallang_wizard.xlf
Normal file
29
typo3conf/l10n/it/adodb/it.locallang_wizard.xlf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
|
||||
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
|
||||
<xliff version="1.0">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="messages" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="adodb" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="dbtype" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Database type</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Tipo di database</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="host" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Host or DSN</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Host o DNS</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="dbname" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Database name</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Nome Database</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="username" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Username</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Username</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="password" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Password</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Password</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="table" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Table name</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Nome Tabella</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="checkconnectionwizard" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Check connection to database with configuration entered below</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Controlla la connessione al database con la configurazione sottostante</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
14
typo3conf/l10n/it/adodb/it.locallang_wizard.xml
Normal file
14
typo3conf/l10n/it/adodb/it.locallang_wizard.xml
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<T3locallangExt>
|
||||
<data type="array">
|
||||
<languageKey index="it" type="array">
|
||||
<label index="dbtype">Tipo di database</label>
|
||||
<label index="host">Host o DNS</label>
|
||||
<label index="dbname">Nome Database</label>
|
||||
<label index="username">Username</label>
|
||||
<label index="password">Password</label>
|
||||
<label index="table">Nome Tabella</label>
|
||||
<label index="checkconnectionwizard">Controlla la connessione al database con la configurazione sottostante</label>
|
||||
</languageKey>
|
||||
</data>
|
||||
</T3locallangExt>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:backend/Resources/Private/Language/Modules/about.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:34Z" product-name="typo3-cms-backend" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_labels_tablabel" resname="mlang_labels_tablabel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>About TYPO3 CMS</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Informazioni su TYPO3 CMS</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_labels_tabdescr" resname="mlang_labels_tabdescr" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Displays the basic facts about the TYPO3 application, version and licensing terms.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Visualizza le informazioni di base sull'applicazione TYPO3, la versione e le condizioni di licenza.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_tabs_tab" resname="mlang_tabs_tab" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>About TYPO3 CMS</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Informazioni su TYPO3 CMS</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="title" resname="title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>About TYPO3 CMS</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Informazioni su TYPO3 CMS</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="typo3_logo" resname="typo3_logo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TYPO3 CMS logo</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Logo di TYPO3 CMS</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="information" resname="information" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TYPO3 Information</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Informazioni su TYPO3</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="welcome" resname="welcome" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TYPO3 CMS - Professional Web Content Management System</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">TYPO3 CMS - Sistema professionale di gestione dei contenuti web</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="minor" resname="minor" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TYPO3 CMS is an enterprise-class, Open Source Content Management System, used internationally to build and manage websites of all types, from small sites for non-profits to multilingual enterprise solutions for large corporations.<br /><br />For further information visit <a href="https://typo3.org/typo3-cms/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer">typo3.org</a>.<br /><br />TYPO3 CMS is <b>freely available</b> under the <a href="https://typo3.org/project/licenses/" target="_blank">TYPO3-license (GNU/GPL)</a>.<br /><br />You are using %s %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">TYPO3 CMS è un Content Management System Open Source di classe enterprise, per la gestione dei contenuti, utilizzato a livello internazionale per costruire e gestire siti web di ogni tipo: da piccoli siti per non-profit a soluzioni multilingue per grandi aziende.<br /><br />Per ulteriori informazioni visita <a href="https://typo3.org/typo3-cms/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer">typo3.org</a>.<br /><br />TYPO3 CMS è <b>disponibile gratuitamente</b> sotto la <a href="https://typo3.org/project/licenses/" target="_blank">TYPO3-license (GNU/GPL)</a>.<br /><br />Stai usando %s %s</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="cms_description" resname="cms_description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TYPO3 CMS is an enterprise-class, Open Source Content Management System, used internationally to build and manage websites of all types, from small sites for non-profits to multilingual enterprise solutions for large corporations.<br /><br />For further information visit <a href="https://typo3.org/typo3-cms/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer">typo3.org</a>.<br /><br />TYPO3 CMS is <b>freely available</b> under the <a href="https://typo3.org/project/licenses/" target="_blank">TYPO3-license (GNU/GPL)</a>.<br /><br />You are using version %s - Copyright %s %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">TYPO3 CMS è un Content Management System Open Source di classe enterprise, per la gestione dei contenuti, utilizzato a livello internazionale per costruire e gestire siti web di ogni tipo: da piccoli siti per non-profit a soluzioni multilingue per grandi aziende.<br /><br />Per ulteriori informazioni visita <a href="https://typo3.org/typo3-cms/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer">typo3.org</a>.<br /><br />TYPO3 CMS è <b>disponibile gratuitamente</b> sotto la <a href="https://typo3.org/project/licenses/" target="_blank">TYPO3-license (GNU/GPL)</a>.<br /><br />Stai usando la versione %s - Copyright %s %s</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="community_credits" resname="community_credits" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Community Credits</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Crediti della Comunità</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="information_detail" resname="information_detail" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Visit <a href="https://typo3.org/community/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer">typo3.org/community/</a> if you want to know why TYPO3 rocks.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Visita <a href="https://typo3.org/community/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer">typo3.org/community/</a> se vuoi sapere perché TYPO3 spacca.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="coredevs" resname="coredevs" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Core Team</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Team principale</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="coredevs_detail" resname="coredevs_detail" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Visit <a href="https://typo3.org/teams-committees/core-development/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer">typo3.org/teams-committees/core-development/</a> for the complete member list.<br /><br />The Git Repository and the ChangeLog can be found <a href="https://forge.typo3.org/projects/typo3cms-core/" target="_blank">here</a>.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Visita <a href="https://typo3.org/teams-committees/core-development/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer">typo3.org/teams-committees/core-development/</a> per l'elenco completo dei membri.<br /><br />Il repository Git e il ChangeLog si trovano <a href="https://forge.typo3.org/projects/typo3cms-core/" target="_blank">qui</a>.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="extension_authors" resname="extension_authors" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Extension Authors</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Autori dell'estensione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="extension_list_info" resname="extension_list_info" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This is a list of the people who contributed to the extensions you're using in your installation.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo è un elenco delle persone che hanno contribuito alle estensioni che stai usando nella tua installazione.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="extension" resname="extension" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Extension</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Estensione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="extension_author" resname="extension_author" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Author</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Autore</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="donation_header" resname="donation_header" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TYPO3 Donation</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Donazione TYPO3</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="donation_message" resname="donation_message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>It would be great if you could donate. TYPO3 CMS is Open Source and relies heavily on donations from its users and supporters.<br/><br/><b>Thank you</b> for making this great Content Management System even better with your support!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sarebbe fantastico se potessi fare una donazione. TYPO3 CMS è Open Source e si basa molto sulle donazioni dei suoi utenti e sostenitori.<br/><br/><b>Grazie</b> per aver reso grande questo Content Management System e ancora migliore con il tuo supporto!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="donation_button" resname="donation_button" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Donate now</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Dona ora</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="external_libraries" resname="external_libraries" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>External Libraries</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Librerie Esterne</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="external_thanks" resname="external_thanks" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TYPO3 CMS core uses and thanks these external Open Source projects:</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">TYPO3 CMS core utilizza e ringrazia questi progetti Open Source esterni:</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="introtext" resname="introtext" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Web Content Management System</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Web Content Management System</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="introtext2" resname="introtext2" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This is a brief description of the available modules.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questa è una breve descrizione dei moduli disponibili.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="endText" resname="endText" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Features may vary depending on your website and permissions</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Le funzionalità possono variare a seconda del tuo sito web e dei permessi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="userInfo" resname="userInfo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You're logged in as user</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Hai effettuato l'accesso come utente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:backend/Resources/Private/Language/Modules/locallang_alt_intro.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:33Z" product-name="lang" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:backend/Resources/Private/Language/locallang.xlf" date="2015-01-02T11:16:11Z" product-name="backend" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="no_modules_registered" resname="no_modules_registered" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No modules have been registered. Please contact your system administrator.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nessun modulo è stato registrato. Si prega di contattare l'amministratore del sistema.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="show_references" resname="show_references" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show references</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mostra riferimenti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="systemmessage.header" resname="systemmessage.header" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Application Information</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Informazioni Applicazione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="systemmessage.intro" resname="systemmessage.intro" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source><![CDATA[This is a short system overview. For advanced information please head to the <a href="%s">Environment Module</a>.]]></source>
|
||||
<target state="final"><![CDATA[Questa è una breve panoramica del sistema. Per informazioni avanzate vai al <a href="%s">Modulo Ambiente</a>.]]></target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="systemmessage.allgood" resname="systemmessage.allgood" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Your system is fully operational.
|
||||
Have a nice day.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il tuo sistema è pienamente operativo.
|
||||
Buona giornata.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="usermodule.su.list" resname="usermodule.su.list" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Recently switched to</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Utenti simulati di recente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="usermodule.su.tooltip" resname="usermodule.su.tooltip" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Switch to user %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Simula l'utente %s</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="config.loginLogo" resname="config.loginLogo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Logo: If set, this logo will be used instead of the TYPO3 logo above the login credential fields (e.g. fileadmin/images/login-logo.png or EXT:my_theme/Resources/Public/Images/login-logo.png or //domain.tld/login-logo.png).</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Logo: se impostato, questo logo, sarà usato al posto del logo di TYPO3 appena sopra i campi delle credenziali di autenticazione (es. fileadmin/images/login-logo.png o EXT:my_theme/Resources/Public/Images/login-logo.png o //domain.tld/login-logo.png).</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="config.loginLogoAlt" resname="config.loginLogoAlt" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Logo Alt-Text: If a custom logo is set, this text will be used as the alt attribute of the img tag.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Testo "alt" del logo: se è stato impostato un logo personalizzato, questo testo sarà usato come valore dell'attributo alt del tag img.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="config.loginHighlightColor" resname="config.loginHighlightColor" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Highlight Color: If set, this color will be used as highlight color in the login screen.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Colore di Evidenziazione: se impostato, questo colore sarà usato come colore di evidenziazione nella schermata di accesso.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="config.loginBackgroundImage" resname="config.loginBackgroundImage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Background Image: If set, this image will be used as background image for the login screen (e.g. fileadmin/images/my-background.jpg or EXT:my_theme/Resources/Public/Images/my-background.jpg or //domain.tld/my-background.png).</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Immagine di Sfondo: se impostata, questa immagine, sarà usata come immagine di sfondo per la schermata di autenticazione (es. fileadmin/images/my-background.jpg o EXT:my_theme/Resources/Public/Images/my-background.jpg o //domain.tld/my-background.png).</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="config.loginFootnote" resname="config.loginFootnote" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Footnote: If set, this text will be displayed on the login screen to provide copyright information for the background image (e.g. background image © 2017 by John Doe) or a descriptive text.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nota a piè di pagina: se impostata, il testo verrà visualizzato nella schermata di accesso per fornire le informazioni sul copyright per l'immagine di sfondo (es. immagine di sfondo © 2017 di John Doe) o un testo descrittivo.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="config.backendLogo" resname="config.backendLogo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Logo: If set, this logo will be used instead of the TYPO3 logo in the TYPO3 backend in the left top corner (e.g. fileadmin/images/backend-logo.png or EXT:my_theme/Resources/Public/Images/backend-logo.png).</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Logo: se impostato, questo logo verrà utilizzato al posto del logo TYPO3 nel backend TYPO3 nell'angolo superiore sinistro (es. fileadmin/images/backend-logo.png o EXT:my_theme/Resources/Public/Images/backend-logo.png).</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="config.backendFavicon" resname="config.backendFavicon" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Favicon: If set, this favicon will be used instead of the TYPO3 logo (e.g. EXT:my_theme/Resources/Public/Images/favicon.ico).</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Favicon: se impostata, questa favicon verrà usata al posto del logo TYPO3 (es. EXT:my_theme/Resources/Public/Images/favicon.ico).</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="foldertreeview.noFolders.title" resname="foldertreeview.noFolders.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No folders available</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nessuna cartella disponibile</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="foldertreeview.noFolders.message" resname="foldertreeview.noFolders.message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You do not have access to any folder. Please ask your administrator to fix access permissions for your account.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non hai accesso a nessuna cartella. Chiedi all'amministratore di correggere i permessi di accesso per il tuo account.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="login.header" resname="login.header" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Login</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Accesso</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="login.region.footnote" resname="login.region.footnote" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Footnote</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nota a piè di pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="login.link" resname="login.link" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Login with username and password</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Accedi con nome utente e password</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="login.username" resname="login.username" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Username</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nome utente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="login.password" resname="login.password" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Password</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Password</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="login.password_forget" resname="login.password_forget" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Forgot your password?</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Hai dimenticato la tua password?</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="login.error.capslock" resname="login.error.capslock" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Attention: Caps lock enabled!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Attenzione: Blocco maiuscole attivo!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="login.error.capslockStatus" resname="login.error.capslockStatus" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Caps lock enabled</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Blocco maiuscole abilitato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="login.interface" resname="login.interface" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Interface</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Interfaccia</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="login.news.header" resname="login.news.header" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>System News</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">News di Sistema</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="login.news.date" resname="login.news.date" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Date</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Data</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="login.news.previous" resname="login.news.previous" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Previous</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Precedente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="login.news.next" resname="login.news.next" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Next</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Successivo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="login.navigation.loginProvider" resname="login.navigation.loginProvider" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Login Provider</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Provider di Autenticazione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="login.navigation.typo3" resname="login.navigation.typo3" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Further information about TYPO3</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ulteriori informazioni su TYPO3</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="login.error.message" resname="login.error.message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Your login attempt did not succeed</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tentativo di accesso non riuscito</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="login.error.description" resname="login.error.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Make sure to spell your username and password correctly, including upper/lowercase characters.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Assicurati di scrivere correttamente il tuo nome utente e la tua password, inclusi i caratteri maiuscoli/minuscoli.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="login.error.javascript" resname="login.error.javascript" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Please activate JavaScript!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Si prega di attivare JavaScript!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="login.error.cookies" resname="login.error.cookies" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Please activate Cookies!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Si prega di attivare i cookie!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="login.error.referrer" resname="login.error.referrer" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TYPO3 relies on HTTP referrers for security reasons in the backend. It seems your browser refused to send this information.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">TYPO3 utilizza il referrer HTTP per verifiche di sicurezza nel backend. Sembra che il tuo browser abbia rifiutato di inviare queste informazioni.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="login.process" resname="login.process" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Verifying Login Data ...</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sto verificando i dati di accesso ...</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="login.submit" resname="login.submit" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Login</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Accedi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="login.copyrightLink" resname="login.copyrightLink" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>More about TYPO3</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Maggiori informazioni su TYPO3</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="login.typo3Logo" resname="login.typo3Logo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TYPO3 logo</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Logo TYPO3</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="login.donate" resname="login.donate" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Donate</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Fai una donazione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="formEngine.databaseRecordErrorInlineChildChild" resname="formEngine.databaseRecordErrorInlineChildChild" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The record with uid %2$s from table %1$s could not be retrieved from the database. This data inconsistency can occur if
|
||||
a base record has been deleted but the intermediate record from table %3$s with uid %4$s still points to it. To fix
|
||||
this situation, either delete the intermediate record, or recover the deleted record using the recycler module.
|
||||
</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il record con uid %2$s dalla tabella %1$s non può essere recuperato dal database. Questa incongruenza dei dati può verificarsi se
|
||||
un record di base è stato cancellato, ma il record intermedio dalla tabella %3$s con uid %4$s punta ancora ad esso. Per correggere
|
||||
questa situazione, eliminare il record intermedio o recuperare il record cancellato utilizzando il modulo Cestino.
|
||||
</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="modulemenu.label" resname="modulemenu.label" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Module Menu</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Menù del Modulo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:backend/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_alt_doc.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:33Z" product-name="lang" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="deleteItem" resname="deleteItem" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Delete</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Elimina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="deleteWarning" resname="deleteWarning" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Are you sure you want to delete this record?</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sei sicuro di voler eliminare questo record?</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="undoLastChange" resname="undoLastChange" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Undo/Redo last change (%s ago)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Annulla/Ripeti l'ultima modifica (%s fa)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="recordHistory" resname="recordHistory" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>View record change history</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Visualizza cronologia modifiche del record</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="editWholeRecord" resname="editWholeRecord" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit whole record</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica tutto il record</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="openDocs" resname="openDocs" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>OPEN DOCUMENTS</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">DOCUMENTI APERTI</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noDocuments" resname="noDocuments" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No open documents</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nessun documento aperto</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noDocuments_msg" resname="noDocuments_msg" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>There are no open documents available to edit.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non ci sono documenti aperti disponibili per la modifica.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noDocuments_msg2" resname="noDocuments_msg2" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You can go to %s to find the page or the record you wish to edit.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Puoi andare su %s per trovare la pagina o il record che vuoi modificare.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noDocuments_msg3" resname="noDocuments_msg3" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You can select one of your most recently edited records from this list</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Da questo elenco puoi selezionare record recentemente modificati da te</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noDocuments_pagemodule" resname="noDocuments_pagemodule" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>the Web>Page module</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modulo Web>Pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noDocuments_OR" resname="noDocuments_OR" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>or</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">o</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noDocuments_listmodule" resname="noDocuments_listmodule" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>the Web>List module</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modulo Web>Lista</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noEditForm" resname="noEditForm" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit form could not be loaded</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Impossibile caricare la form-modifica</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noEditForm.message" resname="noEditForm.message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The edit form could not be loaded for the requested records. This might be due to insufficient permissions.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La form-modifica non può essere caricata per i record richiesti. Questo potrebbe essere dovuto a permessi insufficienti.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="buttons.confirm.duplicate_record_changed.cancel" resname="buttons.confirm.duplicate_record_changed.cancel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Cancel</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Annulla</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="button.confirm.duplicate_record_changed.no" resname="button.confirm.duplicate_record_changed.no" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No, just duplicate the original</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">No, duplica l'originale</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="buttons.confirm.duplicate_record_changed.yes" resname="buttons.confirm.duplicate_record_changed.yes" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Yes, save and duplicate this record</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sì, salva e duplica questo record</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="buttons.confirm.close_without_save.yes" resname="buttons.confirm.close_without_save.yes" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Yes, discard my changes</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sì, ignora le modifiche</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="buttons.confirm.close_without_save.no" resname="buttons.confirm.close_without_save.no" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No, I will continue editing</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">No, continuerò a modificare</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="buttons.confirm.save_and_close" resname="buttons.confirm.save_and_close" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Save and close</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Salva e chiudi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="label.confirm.duplicate_record_changed.title" resname="label.confirm.duplicate_record_changed.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Do you want to save before duplicating this record?</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Salvare prima di duplicare questo record?</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="label.confirm.duplicate_record_changed.content" resname="label.confirm.duplicate_record_changed.content" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You currently have unsaved changes. Do you want to save your changes before duplicating this record?</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ci sono delle modifiche non salvate. Vuoi salvare le modifiche prima di duplicare questo record?</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="label.confirm.new_record_changed.title" resname="label.confirm.new_record_changed.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Do you want to save before adding?</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Vuoi salvare prima di aggiungere?</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="label.confirm.new_record_changed.content" resname="label.confirm.new_record_changed.content" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You need to save your changes before creating a new record. Do you want to save and create now?</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Devi salvare le modifiche prima di creare un nuovo record. Salvare e creare ora?</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="buttons.confirm.new_record_changed.cancel" resname="buttons.confirm.new_record_changed.cancel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Cancel</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Annulla</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="buttons.confirm.new_record_changed.no" resname="buttons.confirm.new_record_changed.no" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No, just add</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">No, aggiungi solo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="buttons.confirm.new_record_changed.yes" resname="buttons.confirm.new_record_changed.yes" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Yes, save and create now</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sì, salva e crea ora</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="label.confirm.view_record_changed.title" resname="label.confirm.view_record_changed.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Do you want to save before viewing?</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Desideri salvare prima di visualizzare?</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="label.confirm.view_record_changed.content" resname="label.confirm.view_record_changed.content" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You currently have unsaved changes. You can either discard these changes or save and view them.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Al momento hai delle modifiche non salvate. Puoi scartare queste modifiche o salvarle e visualizzarle.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="label.confirm.view_record_changed.content.is-new-page" resname="label.confirm.view_record_changed.content.is-new-page" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You need to save your changes before viewing the page. Do you want to save and view them now?</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Devi salvare le modifiche prima di visualizzare la pagina. Vuoi salvarle e visualizzarle ora?</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="buttons.confirm.view_record_changed.cancel" resname="buttons.confirm.view_record_changed.cancel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Cancel</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Annulla</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="buttons.confirm.view_record_changed.no-save" resname="buttons.confirm.view_record_changed.no-save" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>View without changes</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Visualizza senza modifiche</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="buttons.confirm.view_record_changed.save" resname="buttons.confirm.view_record_changed.save" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Save changes and view</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Salva le modifiche e visualizza</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="label.confirm.close_without_save.title" resname="label.confirm.close_without_save.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Do you want to close without saving?</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Desideri chiudere senza salvare?</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="label.confirm.close_without_save.content" resname="label.confirm.close_without_save.content" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You currently have unsaved changes. Are you sure you want to discard these changes?</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Al momento le modifiche non sono state salvate. Sei sicuro di voler scartare queste modifiche?</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="buttons.confirm.delete_file.no" resname="buttons.confirm.delete_file.no" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Cancel</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Annulla</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="buttons.confirm.delete_file.yes" resname="buttons.confirm.delete_file.yes" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Yes, delete this file</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sì, elimina questo file</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="buttons.confirm.delete_folder.yes" resname="buttons.confirm.delete_folder.yes" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Yes, delete this folder</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sì, elimina questa cartella</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="buttons.confirm.delete_record.no" resname="buttons.confirm.delete_record.no" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Cancel</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Annulla</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="buttons.confirm.delete_record.yes" resname="buttons.confirm.delete_record.yes" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Yes, delete this record</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sì, elimina questo record</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="label.confirm.delete_record.title" resname="label.confirm.delete_record.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Delete this record?</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Eliminare questo record?</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="label.confirm.delete_record.content" resname="label.confirm.delete_record.content" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Are you sure you want to delete this record?</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sei sicuro di voler eliminare questo record?</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="buttons.confirm.delete_elements.no" resname="buttons.confirm.delete_elements.no" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Cancel</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Annulla</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="buttons.confirm.delete_elements.yes" resname="buttons.confirm.delete_elements.yes" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Yes, delete these elements</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sì, elimina questi elementi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="buttons.reviewFailedValidationFields" resname="buttons.reviewFailedValidationFields" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Review fields with failed validations</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Rivedi i campi con validazioni fallite</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="buttons.pageTsConfig" resname="buttons.pageTsConfig" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>PageTS Config</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">TSconfig di pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:backend/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_column_selector.xlf" date="2021-08-25T02:11:02Z" product-name="backend" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="showColumns" resname="showColumns" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show Columns</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mostra Colonne</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="showColumnsSelection" resname="showColumnsSelection" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show columns for %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mostra colonne per %s</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="updateColumnView" resname="updateColumnView" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Update</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Aggiorna</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="updateColumnView.nothingUpdated" resname="updateColumnView.nothingUpdated" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No columns were updated</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nessuna colonna aggiornata</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="updateColumnView.error" resname="updateColumnView.error" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Could not update columns</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Impossibile aggiornare le colonne</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="columnsFilter" resname="columnsFilter" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Filter by:</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Filtra per:</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:backend/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_copytoclipboard.xlf" date="2021-06-01T12:43:12Z" product-name="backend" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="copyToClipboard.success" resname="copyToClipboard.success" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Copied to clipboard</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Copiato nella clipboard</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="copyToClipboard.error" resname="copyToClipboard.error" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Could not be copied to clipboard</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Impossibile copiare nella clipboard</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:backend/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_db_new_content_el.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="cms" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sel1" resname="sel1" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Please select the type of page content you wish to create</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona il tipo di contenuto di pagina che desideri creare</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sel2" resname="sel2" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Now, click the position where you wish to place the element on the page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ora, fai clic sulla posizione in cui desideri posizionare l'elemento sulla pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common" resname="common" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Typical page content</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ordinari</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common_headerOnly_title" resname="common_headerOnly_title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Header Only</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Intestazione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common_headerOnly_description" resname="common_headerOnly_description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Adds a header only.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Aggiunge solo un'intestazione.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common_regularText_title" resname="common_regularText_title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Regular Text Element</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Testo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common_regularText_description" resname="common_regularText_description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>A regular text element with header and bodytext fields.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Elemento di testo con campi intestazione e corpo del testo.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common_textImage_title" resname="common_textImage_title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Text & Images</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Testo e Immagini</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common_textImage_description" resname="common_textImage_description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Any number of images wrapped right around a regular text element.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Un numero qualsiasi di immagini attorniate da testo.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common_textMedia_title" resname="common_textMedia_title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Text & Media</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Testo e Multimedia</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common_textMedia_description" resname="common_textMedia_description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Any number of media wrapped right around a regular text element.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Un numero qualsiasi di contenuti multimediali attorniati da testo.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common_imagesOnly_title" resname="common_imagesOnly_title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Images Only</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Immagini</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common_imagesOnly_description" resname="common_imagesOnly_description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Any number of images aligned in columns and rows with a caption.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Un numero qualsiasi di immagini allineate in colonne e righe, con didascalia.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common_bulletList_title" resname="common_bulletList_title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Bullet List</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Elenco</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common_bulletList_description" resname="common_bulletList_description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>A single bullet list.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Un elenco puntato, numerato o semplice lista.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common_table_title" resname="common_table_title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Table</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tabella</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common_table_description" resname="common_table_description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>A simple table.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Una semplice tabella.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="menu" resname="menu" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Menu</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Menù</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="menu_abstract.title" resname="menu_abstract.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Abstracts</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Abstract</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="menu_abstract.description" resname="menu_abstract.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Menu of subpages of selected pages including abstracts</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Menù delle sottopagine delle pagine selezionate, inclusi gli abstract</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="menu_categorized_content.title" resname="menu_categorized_content.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Categorized content</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Contenuto Categorizzato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="menu_categorized_content.description" resname="menu_categorized_content.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Content elements for selected categories</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Elementi di contenuto per le categorie selezionate</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="menu_categorized_pages.title" resname="menu_categorized_pages.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Categorized pages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Pagine Categorizzate</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="menu_pages.title" resname="menu_pages.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Pages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Pagine</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="menu_pages.description" resname="menu_pages.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Menu of selected pages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Menù delle pagine selezionate</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="menu_subpages.title" resname="menu_subpages.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Subpages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sottopagine</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="menu_subpages.description" resname="menu_subpages.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Menu of subpages of selected pages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Menù di sottopagine delle pagine selezionate</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="menu_categorized_pages.description" resname="menu_categorized_pages.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Pages for selected categories</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Pagine per le categorie selezionate</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="menu_recently_updated.title" resname="menu_recently_updated.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Recently updated pages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Pagine Aggiornate Recentemente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="menu_recently_updated.description" resname="menu_recently_updated.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Menu of recently updated pages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Menù delle pagine aggiornate di recente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="menu_related_pages.title" resname="menu_related_pages.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Related pages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Pagine Correlate</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="menu_related_pages.description" resname="menu_related_pages.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Menu of related pages based on keywords</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Menù delle pagine correlate basate su parole chiave</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="menu_section.title" resname="menu_section.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Section index</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Indice Sezione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="menu_section.description" resname="menu_section.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page content marked for section menus</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Menù di sezione delle pagine selezionate</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="menu_section_pages.title" resname="menu_section_pages.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Section index of subpages from selected pages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Indice Sezione Sottopagine</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="menu_section_pages.description" resname="menu_section_pages.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Menu of subpages of selected pages including sections</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Menù di sezione delle sottopagine delle pagine selezionate</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="menu_sitemap.title" resname="menu_sitemap.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sitemap</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mappa del Sito</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="menu_sitemap.description" resname="menu_sitemap.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Expanded menu of all subpages of the current site</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Menù espanso di tutte le pagine e sottopagine del sito</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="menu_sitemap_pages.title" resname="menu_sitemap_pages.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sitemaps of selected pages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mappa del Sito delle Pagine Selezionate</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="menu_sitemap_pages.description" resname="menu_sitemap_pages.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Expanded menu of all subpages for selected pages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Menù espanso di tutte le sottopagine delle pagine selezionate</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special" resname="special" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Special elements</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Speciali</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_filelinks_title" resname="special_filelinks_title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File Links</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Collegamenti a File</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_filelinks_description" resname="special_filelinks_description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Makes a list of files for download.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Crea una lista di file per lo scaricamento.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_sitemap_title" resname="special_sitemap_title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sitemap</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mappa del Sito</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_menus_title" resname="special_menus_title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Special Menus</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Menù Speciali</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_menus_description" resname="special_menus_description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Creates a menu of pages, sitemap or other special menus.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Crea un menù di pagine, una mappa del sito o altri menù speciali.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_plainHTML_title" resname="special_plainHTML_title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Plain HTML</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">HTML</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_plainHTML_description" resname="special_plainHTML_description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>With this element you can insert raw HTML code on the page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Con questo elemento è possibile inserire nella pagina codice HTML.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_divider_title" resname="special_divider_title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Divider</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Divisore</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_divider_description" resname="special_divider_description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This element inserts a visual divider, which is by default a horizontal line.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo elemento inserisce un divisore grafico che, di default, è una linea orizzontale.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_shortcut_title" resname="special_shortcut_title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Insert records</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci Record</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_shortcut_description" resname="special_shortcut_description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>With this element you can embed other content elements.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Con questo elemento puoi incorporare altri elementi di contenuto.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="forms" resname="forms" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Form elements</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Form</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="forms_mail_title" resname="forms_mail_title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Mail Form</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Form di Email</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="forms_mail_description" resname="forms_mail_description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>A mail form allowing website users to submit responses.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Una form di email che consente, agli utenti del sito web, di inviare risposte.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="forms_login_title" resname="forms_login_title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Login Form</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Form di Login</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="forms_login_description" resname="forms_login_description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Login/logout form used to password protect pages allowing only authorised website users and groups access.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Form di login/logout utilizzato per proteggere le pagine e che consente l'accesso solo a utenti e gruppi autorizzati del sito web.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="plugins" resname="plugins" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Plugins</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Plugin</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="plugins_general_title" resname="plugins_general_title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>General Plugin</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Plugin generico</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="plugins_general_description" resname="plugins_general_description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select this element type to insert a plugin which cannot be found amongst the options below.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona questo tipo di elemento per inserire un plugin che non è elencato tra le opzioni sottostanti.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,536 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:backend/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_layout.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="cms" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="title" resname="title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page content</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Contenuto di Pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="advancedFunctions" resname="advancedFunctions" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Advanced functions</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Funzioni avanzate</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noEditItems" resname="noEditItems" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sorry, you do not have permissions to edit items on this page!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non possiedi l'autorizzazione per modificare gli elementi in questa pagina!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noEditPage" resname="noEditPage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sorry, you do not have permissions to edit this page!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non hai l'autorizzazione per modificare questa pagina!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="moveUp" resname="moveUp" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Move record up</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sposta su il record</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="moveDown" resname="moveDown" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Move record down</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sposta giù il record</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="unHide" resname="unHide" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Un-hide</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mostra</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hide" resname="hide" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Hide</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nascondi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="edit" resname="edit" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newAfter" resname="newAfter" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>New record after this one</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nuovo oggetto dopo questo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="move_record" resname="move_record" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Re-position current content element</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Riposiziona l'elemento di contenuto corrente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="move_page" resname="move_page" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Move page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sposta la pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="move_folder" resname="move_folder" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Move folder</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sposta cartella</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="deleteItem" resname="deleteItem" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Delete</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Elimina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="deleteWarning" resname="deleteWarning" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Are you sure you want to delete this record?</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sei sicuro di voler eliminare questo record?</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pasteIntoColumn" resname="pasteIntoColumn" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Paste into this column</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Incolla in questa colonna</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pasteAfterRecord" resname="pasteAfterRecord" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Paste after this record</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Incolla dopo questo record</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="paste.modal.title.paste" resname="paste.modal.title.paste" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Paste record</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Incolla record</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="paste.modal.paste" resname="paste.modal.paste" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Do you want to paste the record to this position?</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Vuoi incollare il record in questa posizione?</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="paste.modal.button.cancel" resname="paste.modal.button.cancel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Cancel</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Annulla</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="paste.modal.button.paste" resname="paste.modal.button.paste" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Paste</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Incolla</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="editColumn" resname="editColumn" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit this column</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica questa colonna</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="editPageProperties_curLang" resname="editPageProperties_curLang" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit translation properties</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica le proprietà della traduzione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="editInRTE" resname="editInRTE" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit in Rich Text Editor</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica nell'editor di testo (RTE)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newPageContent" resname="newPageContent" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Create page content</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Crea contenuto di pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newPageContent_translate" resname="newPageContent_translate" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Translate</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Traduci</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newPageContent2" resname="newPageContent2" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>New content</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nuovo contenuto</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="content" resname="content" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Content</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Contenuto</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newInColumn" resname="newInColumn" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Create new record in top of this column</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Crea nuovo record in cima a questa colonna</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="records" resname="records" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>records</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">i record</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pageInformation" resname="pageInformation" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page information</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Informazioni pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="goToTable" resname="goToTable" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Go to table</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Vai alla tabella</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="internalNotes" resname="internalNotes" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Internal notes</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Note interne</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="clearCache" resname="clearCache" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Click here to clear cache for this page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Clicca qui per cancellare la cache per questa pagina.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hiddenCE" resname="hiddenCE" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show hidden content elements</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mostra elementi di contenuto nascosti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="new_language" resname="new_language" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Create a new translation of this page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Crea una nuova traduzione di questa pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newLabel" resname="newLabel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>NEW</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">NUOVO</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="defaultLanguage" resname="defaultLanguage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Default</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Predefinito</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="editLanguageHeader" resname="editLanguageHeader" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit language header</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica l'intestazione di lingua</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="editPageProperties" resname="editPageProperties" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit page properties</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica le proprietà della pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="editPageTitle" resname="editPageTitle" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit the page title</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica il titolo della pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="editPageLanguageOverlayProperties" resname="editPageLanguageOverlayProperties" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit page language overlay properties</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica le proprietà della traduzione di pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="editThisColumn" resname="editThisColumn" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit the '%s' field of the listed pages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica il campo '%s' delle pagine elencate</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="editDefaultLanguagePage" resname="editDefaultLanguagePage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit default language page properties</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica le proprietà della pagina della lingua predefinita</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newRecordGeneral" resname="newRecordGeneral" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Create new record</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Crea nuovo record</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newContentElement" resname="newContentElement" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Create new content element</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Crea nuovo contenuto</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="CEonThisPage" resname="CEonThisPage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Content elements on this page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Elementi di contenuto in questa pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newPage" resname="newPage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Create new page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Crea nuova pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newPage2" resname="newPage2" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>New page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nuova pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noAccess" resname="noAccess" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No edit access</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Accesso per la modifica non consentito</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noAccess_msg" resname="noAccess_msg" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You do not have access to edit the requested record.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non hai i permessi per modificare il record richiesto.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="notAssigned" resname="notAssigned" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Not assigned</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non assegnato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="emptyColPos" resname="emptyColPos" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Empty Colpos</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Posizione colonna (colPos) vuota</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="emptyColPos.message" resname="emptyColPos.message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This column has no "colPos". This is only for display Purposes.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questa colonna non ha "colPos". É solo per scopi di visualizzazione.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="unusedColPos" resname="unusedColPos" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Unused</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inutilizzato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="undoLastChange" resname="undoLastChange" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Undo/Redo last change (%s ago)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Annulla/Ripeti l'ultima modifica (%s fa)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="recordHistory" resname="recordHistory" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>View record change history</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Visualizza la cronologia delle modifiche del record</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="viewContent" resname="viewContent" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Viewing content of</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Visualizzazione del contenuto di</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="tt_board_subject" resname="tt_board_subject" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Subject</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Oggetto</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="tt_board_author" resname="tt_board_author" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Author</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Autore</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="tt_board_date" resname="tt_board_date" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Date</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Data</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="tt_board_age" resname="tt_board_age" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Age</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Età</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="tt_board_RE" resname="tt_board_RE" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>RE</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">RE</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_function_0" resname="m_function_0" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>QuickEdit</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica rapida</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_function_1" resname="m_function_1" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Columns</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Colonne</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_function_2" resname="m_function_2" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Languages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Lingue</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="gridView" resname="gridView" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Grid-View</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Visualizzazione a griglia</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_tt_board_0" resname="m_tt_board_0" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>List topics only</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Elenca solo gli argomenti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_tt_board_expand" resname="m_tt_board_expand" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Expand Threads</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Espandi Discussioni</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_tt_address_0" resname="m_tt_address_0" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Short List</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Lista Breve</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_tt_address_1" resname="m_tt_address_1" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Address list</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Elenco indirizzi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_tt_address_2" resname="m_tt_address_2" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Personal info</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Informazioni personali</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_tt_links_1" resname="m_tt_links_1" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Whole URL</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">URL completo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_tt_links_2" resname="m_tt_links_2" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Alternative note</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nota alternativa</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_tt_calender_date" resname="m_tt_calender_date" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Date</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Data</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_tt_calender_date_ext" resname="m_tt_calender_date_ext" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Date - extended</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Data - estesa</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_tt_calender_todo" resname="m_tt_calender_todo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Todo</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Todo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_tt_calender_todo_ext" resname="m_tt_calender_todo_ext" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Todo - extended</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Todo - esteso</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_tt_calender_ext" resname="m_tt_calender_ext" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Extended</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Esteso</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_tt_products_ext" resname="m_tt_products_ext" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Extended</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Esteso</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_default" resname="m_default" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Default</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Predefinito</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="clickAPage_header" resname="clickAPage_header" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Web>Page module</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modulo Web>Pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="clickAPage_content" resname="clickAPage_content" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Please click the page title in the page tree to the left to edit page content.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Clicca il titolo della pagina, nell'albero delle pagine sulla sinistra, per modificare i contenuti di pagina.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pI_crUser" resname="pI_crUser" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Created by</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Creato da</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pI_crDate" resname="pI_crDate" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Created date</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Data creazione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pI_lastChange" resname="pI_lastChange" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Last change</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ultima modifica</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pI_lastChangeContent" resname="pI_lastChangeContent" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Last change, content</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ultima modifica, contenuto</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pI_hitsTotal" resname="pI_hitsTotal" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Total Hits</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Visite totali</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pI_hitsPeriod" resname="pI_hitsPeriod" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Hits Period</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Periodo delle visite</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pI_hits24hours" resname="pI_hits24hours" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Last 24 hours</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ultime 24 ore</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pI_hits10days" resname="pI_hits10days" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Last 10 days</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ultimi 10 giorni</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="content_from_pid_title" resname="content_from_pid_title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page uses content from this page: %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questa pagina usa contenuti dalla pagina %s</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="content_on_pid_title" resname="content_on_pid_title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This content is also shown on: %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questi contenuti vengono mostrati anche in %s</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pageIsExternalLinkMessage" resname="pageIsExternalLinkMessage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page is a link to the following external URL: %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La pagina è un collegamento al seguente URL esterno: %s</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pageIsInternalLinkMessage" resname="pageIsInternalLinkMessage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page is a link to the following page: %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La pagina è un collegamento alla seguente pagina: %s</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pageIsRandomInternalLinkMessage" resname="pageIsRandomInternalLinkMessage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page is a link to a random subpage.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La Pagina è un link a una sottopagina casuale.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pageIsMisconfiguredInternalLinkMessage" resname="pageIsMisconfiguredInternalLinkMessage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page is configured to be a link but there is actually no valid target defined.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La Pagina è configurata per essere un collegamento, ma non c'è alcuna assegnazione valida definita.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pageIsMisconfiguredOrNotAccessibleInternalLinkMessage" resname="pageIsMisconfiguredOrNotAccessibleInternalLinkMessage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page is configured to be a link but there is actually no target defined which is accessible in the frontend.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La Pagina è configurata per essere un collegamento, ma non c'è alcuna assegnazione valida che sia accessibile nel frontend.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pageIsMisconfiguredOrNotAccessibleRandomInternalLinkMessage" resname="pageIsMisconfiguredOrNotAccessibleRandomInternalLinkMessage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page is configured to be a link to a random subpage but there is actually no subpage which is accessible in the frontend.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La Pagina è configurata per essere un collegamento a una sottopagina casuale, ma non c'è alcuna sottopagina accessibile nel frontend.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pageIsMisconfiguredFirstSubpageMessage" resname="pageIsMisconfiguredFirstSubpageMessage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page is configured to be a link to the first subpage but there is actually no such page accessible in the frontend.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La Pagina è configurata per essere un collegamento alla prima sottopagina, ma in realtà non c'è una sottopagina accessibile nel frontend.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pageIsMisconfiguredParentPageMessage" resname="pageIsMisconfiguredParentPageMessage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page is configured to be a link to the parent page but there is actually no such page accessible in the frontend.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La Pagina è configurata per essere un collegamento alla pagina padre, ma in realtà non c'è una pagina padre accessibile nel frontend.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pageIsMisconfiguredExternalLinkMessage" resname="pageIsMisconfiguredExternalLinkMessage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page is configured to be an external link but there is actually no URL defined.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La pagina è configurata come collegamento esterno, ma non è stata definita una URL</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="goToListModule" resname="goToListModule" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Go to list module</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Vai al modulo Lista</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="goToListModuleMessage" resname="goToListModuleMessage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The current page is a folder. Folders usually don't contain content elements but are used for collecting other types of records.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questa pagina è una cartella. Le cartelle solitamente non contengono elementi di contenuto, ma sono usate per raccogliere altri tipi di record.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noPluginSelected" resname="noPluginSelected" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No plugin selected</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nessun plugin selezionato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="staleTranslationWarning" resname="staleTranslationWarning" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Make sure that this behavior is intended and does not pose a problem for you. We highlighted the problematic records for you.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Assicurati che questo comportamento sia quello voluto e non costituisca un problema per te. Sono evidenziati i record problematici.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="staleTranslationWarningTitle" resname="staleTranslationWarningTitle" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Inconsistent content detected in language "%s"</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Rilevato contenuto inconsistente nella lingua "%s"</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="languageModeFree" resname="languageModeFree" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Free Mode</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modalità Libera</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="languageModeConnected" resname="languageModeConnected" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Connected Mode</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modalità Connessa</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="languageModeMixed" resname="languageModeMixed" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Mixed Mode</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modalità Mista</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="staleUnusedElementsWarning" resname="staleUnusedElementsWarning" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>These elements don't belong to any of the available columns of this page. You should either delete them or move them to existing columns. We highlighted the problematic records for you.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questi elementi non appartengono a nessuna delle colonne disponibili in questa pagina. E' opportuno cancellarli oppure spostarli in una delle colonne esistenti. I record che presentano problemi sono stati evidenziati.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="staleUnusedElementsWarningTitle" resname="staleUnusedElementsWarningTitle" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Unused elements detected on this page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Elementi non utilizzati trovati in questa pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="localize.chooseLanguage" resname="localize.chooseLanguage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Choose your language</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Scegli la tua lingua</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="localize.wizard.header" resname="localize.wizard.header" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Localize record "{0}" into {1}</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Localizza il record "{0}" in {1}</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="localize.wizard.header_page" resname="localize.wizard.header_page" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Localize page "{0}" into {1}</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Localizza la pagina "{0}" in {1}</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="localize.wizard.button.translate" resname="localize.wizard.button.translate" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Translate</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Traduci</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="localize.wizard.button.copy" resname="localize.wizard.button.copy" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Copy</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Copia</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="localize.wizard.button.cancel" resname="localize.wizard.button.cancel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Cancel</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Annulla</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="localize.wizard.button.next" resname="localize.wizard.button.next" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Next</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Avanti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="localize.wizard.button.process" resname="localize.wizard.button.process" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Start processing</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inizio elaborazione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="localize.view.chooseLanguage" resname="localize.view.chooseLanguage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Choose the language from which you want to localize the content</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Scegli la lingua dalla quale vuoi localizzare il contenuto</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="localize.view.summary" resname="localize.view.summary" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Record summary</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sommario dei record</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="localize.view.processing" resname="localize.view.processing" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Processing...</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Elaborazione...</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="localize.progress.step" resname="localize.progress.step" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Step {0} of {1}</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Passo {0} di {1}</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="localize.educate.translate" resname="localize.educate.translate" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Translating content will create a direct connection between the original language and the language you translate to.<br>
|
||||
This means that moving an element or setting meta information like start- or endtime will be taken from the original content and you will not be able to set these values on a translated content element.<br>
|
||||
<strong>Use this when your workflow demands a strict translation workflow.</strong>
|
||||
</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tradurre il contenuto creerà una relazione diretta tra la lingua originale e la lingua in cui traduci.<br>
|
||||
Questo significa che spostare un elemento o impostare le meta-info, come il valore del campo inizio o fine, sarà preso dal contenuto originale e non sarai in grado di impostare questi valori sull'elemento di contenuto tradotto.<br>
|
||||
<strong>Utilizzalo quando la tua procedura di lavoro richiede una traduzione rigorosa.</strong>
|
||||
</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="localize.educate.copy" resname="localize.educate.copy" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Copying content will take the content elements from the source language and create copies in a different language.<br>
|
||||
This means that you will be able to move content elements around freely, but you will not have the benefit of being able to compare changes made in the source language later on.<br>
|
||||
<strong>Use this when you want to have freedom in designing your translated website.</strong>
|
||||
</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La copia dei contenuti prenderà gli elementi di contenuto dalla lingua sorgente e creerà copie in una lingua diversa.<br>
|
||||
Questo significa che sarai in grado di muovere liberamente gli elementi di contenuto, ma non sarà più possibile confrontare, a posteriori, le modifiche effettuate nella lingua sorgente.<br>
|
||||
<strong>Usa questa opzione quando vuoi avere il massimo grado di libertà nel progettare il tuo sito web tradotto.</strong></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="localize.educate.noTranslate" resname="localize.educate.noTranslate" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Using the translation wizard is not possible, because either translation is disabled or the translated page is in "mixed mode". Being in "mixed mode" means that both translated records that have a source language and "free mode" records without a parent, are present.<br>
|
||||
We highlighted the problematic records for you in this case.
|
||||
</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">L'utilizzo della procedura guidata di traduzione non è possibile perché la traduzione è disabilitata o la pagina tradotta è in "Modalità Mista". "Modalità Mista" significa che lo stesso record ha traduzioni su più lingue, ma in modalità differenti: alcune in "Modalità Connessa" e alcune in "Modalità Libera". Le traduzioni in "Modalità Connessa" si riferiscono al record in lingua originale (record padre della lingua), mentre le traduzioni in "Modalità Libera" non hanno alcun riferimento.<br>
|
||||
In questo caso sono evidenziati i record problematici.
|
||||
</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="error.invalidBackendLayout" resname="error.invalidBackendLayout" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The selected page layout is mis-configured, no columns are specified to be editable. Please update your backend layout to have at least one parameter "colPos" set.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il layout di pagina selezionato presenta errori di configurazione, nessuna colonna è configurata per essere modificabile. Aggiorna il tuo layout di backend per avere almeno un parametro "colPos" impostato.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="dragdrop.copy.message" resname="dragdrop.copy.message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Press CTRL to copy</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Premi CTRL per copiare</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:backend/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_login.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:34Z" product-name="lang" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="labels.submitLogout" resname="labels.submitLogout" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Log Out</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Esci</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="labels.whatIsOpenId" resname="labels.whatIsOpenId" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>What is OpenId?</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Cosa è OpenID?</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="availableInterfaces" resname="availableInterfaces" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Backend,Front End,Traditional Backend</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Backend, Frontend, Backend tradizionale</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="interface.backend" resname="interface.backend" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Backend</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Backend</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="interface.frontend" resname="interface.frontend" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Frontend</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Frontend</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="interface.backend_old" resname="interface.backend_old" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Traditional Backend</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Backend tradizionale</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="headline" resname="headline" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Login to the TYPO3 CMS Backend on ###SITENAME###</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Entra nel Backend di TYPO3 per ###SITENAME###</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="info.about" resname="info.about" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This is the backend login of TYPO3. You need username and password to access this administration interface. If you are a visitor of ###SITENAME###, please visit the public website: ###SITELINK###</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo è il login del backend di TYPO3. Hai bisogno di nome utente e password per accedere a questa interfaccia di amministrazione. Se sei un visitatore di ###SITENAME###, visita il sito web pubblico: ###SITELINK###</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="info.reset" resname="info.reset" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Reset this form</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Resetta questa form</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="info.cookies_and_js" resname="info.cookies_and_js" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>(Note: Cookies and JavaScript must be enabled!)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">(Nota: Cookies e JavaScript devono essere attivi!)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="clear" resname="clear" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Clear this field!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Pulisci questo campo!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="warning.incompatibleBrowserHeadline" resname="warning.incompatibleBrowserHeadline" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Unsupported Browser</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Browser non supportato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="warning.incompatibleBrowser" resname="warning.incompatibleBrowser" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You are using an unsupported browser version.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Stai usando una versione del browser non supportata.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="warning.incompatibleBrowserInternetExplorer" resname="warning.incompatibleBrowserInternetExplorer" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Please install <a href="http://www.microsoft.com/internetexplorer/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer" />a more modern browser version</a>.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Installa <a href="http://www.microsoft.com/internetexplorer/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer" />una versione del browser più recente</a>.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newsheadline" resname="newsheadline" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Important Messages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Messaggi Importanti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="error.login" resname="error.login" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Your login attempt did not succeed. Make sure to spell your username and password correctly, including upper/lowercase characters.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il tentativo di login non è riuscito. Assicurati di scrivere correttamente il tuo nome utente e la tua password, inclusi i caratteri maiuscoli/minuscoli.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="error.cookies_ignore" resname="error.cookies_ignore" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Ignore!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ignora!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="error.furtherInformation" resname="error.furtherInformation" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>For more information or further help click here</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Per maggiori informazioni o aiuto clicca qui</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="warranty.by" resname="warranty.by" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Warranty is supplied by %s; %sdetails about licences.%s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La garanzia è fornita da %s; %sdettagli sulle licenze%s.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="no.warranty" resname="no.warranty" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TYPO3 CMS comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; %sdetails about licences.%s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">TYPO3 CMS viene fornito con la clausola "SENZA ALCUNA GARANZIA"; %sdettagli sulle licenze%s.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="typo3.cms" resname="typo3.cms" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TYPO3 CMS</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">TYPO3 CMS</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="typo3.altText" resname="typo3.altText" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TYPO3 CMS logo</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Logo di TYPO3 CMS</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="version.short" resname="version.short" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>ver.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">ver.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="copyright" resname="copyright" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Copyright</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Copyright</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="extension.copyright" resname="extension.copyright" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Extensions are copyright of their respective owners.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Le estensioni sono copyright dei rispettivi proprietari.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="details.link" resname="details.link" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Go to %s for details.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Vai su %s per dettagli.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="free.software" resname="free.software" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; %sdetails about licences.%s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo è software libero e sei invitato a ridistribuirlo sotto determinate condizioni; %sdettagli sulle licenze%s.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="keep.notice" resname="keep.notice" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Obstructing the appearance of this notice is prohibited by law.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">L'ostruzione, della comparsa della presente informazione, è vietata dalla legge.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:backend/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_mfa.xlf" date="2021-01-26T11:58:45Z" product-name="cms" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.title" resname="overview.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Multi-factor Authentication Overview</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Panoramica sull'Autenticazione Multi-Fattore (MFA)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.badge.active" resname="overview.badge.active" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Active</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Attivo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.badge.locked" resname="overview.badge.locked" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Locked</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Bloccato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.defaultProvider" resname="overview.defaultProvider" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Default provider</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Provider predefinito</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.unlockLinkTitle" resname="overview.unlockLinkTitle" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Unlock %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sblocca %s</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.unlockLinkLabel" resname="overview.unlockLinkLabel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Unlock</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sblocca</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.editLinkTitle" resname="overview.editLinkTitle" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica %s</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.editLinkLabel" resname="overview.editLinkLabel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit / Change</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica / Cambia</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.deactivateLinkTitle" resname="overview.deactivateLinkTitle" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Deactivate %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Disattiva %s</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.deactivateLinkLabel" resname="overview.deactivateLinkLabel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Deactivate</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Disattiva</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.setupLinkTitle" resname="overview.setupLinkTitle" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Setup %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Imposta %s</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.setupLinkLabel" resname="overview.setupLinkLabel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Setup</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Imposta</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.setupRequired.title" resname="overview.setupRequired.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Multi-factor authentication required</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Autenticazione multi-fattore richiesta</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.setupRequired.message" resname="overview.setupRequired.message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>
|
||||
Your installation requires MFA. Therefore please setup one of the following providers to be
|
||||
able to continue to use the backend.
|
||||
</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">
|
||||
La tua installazione richiede l'autenticazione multi-fattore. Configura uno dei seguenti provider per essere grado di
|
||||
continuare a utilizzare il backend.
|
||||
</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.noProviders.title" resname="overview.noProviders.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No multi-factor authentication providers</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nessun provider di autenticazione multi-fattore</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.noProviders.message" resname="overview.noProviders.message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>There are currently no multi-factor authentication providers available.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Al momento non ci sono provider di autenticazione multi-fattore disponibili.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.noProviders.errorMessage" resname="overview.noProviders.errorMessage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>
|
||||
You are required to setup MFA but there are no providers to activate available. You should contact
|
||||
your administrator to solve this.
|
||||
</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">
|
||||
Devi impostare l'autenticazione multi-fattore, ma non ci sono provider disponibili. Dovresti contattare
|
||||
il tuo amministratore per risolvere il problema.
|
||||
</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="providerNotFound" resname="providerNotFound" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Selected MFA provider was not found!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il provider MFA selezionato non è stato trovato!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="providerNotActive" resname="providerNotActive" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Selected MFA provider has to be active to perform this action!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il provider MFA selezionato deve essere attivo per eseguire questa azione!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="providerActive" resname="providerActive" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Selected MFA provider has to be inactive to perform this action!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il provider MFA selezionato deve essere inattivo per eseguire questa azione!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="providerIsLocked" resname="providerNotFound" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Selected MFA provider has to be unlocked to perform this action!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il provider MFA selezionato deve essere sbloccato per eseguire questa azione!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="setup.instructions" resname="setup.instructions" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Setup instructions</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Istruzioni di configurazione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="setup.instructions.close" resname="setup.instructions.close" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Close setup instructions</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Chiudi le istruzioni di configurazione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="setup.title" resname="setup.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Set up %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Imposta %s</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="edit.title" resname="edit.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica %s</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="edit.defaultProvider" resname="edit.defaultProvider" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Default provider</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Provider predefinito</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="edit.defaultProvider.description" resname="edit.defaultProvider.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select this as your default provider for login into the TYPO3 backend.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona questo come tuo provider predefinito per accedere al backend di TYPO3.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="edit.defaultProvider.inputLabel" resname="edit.defaultProvider.inputLabel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Use as default provider</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Usa come provider predefinito</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="edit.deactivateProvider" resname="edit.deactivateProvider" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Deactivate provider</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Disattiva provider</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="edit.deactivateProvider.description" resname="edit.deactivateProvider.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>If you don't want to use this provider anymore, you can deactivate it here.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Se non vuoi più usare questo provider, puoi disattivarlo qui.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="edit.deactivateProvider.linkTitle" resname="edit.deactivateProvider.linkTitle" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Deactivate %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Disattiva %s</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="edit.deactivateProvider.linkText" resname="edit.deactivateProvider.linkText" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Deactivate this provider</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Disattiva questo provider</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="activate.failure" resname="activate.failure" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Could not activate MFA provider %s. Please try again.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Attivazione del provider MFA %s non riuscita. Riprova.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="activate.success" resname="activate.success" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Successfully activated MFA provider %s.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Provider MFA %s attivato con successo.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="deactivate.failure" resname="deactivate.failure" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Could not deactivate MFA provider %s. Please try again.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Disattivazione del provider MFA %s non riuscita. Riprova.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="deactivate.success" resname="deactivate.success" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Successfully deactivated MFA provider %s.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Provider MFA %s disattivato con successo.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="unlock.failure" resname="unlock.failure" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Could not unlock MFA provider %s. Please try again.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sblocco del provider MFA %s non riuscito. Riprova.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="unlock.success" resname="unlock.success" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Successfully unlocked MFA provider %s.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Provider MFA %s sbloccato con successo.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="save.failure" resname="save.failure" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Could not update MFA provider %s. Please try again.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Aggiornamento del provider MFA %s non riuscito. Riprova.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="save.success" resname="save.success" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Successfully updated MFA provider %s.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Provider MFA %s aggiornato con successo.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="auth.authError" resname="auth.authError" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Authentication was not successful.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Autenticazione non riuscita.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="auth.submit" resname="auth.submit" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Verify</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Verifica</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="auth.cancel" resname="auth.cancel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Go back</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Torna indietro</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="auth.locked" resname="auth.locked" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This provider is temporarily locked!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo provider è temporaneamente bloccato!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="auth.alternativeProviders" resname="auth.alternativeProviders" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Alternative providers</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Provider alternativi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="auth.alternativeProviders.use" resname="auth.alternativeProviders.use" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Use %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Usa %s</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="standalone.setupProvider" resname="standalone.setupProvider" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Set up %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Imposta %s</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="standalone.selection.title" resname="standalone.selection.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Set up MFA</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Imposta MFA</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="standalone.selection.message" resname="standalone.selection.message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>
|
||||
%s requires you setting up MFA to secure your account. Please select one of the
|
||||
available providers below.
|
||||
</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">
|
||||
%s richiede di impostare l'MFA per proteggere il tuo account. Seleziona uno dei
|
||||
provider disponibili qui sotto.
|
||||
</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="standalone.selection.noAvailableProviders" resname="standalone.selection.noAvailableProviders" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>
|
||||
You are required to set up MFA. However, there are no MFA providers available for you to use.
|
||||
This might be a misconfiguration. Please get in touch with your administrator to find a solution.
|
||||
</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">
|
||||
È richiesta l'impostazione di un MFA. Comunque, per te, non ci sono provider MFA disponibili.
|
||||
Questo potrebbe essere un errore di configurazione. Si prega di contattare l'amministratore per trovare una soluzione.
|
||||
</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="standalone.selection.goBack" resname="standalone.selection.goBack" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Go back</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Indietro</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="standalone.setup" resname="standalone.setup" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Setup</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Impostazione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="standalone.setup.cancel" resname="setup.standalone.cancel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Cancel</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Annulla</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="standalone.setup.success.title" resname="activate.success" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>MFA setup successful</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Impostazione MFA riuscita</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="standalone.setup.success.message" resname="activate.success" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>
|
||||
You have successfully activated MFA provider %s. This provider was also automatically set as your
|
||||
default provider. You can change this at any time in your user settings.
|
||||
</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">
|
||||
Hai attivato con successo il provider MFA %s. Questo provider è stato impostato automaticamente anche come provider predefinito.
|
||||
È possibile modificarlo in qualsiasi momento nelle impostazioni utente.
|
||||
</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="ajax.success" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Success</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Completato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="ajax.error" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>An error occurred</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Si è verificato un errore</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="ajax.invalidRequest" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Invalid request could not be processed</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Richiesta non valida: non può essere eseguita</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="ajax.insufficientPermissions" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Your are not allowed to perform this action</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non hai i permessi per eseguire questa azione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="ajax.deactivate.providersNotDeactivated" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No provider has been deactivated</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nessun provider è stato disattivato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="ajax.deactivate.providersDeactivated" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Successfully deactivated all active providers for user %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Disattivati con successo tutti i provider attivi per l'utente %s</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="ajax.deactivate.providerNotFound" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Provider %s could not be found</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non è stato possibile trovare il provider %s</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="ajax.deactivate.providerNotDeactivated" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Could not deactivate provider %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Disattivazione del provider %s non riuscita</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="ajax.deactivate.providerDeactivated" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Successfully deactivated provider %s for user %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Provider %s disattivato con successo per l'utente %s</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:backend/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_mod.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="cms" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_labels_tablabel" resname="mlang_labels_tablabel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page content</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Contenuto di pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_labels_tabdescr" resname="mlang_labels_tabdescr" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This module allows you to create and edit webpages, view page hit statistics, manage different languages and columns of content per page and access special page contents like guestbooks and shopping items.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo modulo consente di creare e modificare contenuti delle pagine, gestire diverse lingue e colonne di contenuti per pagina e accedere a contenuti di pagine speciali come guestbook e articoli di shopping.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_tabs_tab" resname="mlang_tabs_tab" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:backend/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_mod_help_cshmanual.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:34Z" product-name="lang" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_labels_tablabel" resname="mlang_labels_tablabel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TYPO3 Inline Manual</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Manuale Online TYPO3</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_labels_tabdescr" resname="mlang_labels_tabdescr" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Inline Manual based on the information sources for Context Sensitive Help in the system.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Manuale in linea basato sulle informazioni degli Aiuti Contestuali nel sistema.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_tabs_tab" resname="mlang_tabs_tab" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TYPO3 Manual</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Manuale TYPO3</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:backend/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_pages_new.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:37Z" product-name="backend" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="title" resname="title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Create multiple pages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Crea pagine multiple</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="canNotCreateNew.title" resname="canNotCreateNew.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Insufficient permissions</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Permessi insufficienti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="canNotCreateNew.message" resname="canNotCreateNew.message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sorry, you are not allowed to create new subpages to this page due to access restrictions.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Spiacenti, non sei autorizzato a creare nuove sottopagine a questa pagina a causa delle restrizioni di accesso.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newPage" resname="newPage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="addMoreLines" resname="addMoreLines" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Add more lines</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Aggiungi ulteriori righe</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="listEnd" resname="listEnd" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Place new pages after the existing subpages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Posiziona le nuove pagine dopo le sottopagine esistenti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidePages" resname="hidePages" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Hide new pages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nascondi le nuove pagine</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidePagesInMenus" resname="hidePagesInMenus" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Hide new pages in menus</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nascondi le nuove pagine nei menù</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="create" resname="create" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Create pages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Crea pagine</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="reset" resname="reset" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Clear fields</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Azzera/pulisci i campi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newSubPages" resname="newSubPages" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>New page structure</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nuova struttura delle pagine</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noPagesCreated.title" resname="noPagesCreated.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No pages added</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nessuna pagina aggiunta</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noPagesCreated.message" resname="noPagesCreated.message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No pages were created.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nessuna pagina creata.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pagesCreated.title" resname="pagesCreated.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Pages added</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Pagine aggiunte</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pagesCreated.message" resname="pagesCreated.message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The pages were created successfully.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Le pagine sono state create correttamente.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:backend/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_pages_new_csh.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:37Z" product-name="backend" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages_new.alttitle" resname="pages_new.alttitle" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Create multiple pages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Crea pagine multiple</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages_new.description" resname="pages_new.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enables you to create a batch of new, empty pages for quickly building up a new page tree.
|
||||
Just enter the titles for the pages you need. Only filled in fields will be created as pages.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ti consente di creare un gruppo di nuove pagine vuote per costruire rapidamente un nuovo albero di pagine. Inserisci semplicemente i titoli per le pagine che ti servono. Solo i campi compilati saranno creati come pagine.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages_new.details" resname="pages_new.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The new pages will always be created as subpages to the currently active page from the page tree. This page is shown in the top of the page. In the example image below it is "/Intro/Startpage/".
|
||||
|
||||
<b>"Place new pages after the existing subpages"</b>
|
||||
If you select this option the pages will be create <em>after</em> any existing subpages.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>"Hide new pages"</b>
|
||||
Select this if the new pages should be hidden by default. This option may be forced upon you if you do not have credentials to create new, online pages.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Le nuove pagine saranno sempre create come sottopagine alla pagina attualmente attiva dall'albero delle pagine. Questa pagina è mostrata nella parte superiore della pagina. Nell'immagine di esempio qui sotto è "/Intro/Startpage/".
|
||||
|
||||
<b>"Posiziona le nuove pagine dopo le sottopagine esistenti"</b>
|
||||
Se selezioni questa opzione, le pagine verranno create <em>dopo</em> eventuali sottopagine esistenti.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>"Nascondi le nuove pagine"</b>
|
||||
Seleziona questa opzione se le nuove pagine devono essere nascoste per default. Questa opzione potrebbe essere forzata se non disponi di credenziali per la creazione di nuove pagine online.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_pages_new.image" resname="_pages_new.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:backend/Resources/Public/Images/Csh/PagesNew_1.png,
|
||||
EXT:backend/Resources/Public/Images/Csh/PagesNew_2.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">EXT:backend/Resources/Public/Images/Csh/PagesNew_1.png,
|
||||
EXT:backend/Resources/Public/Images/Csh/PagesNew_2.png</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages_new.image_descr" resname="pages_new.image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You simply enter the new page titles in the fields. Only fields you fill in will be created as pages.
|
||||
After pressing the "Create pages" button the page tree to the left will update instantly, showing you the position of the new pages!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci i titoli delle nuove pagine nei campi. Solo i campi compilati creeranno nuove pagine.
|
||||
Dopo aver premuto il bottone "Crea pagine", l'albero delle pagine a sinistra si aggiornerà istantaneamente, mostrando la posizione delle nuove pagine!</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:backend/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_pages_sort.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:37Z" product-name="backend" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="title" resname="title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sort sub pages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ordina sottopagine</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="currentPageOrder" resname="currentPageOrder" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Current page order</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Attuale ordine delle pagine</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="changeOrder" resname="changeOrder" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sort these pages by</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ordina queste pagine per</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="changeOrderConfirm" resname="changeOrderConfirm" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You're about to change the order of the above pages. Are you sure you want to continue?</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Stai per modificare l'ordine delle pagine precedenti. Sei sicuro di voler continuare?</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fieldTitle" resname="fieldTitle" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page title</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Titolo della pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fieldSubtitle" resname="fieldSubtitle" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Subtitle</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sottotitolo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fieldNavitle" resname="fieldNavitle" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Navigation title</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Titolo di navigazione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fieldCrdate" resname="fieldCrdate" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Create-time</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Data creazione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fieldTstamp" resname="fieldTstamp" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Change-time</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Data modifica</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="changeOrderByTitle" resname="changeOrderByTitle" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page title</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Titolo della pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="changeOrderBySubtitle" resname="changeOrderBySubtitle" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Subtitle</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sottotitolo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="changeOrderByNavtitle" resname="changeOrderByNavtitle" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Navigation title</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Titolo di navigazione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="changeOrderByTstamp" resname="changeOrderByTstamp" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Change-time</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Data modifica</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="changeOrderByCreate" resname="changeOrderByCreate" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Create-time</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Data creazione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="changeOrderReverse" resname="changeOrderReverse" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Reverse current order</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inverti l'ordine corrente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hasInvisiblePage.title" resname="hasInvisiblePage.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Invisible subpages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sottopagine non visibili</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hasInvisiblePage.message" resname="hasInvisiblePage.message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The page has invisible subpages which are not shown due to access restrictions. Those will not be sorted among others.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La pagina ha sottopagine non visibili, non mostrate a causa di restrizioni di accesso. Queste non saranno ordinate tra le altre.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noSubpages.title" resname="noSubpages.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No subpages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nessuna sottopagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noSubpages.message" resname="noSubpages.message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Please select a page with subpages.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona una pagina con sottopagine.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="notAvailableInWorkspace.title" resname="notAvailableInWorkspace.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Not implemented</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non implementato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="notAvailableInWorkspace.message" resname="notAvailableInWorkspace.message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sorry, this function is not available in the current draft workspace!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questa funzione non è disponibile nel workspace bozza corrente!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noEditPermissions" resname="noEditPermissions" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No edit permissions on this sub page. This page can not be re-sorted among others.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nessun permesso di modifica in questa sottopagina. Questa pagina non può essere riordinata tra le altre.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:backend/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_pages_sort_csh.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:37Z" product-name="backend" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages_sort.alttitle" resname="pages_sort.alttitle" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sort Pages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ordina Pagine</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages_sort.description" resname="pages_sort.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enables you to sort pages alphabetically by title, sub-title or by creation time etc. You can also reverse the order of pages in the page tree.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ti consente di ordinare alfabeticamente le pagine per titolo, sottotitolo, per data di creazione, etc. Puoi anche invertire l'ordine delle pagine nell'albero delle pagine.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages_sort.details" resname="pages_sort.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Pages in the page tree are always ordered manually. It is possible to move pages up and down etc. But this wizard gives you a quick way to change the manual order of sub-pages.
|
||||
|
||||
Simply click one of the links in the bottom of the wizard screen:
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Page title</b>
|
||||
Will sort pages by their page title.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Subtitle</b>
|
||||
Will sort page by their Subtitle field.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Change-time</b>
|
||||
Will sort pages by the date they were last changed.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Create-time</b>
|
||||
Will sort pages by their creation date.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Reverse current order</b>
|
||||
Click this to reverse the current order. For example, if you want to sort pages alphabetically but in descending order you simply sort by title first and then reverse the order by clicking this.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Le pagine nell'albero delle pagine sono sempre ordinate manualmente. È possibile spostare le pagine su o giù. Questo procedura guidata ti dà un modo rapido per cambiare l'ordine manuale delle sottopagine.
|
||||
|
||||
Clicca su uno dei link nella parte inferiore della schermata della procedura guidata:
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Titolo della pagina</b>
|
||||
Ordinerà le pagine in base al titolo della pagina.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Sottotitolo</b>
|
||||
Ordinerà le pagine per il loro campo Sottotitolo.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Data modifica</b>
|
||||
Ordinerà le pagine per la data dell'ultima modifica.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Data creazione</b>
|
||||
Ordinerà le pagine per la data di creazione.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Inverti l'ordine corrente</b>
|
||||
Clicca per invertire l'ordine corrente. Ad esempio, se si desidera ordinare le pagine alfabeticamente, ma in ordine decrescente, è sufficiente ordinare prima per titolo e poi invertire l'ordine facendo clic su questo.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_pages_sort.image" resname="_pages_sort.image" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:backend/Resources/Public/Images/Csh/PagesSort.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">EXT:backend/Resources/Public/Images/Csh/PagesSort.png</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:backend/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_reset_password.xlf" date="2020-03-06T11:16:11Z" product-name="backend" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="headline" resname="headline" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Reset Your Password</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ripristina la Tua Password</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="instructions.email" resname="instructions.email" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>To reset your password, enter the email address stored in the backend user account.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Per ripristinare la tua password, inserisci l'indirizzo email memorizzato nel profilo utente del backend.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="instructions.password" resname="instructions.password" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>To reset your password, enter a new password with at least 8 characters.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Per ripristinare la tua password, inserisci una nuova password con almeno 8 caratteri.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="note.other_providers" resname="note.other_providers" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Note: If you're using a centralized user management system such as LDAP, OAuth or Active Directory, you might not receive an email.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nota: se stai usando un sistema di gestione degli utenti centralizzato come LDAP, OAuth o Active Directory, potresti non ricevere un'email.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="email_sent.headline" resname="email_sent.headline" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Check your inbox!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Controlla la tua casella di posta!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="email_sent.message" resname="email_sent.message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source><![CDATA[If a backend user with the email address "%s" exists, an email has been sent to this address. Please check your inbox and spam folder.]]></source>
|
||||
<target state="final"><![CDATA[Se esiste un utente di backend con l'indirizzo email "%s", un'email è stata inviata a questo indirizzo. Controlla la cartella posta in arrivo e la cartella spam.]]></target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="reset_success.headline" resname="reset_success.headline" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You've successfully reset your password!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Hai ripristinato correttamente la tua password!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="reset_success.message" resname="reset_success.message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source><![CDATA[With your new credentials you can now log in to the <a href="%s">TYPO3 backend</a>.]]></source>
|
||||
<target state="final"><![CDATA[Con le tue nuove credenziali puoi ora accedere al <a href="%s">backend di TYPO3</a>.]]></target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="input.email" resname="input.email" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter your email address</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci il tuo indirizzo email</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="input.password" resname="input.password" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter your new password</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci la tua nuova password</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="input.passwordrepeat" resname="input.passwordrepeat" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter your new password again</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci di nuovo la tua nuova password</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="button.initiate" resname="email_sent.initiate" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Get Reset Link</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ripristina Password</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="button.reset" resname="button.reset" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Reset Your Password Now</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ripristina Ora la Tua Password</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="button.restart" resname="button.restart" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Start over</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ricomincia</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="button.back_to_login" resname="button.back_to_login" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Go back to login page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Torna al login</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="error.invalid_email" resname="error.invalid_email" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The entered email address is invalid. Please try again.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">L'indirizzo email inserito non è valido. Sei pregato di riprovare.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="error.token_expired" resname="error.token_expired" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The password reset link is invalid or has expired.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il collegamento di ripristino della password non è valido o è scaduto.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="error.password" resname="error.password" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The password you entered is invalid or the passwords do not match. Please try again.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La password che hai inserito non è valida o non corrisponde. Sei pregato di riprovare.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:backend/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_show_rechis.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:34Z" product-name="lang" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="title" resname="title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Record History / Undo</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Cronologia / Annulla</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="time" resname="time" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Time</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ora</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="age" resname="age" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Age</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Età</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="user" resname="user" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>User</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Utente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="workspace" resname="workspace" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Workspace</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Workspace</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="tableUid" resname="tableUid" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Table:uid (Title)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tabella:uid (Titolo)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="differences" resname="differences" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Differences</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Differenza</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="rollback" resname="rollback" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Rollback</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ripristina modifiche</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="changes" resname="changes" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Changelog</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Log delle modifiche</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="return" resname="return" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Return</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Indietro</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="returnLink" resname="returnLink" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Click here to go back</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Clicca qui per tornare indietro</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="revertAll" resname="revertAll" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Rollback all changes shown</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ripristina tutte le modifiche visualizzate</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="revertRecord" resname="revertRecord" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Rollback single record</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ripristina singolo record</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="revertField" resname="revertField" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Rollback single field</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ripristina singolo campo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="userNotFound" resname="userNotFound" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>[Not Found]</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">[Non Trovato]</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="externalChange" resname="externalChange" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Intermediate external change!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Cambiamento esterno!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="viaUser" resname="viaUser" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>via</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">via</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sumUpChanges" resname="sumUpChanges" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Rollback (Preview)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ripristino (anteprima)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="markState" resname="markState" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>mark this change</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">contrassegna questa modifica</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="unmarkState" resname="unmarkState" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>unMark this change</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">togli il contrassegno a questa modifica</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="elementHistory" resname="elementHistory" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You are currently seeing the history for an element</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Stai vedendo la cronologia di un elemento</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="elementHistory_link" resname="elementHistory_link" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show the full page history</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mostra la cronologia completa della pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="linkRecordHistory" resname="linkRecordHistory" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Limit history to this record</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Limita la cronologia a questo record</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="differenceMsg" resname="differenceMsg" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>In the Difference column you can see the changes at every modification of records. New changes are displayed in <span class="diff-g">green colored text</span> and the <span class="diff-r">red colored text</span> are the old values which were removed.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nella colonna "Differenza" puoi vedere le modifiche apportate ad ogni record. Il nuovo valore è visualizzato in <span class="diff-g">colore verde</span>, mentre <span class="diff-r">quello in rosso</span> corrisponde al valore precedente.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fullView" resname="fullView" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Return to full view</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ritorna alla lista completa</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="insert" resname="insert" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>insert</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">inserisci</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="delete" resname="delete" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>delete</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">elimina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mergedDifferences" resname="mergedDifferences" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Preview for Rollback</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Anteprima per il Ripristino</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="settings" resname="settings" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Settings</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Impostazioni</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="maxSteps" resname="maxSteps" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show entries</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Visualizza voci</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="maxSteps_all" resname="maxSteps_all" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>ALL</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">TUTTO</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="maxSteps_marked" resname="maxSteps_marked" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>marked</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">contrassegnato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="showDiff" resname="showDiff" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show differences</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Visualizza differenze</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="showDiff_no" resname="showDiff_no" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">No</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="showDiff_inline" resname="showDiff_inline" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Inline</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">In linea</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="showSubElements" resname="showSubElements" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show sub elements</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Visualizza sottoelementi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="no" resname="no" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">No</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="yes" resname="yes" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Yes</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sì</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noDifferences" resname="noDifferences" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>There are no differences to the current page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non ci sono differenze rispetto alla pagina corrente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="editLockIsActive" resname="editLockIsActive" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Editing is blocked for non-admins</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La modifica è bloccata per non-amministratori</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:backend/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_siteconfiguration.xlf" date="2018-02-27T22:22:32Z" product-name="backend" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.title" resname="overview.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Site Configuration</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Configurazione del sito</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.site" resname="overview.site" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Site</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sito</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.configuration" resname="overview.configuration" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Configuration Folder</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Cartella di configurazione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.noPages.title" resname="overview.noPages.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No pages found!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nessuna pagina trovata!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.noPages.message" resname="overview.noPages.message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Please add at least one page through the Page module.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Aggiungi almeno una pagina con il modulo Pagina.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.noSiteConfiguration" resname="overview.noSiteConfiguration" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This site does not have a configuration, yet.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo sito non ha ancora una configurazione.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.addSiteConfiguration" resname="overview.addSiteConfiguration" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Add new site configuration for this site</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Aggiungi una nuova configurazione per questo sito</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.deleteSiteConfiguration" resname="overview.deleteSiteConfiguration" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Delete site configuration</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Elimina la configurazione del sito</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.fullUrlPrefix" resname="overview.fullUrlPrefix" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Full URL prefix</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Prefisso URL completo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.baseUrl" resname="overview.baseUrl" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Base URLs</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">URL base</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.unassignedSites.title" resname="overview.unassignedSites.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Unassigned site configurations</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Configurazioni di sito non assegnate</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.unassignedSites.description" resname="overview.unassignedSites.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The following sites don't belong to any page anymore and can be removed.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">I siti seguenti non appartengono più ad alcuna pagina e possono essere rimossi.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.duplicatedEntryPoints" resname="overview.duplicatedEntryPoints" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Duplicated Entrypoints</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Punti di Ingresso duplicati</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview.duplicatedEntryPoints.listing" resname="overview.duplicatedEntryPoints.listing" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The following entry points are used more than once:</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">I seguenti punti di ingresso sono utilizzati più volte:</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="validation.identifierRenamed.title" resname="validation.identifierRenamed.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Renamed identifier</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Identificatore rinominato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="validation.identifierRenamed.message" resname="validation.identifierRenamed.message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Given site identifier "%1s" already exists. It has been renamed to "%2s". Maybe you want to edit the site again and give it a better name.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">L'identificativo di sito "%1s" esiste già. È stato rinominato in "%2s". Potresti voler modificare di nuovo questo sito e assegnargli un nome migliore.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="validation.identifierExists.title" resname="validation.identifierExists.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Identifier not changed</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Identificativo non modificato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="validation.identifierExists.message" resname="validation.identifierExists.message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Given site identifier "%1s" already exists and points to a different site. The existing identifier "%2s" for this site is kept.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">L'identificativo di sito "%1s" esiste già e punta a un sito diverso. L'identificativo esistente "%2s" per questo sito viene mantenuto.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="validation.required.title" resname="validation.required.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Site configuration not saved</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Configurazione del sito non salvata</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="validation.required.message" resname="validation.required.message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Field "%1s" is a required field, but no value has been provided.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il campo "%1s" è obbligatorio, ma non è stato immesso alcun valore.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="validation.duplicateErrorCode.title" resname="validation.duplicateErrorCode.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Duplicate error code removed</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Rimosso codice d'errore duplicato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="validation.duplicateErrorCode.message" resname="validation.duplicateErrorCode.message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Two error handler configurations for error code "%1s" found. This would be an invalid configuration, the dangling one has been removed.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sono state trovate due configurazioni per il gestore errore con codice "%1s". Questa sarebbe una configurazione non valida; quella pendente è stata rimossa.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="validation.duplicateLanguageId.title" resname="validation.duplicateLanguageId.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Duplicate language configuration removed</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Rimossa configurazione, duplicata, di lingua</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="validation.duplicateLanguageId.message" resname="validation.duplicateLanguageId.message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Two language configurations for language "%1s" found. This would be an invalid configuration, the dangling one has been removed.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Trovate due configurazioni per la lingua "%1s". Questa sarebbe una configurazione non valida; quella pendente è stata rimossa.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:backend/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_siteconfiguration_module.xlf" date="2018-02-27T22:22:32Z" product-name="backend" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_labels_tablabel" resname="mlang_labels_tablabel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Site configuration</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Configurazione dei Siti Web</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_labels_tabdescr" resname="mlang_labels_tabdescr" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This module allows you to configure your entrypoints (called sites).</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo modulo ti permette di configurare i tuoi punti di ingresso (chiamati siti).</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_tabs_tab" resname="mlang_tabs_tab" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sites</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Siti Web</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:backend/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_siteconfiguration_tca.xlf" date="2018-02-27T22:22:32Z" product-name="backend" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site.ctrl.title" resname="site.ctrl.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Site Configuration</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Configurazione del Sito</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site.identifier" resname="site.identifier" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Site Identifier</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Identificativo Sito</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site.rootPageId" resname="site.rootPageId" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Root Page ID</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">'Pagina Root' del Sito Web</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site.base" resname="site.base" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Entry Point</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Punto di Ingresso</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site.websiteTitle" resname="site.websiteTitle" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Website title</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Titolo del Sito Web</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site.baseVariants" resname="site.baseVariants" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Variants for the Entry Point</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Varianti per il Punto di Ingresso</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site.languages" resname="site.languages" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Available Languages for this Site</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Lingue Disponibili per questo Sito</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site.languages.description" resname="site.languages.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select an already existing language from another site or create a new one.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona una lingua già esistente da un altro sito o creane una nuova.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site.languages.new" resname="site.languages.new" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>New language</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nuova lingua</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site.languages.createNew" resname="site.languages.createNew" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Create new language</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Crea nuova lingua</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site.errorHandling" resname="site.errorHandling" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Error Handling</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Gestione Errori</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site.routes" resname="site.routes" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Routes</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Instradamenti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site.routes.irreHeader.redirectsTo" resname="site.routes.irreHeader.redirectsTo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>redirects to</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">instrada a</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site.tab.languages" resname="site.tab.languages" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Languages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Lingue</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site.tab.errorHandling" resname="site.tab.errorHandling" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Error Handling</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Gestione Errori</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site.tab.routes" resname="site.tab.routes" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Static Routes</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Instradamenti Statici</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.palette.locales" resname="site_language.palette.locales" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Locales</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Localizzazioni</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.palette.frontend" resname="site_language.palette.frontend" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Frontend related</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Relativo al frontend</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.ctrl.title" resname="site_language.ctrl.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Language Configuration for a Site</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Configurazione della Lingua per un Sito</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.language" resname="site_language.language" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Language</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Lingua</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.languageId" resname="site_language.languageId" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Language ID</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">ID lingua</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.title" resname="site_language.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Title</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Titolo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.websiteTitle" resname="site_language.websiteTitle" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Website title</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Titolo del Sito Web</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.navigationTitle" resname="site_language.navigationTitle" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Navigation Title</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Titolo della Navigazione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.base" resname="site_language.base" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Entry Point</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Punto di Ingresso</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.locale" resname="site_language.locale" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Locale</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Localizzazione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.iso-639-1" resname="site_language.iso-639-1" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Two Letter ISO Code</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Codice ISO a Due Lettere</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.hreflang" resname="site_language.hreflang" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Language Tag defined by RFC 1766 / 3066</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tag di Lingua Definito da RFC 1766 / 3066</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.enabled" resname="site_language.enabled" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Visible in Frontend</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Visibile in Frontend</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.direction" resname="site_language.direction" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Direction</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Direzione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.direction.none" resname="site_language.direction.none" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>None</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nessuno</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.direction.leftToRight" resname="site_language.direction.leftToRight" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Left to Right</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Da sinistra a destra</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.direction.rightToLeft" resname="site_language.direction.rightToLeft" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Right to Left</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Da destra a sinistra</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.typo3Language" resname="site_language.typo3Language" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Language Key for XLF Files</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Chiave di Lingua per i File XLF</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.flag" resname="site_language.flag" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Flag icon</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Icona Bandiera</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.fallbackType" resname="site_language.fallbackType" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Fallback Type</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tipo di Fallback</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.fallbackType.strict" resname="site_language.fallbackType.strict" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Strict: Show only translated content, based on overlays</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Rigoroso: mostra solo i contenuti tradotti in base al concetto di overlay</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.fallbackType.fallback" resname="site_language.fallbackType.fallback" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Fallback: Show default language if no translation exists</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Fallback: mostra la lingua predefinita se non esiste la traduzione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.fallbackType.free" resname="site_language.fallbackType.free" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Free mode: Ignore translation and overlay concept, only show data from selected language</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modalità libera: ignora traduzione e concetto di overlay, mostra solo la lingua selezionata</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.fallbacks" resname="site_language.fallbacks" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Fallback to other Language(s) - order is important!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Fallback ad Altre Lingue (l'ordine è importante)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_base_variant.ctrl.title" resname="site_base_variant.ctrl.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Base</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Base</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_base_variant.base" resname="site_base_variant.base" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Base</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Base</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_base_variant.base.placeholder" resname="site_base_variant.base.placeholder" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>www.domain.local</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">www.domain.local</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_base_variant.condition" resname="site_base_variant.condition" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Condition</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Condizione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_base_variant.condition.placeholder" resname="site_base_variant.condition.placeholder" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>applicationContext == "Production"</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">applicationContext == "Produzione"</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_base_variant.condition.applicationContext" resname="site_base_variant.condition.applicationContext" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Application Context</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Contesto dell'Applicazione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_base_variant.condition.environmentVariable" resname="site_base_variant.condition.environmentVariable" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Environment Variable</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Variabile d'Ambiente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_errorhandling.ctrl.title" resname="site_errorhandling.ctrl.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Error Handling</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Gestione Errori</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_errorhandling.tab.rootpaths" resname="site_errorhandling.tab.rootpaths" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Root Paths (optional)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Percorsi Root (opzionale)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_errorhandling.errorCode" resname="site_errorhandling.errorCode" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>HTTP Error Status Code</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Codice di Stato Errore HTTP</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_errorhandling.errorCode.404" resname="site_errorhandling.errorCode.404" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>404 (Page not found)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">404 (Pagina non trovata)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_errorhandling.errorCode.403" resname="site_errorhandling.errorCode.403" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>403 (Forbidden)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">403 (Proibito)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_errorhandling.errorCode.500" resname="site_errorhandling.errorCode.500" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>500 (Internal Server Error)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">500 (Errore Interno del Server)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_errorhandling.errorCode.503" resname="site_errorhandling.errorCode.503" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>503 (Service Unavailable)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">503 (Servizio non Disponibile)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_errorhandling.errorCode.0" resname="site_errorhandling.errorCode.0" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>any error not defined otherwise</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">qualsiasi errore non altrimenti definito</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_errorhandling.errorHandler" resname="site_errorhandling.errorHandler" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>How to handle Errors</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Come Gestire gli Errori</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_errorhandling.errorHandler.fluid" resname="site_errorhandling.errorHandler.fluid" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Fluid Template</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Template Fluid</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_errorhandling.errorHandler.page" resname="site_errorhandling.errorHandler.page" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show Content from Page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mostra Contenuto dalla Pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_errorhandling.errorHandler.php" resname="site_errorhandling.errorHandler.php" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>PHP Class (must implement the PageErrorHandlerInterface)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Classe PHP (deve implementare PageErrorHandlerInterface)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_errorhandling.errorFluidTemplate" resname="site_errorhandling.errorFluidTemplate" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Fluid Template File</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">File Template Fluid</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_errorhandling.errorFluidTemplate.placeholder" resname="site_errorhandling.errorFluidTemplate.placeholder" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:my_sitepackage/Resources/Private/Templates/Sites/Error.html</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">EXT:my_sitepackage/Resources/Private/Templates/Sites/Error.html</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_errorhandling.errorFluidTemplatesRootPath" resname="site_errorhandling.errorFluidTemplatesRootPath" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Fluid Templates Root Path</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Percorso dei Template Fluid</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_errorhandling.errorFluidLayoutsRootPath" resname="site_errorhandling.errorFluidLayoutsRootPath" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Fluid Layouts Root Path</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Percorso dei Layout Fluid</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_errorhandling.errorFluidPartialsRootPath" resname="site_errorhandling.errorFluidPartialsRootPath" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Fluid Partials Root Path</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Percorso dei Partial Fluid</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_errorhandling.errorContentSource" resname="site_errorhandling.errorContentSource" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show Content from Page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mostra Contenuto dalla Pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_errorhandling.errorPhpClassFQCN" resname="site_errorhandling.errorPhpClassFQCN" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>ErrorHandler Class Target (FQCN)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nome Classe ErrorHandler (FQCN)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_errorhandling.errorPhpClassFQCN.placeholder" resname="site_errorhandling.errorPhpClassFQCN.placeholder" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Vendor\ExtensionName\ErrorHandlers\GenericErrorhandler</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Vendor\ExtensionName\ErrorHandlers\GenericErrorhandler</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_route.ctrl.title" resname="site_route.ctrl.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Routes</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Instradamenti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_route.type" resname="site_route.type" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Route Type</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tipo di Instradamento</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_route.staticText" resname="site_route.staticText" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Static Text</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Testo Statico</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_route.staticText.example1" resname="site_route.staticText.example1" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>robots.txt Example Content</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Esempio di contenuto per robots.txt</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_route.source" resname="site_route.source" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page, File or URL</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Pagina, File o URL</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_route.route" resname="site_route.route" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Static Route Name</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nome Instradamento Statico</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_route.route.placeholder" resname="site_route.route.placeholder" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>my-custom_route</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">my-custom_route</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_route.route.example1" resname="site_route.route.example1" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>robots.txt</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">robots.txt</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:backend/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_view_help.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:34Z" product-name="lang" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="details" resname="details" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Details</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Dettagli</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="syntax" resname="syntax" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Syntax</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sintassi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="seeAlso" resname="seeAlso" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>See also</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Vedi anche</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="goBack" resname="goBack" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Go back</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Indietro</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fullDescription" resname="fullDescription" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>See full description of table</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Vedi la descrizione completa della tabella</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fullDescription_module" resname="fullDescription_module" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>See full description of module</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Vedi la descrizione completa del modulo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="goToToc" resname="goToToc" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source><< go to Manual Index</source>
|
||||
<target state="final"><< vai all'Indice del Manuale</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="to_top" resname="to_top" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>To top</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Torna Su</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="TOC" resname="TOC" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Table Of Contents</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tabella dei Contenuti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="TOC_core" resname="TOC_core" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TYPO3 Core Features</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Caratteristiche Principali di TYPO3</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="TOC_modules" resname="TOC_modules" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Backend Modules</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Moduli di Backend</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="TOC_tables" resname="TOC_tables" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Database Tables</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tabelle del Database</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="TOC_extensions" resname="TOC_extensions" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Extensions</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Estensioni</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="TOC_glossary" resname="TOC_glossary" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Glossary</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Glossario</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="TOC_other" resname="TOC_other" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Other</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Altro</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="close" resname="close" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Close</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Chiudi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="title" resname="title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TYPO3 Inline Help</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Aiuto In Linea di TYPO3</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="manual_title" resname="manual_title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TYPO3 Inline User Manual</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Manuale Utente In Linea di TYPO3</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="introduction" resname="introduction" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Introduction</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Introduzione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="description" resname="description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The TYPO3 Inline User Manual is composed from the available help in this TYPO3 Installation (Context Sensitive Help). Here you will find a general description of the TYPO3 Core modules, installation specific Backend Modules and Database Tables that are available based on your login credentials.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il Manuale Utente In Linea di TYPO3 è composto dagli aiuti disponibili in questa installazione TYPO3 (Aiuto Contestuale). Qui trovi una descrizione generale dei Moduli Principali di TYPO3, specifiche di installazione, Moduli di Backend e Tabelle di Database, disponibili in base alle tue credenziali di accesso.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="full_manual" resname="full_manual" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Full Manual (in one page)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Manuale Completo (in una pagina)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="full_manual_chapters" resname="full_manual_chapters" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Manual Chapters</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Capitoli del Manuale</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:backend/Resources/Private/Language/siteconfiguration_fieldinformation.xlf" date="2015-01-02T11:16:11Z" product-name="backend" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site.rootPageId" resname="site.rootPageId" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You must create a page with a site root flag.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Devi creare una pagina con l'opzione "Usa come Pagina Root" attiva.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site.identifier" resname="site.identifier" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This name will be used to create the configuration directory. Mind the recommendations for directory names (only a-z,0-9,_,-) and make it unique.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo nome sarà utilizzato per creare la cartella di configurazione. E' necessario tenere in considerazione i suggerimenti per i nomi delle cartelle (utilizzare solo i caratteri a-z,0-9,_,-) e il nome deve essere unico.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site.base" resname="site.base" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Main URL to call the frontend in default language. Can be https://www.example.com/ or just /, if it is just a / you cannot rely on TYPO3 creating full URLs</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">URL principale per il frontend nella lingua predefinita. Può essere https://www.esempio.com/ o solo /. Nel caso fosse solo /, non potrai avere la certezza che TYPO3 possa creare URL completi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site.websiteTitle" resname="site.websiteTitle" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The title of the website is used for the title tag in the frontend</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il titolo del sito web è usato per il tag 'title' nel frontend</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site.baseVariants" resname="site.baseVariants" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This allows you to specify variants of the site's base. Can be used, for example, if you have a different domain for your staging environment.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo ti consente di specificare varianti del Punto di Ingresso base del sito. Può essere usato, ad esempio, se hai un dominio differente per l'ambiente di pre-produzione.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.base" resname="site_language.base" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Use a full qualified domain "https://www.mydomain.fr/" or "/fr/". Use "/" to keep the main URL for the default language. Add language specific suffixes to use those, or configure complete URLs for independent domains.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Usa un dominio qualificato "https://www.mydomain.fr/" o "/fr/". Usa "/" per mantenere l'URL principale per la lingua predefinita. Aggiungi suffissi specifici per la lingua per usarli o configurare URL completi per domini indipendenti.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.locale" resname="site_language.locale" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Used for localized date and currency formats. E.g. "de_DE" or "en_US.UTF-8".</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Utilizzato per i formati data e valuta localizzati. Es. "it_IT" o "en_US.UTF-8".</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.iso-639-1" resname="site_language.iso-639-1" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>ISO 639-1 code of the Language</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Codice ISO 639-1 della Lingua</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.hreflang" resname="site_language.hreflang" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Used within for "lang" and "hreflang" attributes</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Usato per gli attributi "lang" e "hreflang"</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.websiteTitle" resname="site_language.websiteTitle" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>With this language based Website title, you can override the Website title for this language</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Con questo titolo puoi sovrascrivere il titolo del Sito Web per questa lingua</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.navigationTitle" resname="site_language.navigationTitle" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Used within language-related menus</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Utilizzato nei menù relativi alla lingua</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.direction" resname="site_language.direction" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Language direction for "dir" attribute</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Direzione della lingua per l'attributo "dir"</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_language.typo3Language" resname="site_language.typo3Language" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select the language to be used from translation files. Keep default if no translation files are available.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona la lingua da usare dai file di traduzione. Mantieni i file predefiniti se non sono disponibili file di traduzione.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_errorhandling.errorCode" resname="site_errorhandling.errorCode" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Make sure to have at least 0 (not defined otherwise) configured in order to serve helpful error messages to your visitors.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Assicurati di avere impostato almeno 0 (altrimenti non definito) per fornire messaggi di errore utili ai tuoi visitatori.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_errorhandling.errorFluidTemplate" resname="site_errorhandling.errorFluidTemplate" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Path to the fluid template file given by absolute, relative path (from site root) or by referring the template file inside an extension with "EXT:" prefix.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Percorso al file di template Fluid: percorso assoluto, percorso relativo (dalla radice del sito) o con prefisso "EXT:" se stai facendo riferimento a un file template di una estensione.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_errorhandling.errorPhpClassFQCN" resname="site_errorhandling.errorPhpClassFQCN" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Fully qualified class name to a class that implements the PageErrorHandlerInterface.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nome completo (FQCN) della classe PHP che implementa "PageErrorHandlerInterface".</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_base_variant.base" resname="site_base_variant.base" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>For example "https://staging.domain.tld" or "http://www.domain.local"</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Per esempio "https://staging.domain.tld" o "http://www.domain.local"</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="site_base_variant.condition" resname="site_base_variant.condition" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Expression to match this base variant.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Espressione per abbinare questa variante di base.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,480 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:belog/Resources/Private/Language/locallang.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="belog" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="adminLog" resname="adminLog" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Administration log</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Log di sistema</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="allUsers" resname="allUsers" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>[All users]</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">[Tutti gli utenti]</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="any" resname="any" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>[Any]</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">[Qualunque]</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="viaUser" resname="viaUser" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>via</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">via</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="live" resname="live" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>LIVE</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Live</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="draft" resname="draft" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Draft</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Bozza</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="self" resname="self" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Self</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Me stesso</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="userGroup" resname="userGroup" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Group</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Gruppo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="set" resname="set" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Filter</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Filtra</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="reset" resname="reset" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Reset</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ripristina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="all" resname="all" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>[all]</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">[Tutti]</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="50" resname="50" translate="no" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>50</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">50</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="100" resname="100" translate="no" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>100</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">100</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="200" resname="200" translate="no" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>200</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">200</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="500" resname="500" translate="no" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>500</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">500</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="1000" resname="1000" translate="no" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>1000</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">1000</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="actionAll" resname="actionAll" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>All</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tutti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="actionDatabase" resname="actionDatabase" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Database</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Database</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="actionFile" resname="actionFile" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">File</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="actionCache" resname="actionCache" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Cache</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Cache</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="actionSettings" resname="actionSettings" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Settings</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Impostazioni</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="actionLogin" resname="actionLogin" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Login</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Login</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="actionErrors" resname="actionErrors" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Errors</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Errori</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="group" resname="group" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Group</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Gruppo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="user" resname="user" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>User</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Utente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="users" resname="users" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Users</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Utenti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="time" resname="time" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Time</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ora</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="max" resname="max" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Max</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Max</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="showHistory" resname="showHistory" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show History</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mostra Cronologia</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="action" resname="action" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Action</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Azione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="channel" resname="channel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Channel</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Canale</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="levels" resname="levels" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Levels</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Livelli</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="workspace" resname="workspace" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Workspace</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Workspace</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overview" resname="overview" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Overview</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Panoramica</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="logForNonPageRelatedActionsOrRootLevelOrPage" resname="logForNonPageRelatedActionsOrRootLevelOrPage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Log %s from %s to %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Log %s da %s a %s</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="type_1" resname="type_1" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>DB</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">DB</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="action_1_1" resname="action_1_1" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Insert</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Creazione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="action_1_2" resname="action_1_2" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Update</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Aggiornamento</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="action_1_3" resname="action_1_3" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Delete</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Eliminazione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="action_1_4" resname="action_1_4" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Move</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Spostamento</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="action_1_5" resname="action_1_5" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Check</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Controllo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_1_0_1" resname="msg_1_0_1" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Referer host '%s' and server host '%s' did not match!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">L'host referrer '%s' e l'host server '%s' non coincidono!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_1_1_11" resname="msg_1_1_11" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Attempt to insert record on page '%s' (%s) where this table, %s, is not allowed</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tentativo di inserire un record, ma la tabella %s non è consentita nella pagina '%s' (%s)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_1_1_12" resname="msg_1_1_12" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Attempt to insert a record on page '%s' (%s) from table '%s' without permissions. Or non-existing page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tentativo di inserire un record nella pagina '%s' (%s) dalla tabella '%s', ma senza permessi. Oppure la pagina non esiste.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_1_2_1" resname="msg_1_2_1" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Attempt to modify table '%s' without permission</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tentativo di modificare la tabella '%s' senza permessi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_1_2_2" resname="msg_1_2_2" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Attempt to modify record '%s' (%s) without permission. Or non-existing page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tentativo di modificare il record '%s' (%s) senza permessi. Oppure la pagina non esiste.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_1_2_10" resname="msg_1_2_10" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Record '%s' (%s) was updated.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il record '%s' (%s) è stato aggiornato.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_1_2_12" resname="msg_1_2_12" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>MySQL error: '%s' (%s)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Errore MySQL: '%s' (%s)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_1_4_1" resname="msg_1_4_1" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Attempt to move record '%s' (%s) to after a non-existing record (uid=%s)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tentativo di spostare il record '%s' (%s) dopo un record non esistente (uid=%s)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_1_4_2" resname="msg_1_4_2" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Moved record '%s' (%s) to page '%s' (%s)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il record '%s' (%s) è stato spostato alla pagina '%s' (%s)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_1_4_3" resname="msg_1_4_3" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Moved record '%s' (%s) from page '%s' (%s)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il record '%s' (%s) è stato spostato dalla pagina '%s' (%s)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_1_4_4" resname="msg_1_4_4" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Moved record '%s' (%s) on page '%s' (%s)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Spostato il record '%s' (%s) sulla pagina '%s' (%s)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_1_4_10" resname="msg_1_4_10" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Attempt to move page '%s' (%s) to inside of its own rootline (at page '%s' (%s))</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tentativo di spostare la pagina '%s' (%s) all'interno della propria rootline (nella pagina '%s' (%s))</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_1_4_11" resname="msg_1_4_11" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Attempt to insert record on page '%s' (%s) where this table, %s, is not allowed</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tentativo di inserire un record nella pagina '%s' (%s) in cui la tabella '%s' non è consentita</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_1_4_12" resname="msg_1_4_12" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Attempt to insert a record on page '%s' (%s) from table '%s' without permissions. Or non-existing page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tentativo di inserire un record nella pagina '%s' (%s) dalla tabella '%s', ma senza permessi. Oppure la pagina non esiste.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_1_4_13" resname="msg_1_4_13" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Attempt to move record '%s' (%s) to after another record, although the table has no sorting row.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tentativo di spostare il record '%s' (%s) dopo un altro record di una tabella che non dispone dell'opzione di ordinamento.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_1_4_14" resname="msg_1_4_14" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Attempt to move record '%s' (%s) without having permissions to do so</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tentativo di muovere il record '%s' (%s) senza avere i permessi per farlo.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_1_5_1" resname="msg_1_5_1" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You cannot change the 'doktype' of page '%s' to the desired value.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non puoi modificare il 'doktype' (tipo di documento) nella pagina %s' nel valore scelto.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_1_5_2" resname="msg_1_5_2" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>'doktype' of page '%s' could not be changed because the page contains records from disallowed tables; %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il 'doktype' (tipo di documento) della pagina '%s' non può essere modificato perché la pagina contiene record da tabelle non consentite; %s</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_1_5_3" resname="msg_1_5_3" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Too few items in the list of values. (%s)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Troppe poche voci nella lista dei valori. (%s)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_1_5_10" resname="msg_1_5_10" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Could not delete file '%s' (does not exist). (%s)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non posso cancellare il file '%s' (inesistente). (%s)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_1_5_11" resname="msg_1_5_11" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Copying file '%s' failed!: No destination file (%s) possible!. (%s)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Copia del file '%s' fallita!: Nessun file di destinazione (%s) possibile!. (%s)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_1_5_12" resname="msg_1_5_12" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File extension '%s' is not allowed. (%s)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">L'estensione file '%s' non è consentita. (%s)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_1_5_13" resname="msg_1_5_13" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File size (%s) of file '%s' exceeds limit (%s). (%s)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La dimensione (%s) del file '%s' eccede il limite (%s). (%s)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_1_5_14" resname="msg_1_5_14" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The destination (%s) or the source file (%s) does not exist. (%s)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La destinazione (%s) o il file sorgente (%s) non esiste. (%s)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_1_5_15" resname="msg_1_5_15" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Copying to file '%s' failed! (%s)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La copia del file '%s' è fallita! (%s)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_1_5_16" resname="msg_1_5_16" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Copying file '%s' failed!: The destination path (%s) may be write protected. Please make it write enabled!. (%s)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La copia del file '%s' è fallita!: Il percorso di destinazione (%s) potrebbe essere protetto in scrittura. Si consiglia di renderlo scrivibile!. (%s)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_1_5_4" resname="msg_1_5_4" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The value of the field "%s" has been changed from "%s" to "%s" as it is required to be unique.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il valore del campo "%s" è stato cambiato da "%s" a "%s" poiché deve essere unico.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="type_2" resname="type_2" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>FILE</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">FILE</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="action_2_1" resname="action_2_1" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Upload</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Caricamento</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="action_2_2" resname="action_2_2" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Copy</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Copiatura</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="action_2_3" resname="action_2_3" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Move</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Spostamento</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="action_2_4" resname="action_2_4" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Delete</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Eliminazione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="action_2_5" resname="action_2_5" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Rename</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Rinomina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="action_2_6" resname="action_2_6" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>New</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Creazione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="action_2_7" resname="action_2_7" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Unzip</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Decompressione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="action_2_8" resname="action_2_8" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>New file</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Creazione file</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="action_2_9" resname="action_2_9" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="msg_2_9_1" resname="msg_2_9_1" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File saved to '%s', bytes: %s, MD5: %s </source>
|
||||
<target state="final">File salvato in '%s', byte: %s, MD5: %s </target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="type_3" resname="type_3" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>CACHE</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">CACHE</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="action_3_1" resname="action_3_1" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Clear Cache</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Svuotamento cache</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="type_4" resname="type_4" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXTENSION</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">ESTENSIONE</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="type_5" resname="type_5" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>ERROR</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">ERRORE</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="action_5_0" resname="action_5_0" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Error handler</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Gestore errori</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="type_254" resname="type_254" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>SETTING</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">IMPOSTAZIONE</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="action_254_1" resname="action_254_1" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Change</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Aggiornamento</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="type_255" resname="type_255" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>LOGIN</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">LOGIN</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="action_255_1" resname="action_255_1" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>LOGIN</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">LOGIN</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="action_255_2" resname="action_255_2" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>LOGOUT</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">LOGOUT</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="action_255_3" resname="action_255_3" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>ATTEMPT</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">TENTATIVO</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="chLog_title" resname="chLog_title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Admin Changelog</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Log delle modifiche di Admin</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="chLog_users_0" resname="chLog_users_0" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>All users</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tutti gli utenti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="chLog_users_-1" resname="chLog_users_-1" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Self</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Me stesso</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="chLog_time_0" resname="chLog_time_0" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This week</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questa settimana</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="chLog_time_1" resname="chLog_time_1" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Last week</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ultima settimana</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="chLog_time_2" resname="chLog_time_2" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Last 7 days</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ultimi 7 giorni</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="chLog_time_10" resname="chLog_time_10" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This month</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo mese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="chLog_time_11" resname="chLog_time_11" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Last month</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ultimo mese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="chLog_time_12" resname="chLog_time_12" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Last 31 days</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ultimi 31 giorni</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="chLog_time_20" resname="chLog_time_20" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No limit</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Senza limiti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="chLog_l_time" resname="chLog_l_time" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Time</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ora</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="chLog_l_user" resname="chLog_l_user" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>User</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Utente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="chLog_l_error" resname="chLog_l_error" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>E</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">E</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="chLog_l_action" resname="chLog_l_action" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Action</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Azione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="chLog_l_channel" resname="chLog_l_channel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Channel</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Canale</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="chLog_l_types" resname="chLog_l_types" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Type</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tipo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="chLog_l_level" resname="chLog_l_level" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Level</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Livello</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="chLog_l_table" resname="chLog_l_table" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Table</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tabella</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="chLog_l_details" resname="chLog_l_details" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Details</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Dettagli</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="chLog_menuUsers" resname="chLog_menuUsers" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Users</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Utenti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="chLog_menuDepth" resname="chLog_menuDepth" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Depth</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Profondità</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="chLog_menuTime" resname="chLog_menuTime" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Time</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ora</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="systemmessage.errorsInPeriod" resname="systemmessage.errorsInPeriod" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source><![CDATA[We have found %1$d errors. Please check your <a href="%2$s">system log</a>.]]></source>
|
||||
<target state="final"><![CDATA[Sono stati trovati %1$d errori. Si prega di controllare il <a href="%2$s">log di sistema</a>.]]></target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="actions" resname="actions" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Actions</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Azioni</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="actions.delete" resname="actions.delete" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Delete similar errors</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Rimuovi errori simili</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="actions.deleteWarnings" resname="actions.deleteWarnings" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Delete similar warnings</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Rimuovi avvisi simili</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="actions.delete.message" resname="actions.delete.message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Total entries deleted: %1$d</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Totale voci eliminate: %1$d</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="actions.delete.noRowFound" resname="actions.delete.noRowFound" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Log entry could not be found.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non può essere trovata la voce di log.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:belog/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_mod.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="belog" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_labels_tablabel" resname="mlang_labels_tablabel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Viewing log</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Visualizzazione log di sistema</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_labels_tabdescr" resname="mlang_labels_tabdescr" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Allows you access to the full backend changelog in TYPO3.<br /><em>Access for 'admin' users only!</em></source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Consente di accedere al log completo del backend in TYPO3.<br /><em>Accesso solo per gli utenti 'admin'!</em></target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_tabs_tab" resname="mlang_tabs_tab" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Log</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Log</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:beuser/Resources/Private/Language/locallang.xlf" date="2012-07-16T10:11:32Z" product-name="beuser" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="activeSessions" resname="activeSessions" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Active Sessions</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sessioni attive</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="userName" resname="userName" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Username</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nome utente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="realName" resname="realName" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Real Name</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nome</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lastAccess" resname="lastAccess" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Last access</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ultimo accesso</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="ipAddress" resname="ipAddress" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>IP address</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Indirizzo IP</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="backendUserListing" resname="backendUserListing" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Backend User Listing</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Lista Utenti di Backend</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="subGroups" resname="subGroups" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sub Groups</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sottogruppi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="email" resname="email" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Email</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Email</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="admin" resname="admin" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Admin</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Admin</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="users" resname="users" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Users</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Utenti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="yes" resname="yes" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Yes</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sì</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="no" resname="no" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">No</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="never" resname="never" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Never</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mai</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="edit" resname="edit" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="delete" resname="delete" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Delete backend user (!)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Elimina l'utente di backend (!)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="details" resname="details" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show details</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mostra dettagli</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="info" resname="info" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Display information</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mostra informazioni</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="disable" resname="disable" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Disable</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Disabilita</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="disable_compare" resname="disable_compare" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Is active?</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">È attivo?</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="startDateAndTime" resname="startDateAndTime" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Start</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Avvia</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="endDateAndTime" resname="endDateAndTime" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Stop</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ferma</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lastLogin" resname="lastLogin" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Last login</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ultimo accesso</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="allowedLanguages" resname="allowedLanguages" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Limit to languages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Limita alle lingue</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="dbMountPoints" resname="dbMountPoints" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>DB mountpoints</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">DB Mounts - Nodi Albero delle Pagine</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileMounts" resname="fileMounts" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File mountpoints</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">File Mounts - Nodi Albero delle Cartelle</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="compareBackendUsers" resname="compareBackendUsers" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Compare backend users</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Confronta gli utenti di backend</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="compareUserList" resname="compareUserList" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Compare user list</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Confronta l'elenco degli utenti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="compareBackendUsersGroups" resname="compareBackendUsersGroups" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Compare backend usergroups</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Confronta i gruppi di utenti di backend</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="clearCompareList" resname="clearCompareList" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Clear compare list</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Cancella elenco di confronto</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="status" resname="status" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Status</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Stato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="both" resname="both" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Both</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Entrambi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="any" resname="any" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Any</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Qualunque</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="adminOnly" resname="adminOnly" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Admin only</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Solo Amministratori (Admin)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="normalUserOnly" resname="normalUserOnly" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Normal users only</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Solo utenti ordinari</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="activeOnly" resname="activeOnly" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Active only</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Solo attivo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="inactiveOnly" resname="inactiveOnly" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Inactive only</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Solo inattivo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="loginBefore" resname="loginBefore" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Logged in before</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Login effettuato prima</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="neverLoggedIn" resname="neverLoggedIn" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Never logged in</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mai effettuato il login</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="filter" resname="filter" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Filter</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Filtro</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="reset" resname="reset" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Reset</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ripristina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="reallyLogout" resname="reallyLogout" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Really logout</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Disconnesso</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="endSession" resname="endSession" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>End session</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Fine della sessione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="backendUsers" resname="backendUsers" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Backend users</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Utenti del backend</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="compareUsers" resname="compareUsers" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Compare backend users</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Confronta gli utenti di backend</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="backendUserGroupsMenu" resname="backendUserGroupsMenu" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Backend user groups</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Gruppi di utenti di Backend</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="onlineUsers" resname="onlineUsers" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Online users</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Utenti online</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="backendUserAdministration" resname="backendUserAdministration" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Backend User Administration</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Amministrazione Utente di Backend</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="backendUserGroup" resname="backendUserGroup" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>User group</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Gruppo utente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="backendUserGroups" resname="backendUserGroups" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Member of groups</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Membro dei gruppi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="changeToMode" resname="changeToMode" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>[change-to mode]</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">[modalità accedi-come]</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="switchBackMode" resname="switchBackMode" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Switch to user</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Simula utente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="confirm" resname="confirm" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Are you sure you want to delete this backend user %s?</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sei sicuro di voler eliminare questo utente backend %s?</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="section.compare" resname="section.compare" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Compare</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Confronta</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="section.allUserGroups" resname="section.allUserGroups" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>All User Groups</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tutti I Gruppi Utente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="compare" resname="compare" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Compare</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Confronta</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="remove" resname="remove" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Remove</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Rimuovi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="terminateSessionSuccess" resname="terminateSessionSuccess" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Session successfully terminated.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sessione terminata con successo.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="backendUserGroupListing" resname="backendUserGroupListing" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Backend User Group Listing</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Lista Gruppi di Utenti di Backend</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="online" resname="online" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>online</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">online</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lockedMfaProviders" resname="lockedMfaProviders" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Locked MFA providers</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Provider MFA bloccati</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mfaEnabled" resname="mfaEnabled" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>MFA enabled</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">MFA abilitato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="visibility.hide" resname="visibility.hide" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Hide</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nascondi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="visibility.unhide" resname="visibility.unhide" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Un-hide</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mostra</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="information.defaultLanguage" resname="information.defaultLanguage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Default</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Predefinito</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="groups" resname="groups" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Groups</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Gruppi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="information.groups.direct" resname="information.groups.direct" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Directly assigned</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Assegnato direttamente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="information.groups.inheritance" resname="information.groups.inheritance" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Assigned through inheritance</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Assegnato tramite eredità</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="languages" resname="languages" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Languages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Lingue</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="dbMounts" resname="dbMounts" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>DB Mounts</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">DB Mounts - Nodi Albero delle Pagine</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileMounts" resname="fileMounts" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File Mounts</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">File Mounts - Nodi Albero delle Cartelle</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="categories" resname="categories" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Categories</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Categorie</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="permissions" resname="permissions" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Permissions</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Permessi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="modules" resname="modules" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Modules</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Moduli</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="tableModes" resname="tableModes" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Table select/modify</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona/Modifica tabella</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="tableModes.select" resname="tableModes.select" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="tableModes.modify" resname="tableModes.modify" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Modify</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="information.defaultWorkspace" resname="information.defaultWorkspace" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Default workspace</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Workspace predefinito</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="backendUser" resname="backendUser" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Backend User</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Utente di Backend</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="backendUserDetails" resname="backendUserDetails" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Backend user details</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Dettagli utente di backend</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="flashMessage.resetPassword.error.title" resname="flashMessage.resetPassword.error.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Password reset not triggered</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ripristino della password non avviato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="flashMessage.resetPassword.error.text" resname="flashMessage.resetPassword.error.text" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sorry, the password of this user cannot be reset.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Spiacenti, la password di questo utente non può essere ripristinata.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="flashMessage.resetPassword.success.title" resname="flashMessage.resetPassword.success.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Password reset triggered</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ripristino password avviato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="flashMessage.resetPassword.success.text" resname="flashMessage.resetPassword.success.text" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Password reset for email address %s initiated.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ripristino della password per l'indirizzo email %s iniziato.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="resetPassword.label" resname="resetPassword.label" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Reset Password</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ripristina Password</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="resetPassword.confirmation.header" resname="resetPassword.confirmation.header" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Reset Password</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ripristina Password</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="resetPassword.confirmation.text" resname="resetPassword.confirmation.text" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Are you sure you want to reset the password for %s?</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sei sicuro di voler ripristinare la password per %s?</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="compare.tables" resname="compare.tables" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Table permissions</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Permessi tabella</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="compare.direct.inherit" resname="compare.direct.inherit" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Inherit</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Eredita</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="compare.direct.direct" resname="compare.direct.direct" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Direct</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Diretto</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pagination.previous" resname="pagination.previous" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>previous</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">precedente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pagination.next" resname="pagination.next" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>next</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">successivo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pagination.first" resname="pagination.first" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>first</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">primo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pagination.last" resname="pagination.last" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>last</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">ultimo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pagination.records" resname="pagination.records" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Records</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Record</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pagination.page" resname="pagination.page" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pagination.refresh" resname="pagination.refresh" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Refresh</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Aggiorna</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:beuser/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_mod.xlf" date="2012-02-06T16:10:22Z" product-name="beuser" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_labels_tablabel" resname="mlang_labels_tablabel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Backend Users</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Utenti di Backend</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_labels_tabdescr" resname="mlang_labels_tabdescr" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Admin backend users</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Utenti Amministratori (Admin) di Backend</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_tabs_tab" resname="mlang_tabs_tab" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Backend Users</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Utenti di Backend</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:beuser/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_mod_permission.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:34Z" product-name="lang" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="permissions" resname="permissions" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Permissions</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Permessi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="ch_permissions" resname="ch_permissions" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Change permissions</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica i permessi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="Legend" resname="Legend" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Legend</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Legenda</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="Owner" resname="Owner" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Owner</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Proprietario</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="Group" resname="Group" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Group</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Gruppo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="Everybody" resname="Everybody" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Everybody</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tutti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="EditLock" resname="EditLock" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Lock</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Blocca</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="EditLock_descr" resname="EditLock_descr" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Disable the »Admin-only« edit lock for this page. Currently this page and all content is locked for editing by all non-Admin users.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Riabilita la modifica, di questa pagina, per tutti gli utenti. Attualmente questa pagina e tutti i contenuti sono bloccati in modifica da parte di utenti non-Admin.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="EditLock_descr2" resname="EditLock_descr2" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enable the »Admin-only« edit lock for this page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Blocca la modifica, di questa pagina, da parte di utenti non-Admin</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="Save" resname="Save" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Save</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Salva</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="Abort" resname="Abort" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Abort</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Interrompi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="Edit" resname="Edit" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EDIT</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">MODIFICA</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="recursive" resname="recursive" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Set recursively</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Imposta ricorsivamente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="page_affected" resname="page_affected" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>page affected</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">pagina coinvolta</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages_affected" resname="pages_affected" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages affected</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">pagine coinvolte</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="user_overview" resname="user_overview" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>User overview</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Panoramica utente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="Mode" resname="Mode" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Mode</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modalità</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="Depth" resname="Depth" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Depth</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Profondità</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="level" resname="level" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>level</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">livello</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="levels" resname="levels" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>levels</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Livelli</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="User" resname="User" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>User</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Utente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="changeOwner" resname="changeOwner" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Change owner</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Cambia proprietario</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="changeGroup" resname="changeGroup" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Change group</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Cambia gruppo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="def" resname="def" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Definition: 'content' is records from all tables on a page - except from records from the table 'pages' (Pages).</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">'contenuto': record di qualsiasi tabella, sulla pagina, eccetto i record della tabella 'pages' (Pagine).</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="A_Granted" resname="A_Granted" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Access Granted</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Accesso Concesso</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="A_Denied" resname="A_Denied" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Access Denied</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Accesso Negato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="1" resname="1" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mostra pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="16" resname="16" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit content</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica contenuto</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="2" resname="2" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="4" resname="4" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Delete page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Elimina pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="8" resname="8" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>New pages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nuova pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="1_t" resname="1_t" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show/Copy page and content.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mostra/Copia pagina e contenuti.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="16_t" resname="16_t" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Change/Add/Delete/Move content.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica/Aggiungi/Elimina/Sposta contenuto.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="2_t" resname="2_t" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Change page eg. change pagetitle etc.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica pagina (es. modifica titolo, sottotitolo, ecc).</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="4_t" resname="4_t" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Delete/Move page and content.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Elimina/Sposta pagina con relativi contenuti.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="8_t" resname="8_t" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Create new pages under this page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Creare nuova pagina sotto questa.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_labels_tablabel" resname="mlang_labels_tablabel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page editing permissions</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Permessi di pagina e contenuto</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_labels_tabdescr" resname="mlang_labels_tabdescr" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Setting of page permissions is vital for controlling backend user access to pages. You can assign a user and a group as owners of a page and set access permissions for each.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">L'impostazione dei permessi di pagina è di vitale importanza per il controllo dell'accesso. Puoi assegnare un utente e un gruppo come proprietari e impostare i permessi di accesso per ogni pagina.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_tabs_tab" resname="mlang_tabs_tab" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Access</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Accesso</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="WorkspaceWarning" resname="WorkspaceWarning" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Workspace Warning</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Avviso di Workspace</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="WorkspaceWarningText" resname="WorkspaceWarningText" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Permissions you set in the workspace are effective on the elements only after they are published! If you need to set permissions which are effective right now, you must do so in the Live workspace. (Permissions are always evaluated on the Live workspace record/placeholder of a draft version)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">I permessi, impostati nel workspace, saranno effettivi, sugli elementi, solo dopo la pubblicazione! Se è necessario impostare permessi immediatamente effettivi, deve essere fatto nel workspace Live. (I permessi sono sempre valutati nel record/placeholder del workspace Live di una versione bozza)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="notSet" resname="notSet" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>not set</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">non impostato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="deleted" resname="deleted" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>deleted</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">eliminato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noGroups" resname="noGroups" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No user groups exist.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nessun gruppo utente esistente.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="selectNone" resname="selectNone" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source> - none - </source>
|
||||
<target state="final"> - nessuno - </target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="selectUnchanged" resname="selectUnchanged" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source> - leave unchanged - </source>
|
||||
<target state="final"> - lasciare invariato - </target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
220
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/it.locallang_csh_webinfo.xlf
Normal file
220
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/it.locallang_csh_webinfo.xlf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
|
||||
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns:t3="http://typo3.org/schemas/xliff" version="1.0">
|
||||
<file t3:id="1415814788" source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="messages" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="cms" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pagetree_overview.alttitle" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Pagetree Overview</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Panoramica albero delle pagine</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pagetree_overview.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The Pagetree Overview shows information related to pages for a branch of the page tree. This includes start- and stop-times, cache settings etc.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">L'Overview (panoramica) dell'albero delle pagine mostra informazioni relative ad un ramo dell'albero delle pagine. Queste includono date di inizio e di fine, settaggi della cache ecc.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_pagetree_overview.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>_MOD_web_info:func_0,
|
||||
_MOD_web_info:func_1,
|
||||
_MOD_web_info:func_2,
|
||||
_MOD_web_info:stat</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">_MOD_web_info:func_0,
|
||||
_MOD_web_info:func_1,
|
||||
_MOD_web_info:func_2,
|
||||
_MOD_web_info:stat</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_pagetree_overview.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:cms/cshimages/pagetree_overview_1.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagetree_overview_1.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pagetree_overview.image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>One of the features of the Pagetree Overview module is that you can see what types of records are found on pages in a branch. Here record counts are shown for a page tree branch 2 levels down.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Una delle caratteristica del modulo "Overview dell'albero delle pagine" è la possibilità di vedere i tipi di record trovati all'interno delle pagine di un ramo. Viene visualizzato il numero di record trovati all'interno dell'albero delle pagine fino a 2 livelli di profondità.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="func_0.alttitle" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Basic Settings</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Opzioni di base</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="func_0.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Displays a selection of fields from page records which are regarded as foundational settings for pages. That includes aliases, start- and stop times, access restriction information etc.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Visualizza una selezione di campi dai records di pagina che sono trattati alla stregua di una configurazione fondamentale per le pagine. Include aliases, tempi di inizio e fine, restrizioni d'accesso, informazioni, ecc.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="func_0.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The Basic Settings view resembles the Cache and Age view quite a lot. They are different only by the selection of fields they show.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Batch editing page fields</b>
|
||||
You will find multiple edit-icons around the interface. All edit icons in head lines will bring you to an editing dialog where you can change exactly that field for all listed tables! Very useful for batch-editing of say all "Start" times.
|
||||
If you click the edit icon at the ID numbers of pages you will get straight to the regular editing of a whole page record.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">La modalità di visualizzazione 'Basic Settings' (Configurazioni di Base) somiglia molto a quella della Cache e Age. Ci sono solo alcune differenti campi di selezione che vengono mostrati. <b>campi di pagina Batch editing</b> Nell'interfaccia vedrai diverse icone per l'editing. Tutte le icone per l'editing nelle linee in alto ti condurranno ad una finestra di dialogo dove tu puoi cambiare esattamente il campo per tutte le tabelle elencate! Molto utile per un tipo di modifica batch-editing, per esempio di tutte le date di tipop 'Start'. Se clicchi sull'icona per editare in corrispondenza delle ID della pagine otterrai esattamente il sistema di editing dell'intero record di pagina.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_func_0.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>xMOD_csh_corebe:list_module,
|
||||
_MOD_web_info:func_2,
|
||||
_MOD_web_info:pagetree_overview</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">xMOD_csh_corebe:list_module,
|
||||
_MOD_web_info:func_2,
|
||||
_MOD_web_info:pagetree_overview</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_func_0.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:cms/cshimages/pagetree_overview_4.png,
|
||||
EXT:cms/cshimages/pagetree_overview_8.png,
|
||||
EXT:cms/cshimages/pagetree_overview_9.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagetree_overview_4.png,
|
||||
EXT:cms/cshimages/pagetree_overview_8.png,
|
||||
EXT:cms/cshimages/pagetree_overview_9.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="func_0.image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The Basic Settings view offers a very convenient overview of page aliases, start times and access restriction settings in the tree branch.
|
||||
If you click an edit-icon in the header you will be able to edit that field for all listed pages.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Le configurazioni di base offrono un molto molto efficace per una paronamica sugli aliases, i tempi di inizio e fine, le restrizioni d'accesso nella vista ad albero selezionata. Se clicchi su una icona per editare (tipo 'edit') sarai capace di modificare il campo scelto per tutte le pagine in lista.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="func_1.alttitle" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Record Overview</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Overwiew (panoramica) dei record</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="func_1.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Record overview gives you an indispensable overview of the distribution of records in the page tree. Each database table in the system is represented with a column and for each page you can see the number of records from that table located on the page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">La panoramica dei record ti fornisce una indispensabile vista d'insieme della distribuzione dei record nella vista ad albero. Ogni tabella di database del sistema è rappresentata da una colonna e per ogni pagina puoi vedere il numero dei records della tabella situata nella pagina.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="func_1.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source><b>Notice:</b> Be careful with the level-setting. A high level-setting may cause the module to respond very slowly if there are many pages and many records in the database as well!
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Tree stop?</b>
|
||||
Notice the red "+" next to a page in the page tree? This is due to a setting for that page record which means that the page tree will not expand for this page. Typically this is set for protection when there are a large amount of subpages underneath (hundreds of pages typically). If you click the icon/title the overview will jump to make this page the new root of the overview.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated"><b>Attenzione:</b> prestare attenzione alle livelli di configurazione. Un livello alto può causare che il modulo risponda in modo molto lento se ci sono molte pagine e ancor di più se ci sono molti record da visualizzare! <b>Stop dell'albero?</b> Attenzione al simbolo '+' visualizzato in rosso in un albero di pagina. Appare in quanto la configurazione adottata per il record di pagina impedisce di espandere l'albero. Tipicamento questa è una forma di protezione per impedire che un grande ammontare di pagine siano visualizzate a partire dalla pagina interessata (es. centinaia di pagine) con risultati molto lenti o tempi di attesa lunghi. Se clicchi sul titolo/icona la panoramica salterà e la pagina si comporterà come un nuovo punto root per aprire una nuova panoramica.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_func_1.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>_MOD_web_info:pagetree_overview,
|
||||
pages:php_tree_stop</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">_MOD_web_info:pagetree_overview,
|
||||
pages:php_tree_stop</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_func_1.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:cms/cshimages/pagetree_overview_6.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagetree_overview_6.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="func_1.image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You can easily see the distribution of Content Elements on a page. You can also see where Template Records - and basically any record! - are located in the page tree!</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Puoi facilmente vedere la distribuzione degli Elementi di Contenuto sulla pagina. Puoi anche vedere i Records di Template - ed anche ogni record! - situati nell'albero delle pagine!</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="func_2.alttitle" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Cache and Age</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Cache e Età</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="func_2.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Displays a selection of fields from page records related to page caching and time settings.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Visualizza la scelta dei campi dai records di pagina in relazione alle configurazioni della cache di pagina e delle date.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_func_2.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>_MOD_web_info:func_0,
|
||||
_MOD_web_info:pagetree_overview,
|
||||
pages:TSconfig</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">_MOD_web_info:func_0,
|
||||
_MOD_web_info:pagetree_overview,
|
||||
pages:TSconfig</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_func_2.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:cms/cshimages/pagetree_overview_5.png,
|
||||
EXT:cms/cshimages/pagetree_overview_7.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagetree_overview_5.png,
|
||||
EXT:cms/cshimages/pagetree_overview_7.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="func_2.image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The "Cache and Age" view.
|
||||
Here you see the "TSconfig" column. The overview exposes that these two pages include some Page TSconfig code!</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Vista 'Cache e Età'. Qui puoi vedere la colonna 'TSconfig'. La panoramica espone quelle due pagine che includono del codice TSconfig di pagina!</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="stat.alttitle" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page Hit statistics</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Statistiche di pagina di tipo Hit</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="stat.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Displays website hit statistics for a branch of the page tree. Based on the simple, internal MySQL statistics table which records page impressions and sessions only.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Visualizza le statistiche del sito per un ramo dell'albero. Basato su un semplice ed interno tipo di statistiche fornito dalle tabelle MySQL; i records registrano le visite per pagina (hit) e quelle relative alle sole sessioni.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="stat.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source><b>Notice:</b> This function requires the extension "Simple hit statistics" (sys_stat) to be installed. Also you must configure TypoScript to register page hits in the statistics database table.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated"><b>Attenzione:</b> Questa funzione richiede che l'estensione 'SImple hit statistics' (sys_stat) sia installata. Tu puoi anche configurare TypoScript per registrare gli hit di pagina nella tabella di database delle statistiche.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_stat.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:cms/cshimages/pagetree_overview_3.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagetree_overview_3.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lang.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The overview uses colors to signal the availability and fall back situation for a given page. Here is a description for each color code:
|
||||
<b>Green background:</b> Page is translated and viewable in this language. For translations it means that an active page overlay record is present.
|
||||
<b>Red background:</b> Page <em>cannot</em> be viewed in this language and you will see an error message if you try. Menus should automatically filter out links to pages with this translation.
|
||||
<b>Gray background (not available for default language):</b> Page will fall back to the specified fallback mode for content. Depends on configuration. (sys_language_mode = content_fallback is recommended for most flexible fallback, sys_language_mode = strict will prevent this and issue an error instead!)
|
||||
|
||||
<b>The pages "Localization settings:"</b>
|
||||
It is the "Localization settings" of the page record that determines the modes above. In the column of the default translation each of these settings are represented by a "N" (Hide page if no translation for current language exists) or a "D" (Hide default translation of page).
|
||||
As you can see the page "Startpage" has the N flag set and therefore any access to the german version of that page will be blocked with an error message because there is no translation in german. By default "german access" to a non-translated page will just show the english content.
|
||||
There is also a page with the D flag ("[Dummy]"). The D flag means that the page is only available in one of the translations, in this case Danish. So any attempt to access the page in the default language or german will show an error message.
|
||||
|
||||
So, when the "Localization settings" checkboxes for a page are used, you will get an error message when you try to request a page which has been blocked. This is a feature. The trick is not to create links to those pages.
|
||||
|
||||
Menus generated from HMENU objects will always take "sys_language" into account and display only pages which can be accessed for that language. But combined with the "localization settings" of pages which may block page access this becomes a problem with pages which are <em>not</em> translated (has gray background); You might get menu items which links to non-accessible pages.
|
||||
The problem basically is that "&L=xx" is different from internal "sys_language". You would like to avoid that and to do so you should configure "sys_language_mode" to "content_fallback". If you do that sys_language will <em>always</em> follow what "&L=" instructs it to and your menus will be right. At the same time you will get the default content displayed if no translation exists (because content selection falls back).
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, the number found in each column tells you how many content elements are found in the specified language.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">La panoramica utilizza colori per identificare la disponibilitò e l'esistenza del fall-back in una data pagina. Qui c'è una descrizione per ogni codice di colore: <b>Sfondo verde:</b>La pagina è tradotta e visibile nella lingua visibile. Per le traduzioni significa che una pagina attiva con l'overlay del record è presente. <b>Sfondo rosso:</b> La pagina <em>non può</em> essere vista nella lingua di riferimento e se si tenterà di visualizzarla sarà restituito un messaggio di errore. I menu dovrebbero automaticamente filtrare i link alle pagine. <b>Sfondo grigio (non disponibile per la lingua di default)</b>: la pagina subirà un fall back dei contenuti secondo la configurazione fornita attraverso TYPO3. (sys_language_mode = content_fallback <- l'uso di questa tecnica è raccomandato per consentire un fallback più flessibile; sys_language_mode = strict impedirà il fallback e forzerà TYPO3 a stampare un messaggio di errore!) <b>Configurazioni per la "Localizzazione" delle pagine</b> Sono i parametri di configurazione per la localizzazione che determinano i comportamenti sopra descritti. Nella colonna che riporta la traduzione di dafault ognuno di questi parametri è rappresentato da una "N" (Nascondi la pagina se non esiste una traduzione relativa al linguaggio attuale) o una "D" (Nascondi la traduzione della pagina di default). Come si può notare la pagina di partenza (Startpage) ha il flag "N" contrassegnato e pertanto qualcunque accesso alla versione tedesca di quella data pagina sarà bloccata con un messaggiko di errore in output perchè non esiste una traduzione per la lingua tedesca. Per default "l'accesso al tedesco" ad una pagina non tradotta mostrerà il contenuto in lingua inglese. C'e' anche una pagina con il flag D settato ("Dummy") che significa che la pagina è disponibile in una delle traduzioni; in questo caso Danese. Qualunque accesso a questa pagina nella lingua di default o in tedesco genererà un messaggio di errore. Quando le checkbox dei "parametri di localizzazione" relative a una pagina vengono usate, otterrai un messaggio di errore nel momento in cui tenterai di richiedere una pagina che altrimenti è bloccata. Questa è la caratteristica. Il trucco consiste nel non creare alcun link a queste pagine. I menu generati dagli oggetti HMENU terranno sempre conto della configurazione "sys_language" e visualizzeranno solo le pagine alle quali è possibile accedere per quella lingua. Ma in combinazione con i "parametri di localizzazione" ("localization setting") di pagina che possono bloccare l'accesso alla pagina; ciò può costituire un problema con le pagine che <em>non sono</em> state tradotte (evidenziale con uno sfondo grigio); potrai ottenere menu con collegamenti a pagine non accessibili. Il problema è che "&L=xx" è diverso dalla variabile interna "sys_language". Tu devi evitare ciò e configurare "sys_language_mode" in "content_fallback". Così facendo sys_language seguirà "<em>sempre</em> l'istruzione passata attraverso la variabile di GET "&L=" e i menu saranno coerenti. Allo stesso modo tu otterrai il contenuto di default visualizzato nel caso non esistano traduzioni corrisopondenti (a causa della tecnica di fallback).</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_lang.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:cms/cshimages/localizationoverview.png,
|
||||
EXT:cms/cshimages/localizationoverview1.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">EXT:cms/cshimages/localizationoverview.png,
|
||||
EXT:cms/cshimages/localizationoverview1.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lang.image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Localization overview in the Web>Info module. Use the buttons to edit, view and create new page translation headers. Use the regular page module to put localized content on the pages.
|
||||
The "Localization settings" that affect availability of pages in the various languages.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Anteprima della localizzazione nel modulo Web>Info. Usa i pulsanti per modificare, visualizzare e creare nuove intestazioni tradotte di pagina. Usa il normale modulo di gestione delle pagine per inserire del contenuto localizzato.
|
||||
Le "Impostazioni di localizzazione" determinano la disponibilità delle pagine nelle diverse lingue.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="func_hits.alttitle" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Statistic Views</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Viste sulle statistiche</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="func_hits.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You can select between three views of the statistics in the selector box; "Page hits", "Total hits", "Hits in main sections". Use the right selector box to select the depth of the overview in the pagetree.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Puoi scegliere tra le viste ad albero delle statistiche nel selector box; 'hits di pagina', 'Hits totali', 'Hits delle sezioni principali'. Usa il box destro di selezione per scegliere la profondità della vista dell'albero.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="func_hits.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You can view the page hit statistics 30 days back. Each day is shown in its own column.
|
||||
For each page in the page tree you can see the page hits each day as a number formatted like [page hits]/[user sessions]. So if the number is "286/34" it means that the page had 286 page hits that day and that there were at least 34 unique visitors (measured by at least two hits by a user accepting a cookie from the site).
|
||||
|
||||
This is an overview of the meaning of each view mode:
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Page hits</b>
|
||||
This shows page hits/sessions for each page.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Total hits</b>
|
||||
This will show statistics for only pages that have a Template Record (with Root-flag set) on it. This means that page hits are shown as totals for a whole website.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Hits in main sections</b>
|
||||
Will show the total number of page hits/sessions within main sections of a website. A "main section" is all subpages to a page on the first level of a website (defined by a Template Record with the Root flag set)</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Puoi consultare le statistiche di visita alla pagina a ritroso fino a 30 giorni. Ogni giorno è mostrato nella propria colonna.
|
||||
Per ogni pagina nell'albero dei contenuti è visualizzato il numero di visite tramite un numero formattatocome [page hits]/[user sessions]. Se il numero è "286/34" significa che quella pagina ha avuto 286 visite e che almeno 34 erano visitatori unici (misurati tramite almeno due visite di un utente che hanno accettato cookie dal sito).
|
||||
|
||||
Questa è un'anteprima del significato di ogni modalità di visualizzazione:
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Visite per pagina</b>
|
||||
Visite/sessioni per ogni pagina.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Visite totali</b>
|
||||
Visualizza le statistiche solo per le pagine che hanno un "Template Record" (con "Root-flag" impostato). Significa che le visite alla pagina sono mostrate come totali per un intero sito.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Visite delle sezioni principali</b>
|
||||
Visualizza le statistiche di visita/sessione per le pagine all'interno di sezioni principali di un sito. Una sezione principale sono tutte le sotto-pagine di una pagina di primo livello di un sito (definite da un "Template Record" con "Root-flag" impostato)Will show the total number of page hits/sessions within main sections of a website. A "main section" is all subpages to a page on the first level of a website (defined by a Template Record with the Root flag set)</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_func_hits.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:cms/cshimages/pagetree_overview_2.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagetree_overview_2.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
97%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lang.alttitle" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Localization overview</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Panoramicadella Localizzazione</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lang.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Gives an overview of which pages in the page tree are translated to the system languages installed.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Fornisce una panoramica delle pagine dell'albero che sono state tradotte nelle lingue di sistema installate.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
67
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/it.locallang_csh_webinfo.xml
Normal file
67
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/it.locallang_csh_webinfo.xml
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<T3locallangExt>
|
||||
<data type="array">
|
||||
<languageKey index="it" type="array">
|
||||
<label index="pagetree_overview.alttitle">Panoramica albero delle pagine</label>
|
||||
<label index="pagetree_overview.description">L'Overview (panoramica) dell'albero delle pagine mostra informazioni relative ad un ramo dell'albero delle pagine. Queste includono date di inizio e di fine, settaggi della cache ecc.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_pagetree_overview.seeAlso">_MOD_web_info:func_0,
|
||||
_MOD_web_info:func_1,
|
||||
_MOD_web_info:func_2,
|
||||
_MOD_web_info:stat</label>
|
||||
<label index="_pagetree_overview.image">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagetree_overview_1.png</label>
|
||||
<label index="pagetree_overview.image_descr">Una delle caratteristica del modulo "Overview dell'albero delle pagine" è la possibilità di vedere i tipi di record trovati all'interno delle pagine di un ramo. Viene visualizzato il numero di record trovati all'interno dell'albero delle pagine fino a 2 livelli di profondità.</label>
|
||||
<label index="func_0.alttitle">Opzioni di base</label>
|
||||
<label index="func_0.description">Visualizza una selezione di campi dai records di pagina che sono trattati alla stregua di una configurazione fondamentale per le pagine. Include aliases, tempi di inizio e fine, restrizioni d'accesso, informazioni, ecc.</label>
|
||||
<label index="func_0.details">La modalità di visualizzazione 'Basic Settings' (Configurazioni di Base) somiglia molto a quella della Cache e Age. Ci sono solo alcune differenti campi di selezione che vengono mostrati. <b>campi di pagina Batch editing</b> Nell'interfaccia vedrai diverse icone per l'editing. Tutte le icone per l'editing nelle linee in alto ti condurranno ad una finestra di dialogo dove tu puoi cambiare esattamente il campo per tutte le tabelle elencate! Molto utile per un tipo di modifica batch-editing, per esempio di tutte le date di tipop 'Start'. Se clicchi sull'icona per editare in corrispondenza delle ID della pagine otterrai esattamente il sistema di editing dell'intero record di pagina.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_func_0.seeAlso">xMOD_csh_corebe:list_module,
|
||||
_MOD_web_info:func_2,
|
||||
_MOD_web_info:pagetree_overview</label>
|
||||
<label index="_func_0.image">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagetree_overview_4.png,
|
||||
EXT:cms/cshimages/pagetree_overview_8.png,
|
||||
EXT:cms/cshimages/pagetree_overview_9.png</label>
|
||||
<label index="func_0.image_descr">Le configurazioni di base offrono un molto molto efficace per una paronamica sugli aliases, i tempi di inizio e fine, le restrizioni d'accesso nella vista ad albero selezionata. Se clicchi su una icona per editare (tipo 'edit') sarai capace di modificare il campo scelto per tutte le pagine in lista.</label>
|
||||
<label index="func_1.alttitle">Overwiew (panoramica) dei record</label>
|
||||
<label index="func_1.description">La panoramica dei record ti fornisce una indispensabile vista d'insieme della distribuzione dei record nella vista ad albero. Ogni tabella di database del sistema è rappresentata da una colonna e per ogni pagina puoi vedere il numero dei records della tabella situata nella pagina.</label>
|
||||
<label index="func_1.details"><b>Attenzione:</b> prestare attenzione alle livelli di configurazione. Un livello alto può causare che il modulo risponda in modo molto lento se ci sono molte pagine e ancor di più se ci sono molti record da visualizzare! <b>Stop dell'albero?</b> Attenzione al simbolo '+' visualizzato in rosso in un albero di pagina. Appare in quanto la configurazione adottata per il record di pagina impedisce di espandere l'albero. Tipicamento questa è una forma di protezione per impedire che un grande ammontare di pagine siano visualizzate a partire dalla pagina interessata (es. centinaia di pagine) con risultati molto lenti o tempi di attesa lunghi. Se clicchi sul titolo/icona la panoramica salterà e la pagina si comporterà come un nuovo punto root per aprire una nuova panoramica.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_func_1.seeAlso">_MOD_web_info:pagetree_overview,
|
||||
pages:php_tree_stop</label>
|
||||
<label index="_func_1.image">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagetree_overview_6.png</label>
|
||||
<label index="func_1.image_descr">Puoi facilmente vedere la distribuzione degli Elementi di Contenuto sulla pagina. Puoi anche vedere i Records di Template - ed anche ogni record! - situati nell'albero delle pagine!</label>
|
||||
<label index="func_2.alttitle">Cache e Età</label>
|
||||
<label index="func_2.description">Visualizza la scelta dei campi dai records di pagina in relazione alle configurazioni della cache di pagina e delle date.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_func_2.seeAlso">_MOD_web_info:func_0,
|
||||
_MOD_web_info:pagetree_overview,
|
||||
pages:TSconfig</label>
|
||||
<label index="_func_2.image">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagetree_overview_5.png,
|
||||
EXT:cms/cshimages/pagetree_overview_7.png</label>
|
||||
<label index="func_2.image_descr">Vista 'Cache e Età'. Qui puoi vedere la colonna 'TSconfig'. La panoramica espone quelle due pagine che includono del codice TSconfig di pagina!</label>
|
||||
<label index="stat.alttitle">Statistiche di pagina di tipo Hit</label>
|
||||
<label index="stat.description">Visualizza le statistiche del sito per un ramo dell'albero. Basato su un semplice ed interno tipo di statistiche fornito dalle tabelle MySQL; i records registrano le visite per pagina (hit) e quelle relative alle sole sessioni.</label>
|
||||
<label index="stat.details"><b>Attenzione:</b> Questa funzione richiede che l'estensione 'SImple hit statistics' (sys_stat) sia installata. Tu puoi anche configurare TypoScript per registrare gli hit di pagina nella tabella di database delle statistiche.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_stat.image">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagetree_overview_3.png</label>
|
||||
<label index="lang.details">La panoramica utilizza colori per identificare la disponibilitò e l'esistenza del fall-back in una data pagina. Qui c'è una descrizione per ogni codice di colore: <b>Sfondo verde:</b>La pagina è tradotta e visibile nella lingua visibile. Per le traduzioni significa che una pagina attiva con l'overlay del record è presente. <b>Sfondo rosso:</b> La pagina <em>non può</em> essere vista nella lingua di riferimento e se si tenterà di visualizzarla sarà restituito un messaggio di errore. I menu dovrebbero automaticamente filtrare i link alle pagine. <b>Sfondo grigio (non disponibile per la lingua di default)</b>: la pagina subirà un fall back dei contenuti secondo la configurazione fornita attraverso TYPO3. (sys_language_mode = content_fallback <- l'uso di questa tecnica è raccomandato per consentire un fallback più flessibile; sys_language_mode = strict impedirà il fallback e forzerà TYPO3 a stampare un messaggio di errore!) <b>Configurazioni per la "Localizzazione" delle pagine</b> Sono i parametri di configurazione per la localizzazione che determinano i comportamenti sopra descritti. Nella colonna che riporta la traduzione di dafault ognuno di questi parametri è rappresentato da una "N" (Nascondi la pagina se non esiste una traduzione relativa al linguaggio attuale) o una "D" (Nascondi la traduzione della pagina di default). Come si può notare la pagina di partenza (Startpage) ha il flag "N" contrassegnato e pertanto qualcunque accesso alla versione tedesca di quella data pagina sarà bloccata con un messaggiko di errore in output perchè non esiste una traduzione per la lingua tedesca. Per default "l'accesso al tedesco" ad una pagina non tradotta mostrerà il contenuto in lingua inglese. C'e' anche una pagina con il flag D settato ("Dummy") che significa che la pagina è disponibile in una delle traduzioni; in questo caso Danese. Qualunque accesso a questa pagina nella lingua di default o in tedesco genererà un messaggio di errore. Quando le checkbox dei "parametri di localizzazione" relative a una pagina vengono usate, otterrai un messaggio di errore nel momento in cui tenterai di richiedere una pagina che altrimenti è bloccata. Questa è la caratteristica. Il trucco consiste nel non creare alcun link a queste pagine. I menu generati dagli oggetti HMENU terranno sempre conto della configurazione "sys_language" e visualizzeranno solo le pagine alle quali è possibile accedere per quella lingua. Ma in combinazione con i "parametri di localizzazione" ("localization setting") di pagina che possono bloccare l'accesso alla pagina; ciò può costituire un problema con le pagine che <em>non sono</em> state tradotte (evidenziale con uno sfondo grigio); potrai ottenere menu con collegamenti a pagine non accessibili. Il problema è che "&L=xx" è diverso dalla variabile interna "sys_language". Tu devi evitare ciò e configurare "sys_language_mode" in "content_fallback". Così facendo sys_language seguirà "<em>sempre</em> l'istruzione passata attraverso la variabile di GET "&L=" e i menu saranno coerenti. Allo stesso modo tu otterrai il contenuto di default visualizzato nel caso non esistano traduzioni corrisopondenti (a causa della tecnica di fallback).</label>
|
||||
<label index="_lang.image">EXT:cms/cshimages/localizationoverview.png,
|
||||
EXT:cms/cshimages/localizationoverview1.png</label>
|
||||
<label index="lang.image_descr">Anteprima della localizzazione nel modulo Web>Info. Usa i pulsanti per modificare, visualizzare e creare nuove intestazioni tradotte di pagina. Usa il normale modulo di gestione delle pagine per inserire del contenuto localizzato.
|
||||
Le "Impostazioni di localizzazione" determinano la disponibilità delle pagine nelle diverse lingue.</label>
|
||||
<label index="func_hits.alttitle">Viste sulle statistiche</label>
|
||||
<label index="func_hits.description">Puoi scegliere tra le viste ad albero delle statistiche nel selector box; 'hits di pagina', 'Hits totali', 'Hits delle sezioni principali'. Usa il box destro di selezione per scegliere la profondità della vista dell'albero.</label>
|
||||
<label index="func_hits.details">Puoi consultare le statistiche di visita alla pagina a ritroso fino a 30 giorni. Ogni giorno è mostrato nella propria colonna.
|
||||
Per ogni pagina nell'albero dei contenuti è visualizzato il numero di visite tramite un numero formattatocome [page hits]/[user sessions]. Se il numero è "286/34" significa che quella pagina ha avuto 286 visite e che almeno 34 erano visitatori unici (misurati tramite almeno due visite di un utente che hanno accettato cookie dal sito).
|
||||
|
||||
Questa è un'anteprima del significato di ogni modalità di visualizzazione:
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Visite per pagina</b>
|
||||
Visite/sessioni per ogni pagina.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Visite totali</b>
|
||||
Visualizza le statistiche solo per le pagine che hanno un "Template Record" (con "Root-flag" impostato). Significa che le visite alla pagina sono mostrate come totali per un intero sito.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Visite delle sezioni principali</b>
|
||||
Visualizza le statistiche di visita/sessione per le pagine all'interno di sezioni principali di un sito. Una sezione principale sono tutte le sotto-pagine di una pagina di primo livello di un sito (definite da un "Template Record" con "Root-flag" impostato)Will show the total number of page hits/sessions within main sections of a website. A "main section" is all subpages to a page on the first level of a website (defined by a Template Record with the Root flag set)</label>
|
||||
<label index="_func_hits.image">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagetree_overview_2.png</label>
|
||||
<label index="lang.alttitle">Panoramicadella Localizzazione</label>
|
||||
<label index="lang.description">Fornisce una panoramica delle pagine dell'albero che sono state tradotte nelle lingue di sistema installate.</label>
|
||||
</languageKey>
|
||||
</data>
|
||||
</T3locallangExt>
|
||||
228
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/it.locallang_csh_weblayout.xlf
Normal file
228
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/it.locallang_csh_weblayout.xlf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
|
||||
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns:t3="http://typo3.org/schemas/xliff" version="1.0">
|
||||
<file t3:id="1415814789" source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="messages" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="cms" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".alttitle" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Web > Page Module</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Web > Pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The page module is activated from the backend menu and is the primary module for all basic CMS operations you need to perform when maintaining website content.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Il modulo Pagina viene selezionato dal menu del backend, ed è il modulo principale per tutte le operazioni di base per la gestione dei contenuti del sito.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Selecting the module will display the page tree. Click the title of the page you wish to edit content on, and in the right frame you will see the content of the page displayed by the Page module.
|
||||
|
||||
The page module has various modes of display of content;
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Columns</b>
|
||||
The columns view will show Content Elements listed in the columns and in the order that they will appear on the website. A panel of buttons will allow you to hide/unhide, move and edit the elements easily.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>QuickEdit</b>
|
||||
In QuickEdit the first element on the page will be loaded into a form right away. It will depend on the implementation of your website as well as your general preferences if you like this mode more than the columns view.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Languages</b>
|
||||
If your site supports multiple languages and uses the "one-tree-fits-all" concept for localization you will need this mode to control the translations of the content elements on a page.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Page information</b>
|
||||
The page information view shows some statistical data about a page. This includes hit statistics if available.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<b>General options</b>
|
||||
In the top of the Page module you will find a row of icons that will bring you right to various features such as History/Undo (1), Create new content element (2), Move page (3), Create new page (4) and Edit page properties (5). See image below.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Defining number of displayed columns [Admin]</b>
|
||||
Administrators can configure the Page module to display only the content columns that the website uses. This is done by Page TSconfig (so it can be configured per branch in the page tree!) and this particular option has the object path "mod.web_layout.tt_content.colPos_list".
|
||||
For instance "mod.web_layout.tt_content.colPos_list = 0,3" will set the display of the "Normal" and "Border" columns only.
|
||||
There are many other options for customization of the Page module in the object path "mod.web_layout" and Administrators should refer to the "TSconfig" reference linked to below.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Selezionando il modulo sarà visualizzato l'albero delle pagine. Clicca il titolo della pagina che desideri modifica e nel riquadro più a destra vedrai il contenuto della pagina visualizzato dal modulo 'Pagina'. Il modulo 'Pagina' ha diversi modi per visualizzare il contenuto: <b>Colonne</b> La vista per colonne visualizzerà elementi di contenuto elencati nelle varie colonne e nello stesso ordine di apparizione nel sito web. Un pannello di pulsanti ti permett di nascondere/visualizzare, spostare e editare gli elementi con facilità. <b>QuickEdit (editing veloce)</b> Nella modalità Quickedit il primo elemento della pagina sarà caricato in un modulo. La visualizzazione delle colonne dipende o meno dalle impostazioni generali del sito web; una o più colonne potranno o meno essere visualizzate. <b>Lingue</b> Se il tuo sito supporta la modalità multilingue e usa tecniche di localizzazione basate sul concetto d'uso di un unico albero ("one-tree-fits-all") avrai bisogno di questa modalità per controllare le traduzioni degli elementi di contenuto relativi alla pagina editata. <b>Informazioni di pagina</b> Mostra alcuni dati statistici sulla pagina selezionata. Include le statistiche d'accesso (hit) se disponibili. <b>Opzioni generali</b> In cima al modulo 'Pagina' troverai una riga con alcune icone che ti permettono di svolgere alcune azioni come Storia dei cambiamenti/Annulla (1), Crea un nuovo elemento di contenuto (2), Sposta la pagina (3), Crea una nuova pagina (4) e Edita le proprietà di pagina (5). Vedi l'immagine seguente. <b>Definire il numero delle colonne visualizzate [Amministratore]</b> L'amministratore può configurare il modulo Pagina per visualizzare solo il contenuto di alcune colonne necessarie al sito web gestito dai redattori. Questo viene fatto attraverso il codice TSconfig (la configurazione afferisce l'intero ramo delle pagine sottostanti!) e questa opzione particolare usa l'oggetto di path "mod.web_layout.tt_content.colPos_list". Per esempio "mod.web_layout.tt_content.colPos_list= 0,3" visualizzerà nel riquadro a destra solo la colonna 'Normale' e la colonna 'Bordo' nascondendo le altre. Ci sono numerose altre opzioni per personalizzare il modulo Pagina nell'oggetto di path "mod.web_layout" e l'amministratore deve far riferimento alle istruzioni di "TSconfig" cliccando il link sottostante.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Configuring the Page module [Technical] | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_core_tsconfig/TSFE/,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:history_log,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:new_ce,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:move_el_pages,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:new_pages,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:TCEforms,
|
||||
About the page module | http://typo3.org/documentation/tips-tricks/the-new-page-editing-concept/
|
||||
Editing a page | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_tut_quickstart/Edit_page/
|
||||
The Page Module (Animation) | Using the page tree (Animation) | FILE:EXT:welcome/modsub/ani_05.gif</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Configurare il modulo Pagine [Technical] | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_core_tsconfig/TSFE/,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:history_log,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:new_ce,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:move_el_pages,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:new_pages,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:TCEforms,
|
||||
Informazioni sul modulo Pagine | http://typo3.org/documentation/tips-tricks/the-new-page-editing-concept/
|
||||
Modificare una pagina | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_tut_quickstart/Edit_page/
|
||||
il modulo Pagine (Animazione) | Usare l'albero delle pagine (Animazione) | FILE:EXT:welcome/modsub/ani_05.gif</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_13.png,
|
||||
EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_14.png,
|
||||
EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_15.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_13.png,
|
||||
EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_14.png,
|
||||
EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_15.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Click the Page module, then the title of a page in the page tree.
|
||||
The page module is now activated in the right frame, showing the content of the page you clicked in the page tree.
|
||||
These buttons are direct links to the History/Undo function (1), Create new content element wizard (2), Move page wizard (3), Create new page wizard (4) and Edit page properties form (5). See the links for more details.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Clicca il modulo Pagina e il titolo della pagina dall'albero delle pagine.
|
||||
Il modulo Pagina è ora attivo nel frame a destra che mostra il contenuto della pagina selezionata dall'albero delle pagine.
|
||||
Questi pulsanti sono dei link diretti alle funzioni di Cronologia/Annulla (1), Crea un nuovo elemento di contenuto con il wizard (2), Muovi la pagina con il wizard (3), Crea una nuova pagina con il wizard (4) ed il modulo Edita le proprietà di pagina (5). Vedi i links per maggiori dettagli.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="quickEdit.alttitle" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Quick Edit</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Quick Edit</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="quickEdit.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The Quick Editor gives you direct access to the form fields of the page content.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Attraverso il Quick Edit puoi accesso diretto al contenuto della pagina.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="quickEdit.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The Quick Editor is designed to cut down the number of clicks involved in getting to edit the page content. Simply by clicking the page title in the page tree you've got the first content element in the normal column loaded in the list frame. In the toolbar in the top you can select the other content elements on the page in the selector box.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Il Quick Editor è stato concepito per poter accedere con pochi click al contenuto della pagina. Cliccando il titolo della pagina nell'albero delle pagine viene aperto il primo blocco di contenuto della pagina. Attraverso la toolbar puoi accedere agli altri blocchi di contenuto presenti nella pagina.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_quickEdit.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>_MOD_web_layout:quickEdit_selElement</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">_MOD_web_layout:quickEdit_selElement</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_quickEdit.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_5.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_5.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="quickEdit.image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The QuickEdit view cuts of one extra click by bringing the user directly to the editing form after clicking a page title in the page tree. The record shown is always the first content element from the Normal column.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">La vista con Quick Edit risparmia un click in più e porta l'utente direttamente al modulo di editing dopo aver cliccato il titolo di pagina nell'albero delle pagine. Il record visualizzato è semkpre il primo elemento di contenuto della colonna Normale.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="quickEdit_selElement.alttitle" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Content Elements</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Elementi Contenuto</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="quickEdit_selElement.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This is an overview of the content elements on this page in QuickEdit mode. Select another element to edit or click a "New" icon to create a new content element.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Visione d'insieme del contenuto della pagina. Seleziona un altro blocco da modificare o clicca sull'icona "Nuovo"per crearne uno di nuovo.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_quickEdit_selElement.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>_MOD_web_layout:quickEdit,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:move_el_cs,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:new_ce</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">_MOD_web_layout:quickEdit,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:move_el_cs,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:new_ce</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_quickEdit_selElement.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_4.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_4.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="quickEdit_selElement.image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Overview of page content elements in the QuickEdit view. In the bottom there are links to two wizards: The "Move Content Element Wizard" and the "Create new Content Element Wizard". See the links below.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Nella modalità di Editing veloce (QuickEdit) visualizza gli elementi di pagina sottoforma di panoramica. Nella parte inferiore ci sono dei link a due wizard: "Wizard per spostare l'elemento di contenuto" e "Wizard per creare un nuovo elemento di contenuto". Guarda i link sottostanti.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="columns_1.alttitle" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Listing by Column</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Lista per Colonne</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="columns_1.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>In the "Columns" view you can control the content of the web page as it is positioned in columns.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Attraverso la vista a colonne puoi visualizzare il contenuto della pagina secondo la sua reale disposizione su più colonne.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="columns_2.alttitle" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Listing by Language</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Lista per Lingua</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="columns_2.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>In the "Languages" view you can control the content of the web page as it is divided into languages and columns.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">In "vista traduzioni" puoi controllare il contenuto della pagina web che viene suddivisa in lingue e colonne.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_columns_2.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Article about localization | http://typo3.org/documentation/tips-tricks/multi-language-sites-in-typo3/</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Articolo relativo alla localizzazione | http://typo3.org/documentation/tips-tricks/multi-language-sites-in-typo3/</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="columns_3.alttitle" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page Information</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Informazioni sulla pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="columns_3.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>In the "Page Information" view you can see various statistics about a page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">In "Informazioni sulla Pagina" puoi visualizzare varie statistiche sulla pagina.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="columns_3.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The page information reveals information such as the date of creation and last modification of the page and its content.
|
||||
You can also see the subtitle, keywords and descriptions. This information is often used on websites for meta data or searching.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Le informazioni di pagina illustrano alcune informazioni come la data di creazione e dell'ultima modifica alla pagina e ai suoi contenuti. Puoi anche vedere il sottotitolo, le parole chiave e i campi descrizione. Le informazioni sono spesso usante sui siti web come meta-data o per le ricerche.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_columns_3.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_9.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_9.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="language_list.alttitle" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Language view</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Vista traduzioni</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="language_list.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This view will display the available translations of the page content side-by-side. It enables users to create a new translation of a page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Visualizza affiancate le traduzioni disponibili dei contenuti di pagina. Abilita l'utente a creare una nuova traduzione della pagina.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_language_list.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>sys_language</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">sys_language</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_language_list.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_6.png,
|
||||
EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_7.png,
|
||||
EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_11.png,
|
||||
EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_10.png,</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_6.png,
|
||||
EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_7.png,
|
||||
EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_11.png,
|
||||
EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_10.png,</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="language_list.image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>In the Language view you can select to create a new translation of the page if one does not exist already. The available languages must be defined first by language records created in the root of the page tree.
|
||||
This example shows how page content for three languages is shown side-by-side in the Page module.
|
||||
In the top of the Page module you can also select between the available translations...
|
||||
... and if you select any of the additional languages (here "Danish" and "German") you will see the default language displayed side-by-side with the selected language</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Nella "vista traduzioni" puoi selezionare la creazione di nuove traduzioni della pagina se non già esistenti. Le lingue disponibili possono essere definite tramite i record di localizzazione configurati alla radice del sito. Questo esempio mostra come i contenuti di pagina per tre lingue sono visualizzati affiancati nel modulo Pagina. In alto al modulo Pagina puoi anche selezionare tra "traduzioni disponibili..." e se tu selezioni una delle lingue aggiuntive (qui "Danese" e "Tedesco") vedrai che la lingua principale di default viene visualizzata affiancata alla lingua selezionata per la traduzione.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="columns_single.alttitle" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page content elements in a single column</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Elementi di contenuto in una singola colonna</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="columns_single.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The single column view will show the page content elements that define the content on this page of your website. Click an edit icon or element text to edit an element.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">La vista per singola colonna mostra gli elementi di contenuto visualizzati nel sito web. Clicca l'icona di modifica o il testo visualizzato per modificare un elemento.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="columns_single.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You can also hide, delete and move elements by using the control panels.
|
||||
Clicking the "New content element" icon you will be able to create new content elements in between the existing elements on the page.
|
||||
Click the icon of a content element if you wish to access the context menu of the element.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Puoi anche nascondere, cancellare o spostare gli elementi usando i pannelli di controllo. Cliccando l'icona "Nuovo elemento di contenuto" potrai creare nuovi elementi di contenuto tra gli elementi già esistenti nella pagina. Clicca l'icone di un elemento di contenuto se desideri accedere al menu contestuale relativo all'elemento scelto.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_columns_single.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>_MOD_web_layout:columns_multi</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">_MOD_web_layout:columns_multi</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_columns_single.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_1.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_1.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="columns_single.image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Content Elements on a page are arranged in a specific order - the order they appear on the website. This order is also shown in the page module. The control panel allows you to move elements up and down as well as edit, hide and delete them. You can also just click the preview text shown here to access the editing form of the element.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Gli elementi di contenuto in una pagina sono disposti in un ordine specifico - l'ordine con il quale appariranno nel sito web. Questo ordine è mostrato anche nel modulo pagina. I pannelli di controllo (pulsantiere) ti permetteranno di spostare gli elementi in alto e in basso e ancor di più di modificare, cancellare o nascondere l'elemento sul quale stai lavorando. Puoi anche premere il testo visualizzato in anteprima per accedere al modulo di modifica dell'elemento.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="columns_multi.alttitle" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page content elements in a multiple columns</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Elementi di contenuto di pagina disposti in più colonne</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="columns_multi.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The multiple column view will show the content of your website arranged in multiple columns. This is the case if your website supports more than one content zone and the content elements from each zone is arranged in "columns".</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">La visualizzazione in più colonne visualizzera i contenuti del sito disposti in più colonne. Questo è il caso nel quale il tuo sito web supporta una o più zone che ospitano elementi di contenuto; ogni zona è organizzata in "colonne".</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_columns_multi.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>_MOD_web_layout:columns_single</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">_MOD_web_layout:columns_single</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_columns_multi.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_12.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_12.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="columns_multi.image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>When your website supports multiple content element zones in the template you will be able to use another column than the "Normal" column. Here the "Left" column is enabled. TYPO3 offers four columns by default, "Normal", "Right", "Left" and "Border". Their significance depends on individual implementations in the frontend templates.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Quando il tuo sito web supporta più zone di elementi di contenuto nel template, tu potrai usare un'altra colonna diversa dalla "Normale" che è quella visualizzata per default. Qui la colonna "Sinistra" è abilitata. TYPO3 offre la possibilità di usare quattro colonne per default, "Normale", "Destra", "Sinistra" e "Bordo". Il loro significato e uso dipendono dal tipo di modello (template) usato nel frontend.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="button_panel.alttitle" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The "Big Buttons"</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">I "grandi pulsanti"</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="button_panel.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>These buttons will bring you to four most used functions in relation to building pages. From here you can edit the page properties (eg. the page title), you can move the current page to another position in the page tree, create a new page somewhere in the page tree or create new content elements on this page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Questi pulsanti permettono di usare una delle funzioni più comuni per la formazione delle pagine. Da qui puoi editare le proprietà di pagina (es. il titolo di pagina), spostare la pagina corrente in un'altra posizione nell'albero delle pagine, creare una nuova pagina nell'albero delle pagine, nella posizione desiderata, o creare un nuovo elemento di contenuto in questa pagina.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_button_panel.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>xMOD_csh_corebe:TCEforms,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:move_el_pages,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:new_pages,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:new_ce,</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">xMOD_csh_corebe:TCEforms,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:move_el_pages,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:new_pages,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:new_ce,</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_button_panel.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_2.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_2.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
73
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/it.locallang_csh_weblayout.xml
Normal file
73
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/it.locallang_csh_weblayout.xml
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<T3locallangExt>
|
||||
<data type="array">
|
||||
<languageKey index="it" type="array">
|
||||
<label index=".alttitle">Web > Pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index=".description">Il modulo Pagina viene selezionato dal menu del backend, ed è il modulo principale per tutte le operazioni di base per la gestione dei contenuti del sito.</label>
|
||||
<label index=".details">Selezionando il modulo sarà visualizzato l'albero delle pagine. Clicca il titolo della pagina che desideri modifica e nel riquadro più a destra vedrai il contenuto della pagina visualizzato dal modulo 'Pagina'. Il modulo 'Pagina' ha diversi modi per visualizzare il contenuto: <b>Colonne</b> La vista per colonne visualizzerà elementi di contenuto elencati nelle varie colonne e nello stesso ordine di apparizione nel sito web. Un pannello di pulsanti ti permett di nascondere/visualizzare, spostare e editare gli elementi con facilità. <b>QuickEdit (editing veloce)</b> Nella modalità Quickedit il primo elemento della pagina sarà caricato in un modulo. La visualizzazione delle colonne dipende o meno dalle impostazioni generali del sito web; una o più colonne potranno o meno essere visualizzate. <b>Lingue</b> Se il tuo sito supporta la modalità multilingue e usa tecniche di localizzazione basate sul concetto d'uso di un unico albero ("one-tree-fits-all") avrai bisogno di questa modalità per controllare le traduzioni degli elementi di contenuto relativi alla pagina editata. <b>Informazioni di pagina</b> Mostra alcuni dati statistici sulla pagina selezionata. Include le statistiche d'accesso (hit) se disponibili. <b>Opzioni generali</b> In cima al modulo 'Pagina' troverai una riga con alcune icone che ti permettono di svolgere alcune azioni come Storia dei cambiamenti/Annulla (1), Crea un nuovo elemento di contenuto (2), Sposta la pagina (3), Crea una nuova pagina (4) e Edita le proprietà di pagina (5). Vedi l'immagine seguente. <b>Definire il numero delle colonne visualizzate [Amministratore]</b> L'amministratore può configurare il modulo Pagina per visualizzare solo il contenuto di alcune colonne necessarie al sito web gestito dai redattori. Questo viene fatto attraverso il codice TSconfig (la configurazione afferisce l'intero ramo delle pagine sottostanti!) e questa opzione particolare usa l'oggetto di path "mod.web_layout.tt_content.colPos_list". Per esempio "mod.web_layout.tt_content.colPos_list= 0,3" visualizzerà nel riquadro a destra solo la colonna 'Normale' e la colonna 'Bordo' nascondendo le altre. Ci sono numerose altre opzioni per personalizzare il modulo Pagina nell'oggetto di path "mod.web_layout" e l'amministratore deve far riferimento alle istruzioni di "TSconfig" cliccando il link sottostante.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_.seeAlso">Configurare il modulo Pagine [Technical] | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_core_tsconfig/TSFE/,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:history_log,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:new_ce,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:move_el_pages,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:new_pages,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:TCEforms,
|
||||
Informazioni sul modulo Pagine | http://typo3.org/documentation/tips-tricks/the-new-page-editing-concept/
|
||||
Modificare una pagina | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_tut_quickstart/Edit_page/
|
||||
il modulo Pagine (Animazione) | Usare l'albero delle pagine (Animazione) | FILE:EXT:welcome/modsub/ani_05.gif</label>
|
||||
<label index="_.image">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_13.png,
|
||||
EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_14.png,
|
||||
EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_15.png</label>
|
||||
<label index=".image_descr">Clicca il modulo Pagina e il titolo della pagina dall'albero delle pagine.
|
||||
Il modulo Pagina è ora attivo nel frame a destra che mostra il contenuto della pagina selezionata dall'albero delle pagine.
|
||||
Questi pulsanti sono dei link diretti alle funzioni di Cronologia/Annulla (1), Crea un nuovo elemento di contenuto con il wizard (2), Muovi la pagina con il wizard (3), Crea una nuova pagina con il wizard (4) ed il modulo Edita le proprietà di pagina (5). Vedi i links per maggiori dettagli.</label>
|
||||
<label index="quickEdit.alttitle">Quick Edit</label>
|
||||
<label index="quickEdit.description">Attraverso il Quick Edit puoi accesso diretto al contenuto della pagina.</label>
|
||||
<label index="quickEdit.details">Il Quick Editor è stato concepito per poter accedere con pochi click al contenuto della pagina. Cliccando il titolo della pagina nell'albero delle pagine viene aperto il primo blocco di contenuto della pagina. Attraverso la toolbar puoi accedere agli altri blocchi di contenuto presenti nella pagina.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_quickEdit.seeAlso">_MOD_web_layout:quickEdit_selElement</label>
|
||||
<label index="_quickEdit.image">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_5.png</label>
|
||||
<label index="quickEdit.image_descr">La vista con Quick Edit risparmia un click in più e porta l'utente direttamente al modulo di editing dopo aver cliccato il titolo di pagina nell'albero delle pagine. Il record visualizzato è semkpre il primo elemento di contenuto della colonna Normale.</label>
|
||||
<label index="quickEdit_selElement.alttitle">Elementi Contenuto</label>
|
||||
<label index="quickEdit_selElement.description">Visione d'insieme del contenuto della pagina. Seleziona un altro blocco da modificare o clicca sull'icona "Nuovo"per crearne uno di nuovo.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_quickEdit_selElement.seeAlso">_MOD_web_layout:quickEdit,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:move_el_cs,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:new_ce</label>
|
||||
<label index="_quickEdit_selElement.image">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_4.png</label>
|
||||
<label index="quickEdit_selElement.image_descr">Nella modalità di Editing veloce (QuickEdit) visualizza gli elementi di pagina sottoforma di panoramica. Nella parte inferiore ci sono dei link a due wizard: "Wizard per spostare l'elemento di contenuto" e "Wizard per creare un nuovo elemento di contenuto". Guarda i link sottostanti.</label>
|
||||
<label index="columns_1.alttitle">Lista per Colonne</label>
|
||||
<label index="columns_1.description">Attraverso la vista a colonne puoi visualizzare il contenuto della pagina secondo la sua reale disposizione su più colonne.</label>
|
||||
<label index="columns_2.alttitle">Lista per Lingua</label>
|
||||
<label index="columns_2.description">In "vista traduzioni" puoi controllare il contenuto della pagina web che viene suddivisa in lingue e colonne.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_columns_2.seeAlso">Articolo relativo alla localizzazione | http://typo3.org/documentation/tips-tricks/multi-language-sites-in-typo3/</label>
|
||||
<label index="columns_3.alttitle">Informazioni sulla pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="columns_3.description">In "Informazioni sulla Pagina" puoi visualizzare varie statistiche sulla pagina.</label>
|
||||
<label index="columns_3.details">Le informazioni di pagina illustrano alcune informazioni come la data di creazione e dell'ultima modifica alla pagina e ai suoi contenuti. Puoi anche vedere il sottotitolo, le parole chiave e i campi descrizione. Le informazioni sono spesso usante sui siti web come meta-data o per le ricerche.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_columns_3.image">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_9.png</label>
|
||||
<label index="language_list.alttitle">Vista traduzioni</label>
|
||||
<label index="language_list.description">Visualizza affiancate le traduzioni disponibili dei contenuti di pagina. Abilita l'utente a creare una nuova traduzione della pagina.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_language_list.seeAlso">sys_language</label>
|
||||
<label index="_language_list.image">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_6.png,
|
||||
EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_7.png,
|
||||
EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_11.png,
|
||||
EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_10.png,</label>
|
||||
<label index="language_list.image_descr">Nella "vista traduzioni" puoi selezionare la creazione di nuove traduzioni della pagina se non già esistenti. Le lingue disponibili possono essere definite tramite i record di localizzazione configurati alla radice del sito. Questo esempio mostra come i contenuti di pagina per tre lingue sono visualizzati affiancati nel modulo Pagina. In alto al modulo Pagina puoi anche selezionare tra "traduzioni disponibili..." e se tu selezioni una delle lingue aggiuntive (qui "Danese" e "Tedesco") vedrai che la lingua principale di default viene visualizzata affiancata alla lingua selezionata per la traduzione.</label>
|
||||
<label index="columns_single.alttitle">Elementi di contenuto in una singola colonna</label>
|
||||
<label index="columns_single.description">La vista per singola colonna mostra gli elementi di contenuto visualizzati nel sito web. Clicca l'icona di modifica o il testo visualizzato per modificare un elemento.</label>
|
||||
<label index="columns_single.details">Puoi anche nascondere, cancellare o spostare gli elementi usando i pannelli di controllo. Cliccando l'icona "Nuovo elemento di contenuto" potrai creare nuovi elementi di contenuto tra gli elementi già esistenti nella pagina. Clicca l'icone di un elemento di contenuto se desideri accedere al menu contestuale relativo all'elemento scelto.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_columns_single.seeAlso">_MOD_web_layout:columns_multi</label>
|
||||
<label index="_columns_single.image">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_1.png</label>
|
||||
<label index="columns_single.image_descr">Gli elementi di contenuto in una pagina sono disposti in un ordine specifico - l'ordine con il quale appariranno nel sito web. Questo ordine è mostrato anche nel modulo pagina. I pannelli di controllo (pulsantiere) ti permetteranno di spostare gli elementi in alto e in basso e ancor di più di modificare, cancellare o nascondere l'elemento sul quale stai lavorando. Puoi anche premere il testo visualizzato in anteprima per accedere al modulo di modifica dell'elemento.</label>
|
||||
<label index="columns_multi.alttitle">Elementi di contenuto di pagina disposti in più colonne</label>
|
||||
<label index="columns_multi.description">La visualizzazione in più colonne visualizzera i contenuti del sito disposti in più colonne. Questo è il caso nel quale il tuo sito web supporta una o più zone che ospitano elementi di contenuto; ogni zona è organizzata in "colonne".</label>
|
||||
<label index="_columns_multi.seeAlso">_MOD_web_layout:columns_single</label>
|
||||
<label index="_columns_multi.image">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_12.png</label>
|
||||
<label index="columns_multi.image_descr">Quando il tuo sito web supporta più zone di elementi di contenuto nel template, tu potrai usare un'altra colonna diversa dalla "Normale" che è quella visualizzata per default. Qui la colonna "Sinistra" è abilitata. TYPO3 offre la possibilità di usare quattro colonne per default, "Normale", "Destra", "Sinistra" e "Bordo". Il loro significato e uso dipendono dal tipo di modello (template) usato nel frontend.</label>
|
||||
<label index="button_panel.alttitle">I "grandi pulsanti"</label>
|
||||
<label index="button_panel.description">Questi pulsanti permettono di usare una delle funzioni più comuni per la formazione delle pagine. Da qui puoi editare le proprietà di pagina (es. il titolo di pagina), spostare la pagina corrente in un'altra posizione nell'albero delle pagine, creare una nuova pagina nell'albero delle pagine, nella posizione desiderata, o creare un nuovo elemento di contenuto in questa pagina.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_button_panel.seeAlso">xMOD_csh_corebe:TCEforms,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:move_el_pages,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:new_pages,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:new_ce,</label>
|
||||
<label index="_button_panel.image">EXT:cms/cshimages/pagemodule_2.png</label>
|
||||
</languageKey>
|
||||
</data>
|
||||
</T3locallangExt>
|
||||
626
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/it.locallang_tca.xlf
Normal file
626
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/it.locallang_tca.xlf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,626 @@
|
||||
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns:t3="http://typo3.org/schemas/xliff" version="1.0">
|
||||
<file t3:id="1415814790" source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="messages" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="cms" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mod_tx_cms_webinfo_page" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Pagetree Overview</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Albero delle pagine</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mod_tx_cms_webinfo_lang" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Localization Overview</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Traduzioni</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.palettes.standard" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.palettes.title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Title</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Titolo</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.palettes.visibility" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Visibility</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Visibilità</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.palettes.access" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Publish Dates and Access Rights</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Accesso e permessi</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.palettes.abstract" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Abstract</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Abstract</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.palettes.metatags" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Meta Tags</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Meta Tags</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.palettes.editorial" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Editorial</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Editori</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.palettes.abstract" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Abstract</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Abstract</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.palettes.layout" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page Layout</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Layout Pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.palettes.module" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Use as Container</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Usa come Contenitore per</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.palettes.replace" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Replace Content</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Sostituisci Contenuto</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.palettes.links" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Links to this Page</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Links a questa pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.palettes.caching" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Caching</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Cache</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.palettes.language" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Language</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Lingua</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.palettes.miscellaneous" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Miscellaneous</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Altro</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.palettes.media" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Files</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Files</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.palettes.storage" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>General Record Storage Page</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">General Record Storage Page</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.palettes.config" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TypoScript Configuration</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Configurazione TypoScript</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.doktype_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Type</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Tipo</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.doktype.I.0" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Advanced</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Avanzato</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.doktype.I.2" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Shortcut</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Shortcut</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.doktype.I.3" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Not in Menu</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Non presente nei Menu</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.doktype.I.4" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Backend User Section</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Backend User Section</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.doktype.I.5" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Mount Point</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Mount Point</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.doktype.I.7" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Menu Separator</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Separatore nel menu</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.doktype.I.8" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Link to External URL</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Link a URL esterna</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.doktype.div.page" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.doktype.div.link" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Link</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Link</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.doktype.div.special" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Special</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Speciale</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.title_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page Title</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Titolo Pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.starttime_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Publish Date</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Data di pubblicazione</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.endtime_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Expiration Date</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Data di depubblicazione</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.fe_group_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Usergroup Access Rights</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Permessi Gruppi Utente</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.hidden" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Hide page:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Nascondi pagina:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.hidden_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.hidden_checkbox_1_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Disable</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Disabilita</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.layout_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Frontend Layout</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Layout Frontend</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.layout.I.1" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Layout 1</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Layout 1</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.layout.I.2" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Layout 2</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Layout 2</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.layout.I.3" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Layout 3</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Layout 3</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.url_scheme" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enforce Protocol:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Enforce Protocollo:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.url_scheme_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Use Protocol</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Usa Protocollo</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.url_scheme.http" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>http://</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">http://</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.url_scheme.https" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>https://</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">https://</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.extendToSubpages" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Include Subpages:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Includi Sottopagine:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.extendToSubpages_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Extend to Subpages</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Estendi alle Sottopagine</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.nav_title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Navigation Title:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Titolo di Navigazione</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.nav_title_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Alternative Navigation Title</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Titolo di navigazione alternativo</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.nav_hide" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Hide in Menu:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Nascondi nei menù</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.nav_hide_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>In Menus</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Nei menu</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.nav_hide_checkbox_1_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Hide</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Nascondi</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.subtitle" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Subtitle:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Sottotitolo:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.subtitle_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Subtitle</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Sottotitolo</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.target" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Target:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Target:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.target_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Link Target</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Apri con queste configurazioni</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.alias" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Alias:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Alias:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.alias_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>URL Alias</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">URL Alias</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.url" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>URL:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">URL:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.url_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>URL</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">URL</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.urltype_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Protocol</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Protocollo</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.lastUpdated" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Last Updated:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Ultimo aggiornamento:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.lastUpdated_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Last Update</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Ultimo aggiornamento</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.newUntil" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>'New' Until:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">'Nuovo' fino a:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.newUntil_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Mark as 'New' Until</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Contrassegna come 'Nuovo' fino al</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.cache_timeout" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Cache Expires:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Scadenza Cache:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.cache_timeout_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Cache Lifetime</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Durata Cache</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.cache_timeout.I.1" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>1 min</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">1 min</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.cache_timeout.I.2" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>5 min</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">5 min</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.cache_timeout.I.3" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>15 min</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">15 min</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.cache_timeout.I.4" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>30 min</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">30 min</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.cache_timeout.I.5" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>1 hour</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">1 ora</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.cache_timeout.I.6" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>4 hours</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">4 ore</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.cache_timeout.I.7" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>1 day</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">1 giorno</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.cache_timeout.I.8" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>2 days</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">2 giorni</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.cache_timeout.I.9" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>7 days</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">7 giorni</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.cache_timeout.I.10" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>1 month</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">1 mese</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.cache_tags" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Cache Tags:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Tag cache:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.editlock_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Editable for Admins Only</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Editabile solo da Admin</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.tabs.metadata" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Metadata</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Metadata</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.tabs.files" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Resources</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Risorse</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.tabs.resources" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Resources</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Risorse</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.tabs.access" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Access</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Accesso</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.tabs.options" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Options</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Opzioni</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.tabs.mount" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Mount</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Mount</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.tabs.shortcut" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Shortcut</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Shortcut</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.tabs.url" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>URL</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">URL</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.tabs.extended" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Extended</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Extended</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.tabs.appearance" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Appearance</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Stile</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.tabs.behaviour" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Behaviour</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Comportamento</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.no_cache" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No Cache:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">No Cache:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.no_cache_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Cache</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Cache</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.no_cache_checkbox_1_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Disable</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Disabilita</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.no_search" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No Search:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">No Ricerca:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.no_search_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Include in Search</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Includi nella Ricerca</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.no_search_checkbox_1_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Disable</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Disabilita</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.shortcut_mode" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Shortcut Mode:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Tipo di Shortcut:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.shortcut_mode_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Shortcut Mode</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Tipo di Shortcut</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.shortcut_mode.I.0" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Selected page</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Pagina selezionata</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.shortcut_mode.I.1" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>First subpage of selected/current page</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Prima sottopagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.shortcut_mode.I.2" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Random subpage of selected/current page</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Una sottopagina a caso</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.shortcut_mode.I.3" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Parent page of current page</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Pagina superiore</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.shortcut_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Shortcut Target</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Destinazione dello shortcut</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.content_from_pid" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show content from this page instead:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Mostra il contenuto di questa pagina:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.content_from_pid_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show Content from Page</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Con il contenuto della pagina selezionata</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.mount_pid" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Mount Point (advanced):</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Mount Point (avanzato):</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.mount_pid_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Mounted page</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Mounted page</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.mount_pid_ol" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Substitute Mount Point (this page) with Mounted page:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Sostituisci Mount Point (questa pagina) con la pagina:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.mount_pid_ol_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show Content from</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Mostra contenuto di</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.mount_pid_ol.I.0" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This Page</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Questa pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.mount_pid_ol.I.1" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Mounted Page</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Pagina montata</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.abstract" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Abstract:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Abstract:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.abstract_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Abstract</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Utilizzato internamente per teaser e menu</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.keywords_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Keywords</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Keywords (SEO)</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.description_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Description</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Descrizione (SEO)</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.author_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Author Name</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Nome autore</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.author_email_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Author Email</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Email autore</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.media" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Files:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Files:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.media_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Media</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Allegati a questa pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.php_tree_stop_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Stop Page Tree</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Interrompi Albero Pagine</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.is_siteroot" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Is Root of Website:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">E' radice del sito web:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.is_siteroot_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Use as Root Page</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Usa come Pagina Radice del sito</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.module" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Contains Plugin:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Contiene il plugin:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.module_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Contains Plugin</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Plugin selezionato</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.module.I.1" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Shop</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Shop</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.module.I.2" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Board</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Forum</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.module.I.3" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>News</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">News</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.module.I.4" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Website Users</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Utenti Web</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.module.I.5" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Direct Mail</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Direct Mail</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.module.I.6" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Approvals</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Approvals</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.l18n_cfg" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Localization Settings:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Configurazione traduzioni:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.l18n_cfg_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Localization</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Traduzione</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.l18n_cfg.I.1" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Hide default translation of page</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Nascondi la traduzione di default della pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.l18n_cfg.I.2" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Hide page if no translation for current language exists</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Nascondi la pagina se non esiste traduzione nella lingua corrente</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.l18n_cfg.I.2a" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show page even if no translation exists</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Mostra la pagina anche se non ne esiste la traduzione nella lingua corrente</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.fe_login_mode" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Login Mode:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Modalità Login:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.fe_login_mode_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Login Behaviour</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Comportamento Login</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.fe_login_mode.disable" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Disable</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Disabilita</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.fe_login_mode.enable" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enable login</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Abilita Login</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.fe_login_mode.disableAll" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Disable login</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Disabilita Login</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.fe_login_mode.disableGroups" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enable user login, Disable usergroup login</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Abilita login utente, Disabilita Gruppi utenti</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.fe_login_mode.enableAgain" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Re-Enable login</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Riabilita i logins</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.storage_pid_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.TSconfig_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page TSConfig</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">TSconfig</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.backend_layout_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Backend Layout (this page only)</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Layout Backend (solo questa pagina)</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.backend_layout_next_level_formlabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Backend Layout (subpages of this page)</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Layout Backend (sottopagine di questa)</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.backend_layout.none" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>None</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Nessuno</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.backend_layout.default" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Default</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Predefinito</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="tt_content" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page Content</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Contenuto Pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fe_users" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Website User</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Utente Web</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fe_users.username" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Username:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Nome Utente:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fe_users.password" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Password:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Password:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fe_users.usergroup" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Groups:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Gruppi:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fe_users.lockToDomain" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Lock to Domain:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Blocca al dominio:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fe_users.tabs.personelData" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Personal Data</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Dati personali</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fe_users.tabs.access" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Access</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Accesso</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fe_users.tabs.options" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Options</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Opzioni</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fe_users.tabs.extended" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Extended</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Extended</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fe_groups" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Website Usergroup</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Gruppo Utenti web</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fe_groups.title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Group Title:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Nome del Gruppo:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fe_groups.lockToDomain" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Lock to Domain:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Blocca al dominio:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fe_groups.subgroup" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Subgroups:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Sottogruppi:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fe_groups.tabs.options" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Options</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Opzioni</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fe_groups.tabs.extended" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Extended</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Extra</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_domain" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Domain</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Dominio</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_domain.domainName" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Domain:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Dominio:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_domain.redirectTo" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Redirect to:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Reindirizza a:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_domain.redirectHttpStatusCode" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>HTTP Status Code for the Redirect:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">HTTP Status Code del Redirect:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_domain.redirectHttpStatusCode.301" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Moved permanently (301)</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Spostato permanentemente (301)</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_domain.redirectHttpStatusCode.302" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Found (302)</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Trovato (302)</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_domain.redirectHttpStatusCode.303" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>See Other (303)</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Guarda altro (303)</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_domain.redirectHttpStatusCode.307" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Moved Temporarily (307)</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Spostato temporaneamente (307)</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_domain.prepend_params" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Transfer parameters to Redirect URL:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Trasferisci i parametri all'URL:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_domain.forced" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Always prepend this domain in links:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Aggiungi sempre questo dominio nel links:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_template" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Template</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Template</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_template.title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Template Title:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Nome template:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_template.root" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Rootlevel:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Rootlevel:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_template.clear" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Clear:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Pulisci:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_template.sitetitle" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Website Title:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Titolo Sito Web:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_template.constants" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Constants:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Costanti:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_template.resources" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Resources:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Risorse:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_template.nextLevel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Template on Next Level:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Template del prossimo livello:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_template.include_static_file" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Include static (from extensions):</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Includi static (dalle estensioni):</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_template.basedOn" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Include Basis Template:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Includi template di base:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_template.includeStaticAfterBasedOn" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Include Static Templates After Basis Templates:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Includi static DOPO basedOn:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_template.config" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Setup:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Setup:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_template.editorcfg" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Backend Editor Configuration:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Configurazione Editor Backend:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_template.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Description:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Descrizione:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_template.static_file_mode" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Static Template Files from TYPO3 Extensions:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Files Template Statici dalle estensioni TYPO3</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_template.static_file_mode.0" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Default (include before if root flag is set)</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Predefinito (Incluso prima se il Root-flag è selezionato)</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_template.static_file_mode.1" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Always include before this template record</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Includi sempre prima di questo record di template</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_template.static_file_mode.2" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Never include before this template record</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Mai includere prima di questo record di template</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_template.static_file_mode.3" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Include before all static templates if root flag is set</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Includi prima di tutti i template statici se è impostato il "root flag"</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_template.basedOn_add" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Add New Basis Template</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Aggiungi nuovo template di base</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_template.tabs.files" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Resources</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Risorse</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_template.tabs.include" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Includes</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Includi</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_template.tabs.options" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Options</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Opzioni</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_template.tabs.access" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Access</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Accesso</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages_language_overlay" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Alternative Page Language</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Lingua alternativa</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="backend_layout" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Backend Layout</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Layout Backend</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="backend_layout.title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Title</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Titolo</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="backend_layout.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Description</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Descrizione</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="backend_layout.config" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Config</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Configurazione</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="backend_layout.wizard" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Wizard</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Wizard</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="backend_layout.icon" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Icon</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Icona</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
213
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/it.locallang_tca.xml
Normal file
213
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/it.locallang_tca.xml
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<T3locallangExt>
|
||||
<data type="array">
|
||||
<languageKey index="it" type="array">
|
||||
<label index="mod_tx_cms_webinfo_page">Albero delle pagine</label>
|
||||
<label index="mod_tx_cms_webinfo_lang">Traduzioni</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.palettes.standard">Pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.palettes.title">Titolo</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.palettes.visibility">Visibilità</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.palettes.access">Accesso e permessi</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.palettes.abstract">Abstract</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.palettes.metatags">Meta Tags</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.palettes.editorial">Editori</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.palettes.abstract">Abstract</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.palettes.layout">Layout Pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.palettes.module">Usa come Contenitore per</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.palettes.replace">Sostituisci Contenuto</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.palettes.links">Links a questa pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.palettes.caching">Cache</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.palettes.language">Lingua</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.palettes.miscellaneous">Altro</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.palettes.media">Files</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.palettes.storage">General Record Storage Page</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.palettes.config">Configurazione TypoScript</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.doktype_formlabel">Tipo</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.doktype.I.0">Avanzato</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.doktype.I.2">Shortcut</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.doktype.I.3">Non presente nei Menu</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.doktype.I.4">Backend User Section</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.doktype.I.5">Mount Point</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.doktype.I.7">Separatore nel menu</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.doktype.I.8">Link a URL esterna</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.doktype.div.page">Pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.doktype.div.link">Link</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.doktype.div.special">Speciale</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.title_formlabel">Titolo Pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.starttime_formlabel">Data di pubblicazione</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.endtime_formlabel">Data di depubblicazione</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.fe_group_formlabel">Permessi Gruppi Utente</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.hidden">Nascondi pagina:</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.hidden_formlabel">Pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.hidden_checkbox_1_formlabel">Disabilita</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.layout_formlabel">Layout Frontend</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.layout.I.1">Layout 1</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.layout.I.2">Layout 2</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.layout.I.3">Layout 3</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.url_scheme">Enforce Protocollo:</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.url_scheme_formlabel">Usa Protocollo</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.url_scheme.http">http://</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.url_scheme.https">https://</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.extendToSubpages">Includi Sottopagine:</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.extendToSubpages_formlabel">Estendi alle Sottopagine</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.nav_title">Titolo di Navigazione</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.nav_title_formlabel">Titolo di navigazione alternativo</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.nav_hide">Nascondi nei menù</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.nav_hide_formlabel">Nei menu</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.nav_hide_checkbox_1_formlabel">Nascondi</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.subtitle">Sottotitolo:</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.subtitle_formlabel">Sottotitolo</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.target">Target:</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.target_formlabel">Apri con queste configurazioni</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.alias">Alias:</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.alias_formlabel">URL Alias</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.url">URL:</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.url_formlabel">URL</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.urltype_formlabel">Protocollo</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.lastUpdated">Ultimo aggiornamento:</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.lastUpdated_formlabel">Ultimo aggiornamento</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.newUntil">'Nuovo' fino a:</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.newUntil_formlabel">Contrassegna come 'Nuovo' fino al</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.cache_timeout">Scadenza Cache:</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.cache_timeout_formlabel">Durata Cache</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.cache_timeout.I.1">1 min</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.cache_timeout.I.2">5 min</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.cache_timeout.I.3">15 min</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.cache_timeout.I.4">30 min</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.cache_timeout.I.5">1 ora</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.cache_timeout.I.6">4 ore</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.cache_timeout.I.7">1 giorno</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.cache_timeout.I.8">2 giorni</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.cache_timeout.I.9">7 giorni</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.cache_timeout.I.10">1 mese</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.cache_tags">Tag cache:</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.editlock_formlabel">Editabile solo da Admin</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.tabs.metadata">Metadata</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.tabs.files">Risorse</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.tabs.resources">Risorse</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.tabs.access">Accesso</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.tabs.options">Opzioni</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.tabs.mount">Mount</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.tabs.shortcut">Shortcut</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.tabs.url">URL</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.tabs.extended">Extended</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.tabs.appearance">Stile</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.tabs.behaviour">Comportamento</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.no_cache">No Cache:</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.no_cache_formlabel">Cache</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.no_cache_checkbox_1_formlabel">Disabilita</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.no_search">No Ricerca:</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.no_search_formlabel">Includi nella Ricerca</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.no_search_checkbox_1_formlabel">Disabilita</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.shortcut_mode">Tipo di Shortcut:</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.shortcut_mode_formlabel">Tipo di Shortcut</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.shortcut_mode.I.0">Pagina selezionata</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.shortcut_mode.I.1">Prima sottopagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.shortcut_mode.I.2">Una sottopagina a caso</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.shortcut_mode.I.3">Pagina superiore</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.shortcut_formlabel">Destinazione dello shortcut</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.content_from_pid">Mostra il contenuto di questa pagina:</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.content_from_pid_formlabel">Con il contenuto della pagina selezionata</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.mount_pid">Mount Point (avanzato):</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.mount_pid_formlabel">Mounted page</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.mount_pid_ol">Sostituisci Mount Point (questa pagina) con la pagina:</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.mount_pid_ol_formlabel">Mostra contenuto di</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.mount_pid_ol.I.0">Questa pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.mount_pid_ol.I.1">Pagina montata</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.abstract">Abstract:</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.abstract_formlabel">Utilizzato internamente per teaser e menu</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.keywords_formlabel">Keywords (SEO)</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.description_formlabel">Descrizione (SEO)</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.author_formlabel">Nome autore</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.author_email_formlabel">Email autore</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.media">Files:</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.media_formlabel">Allegati a questa pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.php_tree_stop_formlabel">Interrompi Albero Pagine</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.is_siteroot">E' radice del sito web:</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.is_siteroot_formlabel">Usa come Pagina Radice del sito</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.module">Contiene il plugin:</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.module_formlabel">Plugin selezionato</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.module.I.1">Shop</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.module.I.2">Forum</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.module.I.3">News</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.module.I.4">Utenti Web</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.module.I.5">Direct Mail</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.module.I.6">Approvals</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.l18n_cfg">Configurazione traduzioni:</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.l18n_cfg_formlabel">Traduzione</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.l18n_cfg.I.1">Nascondi la traduzione di default della pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.l18n_cfg.I.2">Nascondi la pagina se non esiste traduzione nella lingua corrente</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.l18n_cfg.I.2a">Mostra la pagina anche se non ne esiste la traduzione nella lingua corrente</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.fe_login_mode">Modalità Login:</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.fe_login_mode_formlabel">Comportamento Login</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.fe_login_mode.disable">Disabilita</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.fe_login_mode.enable">Abilita Login</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.fe_login_mode.disableAll">Disabilita Login</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.fe_login_mode.disableGroups">Abilita login utente, Disabilita Gruppi utenti</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.fe_login_mode.enableAgain">Riabilita i logins</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.storage_pid_formlabel">Pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.TSconfig_formlabel">TSconfig</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.backend_layout_formlabel">Layout Backend (solo questa pagina)</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.backend_layout_next_level_formlabel">Layout Backend (sottopagine di questa)</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.backend_layout.none">Nessuno</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.backend_layout.default">Predefinito</label>
|
||||
<label index="tt_content">Contenuto Pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="fe_users">Utente Web</label>
|
||||
<label index="fe_users.username">Nome Utente:</label>
|
||||
<label index="fe_users.password">Password:</label>
|
||||
<label index="fe_users.usergroup">Gruppi:</label>
|
||||
<label index="fe_users.lockToDomain">Blocca al dominio:</label>
|
||||
<label index="fe_users.tabs.personelData">Dati personali</label>
|
||||
<label index="fe_users.tabs.access">Accesso</label>
|
||||
<label index="fe_users.tabs.options">Opzioni</label>
|
||||
<label index="fe_users.tabs.extended">Extended</label>
|
||||
<label index="fe_groups">Gruppo Utenti web</label>
|
||||
<label index="fe_groups.title">Nome del Gruppo:</label>
|
||||
<label index="fe_groups.lockToDomain">Blocca al dominio:</label>
|
||||
<label index="fe_groups.subgroup">Sottogruppi:</label>
|
||||
<label index="fe_groups.tabs.options">Opzioni</label>
|
||||
<label index="fe_groups.tabs.extended">Extra</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_domain">Dominio</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_domain.domainName">Dominio:</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_domain.redirectTo">Reindirizza a:</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_domain.redirectHttpStatusCode">HTTP Status Code del Redirect:</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_domain.redirectHttpStatusCode.301">Spostato permanentemente (301)</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_domain.redirectHttpStatusCode.302">Trovato (302)</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_domain.redirectHttpStatusCode.303">Guarda altro (303)</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_domain.redirectHttpStatusCode.307">Spostato temporaneamente (307)</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_domain.prepend_params">Trasferisci i parametri all'URL:</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_domain.forced">Aggiungi sempre questo dominio nel links:</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_template">Template</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_template.title">Nome template:</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_template.root">Rootlevel:</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_template.clear">Pulisci:</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_template.sitetitle">Titolo Sito Web:</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_template.constants">Costanti:</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_template.resources">Risorse:</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_template.nextLevel">Template del prossimo livello:</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_template.include_static_file">Includi static (dalle estensioni):</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_template.basedOn">Includi template di base:</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_template.includeStaticAfterBasedOn">Includi static DOPO basedOn:</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_template.config">Setup:</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_template.editorcfg">Configurazione Editor Backend:</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_template.description">Descrizione:</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_template.static_file_mode">Files Template Statici dalle estensioni TYPO3</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_template.static_file_mode.0">Predefinito (Incluso prima se il Root-flag è selezionato)</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_template.static_file_mode.1">Includi sempre prima di questo record di template</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_template.static_file_mode.2">Mai includere prima di questo record di template</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_template.static_file_mode.3">Includi prima di tutti i template statici se è impostato il "root flag"</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_template.basedOn_add">Aggiungi nuovo template di base</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_template.tabs.files">Risorse</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_template.tabs.include">Includi</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_template.tabs.options">Opzioni</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_template.tabs.access">Accesso</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages_language_overlay">Lingua alternativa</label>
|
||||
<label index="backend_layout">Layout Backend</label>
|
||||
<label index="backend_layout.title">Titolo</label>
|
||||
<label index="backend_layout.description">Descrizione</label>
|
||||
<label index="backend_layout.config">Configurazione</label>
|
||||
<label index="backend_layout.wizard">Wizard</label>
|
||||
<label index="backend_layout.icon">Icona</label>
|
||||
</languageKey>
|
||||
</data>
|
||||
</T3locallangExt>
|
||||
1074
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/it.locallang_ttc.xlf
Normal file
1074
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/it.locallang_ttc.xlf
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
362
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/it.locallang_ttc.xml
Normal file
362
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/it.locallang_ttc.xml
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<T3locallangExt>
|
||||
<data type="array">
|
||||
<languageKey index="it" type="array">
|
||||
<label index="CType_formlabel">Tipo</label>
|
||||
<label index="CType.I.0">Intestazione</label>
|
||||
<label index="CType.I.1">Testo</label>
|
||||
<label index="CType.I.2">Testo & Immagini</label>
|
||||
<label index="CType.I.3">Immagini</label>
|
||||
<label index="CType.I.4">Elenco puntato</label>
|
||||
<label index="CType.I.5">Tabella</label>
|
||||
<label index="CType.I.6">File Links</label>
|
||||
<label index="CType.I.7">Multimedia</label>
|
||||
<label index="CType.I.8">Form</label>
|
||||
<label index="CType.I.9">Ricerca</label>
|
||||
<label index="CType.I.10">Login</label>
|
||||
<label index="CType.I.11">Box di testo</label>
|
||||
<label index="CType.I.12">Menù / mappa sito</label>
|
||||
<label index="CType.I.13">Inserisci Record</label>
|
||||
<label index="CType.I.14">Inserisci Plugin</label>
|
||||
<label index="CType.I.15">Script</label>
|
||||
<label index="CType.I.16">Separatore</label>
|
||||
<label index="CType.I.17">HTML</label>
|
||||
<label index="CType.I.18">Media</label>
|
||||
<label index="CType.div.standard">Standard</label>
|
||||
<label index="CType.div.lists">Liste</label>
|
||||
<label index="CType.div.forms">Forms</label>
|
||||
<label index="CType.div.special">Speciale</label>
|
||||
<label index="layout.I.1">Layout 1</label>
|
||||
<label index="layout.I.2">Layout 2</label>
|
||||
<label index="layout.I.3">Layout 3</label>
|
||||
<label index="colPos">Colonne:</label>
|
||||
<label index="colPos_formlabel">Colonna</label>
|
||||
<label index="colPos.I.0">Sinistra</label>
|
||||
<label index="colPos.I.1">Normale</label>
|
||||
<label index="colPos.I.2">Destra</label>
|
||||
<label index="colPos.I.3">Bordo</label>
|
||||
<label index="date">Data</label>
|
||||
<label index="date_formlabel">Data</label>
|
||||
<label index="header">Intestazione</label>
|
||||
<label index="header_formlabel">Titolo principale</label>
|
||||
<label index="header.ALT.shortcut_formlabel">Nome (invisibile nel frontend)</label>
|
||||
<label index="header.ALT.script_formlabel">Nome (invisibile nel frontend)</label>
|
||||
<label index="header.ALT.div_formlabel">Nome (invisibile nel frontend)</label>
|
||||
<label index="header.ALT.html_formlabel">Nome (invisibile nel frontend)</label>
|
||||
<label index="header_position">Allineamento:</label>
|
||||
<label index="header_position_formlabel">Allineamento</label>
|
||||
<label index="header_position.I.1">Centrato</label>
|
||||
<label index="header_position.I.2">Destra</label>
|
||||
<label index="header_position.I.3">Sinistra</label>
|
||||
<label index="header_link">Link:</label>
|
||||
<label index="header_link_formlabel">Link</label>
|
||||
<label index="header_layout_formlabel">Tipo</label>
|
||||
<label index="header_layout.I.1">Layout 1</label>
|
||||
<label index="header_layout.I.2">Layout 2</label>
|
||||
<label index="header_layout.I.3">Layout 3</label>
|
||||
<label index="header_layout.I.4">Layout 4</label>
|
||||
<label index="header_layout.I.5">Layout 5</label>
|
||||
<label index="header_layout.I.6">Nascosto</label>
|
||||
<label index="bodytext.W.RTE">Rich Text Editor a pieno schermo</label>
|
||||
<label index="bodytext.W.table">Wizard per la tabella</label>
|
||||
<label index="bodytext.W.forms">Wizard per i moduli (forms)</label>
|
||||
<label index="imagewidth">Larghezza (pixel):</label>
|
||||
<label index="imagewidth_formlabel">Larghezza (px)</label>
|
||||
<label index="imageheight">Altezza(pixel):</label>
|
||||
<label index="imageheight_formlabel">Altezza (px)</label>
|
||||
<label index="imageorient">Posizione:</label>
|
||||
<label index="imageorient_formlabel">Posizione e Allineamento</label>
|
||||
<label index="imageorient.I.0">Sopra, centrato</label>
|
||||
<label index="imageorient.I.1">Sopra, a destra</label>
|
||||
<label index="imageorient.I.2">Sopra, a sinistra</label>
|
||||
<label index="imageorient.I.3">Sotto, centrato</label>
|
||||
<label index="imageorient.I.4">Sotto, a destra</label>
|
||||
<label index="imageorient.I.5">Sotto, a sinistra</label>
|
||||
<label index="imageorient.I.6">Nel testo, a destra</label>
|
||||
<label index="imageorient.I.7">Nel testo, a sinistra</label>
|
||||
<label index="imageorient.I.8">__Senza cornice:__</label>
|
||||
<label index="imageorient.I.9">A lato del testo, a destra</label>
|
||||
<label index="imageorient.I.10">A lato del testo, a sinistra</label>
|
||||
<label index="imageborder">Bordo:</label>
|
||||
<label index="imageborder_formlabel">Bordo</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_noRows">Usa tabella senza righe:</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_noRows_formlabel">Mostra come righe</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_noRows.I.0">Disattiva</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_noRows_formlabel">Mostra come righe</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_link">Link:</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_link_formlabel">Links (uno per riga, un link per immagine)</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_zoom">Clicca per allargare:</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_zoom_formlabel">Ingrandisci al click</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_effects">Effetti:</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_effects_formlabel">Effetto</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_effects.I.0">Nessuno</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_effects.I.1">Rotazione 90 gr. (senso orario)</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_effects.I.2">Rotazione -90 gr. (senso antiorario)</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_effects.I.3">Rotazione 180 gr.</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_effects.I.4">Scala di grigi</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_effects.I.5">Evidenzia contorni</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_effects.I.6">Diminuisci contrasto</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_effects.I.7">Aumenta contrasto</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_effects.I.8">Aumenta luminosità</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_effects.I.9">Diminuisci luminosità</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_frames">Frames:</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_frames_formlabel">Frame grafici</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_frames.I.0">(Nessuno)</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_frames.I.1">Frame 1</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_frames.I.2">Frame 2</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_frames.I.3">Frame 3</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_frames.I.4">Frame 4</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_frames.I.5">Frame 5</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_frames.I.6">Frame 6</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_frames.I.7">Frame 7</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_frames.I.8">Frame 8</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_compression">Qualità/elaborazione immagine</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_compression_formlabel">Qualità e Tipo</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_compression.I.1">Nessuna (ignora tutte le altre opzioni)</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_compression.I.15">JPG/Altissima risoluzione</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_compression.I.16">JPG/Alta risoluzione</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_compression.I.17">JPG/Media risoluzione</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_compression.I.18">JPG/Bassa risoluzione</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_compression.I.19">JPG/Bassissima risoluzione</label>
|
||||
<label index="imagecols">Colonne:</label>
|
||||
<label index="imagecols_formlabel">Numero di colonne</label>
|
||||
<label index="imagecaption_position">Allineamento</label>
|
||||
<label index="imagecaption_position_formlabel">Allineamento della didascalia</label>
|
||||
<label index="imagecaption_position.I.1">Centrato</label>
|
||||
<label index="imagecaption_position.I.2">Destra</label>
|
||||
<label index="imagecaption_position.I.3">Sinistra</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_altText">Testo alternativo</label>
|
||||
<label index="altText_formlabel">Testo alternativo (uno per linea)</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_titleText">Title Text:</label>
|
||||
<label index="titleText_formlabel">Titoli (uno per linea)</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_longdescURL">URL descrizione estesa:</label>
|
||||
<label index="images.addFileReference">Aggiungi immagine</label>
|
||||
<label index="longdescURL_formlabel">URLs per una descrizione estesa (uno per linea)</label>
|
||||
<label index="cols">Colonne Tabella:</label>
|
||||
<label index="cols.I.0">Auto</label>
|
||||
<label index="recursive.I.0">0 livelli (solo pagina selezionata)</label>
|
||||
<label index="recursive.I.1">1 livello</label>
|
||||
<label index="recursive.I.2">2 livelli</label>
|
||||
<label index="recursive.I.3">3 livelli</label>
|
||||
<label index="recursive.I.4">4 livelli</label>
|
||||
<label index="recursive.I.5">Infiniti</label>
|
||||
<label index="menu_type">Tipo di Menu</label>
|
||||
<label index="menu_type_formlabel">Tipo di Menu</label>
|
||||
<label index="menu_type.I.0">Menu delle pagine selezionate</label>
|
||||
<label index="menu_type.I.1">Menu delle sottopagine delle pagine selezionate</label>
|
||||
<label index="menu_type.I.2">Menu delle sottopagine delle pagine selezionate (con abstract)</label>
|
||||
<label index="menu_type.I.3">Menu delle sottopagine delle pagine selezionate + sezioni</label>
|
||||
<label index="menu_type.I.4">Mappa del sito</label>
|
||||
<label index="menu_type.I.5">Indice sezione (per i contenuti con "Indice" selezionato)</label>
|
||||
<label index="menu_type.I.6">Pagine aggiornate di recente</label>
|
||||
<label index="menu_type.I.7">Pagine correlate (in base alle keywords)</label>
|
||||
<label index="menu_type.I.8">Sitemap delle pagine selezionate</label>
|
||||
<label index="menu_type.I.categorized_pages">Pagine per le categorie selezionate</label>
|
||||
<label index="menu_type.I.categorized_content">Elementi di contenuto per le categorie selezionate</label>
|
||||
<label index="list_type">Plugin:</label>
|
||||
<label index="list_type_formlabel">Plugin selezionato</label>
|
||||
<label index="table_bgColor">Colore di sfondo:</label>
|
||||
<label index="table_bgColor_formlabel">Colore di sfondo</label>
|
||||
<label index="table_bgColor.I.1">Colore 1</label>
|
||||
<label index="table_bgColor.I.2">Colore 2</label>
|
||||
<label index="table_bgColor.I.3">Nessuno</label>
|
||||
<label index="table_bgColor.I.5">Nero</label>
|
||||
<label index="table_bgColor.I.6">Bianco</label>
|
||||
<label index="table_bgColor.I.7">Grigio scuro</label>
|
||||
<label index="table_bgColor.I.8">Grigio</label>
|
||||
<label index="table_bgColor.I.9">Argento</label>
|
||||
<label index="table_border">Bordo:</label>
|
||||
<label index="table_border_formlabel">Dimensioni Bordo (px)</label>
|
||||
<label index="table_cellspacing">Spazio fra celle:</label>
|
||||
<label index="table_cellspacing_formlabel">Spazio tra celle (px)</label>
|
||||
<label index="table_cellpadding">Spazio fra bordo delle celle e contenuto:</label>
|
||||
<label index="table_cellpadding_formlabel">Padding tra celle (px)</label>
|
||||
<label index="media">Files</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.dataAttributes">Dati addizionali-* attributi per i tag video HTML5</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.dataAttributes.attributeName">Nome dell'attributo (escluso data-)</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.dataAttributes.content">Contenuto</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.ALT.uploads_formlabel">Files selezionati</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.addFileReference">Aggiungi file</label>
|
||||
<label index="multimedia">File:</label>
|
||||
<label index="multimedia_formlabel">File multimediale selezionato</label>
|
||||
<label index="file_collections">Collezioni file</label>
|
||||
<label index="file_collections.ALT.uploads_formlabel">Seleziona collezioni di file</label>
|
||||
<label index="filelink_size">Mostra dimensione files:</label>
|
||||
<label index="filelink_sorting">Ordinamento dell'elenco file:</label>
|
||||
<label index="filelink_sorting.none">nessuno</label>
|
||||
<label index="filelink_sorting.extension">per estensione di file</label>
|
||||
<label index="filelink_sorting.name">per nome del file</label>
|
||||
<label index="filelink_sorting.type">per tipo di file</label>
|
||||
<label index="filelink_sorting.size">per dimensione di file</label>
|
||||
<label index="filelink_size_formlabel">Mostra dimensioni del file</label>
|
||||
<label index="target">Destinazione:</label>
|
||||
<label index="target.I.1">Nuova finestra</label>
|
||||
<label index="records">Items:</label>
|
||||
<label index="records_formlabel">Records</label>
|
||||
<label index="spaceBefore">Prima:</label>
|
||||
<label index="spaceBefore_formlabel">Margine Top</label>
|
||||
<label index="spaceAfter">Dopo:</label>
|
||||
<label index="spaceAfter_formlabel">Margine Bottom</label>
|
||||
<label index="section_frame">Frame:</label>
|
||||
<label index="section_frame_formlabel">Indentazioni e Frames</label>
|
||||
<label index="section_frame.I.1">Invisibile</label>
|
||||
<label index="section_frame.I.2">Separatore prima</label>
|
||||
<label index="section_frame.I.3">Separatore dopo</label>
|
||||
<label index="section_frame.I.4">Indenta</label>
|
||||
<label index="section_frame.I.5">Indenta, 33/66%</label>
|
||||
<label index="section_frame.I.6">Indenta, 66/33%</label>
|
||||
<label index="section_frame.I.7">Frame 1</label>
|
||||
<label index="section_frame.I.8">Frame 2</label>
|
||||
<label index="splash_layout">Tipo Textbox:</label>
|
||||
<label index="splash_layout_formlabel">Tipo</label>
|
||||
<label index="splash_layout.I.1">Immagine con ombreggiatura</label>
|
||||
<label index="splash_layout.I.2">Immagine frame 1</label>
|
||||
<label index="splash_layout.I.3">Immagine frame 2</label>
|
||||
<label index="splash_layout.I.4">__Grafica:__</label>
|
||||
<label index="splash_layout.I.5">Postit 1</label>
|
||||
<label index="sectionIndex">Indice:</label>
|
||||
<label index="sectionIndex_formlabel">Nei menù di sezione</label>
|
||||
<label index="linkToTop">Vai su:</label>
|
||||
<label index="linkToTop_formlabel">Link a inizio pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="rte_enabled">Disabilita Rich Text Editor:</label>
|
||||
<label index="rte_enabled_formlabel">Rich Text Editor per questo testo</label>
|
||||
<label index="rte_enabled.I.0">Disabilita</label>
|
||||
<label index="pi_flexform">Opzioni plugin:</label>
|
||||
<label index="accessibility_title">Titolo del blocco</label>
|
||||
<label index="accessibility_bypass">Aggiungi link per bypassare il blocco</label>
|
||||
<label index="accessibility_bypass_text">Testo del link per bypassare il blocco</label>
|
||||
<label index="selected_categories">Categorie selezionate</label>
|
||||
<label index="category_field">Categoria</label>
|
||||
<label index="ALT.imgOptions">Opzioni immagine</label>
|
||||
<label index="ALT.imgLinks">Link immagine</label>
|
||||
<label index="ALT.imgDimensions">Dimensioni immagine</label>
|
||||
<label index="select_key_formlabel">Codice per questo plugin</label>
|
||||
<label index="select_key.ALT.uploads">Leggi dal Path:</label>
|
||||
<label index="select_key.ALT.uploads_formlabel">Leggi da questo percorso (path)</label>
|
||||
<label index="select_key.ALT.script_formlabel">Codice PHP</label>
|
||||
<label index="imagecaption.ALT.uploads">Descrizione:</label>
|
||||
<label index="imagecaption.ALT.uploads_formlabel">Descrizioni dei files (uno per riga)</label>
|
||||
<label index="imagecaption.ALT.script">Commenti:</label>
|
||||
<label index="bodytext.ALT.mailform">Configurazione:</label>
|
||||
<label index="bodytext.ALT.mailform_formlabel">Struttura form</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.ALT.mailform">Salta alla pagina:</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.ALT.searchform">Pagina di destinazione</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.ALT.loginform">Pagine selezionate: destinazione (prima), contenitore per utente FE (seconda)</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.ALT.search">Reindirizza alla Pagina:</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.ALT.login">Reindirizza alla Pagina:</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.ALT.menu_formlabel">Pagine selezionate</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.ALT.list_formlabel">Punto di partenza per questo plugin</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.ALT.script_formlabel">Punto di partenza per questo script</label>
|
||||
<label index="subheader.ALT.mailform">E-mail destinatario:</label>
|
||||
<label index="subheader.ALT.mailform_formlabel">E-mail destinatario</label>
|
||||
<label index="bodytext.ALT.html">HTML:</label>
|
||||
<label index="menu.ALT.accessibility_title_formlabel">Titolo del blocco Menù</label>
|
||||
<label index="menu.ALT.accessibility_bypass_formlabel">Aggiungi link per bypassare il blocco di navigazione</label>
|
||||
<label index="menu.ALT.accessibility_bypass_text_formlabel">Testo del link per bypassare il blocco di navigazione</label>
|
||||
<label index="tabs.text">Testo</label>
|
||||
<label index="tabs.media">Media</label>
|
||||
<label index="tabs.plugin">Plugin</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.options">Opzioni Media</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.tabAudio">Elemento Audio</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.tabVideo">Elemento Video</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.tabVideoAccessible">Aggiunte per HTML5</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.url">path relativo del file Media o URL</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.fallbackUrl">Path o URL di fallback per la sorgente video (Flash o QuickTime)</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.previewImage">Immagine di anteprima per il video (solo HTML5)</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.sources">Sorgenti video per l'elemento HTML5 <video></label>
|
||||
<label index="media.captionUrl">Path o URL per il file di didascalia</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.audioSources">Sorgenti audio per l'elemento HTML5 <audio></label>
|
||||
<label index="media.audioDescription">descrizione audio per i video</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.audioFallbackUrl">Path o URL per la sorgente audio di fallback (Flash or QuickTime)</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.browseUrlTitle">Seleziona File o URL</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.width">Larghezza Media</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.height">Altezza Media</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.forcePlayer">Usa Player (solo per Flash)</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.type">Tipo Media</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.useHTML5">HTML5 / rendering accessibile</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.type.video">Video</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.type.audio">Audio</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.renderType">Tipo di render</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.renderType.auto">Auto</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.renderType.swf">Plugin Flash</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.renderType.preferHtml5OverFlash">HTML5 video/audio tag con fallback a Flash</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.renderType.preferFlashOverHtml5">Flash con fallback in HTML5 video/audio tag</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.renderType.qt">Plugin QuickTime</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.renderType.embed">Embed HTML</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.additionalOptions">Parametri addizionali</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.params">Parametri Media</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.params.option">Opzione</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.params.setTo">Setta a</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.params.on">On</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.params.off">Off</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.params.valueEntry">Valore</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.params.value">Valore</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.params.autoPlay">AutoPlay</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.params.loop">Loop</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.params.quality">Qualità</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.params.preview">Preview Video</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.params.bgColor">Colore Background</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.params.allowScriptAccess">Permetti ScriptAccess</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.params.allowFullScreen">Permetti tutto schermo</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.params.preload">Precaricamento media</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.params.controlsBelow">Mostra controlli sotto il video</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.params.controlsAtStart">Rendi controlli visibili al caricamento della pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.params.controlsHiding">Nascondi controlli se non il puntatore non è posizionato sul video</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.params.defaultVolume">Volume di default</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.alternativeContent">Contenuto alternativo</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.params.customEntry">Parametri custom</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.params.customEntryLabel">Inserisci flashvars, params o attributes</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.noFile">ERRORE: manca URL o File!</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.needFlashPlugin">Un Plugin di Flash è necessario per visualizzare questo contenuto.</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.downloadFlash">Clicca qui per scaricare l'ultima versione.</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_language_uid_formlabel">Lingua</label>
|
||||
<label index="subheader_formlabel">Titolo secondario</label>
|
||||
<label index="hidden_formlabel">Elementi di contenuto</label>
|
||||
<label index="hidden.I.0">Disabilita</label>
|
||||
<label index="starttime_formlabel">Data di pubblicazione</label>
|
||||
<label index="endtime_formlabel">Data di depubblicazione</label>
|
||||
<label index="fe_group_formlabel">Gruppi utente e reazione al login</label>
|
||||
<label index="layout_formlabel">Layout</label>
|
||||
<label index="bodytext_formlabel">Testo</label>
|
||||
<label index="bodytext.ALT.bulletlist_formlabel">Elenco Puntato</label>
|
||||
<label index="bodytext.ALT.table_formlabel">Tabella</label>
|
||||
<label index="bodytext.ALT.media_formlabel">Contenuto alternativo</label>
|
||||
<label index="bodytext.ALT.multimedia_formlabel">Parametri</label>
|
||||
<label index="bodytext.ALT.textbox_formlabel">Testo</label>
|
||||
<label index="bodytext.ALT.script_formlabel">Parametri da passare allo script</label>
|
||||
<label index="bodytext.ALT.html_formlabel">Codice HTML</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_formlabel">File immagine</label>
|
||||
<label index="image.ALT.textbox_formlabel">File immagine</label>
|
||||
<label index="imagecaption_formlabel">Didascalie (una per riga)</label>
|
||||
<label index="imagecaption.ALT.script_formlabel">Commenti</label>
|
||||
<label index="palette.general">Elemento di Contenuto</label>
|
||||
<label index="palette.headers">Titoli</label>
|
||||
<label index="palette.header">Titolo</label>
|
||||
<label index="palette.visibility">Visibilità</label>
|
||||
<label index="palette.access">Accesso temporale e permessi</label>
|
||||
<label index="palette.frames">Layout generale</label>
|
||||
<label index="palette.textlayout">Layout testo</label>
|
||||
<label index="palette.imagefiles">Files di immagini e didascalie</label>
|
||||
<label index="palette.imagelinks">Testo cliccando l'immagine</label>
|
||||
<label index="palette.image_accessibility">Testo per l'accessibilità</label>
|
||||
<label index="palette.image_settings">Parametri di configurazione per le immagini</label>
|
||||
<label index="palette.imageblock">Parametri per il blocco contenente le immagini</label>
|
||||
<label index="palette.mailform">Target e Destinatario</label>
|
||||
<label index="palette.searchform">Risultati della Ricerca</label>
|
||||
<label index="palette.loginform">Redirect target e FE user container</label>
|
||||
<label index="palette.multimediafiles">Files multimediali e parametri</label>
|
||||
<label index="palette.textbox">Testo da inserire nelle immagini</label>
|
||||
<label index="palette.menu">Menu e mappe del sito</label>
|
||||
<label index="palette.menu_accessibility">Testo per l'accessibilità</label>
|
||||
<label index="palette.uploads_layout">Layout Filelinks</label>
|
||||
<label index="palette.table_layout">Layout Tabella</label>
|
||||
<label index="tabs.access">Accesso</label>
|
||||
<label index="tabs.appearance">Aspetto</label>
|
||||
<label index="tabs.behaviour">Comportamento</label>
|
||||
<label index="tabs.script">Script</label>
|
||||
<label index="tabs.media">Media</label>
|
||||
<label index="tabs.images">Immagini</label>
|
||||
<label index="tabs.extended">Esteso</label>
|
||||
</languageKey>
|
||||
</data>
|
||||
</T3locallangExt>
|
||||
260
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/layout/it.locallang.xlf
Normal file
260
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/layout/it.locallang.xlf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
|
||||
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns:t3="http://typo3.org/schemas/xliff" version="1.0">
|
||||
<file t3:id="1415814785" source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="messages" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="cms" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page content</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Contenuto di pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="advancedFunctions" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Advanced functions</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Funzioni avanzate</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noEditItems" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sorry, you do not have permissions to edit items on this page!</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Non hai i permessi per modificare il contenuto di questa pagina!</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noEditPage" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sorry, you do not have permissions to edit this page!</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Non hai i permessi per modificare questa pagina!</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="nextThree" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit next %s records</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Modifica i prossimi %s record</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="moveUp" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Move record up</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Sposta record su</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="moveDown" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Move record down</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Sposta record giù</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="unHide" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Un-hide</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Rendi visibile</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hide" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Hide</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Nascondi</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="edit" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Modifica</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newAfter" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>New record after this one</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Nuovo record dopo questo</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newRecordHere" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Add a new record at this place</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Aggiungi record in questa posizione</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="move_record" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Re-position current content element</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Sposta l'elemento corrente</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="move_page" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Move page</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Sposta pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="deleteItem" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Delete</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Elimina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="deleteWarning" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Are you sure you want to delete this record?</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Sei sicuro di voler eliminare questo record?</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="recursiveDeleteWarning" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You can recover pages with subpages only with the recycler. Are you sure you want to delete these pages?</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Si possono ripristinare pagine e sottopagine solo con il modulo Cestino. Confermare l'eliminazione di questa pagine?</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="editColumn" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit this column</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Modifica questa colonna</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="editPageProperties_curLang" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit translation properties</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Modifica proprietà taduzioni</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="editInRTE" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit in Rich Text Editor</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Modifica in Rich Text Editor</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newPageContent" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Create page content</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Crea contenuto</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newPageContent_copyForLang" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Copy default content elements</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Copia i contenuti di default</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newPageContent2" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>New content</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Nuovo contenuto</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newInColumn" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Create new record in top of this column</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Crea nuovo record all'inizio di questa colonna</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="records" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>records</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">records</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pageInformation" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page information</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Informazione sulla pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="goToTable" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Go to table</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Vai alla tabella</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="internalNotes" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Internal notes</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Note interne</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="clearCache" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Click here to clear cache for this page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Clicca qui per cancellare la cache di questa pagina.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hiddenCE" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show hidden content elements</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Mostra i contenuti nascosti</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="new_language" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Make new translation of this page</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Prepara una nuova traduzione di questa pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newLabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>NEW</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">NUOVO</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="defaultLanguage" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Default</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Default</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="editLanguageHeader" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit language header</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Modifica intestazione lingua</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="editPageProperties" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit page properties</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Modifica proprietà pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="editPageLanguageOverlayProperties" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit page language overlay properties</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Modifica le proprietà di gestione delle traduzioni della pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newRecordGeneral" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Create new record</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Crea nuovo record</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newContentElement" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Create new content element</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Crea nuovo contenuto</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="CEonThisPage" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Content elements on this page:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Contenuti in questa pagina:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newPage" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Create new page</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Crea nuova pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newPage2" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>New page</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Nuova pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noAccess" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No edit access</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Mancano i permessi per la modifica</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noAccess_msg" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You do not have access to edit the requested record.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Non hai i permessi per modificare il record richiesto</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="notAssigned" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Not assigned</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Non assegnato</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="undoLastChange" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Undo/Redo last change (%s ago)</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Annulla/Ripeti ultimo cambiamento (%s fa)</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="recordHistory" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>View record change history</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Storia cambiamenti del record</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="viewContent" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Viewing content of</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Stai guardando il contenuto di</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="tt_board_subject" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Subject</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Oggetto</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="tt_board_author" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Author</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Autore</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="tt_board_date" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Date</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Data</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="tt_board_age" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Age</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Età</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="tt_board_RE" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>RE</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">RE</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_function_0" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>QuickEdit</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">QuickEdit</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_function_1" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Columns</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Colonne</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_function_2" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Languages</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Lingue</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="gridView" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Grid-View</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Vista a griglia</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_tt_board_0" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>List topics only</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Mostra solo i topic</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_tt_board_expand" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Expand Threads</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Espandi i Thread</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_tt_address_0" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Short List</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Lista breve</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_tt_address_1" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Address list</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Lista indirizzi</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_tt_address_2" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Personal info</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Informazioni personali</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_tt_links_1" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Whole URL</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Intero URL</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_tt_links_2" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Alternative note</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Note alternative</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_tt_calender_date" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Date</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Data</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_tt_calender_date_ext" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Date - extended</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Data - estesa</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_tt_calender_todo" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Todo</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">To-do</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_tt_calender_todo_ext" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Todo - extended</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">To-do - esteso</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_tt_calender_ext" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Extended</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Esteso</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_tt_products_ext" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Extended</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Esteso</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="m_default" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Default</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Default</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="clickAPage_header" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Web>Page module</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Modulo Web>Pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="clickAPage_content" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Please click the page title in the page tree to the left to edit page content.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Clicca il titolo della pagina nell'albero delle pagina a sinistra se vuoi modificare il contenuto della pagina.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pI_crUser" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Created by</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Creato da</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pI_crDate" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Created date</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Data creazione</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pI_lastChange" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Last change</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Ultimo cambiamento</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pI_lastChangeContent" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Last change, content</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Ultimo cambiamento del contenuto</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pI_hitsTotal" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Total Hits</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Hit totali</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pI_hitsPeriod" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Hits Period</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Intervallo considerato</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pI_hits24hours" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Last 24 hours</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Ultime 24 ore</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pI_hits10days" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Last 10 days</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Ultimi 10 giorni</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="content_from_pid_title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page uses content from this page: %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Questa pagina mostra i contenuti di quest'altra pagina: %s</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="goToListModule" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Go to list module</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Vai al modulo lista</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="goToListModuleMessage" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The current page is a folder. Folders usually don't contain content elements but are used for collecting other types of records.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Questa pagina è di tipo "Cartella". Le cartelle solitamente non contengono elementi di contenuto, ma sono usate per collezionare altri tipi di record.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noPluginSelected" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No plugin selected</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Nessun plugin selezionato</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
91
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/layout/it.locallang.xml
Normal file
91
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/layout/it.locallang.xml
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<T3locallangExt>
|
||||
<data type="array">
|
||||
<languageKey index="it" type="array">
|
||||
<label index="title">Contenuto di pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="advancedFunctions">Funzioni avanzate</label>
|
||||
<label index="noEditItems">Non hai i permessi per modificare il contenuto di questa pagina!</label>
|
||||
<label index="noEditPage">Non hai i permessi per modificare questa pagina!</label>
|
||||
<label index="nextThree">Modifica i prossimi %s record</label>
|
||||
<label index="moveUp">Sposta record su</label>
|
||||
<label index="moveDown">Sposta record giù</label>
|
||||
<label index="unHide">Rendi visibile</label>
|
||||
<label index="hide">Nascondi</label>
|
||||
<label index="edit">Modifica</label>
|
||||
<label index="newAfter">Nuovo record dopo questo</label>
|
||||
<label index="newRecordHere">Aggiungi record in questa posizione</label>
|
||||
<label index="move_record">Sposta l'elemento corrente</label>
|
||||
<label index="move_page">Sposta pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="deleteItem">Elimina</label>
|
||||
<label index="deleteWarning">Sei sicuro di voler eliminare questo record?</label>
|
||||
<label index="recursiveDeleteWarning">Si possono ripristinare pagine e sottopagine solo con il modulo Cestino. Confermare l'eliminazione di questa pagine?</label>
|
||||
<label index="editColumn">Modifica questa colonna</label>
|
||||
<label index="editPageProperties_curLang">Modifica proprietà taduzioni</label>
|
||||
<label index="editInRTE">Modifica in Rich Text Editor</label>
|
||||
<label index="newPageContent">Crea contenuto</label>
|
||||
<label index="newPageContent_copyForLang">Copia i contenuti di default</label>
|
||||
<label index="newPageContent2">Nuovo contenuto</label>
|
||||
<label index="newInColumn">Crea nuovo record all'inizio di questa colonna</label>
|
||||
<label index="records">records</label>
|
||||
<label index="pageInformation">Informazione sulla pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="goToTable">Vai alla tabella</label>
|
||||
<label index="internalNotes">Note interne</label>
|
||||
<label index="clearCache">Clicca qui per cancellare la cache di questa pagina.</label>
|
||||
<label index="hiddenCE">Mostra i contenuti nascosti</label>
|
||||
<label index="new_language">Prepara una nuova traduzione di questa pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="newLabel">NUOVO</label>
|
||||
<label index="defaultLanguage">Default</label>
|
||||
<label index="editLanguageHeader">Modifica intestazione lingua</label>
|
||||
<label index="editPageProperties">Modifica proprietà pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="editPageLanguageOverlayProperties">Modifica le proprietà di gestione delle traduzioni della pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="newRecordGeneral">Crea nuovo record</label>
|
||||
<label index="newContentElement">Crea nuovo contenuto</label>
|
||||
<label index="CEonThisPage">Contenuti in questa pagina:</label>
|
||||
<label index="newPage">Crea nuova pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="newPage2">Nuova pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="noAccess">Mancano i permessi per la modifica</label>
|
||||
<label index="noAccess_msg">Non hai i permessi per modificare il record richiesto</label>
|
||||
<label index="notAssigned">Non assegnato</label>
|
||||
<label index="undoLastChange">Annulla/Ripeti ultimo cambiamento (%s fa)</label>
|
||||
<label index="recordHistory">Storia cambiamenti del record</label>
|
||||
<label index="viewContent">Stai guardando il contenuto di</label>
|
||||
<label index="tt_board_subject">Oggetto</label>
|
||||
<label index="tt_board_author">Autore</label>
|
||||
<label index="tt_board_date">Data</label>
|
||||
<label index="tt_board_age">Età</label>
|
||||
<label index="tt_board_RE">RE</label>
|
||||
<label index="m_function_0">QuickEdit</label>
|
||||
<label index="m_function_1">Colonne</label>
|
||||
<label index="m_function_2">Lingue</label>
|
||||
<label index="gridView">Vista a griglia</label>
|
||||
<label index="m_tt_board_0">Mostra solo i topic</label>
|
||||
<label index="m_tt_board_expand">Espandi i Thread</label>
|
||||
<label index="m_tt_address_0">Lista breve</label>
|
||||
<label index="m_tt_address_1">Lista indirizzi</label>
|
||||
<label index="m_tt_address_2">Informazioni personali</label>
|
||||
<label index="m_tt_links_1">Intero URL</label>
|
||||
<label index="m_tt_links_2">Note alternative</label>
|
||||
<label index="m_tt_calender_date">Data</label>
|
||||
<label index="m_tt_calender_date_ext">Data - estesa</label>
|
||||
<label index="m_tt_calender_todo">To-do</label>
|
||||
<label index="m_tt_calender_todo_ext">To-do - esteso</label>
|
||||
<label index="m_tt_calender_ext">Esteso</label>
|
||||
<label index="m_tt_products_ext">Esteso</label>
|
||||
<label index="m_default">Default</label>
|
||||
<label index="clickAPage_header">Modulo Web>Pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="clickAPage_content">Clicca il titolo della pagina nell'albero delle pagina a sinistra se vuoi modificare il contenuto della pagina.</label>
|
||||
<label index="pI_crUser">Creato da</label>
|
||||
<label index="pI_crDate">Data creazione</label>
|
||||
<label index="pI_lastChange">Ultimo cambiamento</label>
|
||||
<label index="pI_lastChangeContent">Ultimo cambiamento del contenuto</label>
|
||||
<label index="pI_hitsTotal">Hit totali</label>
|
||||
<label index="pI_hitsPeriod">Intervallo considerato</label>
|
||||
<label index="pI_hits24hours">Ultime 24 ore</label>
|
||||
<label index="pI_hits10days">Ultimi 10 giorni</label>
|
||||
<label index="content_from_pid_title">Questa pagina mostra i contenuti di quest'altra pagina: %s</label>
|
||||
<label index="goToListModule">Vai al modulo lista</label>
|
||||
<label index="goToListModuleMessage">Questa pagina è di tipo "Cartella". Le cartelle solitamente non contengono elementi di contenuto, ma sono usate per collezionare altri tipi di record.</label>
|
||||
<label index="noPluginSelected">Nessun plugin selezionato</label>
|
||||
</languageKey>
|
||||
</data>
|
||||
</T3locallangExt>
|
||||
143
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/layout/it.locallang_db_new_content_el.xlf
Normal file
143
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/layout/it.locallang_db_new_content_el.xlf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
|
||||
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns:t3="http://typo3.org/schemas/xliff" version="1.0">
|
||||
<file t3:id="1415814786" source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="messages" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="cms" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sel1" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Please select the type of page content you wish to create:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona il tipo di contenuto che vuoi creare:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sel2" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Now, click the position where you wish to place the element on the page:</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Clicca nella posizione della pagina in cui vuoi inserire l'elemento:</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Typical page content</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Contenuto tipico</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common_headerOnly_title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Header Only</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Solo Header</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common_headerOnly_description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Adds a header only.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Aggiungi solo un header.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common_regularText_title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Regular Text Element</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Testo Normale</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common_regularText_description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>A regular text element with header and bodytext fields.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Testo regolare, con un'intestazione e un corpo centrale.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common_textImage_title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Text & Images</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Testo & Immagini</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common_textImage_description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Any number of images wrapped right around a regular text element.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Come il precedente, ma con la possibilità di impaginare automaticamente un qualsiasi numero di immagini.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common_imagesOnly_title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Images Only</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Immagini</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common_imagesOnly_description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Any number of images aligned in columns and rows with a caption.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Un numero qualsiasi di immagini allineate per colonne e righe, con didascalie</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common_bulletList_title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Bullet List</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Lista Puntata</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common_bulletList_description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>A single bullet list.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Una semplice lista puntata</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common_table_title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Table</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Tabella</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="common_table_description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>A simple table.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Una tabella semplice.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Special elements</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Contenuti speciali</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_filelinks_title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File Links</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">File Links</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_filelinks_description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Makes a list of files for download.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Lista di files da scaricare</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_multimedia_title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Multimedia</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Multimedia</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_multimedia_description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Inserts a media element like a Flash animation, audio file or video clip.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisce un contenuto multimediale tipo Flash, file audio o video.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_media_title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Media</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Media</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_media_description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Inserts a media element like a Flash animation, audio file or video clip.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisce un elemento multimediale tipo animazione Flash, file audio o video</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_swfobject_title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Inserts a Flash media element.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisce un oggetto Flash</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_swfobject_description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Inserts Flash media element, audio file or video clip.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisce un oggetto Flash, audio o video</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_qtobject_title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Inserts a Quicktime element.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisce un file Quicktime</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_qtobject_description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Inserts a Quicktime element like a Quicktime audio file or video clip (*.mov).</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisce un file Quicktime, audio o video ( *.mov)</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_sitemap_title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sitemap</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Mappa del sito</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_menus_title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Special Menus</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Menù speciale</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_menus_description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Creates a menu of pages, sitemap or other special menus.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Crea un menù di pagine, una sitemap o un altro menu speciale.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_plainHTML_title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Plain HTML</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">HTML semplice</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_plainHTML_description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>With this element you can insert raw HTML code on the page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Con questo elemento puoi inserire del codice HTML nella pagina.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_divider_title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Divider</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Divisore</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_divider_description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This element inserts a visual divider, which is by default a horizontal line.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Questo elemento inserisce un divisore visuale, di default una linea orizzontale.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_shortcut_title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Insert records</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci record</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="special_shortcut_description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>With this element you can embed other content elements.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Tramite questo elemento è possbile "embeddare" altri contenuti</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="forms" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Form elements</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Elementi Form</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="forms_mail_title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Mail Form</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Mail Form</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="forms_mail_description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>A mail form allowing website users to submit responses.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Una form che permette di inviare via email i dati inseriti dall'utente</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="forms_search_title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Search Form</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Cerca nel Sito</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="forms_search_description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Draws a search form and the search result if a search is performed.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Una form di ricerca e mostra i risultati quando viene eseguita una ricerca</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="forms_login_title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Login Form</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Login Form</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="forms_login_description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Login/logout form used to password protect pages allowing only authorised website users and groups access.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">form Login/Logout usata per limitare l'accesso a determinate sezioni del sito solo agli utenti e gruppi autorizzati.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="plugins" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Plugins</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Plugins</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="plugins_general_title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>General Plugin</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Plugin Generico</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="plugins_general_description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select this element type to insert a plugin which cannot be found amongst the options below.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona questo elemento per inserire un plugin non presente in questa lista.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<T3locallangExt>
|
||||
<data type="array">
|
||||
<languageKey index="it" type="array">
|
||||
<label index="sel1">Seleziona il tipo di contenuto che vuoi creare:</label>
|
||||
<label index="sel2">Clicca nella posizione della pagina in cui vuoi inserire l'elemento:</label>
|
||||
<label index="common">Contenuto tipico</label>
|
||||
<label index="common_headerOnly_title">Solo Header</label>
|
||||
<label index="common_headerOnly_description">Aggiungi solo un header.</label>
|
||||
<label index="common_regularText_title">Testo Normale</label>
|
||||
<label index="common_regularText_description">Testo regolare, con un'intestazione e un corpo centrale.</label>
|
||||
<label index="common_textImage_title">Testo & Immagini</label>
|
||||
<label index="common_textImage_description">Come il precedente, ma con la possibilità di impaginare automaticamente un qualsiasi numero di immagini.</label>
|
||||
<label index="common_imagesOnly_title">Immagini</label>
|
||||
<label index="common_imagesOnly_description">Un numero qualsiasi di immagini allineate per colonne e righe, con didascalie</label>
|
||||
<label index="common_bulletList_title">Lista Puntata</label>
|
||||
<label index="common_bulletList_description">Una semplice lista puntata</label>
|
||||
<label index="common_table_title">Tabella</label>
|
||||
<label index="common_table_description">Una tabella semplice.</label>
|
||||
<label index="special">Contenuti speciali</label>
|
||||
<label index="special_filelinks_title">File Links</label>
|
||||
<label index="special_filelinks_description">Lista di files da scaricare</label>
|
||||
<label index="special_multimedia_title">Multimedia</label>
|
||||
<label index="special_multimedia_description">Inserisce un contenuto multimediale tipo Flash, file audio o video.</label>
|
||||
<label index="special_media_title">Media</label>
|
||||
<label index="special_media_description">Inserisce un elemento multimediale tipo animazione Flash, file audio o video</label>
|
||||
<label index="special_swfobject_title">Inserisce un oggetto Flash</label>
|
||||
<label index="special_swfobject_description">Inserisce un oggetto Flash, audio o video</label>
|
||||
<label index="special_qtobject_title">Inserisce un file Quicktime</label>
|
||||
<label index="special_qtobject_description">Inserisce un file Quicktime, audio o video ( *.mov)</label>
|
||||
<label index="special_sitemap_title">Mappa del sito</label>
|
||||
<label index="special_menus_title">Menù speciale</label>
|
||||
<label index="special_menus_description">Crea un menù di pagine, una sitemap o un altro menu speciale.</label>
|
||||
<label index="special_plainHTML_title">HTML semplice</label>
|
||||
<label index="special_plainHTML_description">Con questo elemento puoi inserire del codice HTML nella pagina.</label>
|
||||
<label index="special_divider_title">Divisore</label>
|
||||
<label index="special_divider_description">Questo elemento inserisce un divisore visuale, di default una linea orizzontale.</label>
|
||||
<label index="special_shortcut_title">Inserisci record</label>
|
||||
<label index="special_shortcut_description">Tramite questo elemento è possbile "embeddare" altri contenuti</label>
|
||||
<label index="forms">Elementi Form</label>
|
||||
<label index="forms_mail_title">Mail Form</label>
|
||||
<label index="forms_mail_description">Una form che permette di inviare via email i dati inseriti dall'utente</label>
|
||||
<label index="forms_search_title">Cerca nel Sito</label>
|
||||
<label index="forms_search_description">Una form di ricerca e mostra i risultati quando viene eseguita una ricerca</label>
|
||||
<label index="forms_login_title">Login Form</label>
|
||||
<label index="forms_login_description">form Login/Logout usata per limitare l'accesso a determinate sezioni del sito solo agli utenti e gruppi autorizzati.</label>
|
||||
<label index="plugins">Plugins</label>
|
||||
<label index="plugins_general_title">Plugin Generico</label>
|
||||
<label index="plugins_general_description">Seleziona questo elemento per inserire un plugin non presente in questa lista.</label>
|
||||
</languageKey>
|
||||
</data>
|
||||
</T3locallangExt>
|
||||
17
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/layout/it.locallang_mod.xlf
Normal file
17
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/layout/it.locallang_mod.xlf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns:t3="http://typo3.org/schemas/xliff" version="1.0">
|
||||
<file t3:id="1415814787" source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="messages" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="cms" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_labels_tablabel" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page content</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Contenuto di pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_labels_tabdescr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This module allows you to create and edit webpages, view page hit statistics, manage different languages and columns of content per page and access special page contents like guestbooks and shopping items.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Questo modulo permette di creare e modificare le pagine, visualizzare le statistiche di accesso, gestire il multilingua, le colonne di contenuti standard e i contenuti speciali, come il guestbook o i prodotti.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mlang_tabs_tab" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
10
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/layout/it.locallang_mod.xml
Normal file
10
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/layout/it.locallang_mod.xml
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<T3locallangExt>
|
||||
<data type="array">
|
||||
<languageKey index="it" type="array">
|
||||
<label index="mlang_labels_tablabel">Contenuto di pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="mlang_labels_tabdescr">Questo modulo permette di creare e modificare le pagine, visualizzare le statistiche di accesso, gestire il multilingua, le colonne di contenuti standard e i contenuti speciali, come il guestbook o i prodotti.</label>
|
||||
<label index="mlang_tabs_tab">Pagina</label>
|
||||
</languageKey>
|
||||
</data>
|
||||
</T3locallangExt>
|
||||
92
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/web_info/it.locallang.xlf
Normal file
92
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/web_info/it.locallang.xlf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
|
||||
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns:t3="http://typo3.org/schemas/xliff" version="1.0">
|
||||
<file t3:id="1415814792" source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="messages" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="cms" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="page_title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Pagetree overview</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Albero delle pagine</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="page_sysnote" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Internal notes</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Note interne</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pageInformation" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page information</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Informazioni sulla pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages_0" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Basic settings</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Impostazioni di base</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages_2" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Cache and Age</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Cache ed età</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages_1" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Record overview</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Vista d'insieme dei record</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="stat_type_0" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page hits</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Visite per pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="stat_type_1" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Total hits</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Visite totali</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="stat_type_2" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Hits in main sections</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Visite raggruppate per sezione</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="stat_period" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Statistics in the period %s back to %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Statistiche nel periodo compreso tra %s e %s</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pI_crUser" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Created by</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Creato da</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pI_crDate" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Created date</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Data creazione</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pI_lastChange" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Last change</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Ultima modifica</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pI_lastChangeContent" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Last change, content</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Ultimo modifica dei contenuti</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hits_title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Hit Statistics</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Statistiche di visita</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lang_renderl10n_viewPage" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>View page</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Visualizza pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lang_title" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Localization overview</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Anteprima della localizzazione</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lang_renderl10n_editDefaultLanguagePage" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit default language page properties</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Modifica le proprietà della pagina per lingua di default</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lang_renderl10n_editLangOverlays" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit all language overlay records</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Modifica tutte le traduzioni</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lang_renderl10n_editPageProperties" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit all page properties</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Modifica tutte le proprietà della pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lang_renderl10n_editPage" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit page</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Modifica pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lang_renderl10n_editPageLang" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit page translation</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Modifica traduzioni della pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lang_renderl10n_badThingThereAre" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>ERROR: there are two or more page overlay records for this language! Only one is allowed!</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">ERRORE: ci sono due o più pagine "overlay record" per questa lingua. E' consentito crearne solo una!</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lang_renderl10n_editLanguageOverlayRecord" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit language overlay record</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Modifica traduzione</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lang_renderl10n_page" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lang_renderl10n_default" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Default</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Default</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lang_getlangsta_createNewTranslationHeaders" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Create new translation headers</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Crea intestazione record in altra lingua</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lang_renderl10n_CEcount" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Content Element Count</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Numero di contenuti</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
35
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/web_info/it.locallang.xml
Normal file
35
typo3conf/l10n/it/cms/web_info/it.locallang.xml
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<T3locallangExt>
|
||||
<data type="array">
|
||||
<languageKey index="it" type="array">
|
||||
<label index="page_title">Albero delle pagine</label>
|
||||
<label index="page_sysnote">Note interne</label>
|
||||
<label index="pageInformation">Informazioni sulla pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages_0">Impostazioni di base</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages_2">Cache ed età</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages_1">Vista d'insieme dei record</label>
|
||||
<label index="stat_type_0">Visite per pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="stat_type_1">Visite totali</label>
|
||||
<label index="stat_type_2">Visite raggruppate per sezione</label>
|
||||
<label index="stat_period">Statistiche nel periodo compreso tra %s e %s</label>
|
||||
<label index="pI_crUser">Creato da</label>
|
||||
<label index="pI_crDate">Data creazione</label>
|
||||
<label index="pI_lastChange">Ultima modifica</label>
|
||||
<label index="pI_lastChangeContent">Ultimo modifica dei contenuti</label>
|
||||
<label index="hits_title">Statistiche di visita</label>
|
||||
<label index="lang_renderl10n_viewPage">Visualizza pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="lang_title">Anteprima della localizzazione</label>
|
||||
<label index="lang_renderl10n_editDefaultLanguagePage">Modifica le proprietà della pagina per lingua di default</label>
|
||||
<label index="lang_renderl10n_editLangOverlays">Modifica tutte le traduzioni</label>
|
||||
<label index="lang_renderl10n_editPageProperties">Modifica tutte le proprietà della pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="lang_renderl10n_editPage">Modifica pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="lang_renderl10n_editPageLang">Modifica traduzioni della pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="lang_renderl10n_badThingThereAre">ERRORE: ci sono due o più pagine "overlay record" per questa lingua. E' consentito crearne solo una!</label>
|
||||
<label index="lang_renderl10n_editLanguageOverlayRecord">Modifica traduzione</label>
|
||||
<label index="lang_renderl10n_page">Pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="lang_renderl10n_default">Default</label>
|
||||
<label index="lang_getlangsta_createNewTranslationHeaders">Crea intestazione record in altra lingua</label>
|
||||
<label index="lang_renderl10n_CEcount">Numero di contenuti</label>
|
||||
</languageKey>
|
||||
</data>
|
||||
</T3locallangExt>
|
||||
427
typo3conf/l10n/it/context_help/4.5/it.locallang_csh_pages.xlf
Normal file
427
typo3conf/l10n/it/context_help/4.5/it.locallang_csh_pages.xlf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,427 @@
|
||||
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns:t3="http://typo3.org/schemas/xliff" version="1.0">
|
||||
<file t3:id="1415814793" source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="messages" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="context_help" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="layout.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The Frontend Layout can change the way a page design appears.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Il Layout di Frontend può cambiare l'aspetto di una pagina.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="layout.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This option may not have any impact on the Frontend page design since it depends on whether the Frontend template uses it. Most templates do not use it.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Questa opzione potrebbe non avere alcun impatto sul design della pagina di Frontend dato che dipende dal fatto che il template di Frontend la usi o meno. La maggior parte dei template non la usano.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="doktype.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page Type determines whether the page is normal webpage, a shortcut to another webpage, or used in other internal ways.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Il Page Type determina se la pagina è una normale pagina web, un collegamento ad una pagina web esterna o un collegamento ad una pagina interna.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="doktype.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>'Standard' is the most common Page Type and is used for normal webpages.
|
||||
'Backend User Section' is an option which creates pages that are only visible in the Frontend for Backend users who are logged in.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Link</b>
|
||||
'Shortcut' pages jump to another page in the Pagetree.
|
||||
'Mount Point' pages bring content from another branch of the Pagetree into the current branch.
|
||||
'Link to External URL' is similar to 'Shortcut' but points to external URLs instead of TYPO3 pages.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Special</b>
|
||||
'Folder' is a page type which is not shown as a webpage but is instead stores records of your choice.
|
||||
'Recycler' is a garbage can. Pages and records in the Recycler are not visible in the Frontend.
|
||||
'Menu Separator' is only useful if your Frontend memus are programmed to use it. It does not represent a page with content but is intended to be an unclickable placeholder in the menu.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Notice</b> Each Page Type is represented by a unique icon. The available page types can be restricted for users so all of the options described above may not be visible. Finally, particuilar record typoes may only be allowed on certain page types, but any record can be placed in a 'Folder.'</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">'Standard' indica un tipo comune di pagina ed è usato per le pagine web normali.
|
||||
'Backend User Section' (Sezione Utente di Backend) è una opzine che crea pagine che saranno visibili nel Frontend destinate agli utenti di Backand che hanno fatto login.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Link</b>
|
||||
Pagine di tipo 'Shortcut' sevono come scorciatoia o segnaposto per saltare a un'altra pagina dell'albero dellle pagine.
|
||||
'Mount Point' prendono il contenuto da un'altro ramo dell'albero delle pagine e lo rendono disponibile nell'attuale ramo.
|
||||
'Link a URL esterno' è simile a 'Shortcut' ma punta a un URL esterno invece che ad una pagina dell'albero.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Special</b>
|
||||
'Folder' è una pagina che non viene vista come una pagina web ma in luogo serve per memorizzare records.
|
||||
'Recycler' è un cestino. Le pagine inserire nel cestino non saranno visibli nel Frontend.
|
||||
'Separatore di menu' è utile solo se i menu di Frontend sono programmati per utilizzarlo. Non raoppresenta una pagina che ha dei contenuti; bensì è un segnaposto non cliccabile che si trova tra i menu.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Nota</b> Ogni tipo di pagina è rappresentato da una specifica icona. Le pagine disponibili possono esserre ristrette agli utenti cosicchè molte opzioni descritte sopra possono non essere disponibili. Infine particolari tipi di record possono non essere permessi in certi tipi di pagina, ma qualunque tipo di record può venir memorizzato in un 'Folder'.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_doktype.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:shortcut,
|
||||
pages:url</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:shortcut,
|
||||
pages:url</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>If this is checked, the page will be disabled on the website.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Se selezionato, la pagina sarà disabilitata nel sito web</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The 'Disable,' 'Start,' 'Stop,' and 'Access' options are all about limiting access to pages and are thus related in functionality. When a page is not visible due to one of these options, the page will not show up in the site navigation.
|
||||
Notice, these options are related <em>only</em> to the page for which they are set. If you want their effect to cover the subpages as well, you must enable the 'Extend to Subpages' option.
|
||||
When you're logged in as a Backend user you can preview disabled pages if you have read access to them.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Le opzioni "Disabilitare", "Avviare", "Stop", "Accesso" sono tutte relative a limitare l'accesso alle pagine e sono quindi legate a questa funzionalità. Quando una pagina non è visibile a causa di una di queste opzioni, la pagina non verrà visualizzata nella navigazione del sito.
|
||||
Avviso, queste opzioni sono correlate <em>solo</em> alla pagina per quale sono impostate. Se si desidera estendere queste opzioni alle sottopagine, è necessario abilitare l'opzione "Estendi alle sottopagine".
|
||||
Quando si è registrati come utente backend è possibile visualizzare le pagine disabilitate se si ha l'accesso in lettura delle pagine.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_hidden.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:starttime,pages:endtime,pages:fe_group,pages:extendToSubpages</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:starttime,pages:endtime,pages:fe_group,pages:extendToSubpages</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_hidden.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:context_help/cshimages/hidden_page.gif,
|
||||
EXT:context_help/cshimages/pages_1.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">EXT:context_help/cshimages/hidden_page.gif,
|
||||
EXT:context_help/cshimages/pages_1.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The page icon of a disabled page is dimmed and a red X is added.
|
||||
If you view a page that is hidden and you are logged in into the Backend you will still be able to see the page. The red "Preview" box will tell you that this page is visible to you because of this special circumstance.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">L'icona di una pagina disabilitata sarà grigia ed è sovrapposta una X rossa.
|
||||
Se è presente una pagina nascosta e sei loggato nel Backend, puoi comunque vedere la pagina. L'avviso rosso di antemprima (Preview) ti avvisa che la pagina è visibile solo a te, in quanto amministratore del sito.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="starttime.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The Publish Date determines when the page will be visible online. If the Publish Date is not set, the page will be available immediately.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">La Data di Pubblicazione determina quando la pagina sarà visibile online. se la Data di Pubblicazione non viene indicata, la pagina sarà disponibile immediatamente.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="starttime.syntax" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The Publish Date Format is either DD-MM-YYYY or MM-DD-YYYY depending on how TYPO3 is configured. There are also several shortcuts you can use when entering the date.
|
||||
If you insert a 'd' the current date will be inserted. You can also append any value in the field with a number such as '+10' which will add 10 days to the current value. For example, entering 'd+10' would result in a date 10 days from now.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Il Formato della Data di Pubblicazione può essere GG-MM-AAAA oppure MM-GG-AAAA dipende da come è configurato TYPO3. Ci sono inoltre diverse scorciatoie per inserire la data.
|
||||
Se inserisci un 'd' la data odierna verrà inserita. Puoi anche inserire un qualsiasi valore nel campo con un numero, come '+10' aggiungerà 10 giorni alla data odierna. Esempio, se inserisci 'd+10' il risultato sarà 10 giorni dalla data odierna.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_starttime.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:endtime,pages:hidden</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:endtime,pages:hidden</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="endtime.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The Expiration Date specifies when the page will no longer be visible online.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">La Data di Scadenza specifica quando la pagina non sarà più visibile online.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="endtime.syntax" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>See Page / Publication Date (click below)</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Visualizza la Pagina / Data di Pubblicazione (clicca qui sotto)</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_endtime.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:starttime</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:starttime</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fe_group.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>If Usergroup Access Rights is set to a usergroup name, only website users who are members of the selected usergroup will be able to view the page. The special option 'Hide at Login' means the page will <em>not</em> be visible for any website users that are logged in. Likewise "Show at Any Login" will make the page visible for any logged in Frontend user.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Se il Permesso di Accesso del gruppo utenti è settato ad uno specifico gruppo, solo gli utenti di frontend che sono membri del gruppo saranno abilitati a vedere la pagina. L'opzione speciale 'Nascondi al login' indica che la pagina <em>non</em> sarà visibile ad alcun utente di frontend che non è loggato. Allo stesso modo 'Mostra ad ogni login' renderà la pagina visibile a chiunque sia loggato da frontend.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_fe_group.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>fe_groups</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">fe_groups</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_fe_group.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:context_help/cshimages/fegroups_4.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">EXT:context_help/cshimages/fegroups_4.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="extendToSubpages.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>By default the Publication Date, Expiration Date, Usergroup Access Rights, and Page Visibility options <em>only</em> affect the page where they are set. If the option 'Extend to Subpages' is checked for the page, then all subpages are affected as well.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Di base le opzioni della Data di Pubblicazione, la Data di Scadenza, gli Accessi degli Usergroup, e la Visibilità della Pagina hanno effetto <em>solo</em> se vengono impostate nella pagina. Se l'opzione "Estendi alle Sottopagine" è spuntata per la pagina, tutte le sottopagine subiranno le impostazioni della pagina madre.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="extendToSubpages.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Consider a scenario where you want to create a section of subpages that are only visible for logged in users. Setting the Usergroup Access Rights for the top page in the section would remove the page from menus if no user was logged in.
|
||||
However, the subpage could still be accessed by guessing the ID number of the page and entering it manually in the URL. Setting the 'Extend to Subpages' option would extend the Usergroup Access Rights from the top page through all subpages as well.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Considera lo scenario dove vuoi crare una sezione di sottopagine che siano visibili solo ad utenti loggati. Settando i Permessi di Accesso del gruppo utente per la pagina principale della sezione, rimuoverà la pagina dai menu se nessun utente è loggato.
|
||||
Comunque la sottopagina sarà ancora accessibile indicando l'ID di pagina ed inserendolo manualmente nell'URL. Spuntando l'opzione 'Estendi alle sottopagine' si estenderanno i diritti di accesso del gruppo utenti dalla pagina principale a tutte le sottopagine.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_extendToSubpages.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:hidden,
|
||||
pages:starttime,
|
||||
pages:endtime,
|
||||
pages:fe_group</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:hidden,
|
||||
pages:starttime,
|
||||
pages:endtime,
|
||||
pages:fe_group</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_extendToSubpages.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:context_help/cshimages/pages_2.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">EXT:context_help/cshimages/pages_2.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="extendToSubpages.image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This page has access restricted to a certain group and has "Extend to Subpages" set as well. This is reflected in the way the page icon has changed.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">L'accesso alla pagina non è consentito a determinati gruppi e è impostato anche 'Estendi alle sottopagine'. Questo risulta anche dall'icona di pagina che è cambiata.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="alias.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>A URL Alias is a unique identification string for a page. You can use this string instead of the ID number to refer to the page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Un URL Alias è un identificatore univoco per la pagina. Puoi usare questa stringa invece dell'ID per far riferimento alla pagina.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="alias.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Ultimately a page is identified by its ID number. For example, you may access a page in TYPO3 at '.../?id=123'. If the page with ID '123' has the URL Alias 'one_two_three', then the URL '.../?id=one_two_three' would display exactly the same page, because 'one_two_three' is a URL Alias for the ID '123'.
|
||||
URL Aliases are normally assigned to only the most frequently used pages rather than all pages. In most TYPO3 configurations you would be able to use the syntax '.. &lt;link one_two_three&gt;go to the page&lt;/link&gt; ..' to create a link to the page. This is easier to remember.
|
||||
Another use is if you need to change which page a commonly used link points to. In this case you can delete the URL Alias for the original page and re-add it on the new page. All links using the URL Alias would now refer to the new page and its ID number.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Una pagina è identificata dal suo ID. Per esempio puoi accedere ad una pagina in TYPO3 con '../?id=123'. Se la pagina con ID '123' ha come URL Alias 'uno_due_tre' allora l'URL '.../?id=uno_due_tre' visualizzerà esattamente la stessa pagina, perchè 'uno_due_tre' è un URL Alias per l'ID '123'.
|
||||
Gli URL Alias sono normalmente assegnati alle pagine più frequentate piuttosto che a tutte le pagine. Nella maggior parte delle configurazioni TYPO3 potrete usare la sintassi '.. &lt;link uno_due_tre&gt;vai alla pagina&lt;/link&gt; ..' per creare un link alla pagina. Questo è più facile da ricordare.
|
||||
Un altro uso è se devi cambiare il link della pagina a cui solitamente punta. In questo caso puoi cancellare l'URL Alias della pagina originale e riaggiungerlo alla nuova pagina. Tutti i link che stanno usando l'URL Alias da adesso faranno riferimento alla nuova pagina e al suo ID.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="alias.syntax" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>A URL Alias can contain only lowercase alphanumeric characters and must be unique.
|
||||
Please note: If the URL Alias already exists in the site, it will have a number added to the end of it.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Un URL Alias può contenere caratteri minuscoli alfanumerici e deve essere unico.
|
||||
Notare: Se l'URL Alias esiste già nel sito, avrà un numero aggiunto alla fine di esso.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="target.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This sets the default Link Target for menu items linking to this page. Can also used to open the page as a popup window.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Questo imposta il Link Target di default per le voci di menu che hanno un link a questa pagina. Può anche essere usato per aprire la pagina come una finestra popup.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="target.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>The Link Target overrides the default Link Target behavior, which should already be configured correctly for most pages in the website TypoScript template.
|
||||
There are additional options available by using the Link Target field
|
||||
|
||||
Setting an integer value at the beginning of the field sets it as the default type for the page.
|
||||
For example, if an RSS feed is configured in TypoScript as typeNum=100, setting the Link Target to 100 could be used to add an RSS link in the menu.
|
||||
|
||||
The following syntax is used to open the page in a popup window:
|
||||
400x200 - Opens the page in a 400x200 popup window.
|
||||
230x450:resizable=0,location=1 - Opens the page in a 230x450 popup window that is not resizable and has an address bar.
|
||||
|
||||
Combined:
|
||||
100 600x350 - Opens the page in a 600x350 popup with type=100
|
||||
2 _blank - Opens the page with target "_blank" and type=2</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="no_cache.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This option disables server caching of the page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Questa opzione disabilita il caching lato server della pagina.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="no_cache.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Normally pages in TYPO3 are cached on the server after being constructed for the first time. This means a page is displayed much faster the second time it's requested.
|
||||
For most pages this presents no problems; indeed, it boosts the performance of the website.
|
||||
However you may need to disable caching for a page if it contains dynamic content which must not be cached under any circumstances. Normally the PHP-code rendering such content is programmed to disable the caching automatically. But with this option you can force the page not to be cached.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Di norma le pagine in TYPO3 vengono scritte nella memoria del server (Cache) dopo essere state composte per la prima volta. Questo significa che una pagina quando viene pubblicata per la seconda volta e successive, sarà molto più veloce da scaricare da parte del visitatore.
|
||||
Per la maggior parte delle pagine non ci sono problemi con la memoria Cache; le prestazioni migliorano sensibilmente.
|
||||
Comunque in alcuni casi puoi disabilitare la memorizzazione nella Cache, ad esempio quando deve essere visualizzato del contenuto dinamico. Normalmente il codice PHP per ll rendering è programmato per disabilitare il caching automaticamente. Ma con questa opzione puoi forzare la pagina a non essere conservata in cache.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_no_cache.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:cache_timeout</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:cache_timeout</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="cache_timeout.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sets the Cache Lifetime for the page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Definisce la durata della pagina da conservare in Cache.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="cache_timeout.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>By default, pages are cached for 24 hours. After 24 hours, the page is constructed again and rewritten to the cache. Depending on your configuration, the cache may be cleared at midnight.
|
||||
When specific pages need a longer or shorter cache lifetime than the default, this option can be used.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Per default le pagine durano in cache per 24 ore. Dopo 24 ore la pagina viene rigenerata e scritta nuovamente in cache. Dipende dalla configurazione del tuo sito; la cache può essere cancellata a mezzanotte.
|
||||
Puoi usare questa opzione per pagine specifiche che necessitano di una permanenza in cache superiore al tempo di <i>default</i>.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_cache_timeout.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:no_cache</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:no_cache</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="no_search.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>If enabled, this option excludes the page from searching operations on the website.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Se abilitata, questa opzione esclude la pagina dalle operazioni di indicizzazione per la ricerca nel sito web.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="author.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the page author's name.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci il nome dell'autore della pagina</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="author.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Whether the author name is used or not depends on the setup of your TypoScript template.
|
||||
|
||||
- You may use it in a meta-tag.
|
||||
- If you're using TYPO3 pages as 'articles' then you could use this field to display the name of the page (article) author.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Se viene usato il nome dell'autore o non dipende da opzioni di configurazione passate dal template di Typoscript.
|
||||
|
||||
- puoi usarlo nei meta-tage.
|
||||
- se stai utilizzando pagine di TYPO3 come 'articoli' allora puoi usare questo campo per visualizzare il nome dell'autore della pagina-articolo.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_author.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:author_email</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:author_email</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="author_email.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the page author's email address.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci l'indirizzo e-mail dell'autore della pagina.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_author_email.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:author</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:author</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="module.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Define the page as containing a Frontend plugin.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Definisce la pagina come contenitore per un plugin di Frontend.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="module.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Setting this option lets the Backend knows this page contains specific content or has a specific purpose, such as containing a forum or acting as the root page of a shop section on the website. Based on this setting the Backend is able to display a shortcut list as well as relevant functionality in the 'Web>Modules' module. The Frontend display is largely not affected.
|
||||
Marking a page as containing a 'Shop' plugin simply means it'll show up in the shortcut list of modules in the backend.
|
||||
|
||||
For additional details on this option, refer to the administration documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
It's recommended that only admin-users have access to this field!</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="media.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Attach media files related to the page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">File media in allegato relazionali alla pagina.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="media.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This field allows you to attach various files to the page, but how these files are used depends on your template.
|
||||
As an example the template could be use this field to allow a logo to be attached to the page or it might expect the first file to be an image used as a link in the navigation menu. Remember, this totally depends on how the template is programmed.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Questo campo permette di allegare diversi file alla pagina; tuttavia il loro utilizzo dipende dal template Typoscript
|
||||
Per esempio il template potrebbe utilizzare questo campo come logo per la pagina oppure utilizzare il primo file di tipo immagine come link nel menu di navigazione. In ogni caso, l'utilizzo di queste informazioni dipende esclusivamente dal template.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="subtitle.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter a subtitle if needed.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci un sottotitolo, se necessario.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="subtitle.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Whether this field is used or not depends on the template. In most cases it's not used.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">L'utilizzo di questo campo dipende o meno dal template in uso. In molti casi non viene usato.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="url.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the URL this page redirects to.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci l'URL della pagina alla quale effettuare la redirezione.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="url.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>For example, 'http://www.typo3.org' or just 'www.typo3.org' if the 'Protocol' selector is set to 'http://'.
|
||||
Use the 'Protocol' selector to select a prefix for the URL.
|
||||
|
||||
This option is used only if the page 'Type' is set to 'Link to External URL.'</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">Per esempio 'http://www.typo3.org' o il solo 'www.typo3.org' se il selettore 'Protocollo' e' configurato come 'http://'.
|
||||
Utilizzare il selettore 'Protocollo' per indicare il prefisso dell'URL.
|
||||
|
||||
Questa opzione viene usata solo se il tipo di pagina scelto è 'Collegamento a Url esterno'.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_url.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:urltype</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:urltype</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select a page to act as the Shortcut Target. When the current page is requested in the Frontend, it will be redirected to the Shortcut Target.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Selezionare una pagina che agirà come destinazione per la scorciatoia (Shortcut). Quando la pagina corrente sarà richiesta nel frontent, typo3 effettuerà una redirezione alla pagina di destinazione (shortcut target).</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>Click the 'Browse for Records' icon and a new window will appear in which you can easily select a page to act as the Shortcut Target.
|
||||
|
||||
This option is used only if the page 'Type' is set to 'Shortcut.'</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">Clicca l'icona 'Naviga nei records' e una nuova finestra sarà visualizzata, con la quale potrai scegliere in modo semplice la pagina di destinazione della scorciatoia (Shortcut Target).
|
||||
|
||||
Questa opzione è disponibile solo se il tipo di pagina è 'scorciatoia' (Shortcut).</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_shortcut.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:doktype,
|
||||
pages:shortcut_mode</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:doktype,
|
||||
pages:shortcut_mode</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_shortcut.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:context_help/cshimages/page_shortcut.gif</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">EXT:context_help/cshimages/page_shortcut.gif</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut.image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select a Shortcut Target page with the Element Browser.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Selezionare la pagina di destinazione (Shortcut Target) attravero il navigatore (element browser).</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="keywords.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter keywords for the page separated by commas. You may also use short phrases.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci le parole-chiave (keywords) per la pagina separate da virgole. E' possibile utilizzare anche frasi brevi.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="keywords.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Most TYPO3 websites use these keywords in a meta-tag on the page, but you may have to setup the appropriate TypoScript template yourself.
|
||||
|
||||
To optimize your page for search engines like Google you should not use more than 3 to 6 keywords. You should also make sure that the keywords are found in the content of the page.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that search engine extensions for TYPO3 such as Indexed Search can also be configured to make use of the keywords.
|
||||
|
||||
The keywords can also be used to create a menu of related pages. Create a Content Element of type 'Sitemap' and then choose the menu type <i>Related pages (based on keywords)</i>.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Diversi siti con TYPO3 usano queste parole chiave nei meta-tag di pagina, ma tu puoi disporre anche di una diversa configurazione nel template di Typoscript.
|
||||
|
||||
Per ottimizzare la pagina ai fini dei motori di ricerca come Google non dovresti usare più di 3-6 parolel chiave. Dovresti anche accertarti che le parole chiave siano pubblicate nella pagina corrente.
|
||||
|
||||
Nota che alcune estensioni per implementare un motore di ricerca interno al sito, come ad esempio l'estensione 'Indexed Search' possono essere configurate per l'uso di queste parole chiave.
|
||||
|
||||
Le parole chiave possono anche essere usate per creare un meno di pagine relazionate. Per farlo basta creare un tipo di contenuto come 'mappa del sito' (Sitemap) e scegliere dal menu a tendina il tipo <i>Pagine relazionate (basate sulle parole chiave)</i>.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_keywords.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:description</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:description</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="description.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter a short description of the page. It will be displayed in the result lists of most search engines.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserire una breve descrizione della pagina. Sarò visualizzata tra i risultati della ricerca elencate in vari motori.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="description.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Most websites insert this description in a meta-tag on the page, but you may have to configure this yourself in your TypoScript template.
|
||||
|
||||
Most search engines will display the description in their result list. Thus, the text should be short (about 160 characters maximum), and its wording should make sense when it shows up in the result list.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, the description will be displayed if you create a Content Element of type 'Sitemap' and then choose the menu type <i>Menu of subpages to these pages (with abstract)</i>. If an abstract exists for the page, it will be used instead of the description.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Note:</b> Some search engines only use the description if the text is not found elsewhere in the content. So do not just repeat yourself.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_description.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:keywords
|
||||
pages:abstract</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:keywords
|
||||
pages:abstract</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="abstract.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter an abstract of the contents. It may be displayed in an overview of articles.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserire un abstract dei contenuti. Potrà essere visualizzato in una anteprima degli articoli.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="abstract.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>An abstract is a short description of the page content that might be a little longer than the one in the <i>Description</i> field.
|
||||
|
||||
Unlike the description, the abstract is not meant for display in search engine result lists, but is instead intended for you own use.
|
||||
|
||||
If you create a Content Element of type <i>Sitemap</i> and then choose <i>Menu of subpages to these pages (with abstract)</i> an overview of pages will be created. If an abstract is available for a page it will be used instead of the description.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Note:</b> You do not have to enter the text of the description into the <i>Abstract field</i> again.
|
||||
|
||||
Admins can also make custom use of this field via their TypoScript templates.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_abstract.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:description</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:description</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newUntil.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the date at which this page is no longer considered new.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci la data a partire dalla quale la pagina non sarà più considerata come 'nuova'.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newUntil.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>The 'New Until' date of the page has no effect on the display of the webpage. This value is instead for internal use as a reminder of the date when the content of this page should be revised. If the content of the page will become outdated on a certain day, you could set this value to that approximate date.
|
||||
To get an overview of when pages will be outdated, use the 'Pagetree overview' in the 'Web>Info' Module.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newUntil.syntax" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>See Page / Publication Date (click below)</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Vedi la Pagina / Data di Pubblicazione (clicca sotto)</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_newUntil.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:starttime</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:starttime</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lastUpdated.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Enter the date and time of the most recent update to this page.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lastUpdated.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>How the value of this field is used is determined by the TypoScript template of the website. 'Last Update' content needs to be inserted on the pages and the TypoScript template must be configured to use this value.
|
||||
The most common use is to display the date from the automatically updated 'tstamp' field <em>unless</em> the 'Last Update' field is set. In this case, the date in 'Last Update' is used.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lastUpdated.syntax" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>The format is HH:MM DD-MM-YYYY or HH:MM MM-DD-YYYY depending on your TYPO3 configuration.
|
||||
If you insert a 'd' the current time and date is inserted. You can also append any value in the field with a number lie '+10' which will add 10 days to the current value.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="nav_hide.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>With this option the page will be not appear in menus in the Frontend. The page can still be viewed if linked by going directly to its URL.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_nav_hide.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:nav_title</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:nav_title</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="nav_title.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Alternative Navigation Title for menu items in the Frontend. When set, this value is used instead of the Page Title.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="content_from_pid.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>If set, this is an alternative page to select Content Elements from.
|
||||
Whether this field is used depends on the website's TypoScript template.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="urltype.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Set the Protocol for the URL.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Configura il protocollo per l'URL</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_mode.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Select a Shortcut Mode. By default the shortcut page must have a Shortcut Target to jump to. Other options are to go to the first subpage, to a random subpage, or back up to the parent page.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mount_pid.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Mount this page. If set, subpages of this page come from the Mounted Page instead.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mount_pid.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>In the Frontend this is done by adding a new variable, &MP, to the URL. This links the mounted branch to the main branch by pairing page ids.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Nel frontend questo viene fatto aggiungendo una nuova variabile, &MP, all'URL. Questo stabilisce un collegamento tra il ramo montato (mounted branch) e quello principale tramite due id di pagina.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_mount_pid.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:mount_pid_ol</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:mount_pid_ol</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mount_pid_ol.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show content for the current page or replace it completely with the Mounted Page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Mostra il contenuto della pagina corrente o lo sostituiscilo completamente con quello della pagina montata (Mounted Page).</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_mount_pid_ol.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:mount_pid</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:mount_pid</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="title.description.+" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This is normally shown in the website navigation.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Questo è normalmente visualizzato nella navigazione del sito web.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="TSconfig.details.+" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source><strong>Example:</strong>
|
||||
The 'Web>Page' module lets you create content in four columns, Left, Normal, Right, Border if the template has been configured to use this option. (However, most websites use only one or two columns so some of these content columns are just taking up space and confusing users.)
|
||||
If you enter this string in the 'TSConfig' field, the 'Web>Page' Module will only show the 'Normal' and 'Border' column!
|
||||
|
||||
<em>mod.web_layout.tt_content.colPos_list = 0,3</em>
|
||||
|
||||
(Must be entered in a single line!)</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="l18n_cfg.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Affect availability of pages in the various languages.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Influenza la disponibilità delle pagine nelle varie lingue</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="l18n_cfg.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source><b>Hide default translation of page</b>
|
||||
If set, the page is only available in translated versions and not in the default language. Any attempt to access the page in the default language will result in an error message.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Hide page if no translation for current language exists</b>
|
||||
If set, any attempt to access the page in a translation that does not exist will result in an error message. By default, accessing an untranslated page will just show the default language instead.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
140
typo3conf/l10n/it/context_help/4.5/it.locallang_csh_pages.xml
Normal file
140
typo3conf/l10n/it/context_help/4.5/it.locallang_csh_pages.xml
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<T3locallangExt>
|
||||
<data type="array">
|
||||
<languageKey index="it" type="array">
|
||||
<label index="layout.description">Il Layout di Frontend può cambiare l'aspetto di una pagina.</label>
|
||||
<label index="layout.details">Questa opzione potrebbe non avere alcun impatto sul design della pagina di Frontend dato che dipende dal fatto che il template di Frontend la usi o meno. La maggior parte dei template non la usano.</label>
|
||||
<label index="doktype.description">Il Page Type determina se la pagina è una normale pagina web, un collegamento ad una pagina web esterna o un collegamento ad una pagina interna.</label>
|
||||
<label index="doktype.details">'Standard' indica un tipo comune di pagina ed è usato per le pagine web normali.
|
||||
'Backend User Section' (Sezione Utente di Backend) è una opzine che crea pagine che saranno visibili nel Frontend destinate agli utenti di Backand che hanno fatto login.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Link</b>
|
||||
Pagine di tipo 'Shortcut' sevono come scorciatoia o segnaposto per saltare a un'altra pagina dell'albero dellle pagine.
|
||||
'Mount Point' prendono il contenuto da un'altro ramo dell'albero delle pagine e lo rendono disponibile nell'attuale ramo.
|
||||
'Link a URL esterno' è simile a 'Shortcut' ma punta a un URL esterno invece che ad una pagina dell'albero.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Special</b>
|
||||
'Folder' è una pagina che non viene vista come una pagina web ma in luogo serve per memorizzare records.
|
||||
'Recycler' è un cestino. Le pagine inserire nel cestino non saranno visibli nel Frontend.
|
||||
'Separatore di menu' è utile solo se i menu di Frontend sono programmati per utilizzarlo. Non raoppresenta una pagina che ha dei contenuti; bensì è un segnaposto non cliccabile che si trova tra i menu.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Nota</b> Ogni tipo di pagina è rappresentato da una specifica icona. Le pagine disponibili possono esserre ristrette agli utenti cosicchè molte opzioni descritte sopra possono non essere disponibili. Infine particolari tipi di record possono non essere permessi in certi tipi di pagina, ma qualunque tipo di record può venir memorizzato in un 'Folder'.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_doktype.seeAlso">pages:shortcut,
|
||||
pages:url</label>
|
||||
<label index="hidden.description">Se selezionato, la pagina sarà disabilitata nel sito web</label>
|
||||
<label index="hidden.details">Le opzioni "Disabilitare", "Avviare", "Stop", "Accesso" sono tutte relative a limitare l'accesso alle pagine e sono quindi legate a questa funzionalità. Quando una pagina non è visibile a causa di una di queste opzioni, la pagina non verrà visualizzata nella navigazione del sito.
|
||||
Avviso, queste opzioni sono correlate <em>solo</em> alla pagina per quale sono impostate. Se si desidera estendere queste opzioni alle sottopagine, è necessario abilitare l'opzione "Estendi alle sottopagine".
|
||||
Quando si è registrati come utente backend è possibile visualizzare le pagine disabilitate se si ha l'accesso in lettura delle pagine.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_hidden.seeAlso">pages:starttime,pages:endtime,pages:fe_group,pages:extendToSubpages</label>
|
||||
<label index="_hidden.image">EXT:context_help/cshimages/hidden_page.gif,
|
||||
EXT:context_help/cshimages/pages_1.png</label>
|
||||
<label index="hidden.image_descr">L'icona di una pagina disabilitata sarà grigia ed è sovrapposta una X rossa.
|
||||
Se è presente una pagina nascosta e sei loggato nel Backend, puoi comunque vedere la pagina. L'avviso rosso di antemprima (Preview) ti avvisa che la pagina è visibile solo a te, in quanto amministratore del sito.</label>
|
||||
<label index="starttime.description">La Data di Pubblicazione determina quando la pagina sarà visibile online. se la Data di Pubblicazione non viene indicata, la pagina sarà disponibile immediatamente.</label>
|
||||
<label index="starttime.syntax">Il Formato della Data di Pubblicazione può essere GG-MM-AAAA oppure MM-GG-AAAA dipende da come è configurato TYPO3. Ci sono inoltre diverse scorciatoie per inserire la data.
|
||||
Se inserisci un 'd' la data odierna verrà inserita. Puoi anche inserire un qualsiasi valore nel campo con un numero, come '+10' aggiungerà 10 giorni alla data odierna. Esempio, se inserisci 'd+10' il risultato sarà 10 giorni dalla data odierna.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_starttime.seeAlso">pages:endtime,pages:hidden</label>
|
||||
<label index="_.seeAlso">tt_content</label>
|
||||
<label index="endtime.description">La Data di Scadenza specifica quando la pagina non sarà più visibile online.</label>
|
||||
<label index="endtime.syntax">Visualizza la Pagina / Data di Pubblicazione (clicca qui sotto)</label>
|
||||
<label index="_endtime.seeAlso">pages:starttime</label>
|
||||
<label index="fe_group.description">Se il Permesso di Accesso del gruppo utenti è settato ad uno specifico gruppo, solo gli utenti di frontend che sono membri del gruppo saranno abilitati a vedere la pagina. L'opzione speciale 'Nascondi al login' indica che la pagina <em>non</em> sarà visibile ad alcun utente di frontend che non è loggato. Allo stesso modo 'Mostra ad ogni login' renderà la pagina visibile a chiunque sia loggato da frontend.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_fe_group.seeAlso">fe_groups</label>
|
||||
<label index="_fe_group.image">EXT:context_help/cshimages/fegroups_4.png</label>
|
||||
<label index="extendToSubpages.description">Di base le opzioni della Data di Pubblicazione, la Data di Scadenza, gli Accessi degli Usergroup, e la Visibilità della Pagina hanno effetto <em>solo</em> se vengono impostate nella pagina. Se l'opzione "Estendi alle Sottopagine" è spuntata per la pagina, tutte le sottopagine subiranno le impostazioni della pagina madre.</label>
|
||||
<label index="extendToSubpages.details">Considera lo scenario dove vuoi crare una sezione di sottopagine che siano visibili solo ad utenti loggati. Settando i Permessi di Accesso del gruppo utente per la pagina principale della sezione, rimuoverà la pagina dai menu se nessun utente è loggato.
|
||||
Comunque la sottopagina sarà ancora accessibile indicando l'ID di pagina ed inserendolo manualmente nell'URL. Spuntando l'opzione 'Estendi alle sottopagine' si estenderanno i diritti di accesso del gruppo utenti dalla pagina principale a tutte le sottopagine.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_extendToSubpages.seeAlso">pages:hidden,
|
||||
pages:starttime,
|
||||
pages:endtime,
|
||||
pages:fe_group</label>
|
||||
<label index="_extendToSubpages.image">EXT:context_help/cshimages/pages_2.png</label>
|
||||
<label index="extendToSubpages.image_descr">L'accesso alla pagina non è consentito a determinati gruppi e è impostato anche 'Estendi alle sottopagine'. Questo risulta anche dall'icona di pagina che è cambiata.</label>
|
||||
<label index="alias.description">Un URL Alias è un identificatore univoco per la pagina. Puoi usare questa stringa invece dell'ID per far riferimento alla pagina.</label>
|
||||
<label index="alias.details">Una pagina è identificata dal suo ID. Per esempio puoi accedere ad una pagina in TYPO3 con '../?id=123'. Se la pagina con ID '123' ha come URL Alias 'uno_due_tre' allora l'URL '.../?id=uno_due_tre' visualizzerà esattamente la stessa pagina, perchè 'uno_due_tre' è un URL Alias per l'ID '123'.
|
||||
Gli URL Alias sono normalmente assegnati alle pagine più frequentate piuttosto che a tutte le pagine. Nella maggior parte delle configurazioni TYPO3 potrete usare la sintassi '.. &lt;link uno_due_tre&gt;vai alla pagina&lt;/link&gt; ..' per creare un link alla pagina. Questo è più facile da ricordare.
|
||||
Un altro uso è se devi cambiare il link della pagina a cui solitamente punta. In questo caso puoi cancellare l'URL Alias della pagina originale e riaggiungerlo alla nuova pagina. Tutti i link che stanno usando l'URL Alias da adesso faranno riferimento alla nuova pagina e al suo ID.</label>
|
||||
<label index="alias.syntax">Un URL Alias può contenere caratteri minuscoli alfanumerici e deve essere unico.
|
||||
Notare: Se l'URL Alias esiste già nel sito, avrà un numero aggiunto alla fine di esso.</label>
|
||||
<label index="target.description">Questo imposta il Link Target di default per le voci di menu che hanno un link a questa pagina. Può anche essere usato per aprire la pagina come una finestra popup.</label>
|
||||
<label index="target.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="no_cache.description">Questa opzione disabilita il caching lato server della pagina.</label>
|
||||
<label index="no_cache.details">Di norma le pagine in TYPO3 vengono scritte nella memoria del server (Cache) dopo essere state composte per la prima volta. Questo significa che una pagina quando viene pubblicata per la seconda volta e successive, sarà molto più veloce da scaricare da parte del visitatore.
|
||||
Per la maggior parte delle pagine non ci sono problemi con la memoria Cache; le prestazioni migliorano sensibilmente.
|
||||
Comunque in alcuni casi puoi disabilitare la memorizzazione nella Cache, ad esempio quando deve essere visualizzato del contenuto dinamico. Normalmente il codice PHP per ll rendering è programmato per disabilitare il caching automaticamente. Ma con questa opzione puoi forzare la pagina a non essere conservata in cache.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_no_cache.seeAlso">pages:cache_timeout</label>
|
||||
<label index="cache_timeout.description">Definisce la durata della pagina da conservare in Cache.</label>
|
||||
<label index="cache_timeout.details">Per default le pagine durano in cache per 24 ore. Dopo 24 ore la pagina viene rigenerata e scritta nuovamente in cache. Dipende dalla configurazione del tuo sito; la cache può essere cancellata a mezzanotte.
|
||||
Puoi usare questa opzione per pagine specifiche che necessitano di una permanenza in cache superiore al tempo di <i>default</i>.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_cache_timeout.seeAlso">pages:no_cache</label>
|
||||
<label index="no_search.description">Se abilitata, questa opzione esclude la pagina dalle operazioni di indicizzazione per la ricerca nel sito web.</label>
|
||||
<label index="author.description">Inserisci il nome dell'autore della pagina</label>
|
||||
<label index="author.details">Se viene usato il nome dell'autore o non dipende da opzioni di configurazione passate dal template di Typoscript.
|
||||
|
||||
- puoi usarlo nei meta-tage.
|
||||
- se stai utilizzando pagine di TYPO3 come 'articoli' allora puoi usare questo campo per visualizzare il nome dell'autore della pagina-articolo.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_author.seeAlso">pages:author_email</label>
|
||||
<label index="author_email.description">Inserisci l'indirizzo e-mail dell'autore della pagina.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_author_email.seeAlso">pages:author</label>
|
||||
<label index="module.description">Definisce la pagina come contenitore per un plugin di Frontend.</label>
|
||||
<label index="module.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="media.description">File media in allegato relazionali alla pagina.</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.details">Questo campo permette di allegare diversi file alla pagina; tuttavia il loro utilizzo dipende dal template Typoscript
|
||||
Per esempio il template potrebbe utilizzare questo campo come logo per la pagina oppure utilizzare il primo file di tipo immagine come link nel menu di navigazione. In ogni caso, l'utilizzo di queste informazioni dipende esclusivamente dal template.</label>
|
||||
<label index="subtitle.description">Inserisci un sottotitolo, se necessario.</label>
|
||||
<label index="subtitle.details">L'utilizzo di questo campo dipende o meno dal template in uso. In molti casi non viene usato.</label>
|
||||
<label index="url.description">Inserisci l'URL della pagina alla quale effettuare la redirezione.</label>
|
||||
<label index="url.details">Per esempio 'http://www.typo3.org' o il solo 'www.typo3.org' se il selettore 'Protocollo' e' configurato come 'http://'.
|
||||
Utilizzare il selettore 'Protocollo' per indicare il prefisso dell'URL.
|
||||
|
||||
Questa opzione viene usata solo se il tipo di pagina scelto è 'Collegamento a Url esterno'.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_url.seeAlso">pages:urltype</label>
|
||||
<label index="shortcut.description">Selezionare una pagina che agirà come destinazione per la scorciatoia (Shortcut). Quando la pagina corrente sarà richiesta nel frontent, typo3 effettuerà una redirezione alla pagina di destinazione (shortcut target).</label>
|
||||
<label index="shortcut.details">Clicca l'icona 'Naviga nei records' e una nuova finestra sarà visualizzata, con la quale potrai scegliere in modo semplice la pagina di destinazione della scorciatoia (Shortcut Target).
|
||||
|
||||
Questa opzione è disponibile solo se il tipo di pagina è 'scorciatoia' (Shortcut).</label>
|
||||
<label index="_shortcut.seeAlso">pages:doktype,
|
||||
pages:shortcut_mode</label>
|
||||
<label index="_shortcut.image">EXT:context_help/cshimages/page_shortcut.gif</label>
|
||||
<label index="shortcut.image_descr">Selezionare la pagina di destinazione (Shortcut Target) attravero il navigatore (element browser).</label>
|
||||
<label index="keywords.description">Inserisci le parole-chiave (keywords) per la pagina separate da virgole. E' possibile utilizzare anche frasi brevi.</label>
|
||||
<label index="keywords.details">Diversi siti con TYPO3 usano queste parole chiave nei meta-tag di pagina, ma tu puoi disporre anche di una diversa configurazione nel template di Typoscript.
|
||||
|
||||
Per ottimizzare la pagina ai fini dei motori di ricerca come Google non dovresti usare più di 3-6 parolel chiave. Dovresti anche accertarti che le parole chiave siano pubblicate nella pagina corrente.
|
||||
|
||||
Nota che alcune estensioni per implementare un motore di ricerca interno al sito, come ad esempio l'estensione 'Indexed Search' possono essere configurate per l'uso di queste parole chiave.
|
||||
|
||||
Le parole chiave possono anche essere usate per creare un meno di pagine relazionate. Per farlo basta creare un tipo di contenuto come 'mappa del sito' (Sitemap) e scegliere dal menu a tendina il tipo <i>Pagine relazionate (basate sulle parole chiave)</i>.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_keywords.seeAlso">pages:description</label>
|
||||
<label index="description.description">Inserire una breve descrizione della pagina. Sarò visualizzata tra i risultati della ricerca elencate in vari motori.</label>
|
||||
<label index="description.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_description.seeAlso">pages:keywords
|
||||
pages:abstract</label>
|
||||
<label index="abstract.description">Inserire un abstract dei contenuti. Potrà essere visualizzato in una anteprima degli articoli.</label>
|
||||
<label index="abstract.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_abstract.seeAlso">pages:description</label>
|
||||
<label index="newUntil.description">Inserisci la data a partire dalla quale la pagina non sarà più considerata come 'nuova'.</label>
|
||||
<label index="newUntil.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="newUntil.syntax">Vedi la Pagina / Data di Pubblicazione (clicca sotto)</label>
|
||||
<label index="_newUntil.seeAlso">pages:starttime</label>
|
||||
<label index="lastUpdated.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="lastUpdated.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="lastUpdated.syntax"/>
|
||||
<label index="nav_hide.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="_nav_hide.seeAlso">pages:nav_title</label>
|
||||
<label index="nav_title.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="content_from_pid.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="urltype.description">Configura il protocollo per l'URL</label>
|
||||
<label index="shortcut_mode.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="mount_pid.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="mount_pid.details">Nel frontend questo viene fatto aggiungendo una nuova variabile, &MP, all'URL. Questo stabilisce un collegamento tra il ramo montato (mounted branch) e quello principale tramite due id di pagina.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_mount_pid.seeAlso">pages:mount_pid_ol</label>
|
||||
<label index="mount_pid_ol.description">Mostra il contenuto della pagina corrente o lo sostituiscilo completamente con quello della pagina montata (Mounted Page).</label>
|
||||
<label index="_mount_pid_ol.seeAlso">pages:mount_pid</label>
|
||||
<label index="title.description.+">Questo è normalmente visualizzato nella navigazione del sito web.</label>
|
||||
<label index="TSconfig.details.+"/>
|
||||
<label index="l18n_cfg.description">Influenza la disponibilità delle pagine nelle varie lingue</label>
|
||||
<label index="l18n_cfg.details"/>
|
||||
</languageKey>
|
||||
</data>
|
||||
</T3locallangExt>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,807 @@
|
||||
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns:t3="http://typo3.org/schemas/xliff" version="1.0">
|
||||
<file t3:id="1415814794" source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="messages" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="context_help" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>All visible content on webpages is typically made by "Page Content" records, often referred to as "Content Elements". Content Elements are managed by the "Page" Module which organizes Content Elements in multiple columns and languages.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Tutti i contenuti visibili nelle pagine web sono solitamente creati tramite i record "Page Content", che spesso viene definiti come "Elemento di Contenuto". Gli elementi di contenuto sono gestiti tramite il modulo "Page" che li organizza in colonne multiple e lingua.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>"Page Content" records are sortable and can be rearranged. The "Language" and "Column" selectors of the "Page Content" records determines when and where they appear. If you do not change the value of the "Language" and "Column" selectors the Content Element will appear in the default configuration.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page Content Principles | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_tut_quickstart/Page_content/,
|
||||
_MOD_web_layout</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Principi di Page Content | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_tut_quickstart/Page_content/,
|
||||
_MOD_web_layout</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_1.png,
|
||||
EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_2.png,
|
||||
EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_3.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_1.png,
|
||||
EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_2.png,
|
||||
EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_3.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The Page Module is used to manage Content Elements arranged in columns and languages.
|
||||
A Content Element has an editing form with many options. The "Type" determines which options are visible.
|
||||
In the Frontend, a Content Element like the above could look like this.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Il modulo Pagina è usato per gestire gli elementi di contenuto disposti in colonne e lingue.
|
||||
Un elemento di contenuto ha un modulo per la modifica con varie opzioni. Il "Tipo" definisce quali opzioni saranno visibili.
|
||||
Nel fronted un elemento di contenuto puo' apparire simile a quello sopra.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="CType.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select the kind of Page Content this element represents. New options will appear when you save the record.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Selezionare il tipo di Page Content che l'elemento rappresenta. Nuove opzioni appariranno qando il record viene salvato.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="CType.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>The 'Type' of content you select determines which options are available in the editing form so be sure to save the record before making other changes.
|
||||
|
||||
This is a description of the various types:
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Header</strong>
|
||||
This type allows you to insert a standard Content Element header and nothing more.
|
||||
Almost all the other types described below also include the Header and its options. The Header type provides a way to insert a header without any other content.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Text</strong>
|
||||
The Text type allows you to insert regular page content. It is generally used for text only content.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Text & Images</strong>
|
||||
This is the same as the Text type (regular page content) but with the option of attaching images.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Image</strong>
|
||||
The Image type allows you to insert image only page content.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Bullet List</strong>
|
||||
Lets you create a bullet list. Each line in the text field will appear as a single bullet.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Table</strong>
|
||||
Lets you create <em>simple</em> tables. Each line represents a row in the table and vertical bars ('|') separate each column. A popup wizard is also available.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>File Links</strong>
|
||||
Allows you to present a list of files for download. Thumbnails can be attached to the list and you can also display the file size.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Form</strong>
|
||||
Lets you create mail forms using a special syntax or a popup wizard.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Search</strong>
|
||||
This inserts a search box and also shows the search results when a search is performed on the page.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Login</strong>
|
||||
Displays a login box for website users. This is only useful if you have already created website users and usergroups.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Menu/Sitemap</strong>
|
||||
Offers a selection of menus and a sitemap you can insert on a page.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Insert records</strong>
|
||||
This acts as placeholder for other records. With this Content Element, you can resuse multiple content elements from other pages.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Insert plugin</strong>
|
||||
This will allows you to insert news, forums, guestbooks, lists of addresses, and other functionality. Plugins are typically provided by TYPO3 extensions. The available fields and required configuration depend on the extension.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Divider</strong>
|
||||
This inserts a simple horizontal rule on a page.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>HTML</strong>
|
||||
This is plain HTML content. Anything added in the HTML Code of this Content Element will be displayed directly on the page without any preprocessing.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_CType.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:colPos,
|
||||
tt_content:sys_language_uid,
|
||||
About Content Elements | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_tut_quickstart/Content_element_type/</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:colPos,
|
||||
tt_content:sys_language_uid,
|
||||
About Content Elements | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_tut_quickstart/Content_element_type/</target><note from="developer">A part of this string is an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy this part into the translation field and do not change it. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>A part of this string is an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy this part into the translation field and do not change it. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_CType.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_4.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_4.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
come immagine potrebbe essere mantenuta</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Check this box if you wish to disable the Content Element and keep it from being displayed on the website.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona questa casella se desideri disabilitate l'elemento di contenuto ed escluderlo dalla visualizzazione nel sito web.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_hidden.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:starttime,
|
||||
tt_content:endtime,
|
||||
tt_content:fe_group,
|
||||
tt_content:colPos,
|
||||
tt_content:sys_language_uid</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:starttime,
|
||||
tt_content:endtime,
|
||||
tt_content:fe_group,
|
||||
tt_content:colPos,
|
||||
tt_content:sys_language_uid</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="starttime.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the date when the Content Element should be published and displayed on the website.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserire la data a partire dalla quale il contenuto sarà pubblicato e quindi visibile nel sito web.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_starttime.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:starttime,
|
||||
tt_content:endtime,
|
||||
tt_content:hidden,
|
||||
tt_content:fe_group</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:starttime,
|
||||
tt_content:endtime,
|
||||
tt_content:hidden,
|
||||
tt_content:fe_group</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="endtime.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the date when the Content Element should expire and disappear from the website.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserire la data a partire dalla quale il contenuto scadrà e quindi sparirà dal sito web, non essendo più visibile.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_endtime.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:endtime,
|
||||
tt_content:starttime,
|
||||
tt_content:hidden,
|
||||
tt_content:fe_group</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:endtime,
|
||||
tt_content:starttime,
|
||||
tt_content:hidden,
|
||||
tt_content:fe_group</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fe_group.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>If Usergroup Access Rights are set to a usergroup name, only website users who are logged in and members of the selected usergroup will be able to view the Content Element. The special option 'Hide at Login' means the Content Element will <em>not</em> be visible for any website users that are logged in. Likewise "Show at Any Login" will make the Content Element visible for any logged in website user.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fe_group.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>The 'Hide at Login' option is is useful if you want to present information like "How to Login" that becomes irrelevant when a website user is actually logged in.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_fe_group.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:hidden,
|
||||
tt_content:starttime,
|
||||
tt_content:endtime,
|
||||
pages:fe_group,
|
||||
fe_users,
|
||||
fe_groups</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:hidden,
|
||||
tt_content:starttime,
|
||||
tt_content:endtime,
|
||||
pages:fe_group,
|
||||
fe_users,
|
||||
fe_groups</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language_uid.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Select the system language of this Content Element. <strong>Notice:</strong> This will affect the Content Element visibility by limiting it to a certain language.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language_uid.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>This allows you to assign a specific language to the Content Element. If you select anything but the default value, the element will <em>not</em> be visible unless the language assigned is also configured by the TypoScript template.
|
||||
The available system languages are created by the administrator.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_sys_language_uid.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:colPos,
|
||||
sys_language,
|
||||
Localization concepts [Technical] | http://typo3.org/documentation/tips-tricks/multi-language-sites-in-typo3/,
|
||||
_MOD_web_layout:language_list</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:colPos,
|
||||
sys_language,
|
||||
Localization concepts [Technical] | http://typo3.org/documentation/tips-tricks/multi-language-sites-in-typo3/,
|
||||
_MOD_web_layout:language_list</target><note from="developer">A part of this string is an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy this part into the translation field and do not change it. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>A part of this string is an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy this part into the translation field and do not change it. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="layout.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select a Layout.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona un Layout.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="layout.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This option does not work by default for all Content Elements but your website may display Content Elements differently depending on the layout.
|
||||
|
||||
The File Links Content Element does make use of the Layout field by default:
|
||||
"Normal" will provide a list of file links with no thumbnail.
|
||||
"Layout 1" adds a file icon to the left of the link
|
||||
"Layout 2" adds a thumbnail for image files and an icon for other files. A black border is wrapped around the icon.
|
||||
"Layout 3" is similar to Layout 2, but without the black border.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Questa opzione non viene supportata come impostazione predefinita per tutti i Content Elements, in questo caso i Content Elements saranno visualizzati utilizzando il layout base del tuo sito web.
|
||||
|
||||
I File Links ai Content Elements non utilizzeranno il campo Layout di defautl:
|
||||
"Normal" la lista dei file sarà mostrata come collegamenti senza anteprime o icone.
|
||||
"Layout 1" un'icona sarà aggiunta alla sinistra del collegamento
|
||||
"Layout 2" un'anteprima sarà mostrata per i file di tipo immagine e un'icona per i file di altro tipo. Le icone e le anteprime saranno circondate da un bordo nero.
|
||||
"Layout 3" come il Layout 2, ma senza bordo nero.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="colPos.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Select the column position of this element. <strong>Notice:</strong> This may affect whether the Content Element is visible depending on your website template.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="colPos.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Many websites only use one column of content. Some templates, however, let you put content in multiple columns using the Column option.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Notice:</strong> Selecting a column other than "Normal" may cause the Content Element to disappear if the website template does not use that column. If your Content Element mysteriously disappears make sure the Column and Language selectors are set correctly.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_colPos.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:sys_language_uid,
|
||||
_MOD_web_layout:columns_multi,
|
||||
_MOD_web_layout:columns_single</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:sys_language_uid,
|
||||
_MOD_web_layout:columns_multi,
|
||||
_MOD_web_layout:columns_single</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="date.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Enter a date to be displayed above the header.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="header.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter header text for the Content Element.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci il testo per l'intestazione dell'elemento di contenuto.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="header.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Almost all Content Elements will display this header above the content. If you don't want the header displayed, set the header Layout to "Hidden". You can also choose not to enter any content in this field.
|
||||
|
||||
Some content element types do not display the header by default. In those cases the Header field is typically labeled "Name" instead. One example is the HTML Content Element.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_header.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:header_position,
|
||||
tt_content:header_link,
|
||||
tt_content:header_layout,
|
||||
tt_content:date,</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:header_position,
|
||||
tt_content:header_link,
|
||||
tt_content:header_layout,
|
||||
tt_content:date,</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_header.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_6.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_6.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="header_position.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Aligns the header to the left, center, or right.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Allineamento dell'intestazione (sinistra, centrata, destra)</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_header_position.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:header</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:header</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="header_link.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Creates a link from the header to a Page ID, email address, or URL.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="header_link.syntax" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>If you insert a Page ID (ex. 51), the link will point to the page with id=51 <em>inside</em> TYPO3.
|
||||
If you insert an email address (ex. name@my-domain.test), the link will point to that email address.
|
||||
If you insert an URL or domain, (ex. www.typo3.org or http://www.my-domain.org), the link will point to that website.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_header_link.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:header</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:header</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="header_layout.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select a visual design for the header.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona il design visuale per l'intestazione (header).</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="header_layout.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>If you select "Default" the standard design (which is one of the layouts 1-5) will be used.
|
||||
Alternatively you can select from Layout 1 through 5 which are configured in the website template with individual visual designs.
|
||||
If you select "Hidden" the header will simply not appear. This is useful when you don't need a header to display on the website but still want to identify the Content Element in the Backend.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Se selezioni "Predefinito" (Default) sarà usato il design standard (che è uno dei layout da 1 a 5).
|
||||
In alternativa puoi fare una scelta da Layout1 a Layout5; questi elementi sono configurati nel template per il sito web come design visuali individuali.
|
||||
Se selezioni "Nascondi" (Hidden) l'intestazione (header) non sarà visualizzata. Questo è utile quando non hai bisogno di visualizzare una intestazione nel sito ma vuoi identificare il contenuto nel Backend.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_header_layout.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:header</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:header</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="subheader.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter a subheader to be displayed below the main header. If the Content Element is a "Form" this field is instead used as the Recipient Email.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserire una sottotitolo che sarà visualizzato sotto l'intestazione principale. Se il contenuto è di tipo "Form" questo campo sarà utilizzato come Email per l'indirizzo di destinazione.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="subheader.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>A subheader is displayed only with "Header" Content Elements and with "Form" Content Elements (as the Recipient Email).</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_subheader.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:header
|
||||
tt_content:bodytext</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:header
|
||||
tt_content:bodytext</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bodytext.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the main text.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci il testo principale.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bodytext.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>The main text of the Content Element is entered here and can be formatted with HTML or a Rich Text Editor.
|
||||
The field is reused in other Content Element types so changing the type will cause any text to be reused in that new Content Element type.
|
||||
|
||||
When you're using this field with the "Text" and "Text & Images" types, the content is normal body text. Each linebreak signifies a new paragraph, you can use the special TYPO3 tag, &lt;LINK&gt;, for making links. You can use many HTML tags but there are limitations depending on your website configuration.
|
||||
A Rich Text Editor is commonly used to add a visual editing interface for 'Text' and 'Text & Images' Content Elements.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Bullet Lists:</b>
|
||||
If the type is "Bullet List" each line in this field is a bullet item.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Tables:</b>
|
||||
If the type is "Table" each line represents a table row. Within each line, columns are divided by a vertical bar ('|'). A table row with 3 columns could look like "This is column 1 | Column 2 here | Third column!". The table wizard can also be used for creating tables and is much easier than hand coding them.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Parameters:</b>
|
||||
Types like "Form" and "Multimedia" use this field for parameters than can be passed to the Content Element. The "HTML" type expects raw HTML which is simply displayed on the website without any processing.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Making a mail form:</b>
|
||||
When you have selected the "Form" Content Element you can enter form field and other options. This is a brief example:
|
||||
|
||||
Your name: | *name=input,40 | [Enter name!]
|
||||
Your email: | *email=input,40
|
||||
Your address: | address=textarea,40,10
|
||||
Your haircolor: |hair=radio|Blue=blue, Red=red
|
||||
|
||||
|formtype_mail = submit | Send Form
|
||||
|subject=hidden| Enter a subject here!
|
||||
|html_enabled=hidden | 1
|
||||
|
||||
The first two lines makes input fields for name and email. Both are marked as "required" and are designated by the *, and the name field has a default value of "[Enter name!]".
|
||||
The third line is a text box and the fourth makes radio buttons to select a hair color.
|
||||
After the input fields, there are three important lines in the end. The first makes a submit button with the label "Send Form", the second line is the subject of the email the receiver gets, and the third line formats the email using HTML.
|
||||
Like the table wizard, it is easier to use the form wizard rather than hand coding the forms.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Note:</b> For a form to work you must add an email address for the Recipient Email in its field.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_bodytext.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:CType,
|
||||
tt_content:subheader,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:wizard_forms_wiz,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:wizard_table_wiz</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:CType,
|
||||
tt_content:subheader,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:wizard_forms_wiz,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:wizard_table_wiz</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="image.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Insert one or more images.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserire una o più immagini.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="image.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>You can attach multiple images to the Content Element.
|
||||
Depending on the configuration of TYPO3, you can attach images in many formats without worrying about size and compression. TYPO3's graphics processing handles these details for you.
|
||||
|
||||
When you use the "Text & Images" type, it's important to select a proper position for images. For this purpose, use the Position and Aligment selector. See link to "Page Content / Position" below.
|
||||
You can also display images in multiple columns and even enable an option that opens full size images when thumbnails are clicked.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_image.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:imagewidth,
|
||||
tt_content:imageheight,
|
||||
tt_content:imageorient,
|
||||
tt_content:imageborder,
|
||||
tt_content:image_noRows,
|
||||
tt_content:image_link,
|
||||
tt_content:image_zoom,
|
||||
tt_content:imagecols,
|
||||
tt_content:imagecaption,
|
||||
tt_content:image_effects,
|
||||
tt_content:image_frames,
|
||||
tt_content:image_compression,
|
||||
Using images ("Getting Started") | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_tut_quickstart/Managing_files_in_TY/
|
||||
Using images (Animation) | FILE:EXT:welcome/modsub/ani_10.gif</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:imagewidth,
|
||||
tt_content:imageheight,
|
||||
tt_content:imageorient,
|
||||
tt_content:imageborder,
|
||||
tt_content:image_noRows,
|
||||
tt_content:image_link,
|
||||
tt_content:image_zoom,
|
||||
tt_content:imagecols,
|
||||
tt_content:imagecaption,
|
||||
tt_content:image_effects,
|
||||
tt_content:image_frames,
|
||||
tt_content:image_compression,
|
||||
Using images ("Getting Started") | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_tut_quickstart/Managing_files_in_TY/
|
||||
Using images (Animation) | FILE:EXT:welcome/modsub/ani_10.gif</target><note from="developer">A part of this string is an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy this part into the translation field and do not change it. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>A part of this string is an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy this part into the translation field and do not change it. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_image.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_5.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_5.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="image.image_descr" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>This shows all the options related to inserting images in Content Elements. Depending on user permissions, you may not be able to use all of them.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="imagewidth.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the width (in pixels) for displaying the image in the Frontend of your website.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserire la larghezza (in pixel) per visualizzare l'immagine nel Frontend del sito web.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="imagewidth.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>The TypoScript template is normally configured with maximum image width so you shouldn't need to specify a width. In unique cases, this provides additional flexibility though.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_imagewidth.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:imageheight,
|
||||
tt_content:image</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:imageheight,
|
||||
tt_content:image</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="imageheight.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the height (in pixels) for displaying the images in the Frontend of your website.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserire l'altezza (in pixel) per visualizzare le immagini in Frontend del sito web.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_imageheight.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:imagewidth,
|
||||
tt_content:image</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:imagewidth,
|
||||
tt_content:image</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="imageorient.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Select the position and alignment of the images relative to the body text.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="imageorient.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>The positions above and below the body text are pretty straight forward.
|
||||
The options for "In text" mean that images are displayed with text wrapped around them. When you select this option the template will probably force the images into smaller dimensions to accomodate the width of the template and the width of the text. The bodytext will float <em>under</em> the image block when it reaches the end of the image block. In other words, the body text <em>wraps around</em> the image block. If you select "In text" below the "No wrap" divider, the body text will not float under the image block, but simply continue in its column.
|
||||
Apart from the visual difference there is a technical aspect as well. If you choose to allow the content to wrap the image block you will experience a strange phenomenon when you do not have enough bodytext to make it float around the image: subsequent content elements on the page will appear to be layered on top of the image block. However it's easily solved by changing the "In text" position to the equal value but below the "No wrap" divider.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="imageborder.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Displays a colored border around the images.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Visualizza un bordo colorato intorno all'immagine.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_imageborder.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:imagecols,
|
||||
tt_content:image</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">tt_content:imagewidth,
|
||||
tt_content:image</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
87%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="image_noRows.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Disables tablerows in the image block.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="image_noRows.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>To illustrate, imagine you have 2 or more columns <em>and</em> rows of images. If one image in the upper row is taller than the second this will generate empty space beneath the second image. This is due to the normal flow in which the images are placed in table cells.
|
||||
If you enable the No Rows option, the table will place the images in a column into a single table cell which make the distance between them vertically identical throughout. This may provide a better look if the alternative is unacceptable.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_image_noRows.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:imagecols,
|
||||
tt_content:image</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">tt_content:imagewidth,
|
||||
tt_content:image</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
87%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="image_link.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter a link for the image. For multiple images, separate the links with commas.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserire un link per l'immagine. Per immagini multiple, bisogna separare i link con le virgole.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="image_link.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>By default all images share the same link. Your TypoScript template may be configured to allow a separate link for each image. If this is the case, you simply separate the links with a comma.
|
||||
|
||||
See Page Content>Link below for details on syntax.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Di base tutte le immagini condividono lo stesso link. Il TypoScript template dovrebbe essere configurato per consentire un link separato per ogni immagine. Se questo è il caso, si devono semplicemente separare i link con una virgola.
|
||||
|
||||
Per avere dettagli sulla sintassi guardare in basso Contenuto di Pagina > Link.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_image_link.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:header_link,
|
||||
tt_content:image_zoom,
|
||||
tt_content:image</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:header_link,
|
||||
tt_content:image_zoom,
|
||||
tt_content:image</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="image_zoom.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>When enabled, clicking an image will open a larger version in a popup window.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Quando è abilitato, cliccando su una immagine si aprirà una finestra di popup con l'immagine in formato grande.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="image_zoom.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This option overrides the value in the Links field.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Questa opzione sovrascrive il valore del campo Link.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_image_zoom.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:image_link,
|
||||
tt_content:image</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">tt_content:imageheight,
|
||||
tt_content:image</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
87%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="image_effects.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Select special image processing effects, such as rotation and color adjustments.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_image_effects.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:image_compression,
|
||||
tt_content:image_frames,
|
||||
tt_content:image</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:image_compression,
|
||||
tt_content:image_frames,
|
||||
tt_content:image</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="image_frames.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Select special image framing options.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_image_frames.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:image_compression,
|
||||
tt_content:image_effects,
|
||||
tt_content:image</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:image_compression,
|
||||
tt_content:image_effects,
|
||||
tt_content:image</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="image_compression.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select image quality and image type options.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona la qualità e il tipo di immagine.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_image_compression.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:image_frames,
|
||||
tt_content:image_effects,
|
||||
tt_content:image</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:image_frames,
|
||||
tt_content:image_effects,
|
||||
tt_content:image</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="imagecols.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Set the number of columns when the images are displayed in the Frontend of the website.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Impostare il numero di colonne quando le immagini vengono visualizzate nel Frontend del sito web.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_imagecols.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:image_noRows,
|
||||
tt_content:image</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">tt_content:imagewidth,
|
||||
tt_content:image</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
82%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="imagecaption.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter captions for the images. For multiple images, enter one caption per line.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">inserire la didascalia per le immagini. Per immagini multiple, inserire una didascialia per linea</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="imagecaption.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>By default, the caption is positioned below the images. However, your TypoScript template may be configured to allow individual image captions by setting "styles.content.imgtext.captionSplit=1" in your template constants.
|
||||
In this case, each line in this field will be the image caption of the corresponding image in the list.
|
||||
|
||||
The caption text field is also used by the Content Element type "File Links" where each line represents a description of a file in the list.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_imagecaption.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:imagecaption_position,
|
||||
tt_content:image</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">tt_content:imagewidth,
|
||||
tt_content:image</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
85%
|
||||
82%
|
||||
100%
|
||||
100%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="imagecaption_position.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>Aligns the image captions to the left, center, or right.</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">Allineamento dell'intestazione (sinistra, centrata, destra)</target><note>78%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_imagecaption_position.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:imagecaption,
|
||||
tt_content:image</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">tt_content:imagewidth,
|
||||
tt_content:image</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
85%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="cols.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Select a fixed number of table columns</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Select a target page or multiple target pages.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>This field is used by many of the Content Element types to create a relation to either a single target page or multiple target pages. If no target page is specified, the current page will generally be used.
|
||||
|
||||
Using the "Search" Content Element, the target page is where search results will appear. You must make sure that this page has a similar "Search" Content Element to display the results.
|
||||
|
||||
The "Login" Content Element (not to be confused with the Login plugin available when the felogin extension is installed) also uses this field to redirect the login to a certain page. That page does not need to contain a "Login" Content Element in order to perform the authentication since any TYPO3 page can handle a login request.
|
||||
If you specify a second page in this list, the ID will be passed to the login system as the page inside TYPO3 where website users are found. You should use this only if your template is not already configured to pass this value on.
|
||||
In order for the login procedure to work you must make sure that you have created website users and website usergroups, have specified where these website users can be found (typically a SysFolder), a page ID in the page list, and ensured that cookies are enabled for the site.
|
||||
|
||||
The "Menu/Sitemap" Content Elements also use this field. In this case the page will determine the starting point for the menu or the actual pages shown in the menu. This behavior depends on the menu type you have selected.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally the "Form" element uses this field as the target page to which the form is submitted. A common use is the "Thank you" page after the form is completed.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_pages.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:CType,
|
||||
tt_content:recursive</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:CType,
|
||||
tt_content:recursive</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="recursive.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>The number of subpage levels that should also be included for each page in the list.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="recursive.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>This feature depends on the TypoScript template configuration and Content Element type. If enabled, each page listed in the "Pages" field will also have its subpages included to the specified depth.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Warning:</strong> If there are many subpages, be aware that this option may return a large number of results</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_recursive.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:pages</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">tt_content:header</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
76%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="menu_type.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Select the type of menu you wish to create.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="menu_type.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>This is a short description of each type:
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Menu of selected pages</strong>
|
||||
This will create a menu with links to the pages in the Selected Pages list.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Menu of subpages of selected pages</strong>
|
||||
This will create in a menu with links to the subpages of the pages in the Selected Pages list. If you do not specify any pages, the subpages to the current page will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Menu of subpages of selected pages (with abstract)</strong>
|
||||
Like the previous option, but also displays the content of the Abstract field (or the Description field) for each page in the menu. The Abstract field is given priority over the Description field if both are complete.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Menu of subpages of selected pages + sections</strong>
|
||||
Like the previous option, but includes links to all Content Elements on the page that are marked to Show In Section Menus.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Sitemap</strong>
|
||||
Generates a classic tree sitemap. Notice that the sitemap will begin from the current page unless you select another page instead.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Section index (page content marked for section menus)</strong>
|
||||
This makes a menu of Content Elements on the selected pages for all Content Elements marked to Show In Section Menu. This is a great way to make an index at the top of the page.
|
||||
If you don't want certain Content Elements to appear in the list, just uncheck the Show in Section Menus checkbox for those elements.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Recently updated pages</strong>
|
||||
This displays the 10 most recently updated pages.
|
||||
<strong>Notice:</strong> If you update a page and the updated page is not included in this list, clearing the Page Cache will resolve the issue.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Related pages (based on keywords)</strong>
|
||||
Displays other related pages based on the keywords of the selected pages matched against the keywords of other pages.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_menu_type.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:pages,
|
||||
tt_content:sectionIndex</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:pages,
|
||||
tt_content:sectionIndex</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="list_type.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select a plugin to insert.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona un plugin da inserire.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="list_type.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The list of plugins you can insert on a page. The available plugins depend on which extensions are installed.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">La lista dei plugins che puoi inserire in una pagina. I plugin disponibili dipendono dalle estensioni installate.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_list_type.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>_MOD_tools_em</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">_MOD_tools_em</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_list_type.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_7.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_7.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
come immagine potrebbe essere mantenuta
|
||||
97%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="select_key.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Enter a special string to define the Content Element's operation or leave it blank for the default mode. Possible values depend on the Content Element being used.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="select_key.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Whether or not the content of this field is used and how it's intepreted depends on the Content Element and/or plugin being used. It is considered obsolete for plugins today, but is used in some Content Elements such as File Links.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_select_key.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:list_type</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:list_type</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="table_bgColor.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select the table background color.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona il colore di sfondo della tabella.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="table_border.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select the table border thickness.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona lo spessore del bordo della tabella.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="table_cellspacing.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select the table cell spacing.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Selezionare la spaziatura delle celle della tabella. </target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="table_cellspacing.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Cell spacing is the distance between table cells in rows and columns. The distance is equally applied in all directions, top, bottom, left, and right.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="table_cellpadding.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>Select the table cellpadding.</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">Selezionare la spaziatura delle celle della tabella. </target><note>86%
|
||||
100%
|
||||
100%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="table_cellpadding.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Cell padding is the 'internal' margin of a table cell. The distance is equally applied in all directions, top, bottom, left, and right.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="media.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Files can be added to the list here.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="multimedia.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Insert a multimedia element here (ex. Flash movie)</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="filelink_size.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Enable the display of file sizes.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="records.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Insert records to be displayed on this page.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="spaceBefore.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Top Margin (in pixels) inserts whitespace <em>before</em> this Content Element.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_spaceBefore.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:spaceAfter,
|
||||
tt_content:section_frame</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="spaceAfter.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Bottom Margin (in pixels) inserts whitespace <em>after</em> this Content Element.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_spaceAfter.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:spaceBefore,
|
||||
tt_content:section_frame</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="section_frame.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Select indention or framing options for the Content Element.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_section_frame.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:spaceAfter,
|
||||
tt_content:spaceBefore</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sectionIndex.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>If set, the Content Element will appear in Section Menus.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sectionIndex.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>See more details about Section Menus by clicking below.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_sectionIndex.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:menu_type</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">tt_content:list_type</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
80%
|
||||
100%
|
||||
100%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="linkToTop.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>If checked, a small "To Top" link will be added after the Content Element, linking back to the top of the page.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="rte_enabled.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>If checked, the Rich Text Editor will be disabled for the "Text" and "Text & Image" types (<em>in this Content Element only</em>).</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_rte_enabled.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:bodytext</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pi_flexform.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Plugin Configuration</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pi_flexform.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Some plugins may provide configuration options, but the actual options vary based on the plugin. Behind the scenes, these are based on FlexForms and stored as XML.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_pi_flexform.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:list_type</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:list_type</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
100%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<T3locallangExt>
|
||||
<data type="array">
|
||||
<languageKey index="it" type="array">
|
||||
<label index=".description">Tutti i contenuti visibili nelle pagine web sono solitamente creati tramite i record "Page Content", che spesso viene definiti come "Elemento di Contenuto". Gli elementi di contenuto sono gestiti tramite il modulo "Page" che li organizza in colonne multiple e lingua.</label>
|
||||
<label index=".details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_.seeAlso">Principi di Page Content | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_tut_quickstart/Page_content/,
|
||||
_MOD_web_layout</label>
|
||||
<label index="_.image">EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_1.png,
|
||||
EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_2.png,
|
||||
EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_3.png</label>
|
||||
<label index=".image_descr">Il modulo Pagina è usato per gestire gli elementi di contenuto disposti in colonne e lingue.
|
||||
Un elemento di contenuto ha un modulo per la modifica con varie opzioni. Il "Tipo" definisce quali opzioni saranno visibili.
|
||||
Nel fronted un elemento di contenuto puo' apparire simile a quello sopra.</label>
|
||||
<label index="CType.description">Selezionare il tipo di Page Content che l'elemento rappresenta. Nuove opzioni appariranno qando il record viene salvato.</label>
|
||||
<label index="CType.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_CType.seeAlso">tt_content:colPos,
|
||||
tt_content:sys_language_uid,
|
||||
About Content Elements | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_tut_quickstart/Content_element_type/</label>
|
||||
<label index="_CType.image">EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_4.png</label>
|
||||
<label index="hidden.description">Seleziona questa casella se desideri disabilitate l'elemento di contenuto ed escluderlo dalla visualizzazione nel sito web.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_hidden.seeAlso">tt_content:starttime,
|
||||
tt_content:endtime,
|
||||
tt_content:fe_group,
|
||||
tt_content:colPos,
|
||||
tt_content:sys_language_uid</label>
|
||||
<label index="starttime.description">Inserire la data a partire dalla quale il contenuto sarà pubblicato e quindi visibile nel sito web.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_starttime.seeAlso">pages:starttime,
|
||||
tt_content:endtime,
|
||||
tt_content:hidden,
|
||||
tt_content:fe_group</label>
|
||||
<label index="endtime.description">Inserire la data a partire dalla quale il contenuto scadrà e quindi sparirà dal sito web, non essendo più visibile.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_endtime.seeAlso">pages:endtime,
|
||||
tt_content:starttime,
|
||||
tt_content:hidden,
|
||||
tt_content:fe_group</label>
|
||||
<label index="fe_group.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="fe_group.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_fe_group.seeAlso">tt_content:hidden,
|
||||
tt_content:starttime,
|
||||
tt_content:endtime,
|
||||
pages:fe_group,
|
||||
fe_users,
|
||||
fe_groups</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_language_uid.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="sys_language_uid.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_sys_language_uid.seeAlso">tt_content:colPos,
|
||||
sys_language,
|
||||
Localization concepts [Technical] | http://typo3.org/documentation/tips-tricks/multi-language-sites-in-typo3/,
|
||||
_MOD_web_layout:language_list</label>
|
||||
<label index="layout.description">Seleziona un Layout.</label>
|
||||
<label index="layout.details">Questa opzione non viene supportata come impostazione predefinita per tutti i Content Elements, in questo caso i Content Elements saranno visualizzati utilizzando il layout base del tuo sito web.
|
||||
|
||||
I File Links ai Content Elements non utilizzeranno il campo Layout di defautl:
|
||||
"Normal" la lista dei file sarà mostrata come collegamenti senza anteprime o icone.
|
||||
"Layout 1" un'icona sarà aggiunta alla sinistra del collegamento
|
||||
"Layout 2" un'anteprima sarà mostrata per i file di tipo immagine e un'icona per i file di altro tipo. Le icone e le anteprime saranno circondate da un bordo nero.
|
||||
"Layout 3" come il Layout 2, ma senza bordo nero.</label>
|
||||
<label index="colPos.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="colPos.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_colPos.seeAlso">tt_content:sys_language_uid,
|
||||
_MOD_web_layout:columns_multi,
|
||||
_MOD_web_layout:columns_single</label>
|
||||
<label index="date.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="header.description">Inserisci il testo per l'intestazione dell'elemento di contenuto.</label>
|
||||
<label index="header.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_header.seeAlso">tt_content:header_position,
|
||||
tt_content:header_link,
|
||||
tt_content:header_layout,
|
||||
tt_content:date,</label>
|
||||
<label index="_header.image">EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_6.png</label>
|
||||
<label index="header_position.description">Allineamento dell'intestazione (sinistra, centrata, destra)</label>
|
||||
<label index="_header_position.seeAlso">tt_content:header</label>
|
||||
<label index="header_link.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="header_link.syntax"/>
|
||||
<label index="_header_link.seeAlso">tt_content:header</label>
|
||||
<label index="header_layout.description">Seleziona il design visuale per l'intestazione (header).</label>
|
||||
<label index="header_layout.details">Se selezioni "Predefinito" (Default) sarà usato il design standard (che è uno dei layout da 1 a 5).
|
||||
In alternativa puoi fare una scelta da Layout1 a Layout5; questi elementi sono configurati nel template per il sito web come design visuali individuali.
|
||||
Se selezioni "Nascondi" (Hidden) l'intestazione (header) non sarà visualizzata. Questo è utile quando non hai bisogno di visualizzare una intestazione nel sito ma vuoi identificare il contenuto nel Backend.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_header_layout.seeAlso">tt_content:header</label>
|
||||
<label index="subheader.description">Inserire una sottotitolo che sarà visualizzato sotto l'intestazione principale. Se il contenuto è di tipo "Form" questo campo sarà utilizzato come Email per l'indirizzo di destinazione.</label>
|
||||
<label index="subheader.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_subheader.seeAlso">tt_content:header
|
||||
tt_content:bodytext</label>
|
||||
<label index="bodytext.description">Inserisci il testo principale.</label>
|
||||
<label index="bodytext.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_bodytext.seeAlso">tt_content:CType,
|
||||
tt_content:subheader,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:wizard_forms_wiz,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:wizard_table_wiz</label>
|
||||
<label index="image.description">Inserire una o più immagini.</label>
|
||||
<label index="image.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_image.seeAlso">tt_content:imagewidth,
|
||||
tt_content:imageheight,
|
||||
tt_content:imageorient,
|
||||
tt_content:imageborder,
|
||||
tt_content:image_noRows,
|
||||
tt_content:image_link,
|
||||
tt_content:image_zoom,
|
||||
tt_content:imagecols,
|
||||
tt_content:imagecaption,
|
||||
tt_content:image_effects,
|
||||
tt_content:image_frames,
|
||||
tt_content:image_compression,
|
||||
Using images ("Getting Started") | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_tut_quickstart/Managing_files_in_TY/
|
||||
Using images (Animation) | FILE:EXT:welcome/modsub/ani_10.gif</label>
|
||||
<label index="_image.image">EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_5.png</label>
|
||||
<label index="image.image_descr"/>
|
||||
<label index="imagewidth.description">Inserire la larghezza (in pixel) per visualizzare l'immagine nel Frontend del sito web.</label>
|
||||
<label index="imagewidth.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_imagewidth.seeAlso">tt_content:imageheight,
|
||||
tt_content:image</label>
|
||||
<label index="imageheight.description">Inserire l'altezza (in pixel) per visualizzare le immagini in Frontend del sito web.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_imageheight.seeAlso">tt_content:imagewidth,
|
||||
tt_content:image</label>
|
||||
<label index="imageorient.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="imageorient.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="imageborder.description">Visualizza un bordo colorato intorno all'immagine.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_imageborder.seeAlso">tt_content:imagewidth,
|
||||
tt_content:image</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_noRows.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="image_noRows.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_image_noRows.seeAlso">tt_content:imagewidth,
|
||||
tt_content:image</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_link.description">Inserire un link per l'immagine. Per immagini multiple, bisogna separare i link con le virgole.</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_link.details">Di base tutte le immagini condividono lo stesso link. Il TypoScript template dovrebbe essere configurato per consentire un link separato per ogni immagine. Se questo è il caso, si devono semplicemente separare i link con una virgola.
|
||||
|
||||
Per avere dettagli sulla sintassi guardare in basso Contenuto di Pagina > Link.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_image_link.seeAlso">tt_content:header_link,
|
||||
tt_content:image_zoom,
|
||||
tt_content:image</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_zoom.description">Quando è abilitato, cliccando su una immagine si aprirà una finestra di popup con l'immagine in formato grande.</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_zoom.details">Questa opzione sovrascrive il valore del campo Link.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_image_zoom.seeAlso">tt_content:imageheight,
|
||||
tt_content:image</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_effects.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="_image_effects.seeAlso">tt_content:image_compression,
|
||||
tt_content:image_frames,
|
||||
tt_content:image</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_frames.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="_image_frames.seeAlso">tt_content:image_compression,
|
||||
tt_content:image_effects,
|
||||
tt_content:image</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_compression.description">Seleziona la qualità e il tipo di immagine.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_image_compression.seeAlso">tt_content:image_frames,
|
||||
tt_content:image_effects,
|
||||
tt_content:image</label>
|
||||
<label index="imagecols.description">Impostare il numero di colonne quando le immagini vengono visualizzate nel Frontend del sito web.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_imagecols.seeAlso">tt_content:imagewidth,
|
||||
tt_content:image</label>
|
||||
<label index="imagecaption.description">inserire la didascalia per le immagini. Per immagini multiple, inserire una didascialia per linea</label>
|
||||
<label index="imagecaption.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_imagecaption.seeAlso">tt_content:imagewidth,
|
||||
tt_content:image</label>
|
||||
<label index="imagecaption_position.description">Allineamento dell'intestazione (sinistra, centrata, destra)</label>
|
||||
<label index="_imagecaption_position.seeAlso">tt_content:imagewidth,
|
||||
tt_content:image</label>
|
||||
<label index="cols.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="pages.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="pages.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_pages.seeAlso">tt_content:CType,
|
||||
tt_content:recursive</label>
|
||||
<label index="recursive.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="recursive.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_recursive.seeAlso">tt_content:header</label>
|
||||
<label index="menu_type.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="menu_type.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_menu_type.seeAlso">tt_content:pages,
|
||||
tt_content:sectionIndex</label>
|
||||
<label index="list_type.description">Seleziona un plugin da inserire.</label>
|
||||
<label index="list_type.details">La lista dei plugins che puoi inserire in una pagina. I plugin disponibili dipendono dalle estensioni installate.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_list_type.seeAlso">_MOD_tools_em</label>
|
||||
<label index="_list_type.image">EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_7.png</label>
|
||||
<label index="select_key.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="select_key.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_select_key.seeAlso">tt_content:list_type</label>
|
||||
<label index="table_bgColor.description">Seleziona il colore di sfondo della tabella.</label>
|
||||
<label index="table_border.description">Seleziona lo spessore del bordo della tabella.</label>
|
||||
<label index="table_cellspacing.description">Selezionare la spaziatura delle celle della tabella. </label>
|
||||
<label index="table_cellspacing.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="table_cellpadding.description">Selezionare la spaziatura delle celle della tabella. </label>
|
||||
<label index="table_cellpadding.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="media.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="multimedia.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="filelink_size.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="records.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="spaceBefore.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="_spaceBefore.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="spaceAfter.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="_spaceAfter.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="section_frame.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="_section_frame.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="sectionIndex.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="sectionIndex.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_sectionIndex.seeAlso">tt_content:list_type</label>
|
||||
<label index="linkToTop.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="rte_enabled.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="_rte_enabled.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="pi_flexform.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="pi_flexform.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_pi_flexform.seeAlso">tt_content:list_type</label>
|
||||
</languageKey>
|
||||
</data>
|
||||
</T3locallangExt>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
|
||||
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns:t3="http://typo3.org/schemas/xliff" version="1.0">
|
||||
<file t3:id="1415814795" source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="messages" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="context_help" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This option disables the user group.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Questa opzione disabilita il gruppo degli utenti.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>If you disable a user group all users which are members of the group will in effect not inherit any properties this group may have given them.
|
||||
For instance if a page or content element was assigned access only by this group and you disable the group, no one would gain access to that page or content element.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Se un gruppo utenti viene disabilitato, tutti gli utenti che appartengono a quel gruppo non erediteranno alcuna proprietà del gruppo. Per esempio se una pagina o un contenuto erano accessibili solo a questo gruppo, che viene disabilitato, nessuno poi potrà ottenere l'accesso alla pagina o al contenuto.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_hidden.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>fe_users:disable</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">fe_users:disable</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="title.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Name of the group.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Nome del gruppo.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="title.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This title will appear as the group name in the 'Access'-list in other records.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Questo titolo apparirà come il nome del gruppo nella "Access-list" negli altri records.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lockToDomain.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the host name from which the group will be available only.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserire l'hostname da cui il gruppo sarà disponibile.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lockToDomain.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This options may be important if you have multiple websites in the same TYPO3 database but still only one main storage page for all Website users. Thus the users may log in on any of the website URLs. This may be considered a feature (having a global login as a user) or a problem (in which case you should have multiple user storages anyway). However you may wish to limit the use of a Website usergroup to a specific website and thus you don't want the group to be enabled for the user when he logs in at another URL (still from the same database of course). By entering the host name of the website here, you restrict the group to be used only from within this domain.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Notice:</b> The use for this option is not critical if you have multiple Website user storages, namely one for each site.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Questa opzione è importante se hai siti web distinti nello stesso database di TYPO3 e dotati ancora di una sola pagina principale nella quale tutti gli utenti vengono salvati. In questo modo gli utenti dovranno fare un diverso login in ciascuno degli indirizzi associati al sito web. Questo può essere considerato una caratteristica positiva (avendo un login globale come un utente) o un problema (nel caso ci dovessero essere differenti cartelle utente). Si può voler limitare l'uso di un usergroup ad un determinato sito web, e non permettere il login da url differenti. Inserendo l'host name del sito, si fa in modo che il gruppo di utenti sia usato solo da questo dominio. <b>Nota:</b> L'uso di questa opzione non è critica se hai Website user storages multipli, ovvero una cartella-utenti per ciascun sito.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_lockToDomain.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>fe_users:lockToDomain</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">fe_users:lockToDomain</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="subgroup.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Member of other groups.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Membro di altri gruppi.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="subgroup.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>List of other groups that this group is a member of.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Elenco degli altri gruppi di cui fa parte questo gruppo.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="description.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter a description of the group.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci la descrizione del gruppo.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="description.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This is for internal use and is just a way to put a note on what the group is for, why you created it and who should be members.
|
||||
Use it as you like.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Destinato solo a uso interno; serve per inserire una nota sul gruppo, ad esempio perchè è stato creato e quali potrebbero essere i membri. Campo da riempire a piacimento.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="TSconfig.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TSconfig for the group (advanced).</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">TSconfig per il gruppo (avanzato).</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="TSconfig.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This is the user TSconfig for the group. The values are inherited by any Website user who is a member of this group.
|
||||
The configuration is subject to being overridden in other groups and by the TSconfig of the user himself.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Questo è il TSconfig per il gruppo. I valori sono ereditati da ciascun utente che è membro di questo gruppo. La configurazione può venire sovrascritta da altri gruppi e dal TSconfig dell'utente stesso.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="TSconfig.syntax" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TypoScript syntax, without conditions and constants.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Sintassi TypoScript, senza condizioni e costanti.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_TSconfig.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>fe_users:TSconfig</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">fe_users:TSconfig</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Usergroups for Website users.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Usergroup per gli utenti web del sito.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The access restriction in TYPO3 is assigned to these usergroups. When a page or other element is access restricted to a group, only Website users which are members or that group will be able to view the element on the website.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">La restrizione di accesso in TYPO3 è assegnata a questi gruppi di utenti. Quando una pagina o un altro elemento ha una restrizione d'accesso per un gruppo, solo gli utenti web che sono membri di questo gruppo potranno vedere l'elemento del sito web.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>fe_users,
|
||||
About access restricting pages | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_tut_quickstart/Create_restricted_pa/</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">fe_users,
|
||||
per l'accesso riservato alle pagine protette | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_tut_quickstart/Create_restricted_pa/</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>EXT:context_help/cshimages/fegroups_3.png,
|
||||
EXT:context_help/cshimages/fegroups_4.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">EXT:context_help/cshimages/fegroups_3.png,
|
||||
EXT:context_help/cshimages/fegroups_4.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The form for editing frontend users groups.
|
||||
Pages, Content Elements and other records for frontend display often have a selector box where you can define access restriction by selecting access for a certain group only.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Modulo per editare i gruppi degli utenti frontend. Le Pagine, i Contenuti e altri records che vengono visualizzati nel frontend spesso hanno un selettore con il quale puoi definire le restrizioni di accesso, selezionando l'accesso solo per un determinato gruppo.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<T3locallangExt>
|
||||
<data type="array">
|
||||
<languageKey index="it" type="array">
|
||||
<label index="hidden.description">Questa opzione disabilita il gruppo degli utenti.</label>
|
||||
<label index="hidden.details">Se un gruppo utenti viene disabilitato, tutti gli utenti che appartengono a quel gruppo non erediteranno alcuna proprietà del gruppo. Per esempio se una pagina o un contenuto erano accessibili solo a questo gruppo, che viene disabilitato, nessuno poi potrà ottenere l'accesso alla pagina o al contenuto.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_hidden.seeAlso">fe_users:disable</label>
|
||||
<label index="title.description">Nome del gruppo.</label>
|
||||
<label index="title.details">Questo titolo apparirà come il nome del gruppo nella "Access-list" negli altri records.</label>
|
||||
<label index="lockToDomain.description">Inserire l'hostname da cui il gruppo sarà disponibile.</label>
|
||||
<label index="lockToDomain.details">Questa opzione è importante se hai siti web distinti nello stesso database di TYPO3 e dotati ancora di una sola pagina principale nella quale tutti gli utenti vengono salvati. In questo modo gli utenti dovranno fare un diverso login in ciascuno degli indirizzi associati al sito web. Questo può essere considerato una caratteristica positiva (avendo un login globale come un utente) o un problema (nel caso ci dovessero essere differenti cartelle utente). Si può voler limitare l'uso di un usergroup ad un determinato sito web, e non permettere il login da url differenti. Inserendo l'host name del sito, si fa in modo che il gruppo di utenti sia usato solo da questo dominio. <b>Nota:</b> L'uso di questa opzione non è critica se hai Website user storages multipli, ovvero una cartella-utenti per ciascun sito.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_lockToDomain.seeAlso">fe_users:lockToDomain</label>
|
||||
<label index="subgroup.description">Membro di altri gruppi.</label>
|
||||
<label index="subgroup.details">Elenco degli altri gruppi di cui fa parte questo gruppo.</label>
|
||||
<label index="description.description">Inserisci la descrizione del gruppo.</label>
|
||||
<label index="description.details">Destinato solo a uso interno; serve per inserire una nota sul gruppo, ad esempio perchè è stato creato e quali potrebbero essere i membri. Campo da riempire a piacimento.</label>
|
||||
<label index="TSconfig.description">TSconfig per il gruppo (avanzato).</label>
|
||||
<label index="TSconfig.details">Questo è il TSconfig per il gruppo. I valori sono ereditati da ciascun utente che è membro di questo gruppo. La configurazione può venire sovrascritta da altri gruppi e dal TSconfig dell'utente stesso.</label>
|
||||
<label index="TSconfig.syntax">Sintassi TypoScript, senza condizioni e costanti.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_TSconfig.seeAlso">fe_users:TSconfig</label>
|
||||
<label index=".description">Usergroup per gli utenti web del sito.</label>
|
||||
<label index=".details">La restrizione di accesso in TYPO3 è assegnata a questi gruppi di utenti. Quando una pagina o un altro elemento ha una restrizione d'accesso per un gruppo, solo gli utenti web che sono membri di questo gruppo potranno vedere l'elemento del sito web.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_.seeAlso">fe_users,
|
||||
per l'accesso riservato alle pagine protette | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_tut_quickstart/Create_restricted_pa/</label>
|
||||
<label index="_.image">EXT:context_help/cshimages/fegroups_3.png,
|
||||
EXT:context_help/cshimages/fegroups_4.png</label>
|
||||
<label index=".image_descr">Modulo per editare i gruppi degli utenti frontend. Le Pagine, i Contenuti e altri records che vengono visualizzati nel frontend spesso hanno un selettore con il quale puoi definire le restrizioni di accesso, selezionando l'accesso solo per un determinato gruppo.</label>
|
||||
</languageKey>
|
||||
</data>
|
||||
</T3locallangExt>
|
||||
150
typo3conf/l10n/it/context_help/it.locallang_csh_fe_users.xlf
Normal file
150
typo3conf/l10n/it/context_help/it.locallang_csh_fe_users.xlf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
|
||||
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns:t3="http://typo3.org/schemas/xliff" version="1.0">
|
||||
<file t3:id="1415814796" source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="messages" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="context_help" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="username.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the username of the website user. This is needed to login.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Digitare lo username dell'utente del sito web. Questo dato è necessario per effettuare il login.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="username.syntax" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>A username is required and must be in lowercase without spaces in it. The username must be unique among other usernames in the page where it's saved. If it is not unique a number will be prepended automatically.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Lo username è obbigatorio e deve essere digitato in caratteri minuscoli; non deve contenere spazi; deve essere un dato unico tra tutti gli altri nomi utenti presenti nella pagina dove viene salvato. Se non è unico sarà creato con l'anteposizione di n numero.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_username.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Creating Frontend Users and Groups | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_tut_quickstart/Create_users_group/</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Per la crezione di Gruppi e Utenti di Frontend | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_tut_quickstart/Create_users_group/</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="password.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the password for the username above. This is needed to login.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Digita la password per lo username sopra. E' necessaria per il login.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="password.syntax" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>A password is required and must be in lowercase without spaces in it.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">La password è un dato obbligatorio e deve essere trascritta a caratteri minuscoli e non deve contenere spazi.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="usergroup.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select a user group for the username.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona un gruppo da associare allo username.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="usergroup.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>When a user logs in he is able to view all content which is access restricted to the user <em>group(s)</em> the user is a member of. Therefore the user login primarily makes sense with regard to the member groups.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Quando un utente fa login potrà vedere tutti i contenuti conformemente alle restrizioni applicate al <em>gruppo(i)</em> di appartenenza. Pertanto fare login per l'utente ha senso esclusivamente se appartiene ad uno o più gruppi.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lockToDomain.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the host name from which the user is forced to login.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Digita il nome dell'host dal quale l'utente sarà costretto a fare login.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lockToDomain.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>A TYPO3 system may have multiple domains pointing to it. Therefore this option secures that users can login only from a certain host name.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Un sistema TYPO3 può avere più domini ai quali puntare. Pertanto questa opzione si assicura che gli utenti possano fare login solamente da un dato nome di host.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lockToDomain.syntax" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Either a domain name, "www.typo3.org" or an IP address, "10.34.222.83"</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Indica nome di dominio, es. "www.typo3.com" e/o un indirizzo IP, es. "10.34.222.83"</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_lockToDomain.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>fe_groups:lockToDomain</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">fe_groups:lockToDomain</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="name.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Enter the regular name of the user, both first- and surname.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="address.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the street address of the user.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Digita l'indirizzo stradale dell'utente.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="www.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the homepage URL</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Digita la pagina principale dell'utente (URL)</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="title.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the job title, eg. 'Director' or 'Accountant'.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Digita la qualifica dell'utente (es. Direttore, Ragioniere...).</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="company.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the name of the company in which the user is employed.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Digita il nome dela Azienda presso la quale l'utente è impiegato.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="image.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Insert a photo of the user.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci la foto dell'utente.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="disable.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This option will temporarily disable the user from logging in.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Questa opzione disabiliterà temporaneamente il login dell'utente.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_disable.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>fe_users:starttime,fe_users:endtime</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="starttime.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the date from which the account is active.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci la data di inizio attività del codice.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="starttime.syntax" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The syntax is dd-mm-yy, but you can just enter a "d" in the field to insert todays date. Or "d+10" to insert the date 10 days from now etc.
|
||||
The field will re-format any input to fit the format it understands so you can just experiment and you will be able to clearly see how dates should be entered.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">La sintassi è dd-mm-yy (giorno, mese e anno), ma tu puoi inserire anche "d" nel campo per inserire la data di oggi. Anche "d+10" per inserire la data del decimo giorno in avanti a partire da oggi, ecc. Il campo modificherà qualsiasi input affinchè corrisponda al formato; puoi modificare questo campo per comprendere le potenzialità e a titolo sperimentale finchè sarai in grado di impostare quello che ritieni utile al tuo caso.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_starttime.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>fe_users:disable,fe_users:endtime</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="endtime.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the date from which the account is disabled.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci la data dopo la quale l'account sarà disabilitato.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="endtime.syntax" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>See "Start"</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Vedi "Inizio"</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_endtime.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>fe_users:disable,fe_users:starttime</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lastlogin.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This field shows the user's last log in date.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Questo campo mostra l'ultima data nella quale l'utente ha fatto login.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="TSconfig.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter additional TSconfig for the user (advanced).</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Digita codice TSconfig addizionale per questo utente (funzione avanzata)</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="TSconfig.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>This field allows you to enter TypoScript style configuration values for the user. Currently there are no system defined keys. If there ever will be, they will be described in detail in the administrative documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
The primary use of this field (as well as the 'sister'-field in the Website usergroup table) is for custom purposes. In this case, you should use the root-key "user" for your customly defined values. Thus you don't risk any future system keys to interfere with your configuration.
|
||||
|
||||
You access the values of the configuration from your frontend plugins by calling the function <em>$GLOBALS["TSFE"]->fe_user->getUserTSconf()</em> which will return an array with the valuetree in it.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Warning:</b> You should use Website user/group TSconfig in your PHP-scripts ONLY if your resulting content is NOT being cached! So call it from TypoScript USER_INT cObjects or disable caching from your PHP-code by calling <em>$GLOBALS["TSFE"]->set_no_cache();</em>
|
||||
|
||||
<b>TSconfig from Website usergroups:</b>
|
||||
Notice that the configuration from the field TSconfig in the member groups of the user is accumulated and prepended to the TSconfig of the user before it's parsed. This means for instance that a key defined in the TSconfig of the user (this field) will override the same key defined in the last (bottom) usergroup in the list which will again override the same key defined in the first (top) usergroup in the list.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Example:</b>
|
||||
Let's imagine you want to define for a user that his name is printed in the bottom of the webpages when he is logged in. First of all you must write a PHP-function and insert the result from it as a USER_INT cObject in the bottom of the page. But your function needs to know, whether or not this user is configured to have his name printed. So you decide to use a custom TSconfig key, 'user.printUserName':
|
||||
|
||||
<em>In the TSconfig field of the user or usergroup:</em>
|
||||
|
||||
user.printUserName = 1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<em>In your PHP-function:</em>
|
||||
|
||||
$userTSConfig = $GLOBALS["TSFE"]->fe_user->getUserTSconf();
|
||||
if ($userTSConfig["user."]["printUserName"]) {
|
||||
return $GLOBALS["TSFE"]->fe_user->user["name"];
|
||||
}</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="TSconfig.syntax" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>TypoScript syntax, without conditions and constants.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_TSconfig.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>TSconfig for TSFE | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_core_tsconfig/TCEMAIN/
|
||||
pages:TSconfig,
|
||||
fe_groups:TSconfig,
|
||||
be_users:TSconfig,
|
||||
be_groups:TSconfig</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>A website login user.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Sito web di login per l'utente.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>These are users with a username and password who are allowed specific access to otherwise restricted areas on your website.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Questi sono utenti con uno username e password che sono autorizzata ad accessi specifici ad aree protette del tuo sito.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>fe_groups
|
||||
be_users</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_.image" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>EXT:context_help/cshimages/feusers_1.png,
|
||||
EXT:context_help/cshimages/feusers_2.png,</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".image_descr" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Part of the form for editing a frontend user.
|
||||
A typical login box (standard) on the website where frontend users can login.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
42
typo3conf/l10n/it/context_help/it.locallang_csh_fe_users.xml
Normal file
42
typo3conf/l10n/it/context_help/it.locallang_csh_fe_users.xml
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<T3locallangExt>
|
||||
<data type="array">
|
||||
<languageKey index="it" type="array">
|
||||
<label index="username.description">Digitare lo username dell'utente del sito web. Questo dato è necessario per effettuare il login.</label>
|
||||
<label index="username.syntax">Lo username è obbigatorio e deve essere digitato in caratteri minuscoli; non deve contenere spazi; deve essere un dato unico tra tutti gli altri nomi utenti presenti nella pagina dove viene salvato. Se non è unico sarà creato con l'anteposizione di n numero.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_username.seeAlso">Per la crezione di Gruppi e Utenti di Frontend | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_tut_quickstart/Create_users_group/</label>
|
||||
<label index="password.description">Digita la password per lo username sopra. E' necessaria per il login.</label>
|
||||
<label index="password.syntax">La password è un dato obbligatorio e deve essere trascritta a caratteri minuscoli e non deve contenere spazi.</label>
|
||||
<label index="usergroup.description">Seleziona un gruppo da associare allo username.</label>
|
||||
<label index="usergroup.details">Quando un utente fa login potrà vedere tutti i contenuti conformemente alle restrizioni applicate al <em>gruppo(i)</em> di appartenenza. Pertanto fare login per l'utente ha senso esclusivamente se appartiene ad uno o più gruppi.</label>
|
||||
<label index="lockToDomain.description">Digita il nome dell'host dal quale l'utente sarà costretto a fare login.</label>
|
||||
<label index="lockToDomain.details">Un sistema TYPO3 può avere più domini ai quali puntare. Pertanto questa opzione si assicura che gli utenti possano fare login solamente da un dato nome di host.</label>
|
||||
<label index="lockToDomain.syntax">Indica nome di dominio, es. "www.typo3.com" e/o un indirizzo IP, es. "10.34.222.83"</label>
|
||||
<label index="_lockToDomain.seeAlso">fe_groups:lockToDomain</label>
|
||||
<label index="name.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="address.description">Digita l'indirizzo stradale dell'utente.</label>
|
||||
<label index="www.description">Digita la pagina principale dell'utente (URL)</label>
|
||||
<label index="title.description">Digita la qualifica dell'utente (es. Direttore, Ragioniere...).</label>
|
||||
<label index="company.description">Digita il nome dela Azienda presso la quale l'utente è impiegato.</label>
|
||||
<label index="image.description">Inserisci la foto dell'utente.</label>
|
||||
<label index="disable.description">Questa opzione disabiliterà temporaneamente il login dell'utente.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_disable.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="starttime.description">Inserisci la data di inizio attività del codice.</label>
|
||||
<label index="starttime.syntax">La sintassi è dd-mm-yy (giorno, mese e anno), ma tu puoi inserire anche "d" nel campo per inserire la data di oggi. Anche "d+10" per inserire la data del decimo giorno in avanti a partire da oggi, ecc. Il campo modificherà qualsiasi input affinchè corrisponda al formato; puoi modificare questo campo per comprendere le potenzialità e a titolo sperimentale finchè sarai in grado di impostare quello che ritieni utile al tuo caso.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_starttime.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="endtime.description">Inserisci la data dopo la quale l'account sarà disabilitato.</label>
|
||||
<label index="endtime.syntax">Vedi "Inizio"</label>
|
||||
<label index="_endtime.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="lastlogin.description">Questo campo mostra l'ultima data nella quale l'utente ha fatto login.</label>
|
||||
<label index="TSconfig.description">Digita codice TSconfig addizionale per questo utente (funzione avanzata)</label>
|
||||
<label index="TSconfig.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="TSconfig.syntax"/>
|
||||
<label index="_TSconfig.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index=".description">Sito web di login per l'utente.</label>
|
||||
<label index=".details">Questi sono utenti con uno username e password che sono autorizzata ad accessi specifici ad aree protette del tuo sito.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="_.image"/>
|
||||
<label index=".image_descr"/>
|
||||
</languageKey>
|
||||
</data>
|
||||
</T3locallangExt>
|
||||
460
typo3conf/l10n/it/context_help/it.locallang_csh_pages.xlf
Normal file
460
typo3conf/l10n/it/context_help/it.locallang_csh_pages.xlf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,460 @@
|
||||
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns:t3="http://typo3.org/schemas/xliff" version="1.0">
|
||||
<file t3:id="1415814797" source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="messages" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="context_help" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="layout.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select a layout for the page. Any effect depends on the website template.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona il layout della pagina. Il risultato dipende dal tempalte del sito.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="layout.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>This option may not have any impact on the page design since it depends on how (and if) the front end template uses it. In most default templates it's not used.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="doktype.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Select a page type affects whether the page represents a visible webpage or is used for other purposes.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="doktype.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>'Standard' and 'Advanced' types are regular webpages, just differing in the number of options.
|
||||
'External URL' and 'Shortcut' types allows you to let a page be a shortcut to either an external URL or in the latter case a page in the page tree.
|
||||
'Not in menu' is also a regular page, but will not be shown in the navigation. <em>This page type is deprecated! Please use the "Hide in menu" option!</em>
|
||||
'Backend User Section' is an option which requires a backend user to be logged in for the page to be visible.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Special types:</b>
|
||||
'Spacer' is only meaningfull if your frontend navigation is programmed to use it. In this case it does not represent a page with content but is intended to be a non-clickable placeholder in the navigation.
|
||||
'SysFolder' is a page type which cannot be shown as a webpage but is rather acting as a storage for records of your choice.
|
||||
'Recycler' is a garbage can. Pages and records in a recycler are not visible in the frontend.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Notice:</b> Each type usually has a specific icon attached. Also certain types may not be available for a user (so you may experience that some of the options are not available for you!). And finally each type is configured to allow only certain table records in the page (SysFolder will allow any record if you have any problems).</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_doktype.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>pages:shortcut,
|
||||
pages:url</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>If this is checked, the page will be hidden on the website.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Se questa opzione è selezionata, nel sito la pagina sarà invisible.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>The 'Hidden', 'Start', 'Stop' and 'Access' options are all about limiting access to pages and thus they are related in functionality. In any case where a page is not visible due to one of these options, the page will not show up in the site navigation.
|
||||
Notice, these options are related <em>only</em> to the page for which they are set. If you want their effect to cover the subpages as well, you must enable the 'Include subpages' option.
|
||||
When you're logged in as a backend user you can preview hidden pages if you have read access to them.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_hidden.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>pages:starttime,pages:endtime,pages:fe_group,pages:extendToSubpages</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_hidden.image" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>EXT:context_help/cshimages/hidden_page.gif,
|
||||
EXT:context_help/cshimages/pages_1.png</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The page icon of a hidden page is dimmed and a red X is added.
|
||||
If you view a page that is hidden and you are logged in into the backend you will still be able to see the page. The red "Preview" box will tell you that this page is visible to you because of this special circumstance.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">L'icona di una pagina nascosta è offuscata con in aggiunta una X rossa.
|
||||
Se hai fatto login nel backend e visualizzi una pagina che è nascosta sarai in grado di vedere la pagina a Frontend. Il pulsante rosso "Preview" [anteprima] ti ricorderà che puoi vedere la pagina perché ti trovi in questa speciale condizione.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="starttime.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The 'Start' time determines the date from which the page will be visible online. Use this to 'publish' the page on a certain date. If 'Start' time is not set, the page will be online instantly (unless the page is hidden otherwise).</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">"Inizio" definisce la data dalla quale la pagina sarà visibile in linea. Usa questo metodo per pubblicare la pagina a partire da una data determinata. Se "Inizio" non viene configurato la pagina sarà pubblicata immediatamente (a meno che non sia stata nascosta).</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="starttime.syntax" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Format is DD-MM-YYYY. You may enter the value in other ways - it will be evaluated immediately.
|
||||
If you insert eg. a 'd' the current date is inserted. You can also append any value in the field with eg. '+10' which will add 10 days to the current value. For instance setting the value to 'd+10' would select a date 10 days from now.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Il formato per le date e' DD-MM-YYYY. Puoi inserire un valore in altri modi - sarà valutato immediatamente.
|
||||
Se ad esempio inserisci una 'd', viene inserita la data corrente. Puoi anche aggiungere un valore nel campo, ad esempio '+10', aggiunge 10 giorni alla data corrente. Per esempio usando il valore 'd+10' la data corrisponderà a +10 giorni a partire da ora.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_starttime.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:endtime,pages:hidden</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:endtime,pages:hidden</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="endtime.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The 'Stop' time is the date from which the page will not be online anymore.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">"Fine" è la data dalla quale la pagina non sarà più disponibile in linea.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="endtime.syntax" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>See Page / Start (click below)</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Vedi Pagina / Inizio (clicca sotto)</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_endtime.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:starttime</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:starttime</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fe_group.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>If 'Access' is set to a usergroup name, only website users which are members of the selected usergroup will be able to view the page when they are logged in. The special option 'Hide at login' means the page will <em>not</em> be visible for website users that are logged in. Likewise "Show at login" will make the page visible for any logged in frontend user.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Se 'Accesso' è configurato per un gruppo di utenti, solo gli utenti del sito che sono associati al gruppo potranno veder la pagina dopo aver fatto login. L'opzione speciale 'nascondi al login' significa che la pagina <em>non</em> sarà visibile agli utenti del sito che hanno effettuato login. Analogamente "Mostra al login" renderà la pagina visibile per qualunque utente che ha fatto login.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_fe_group.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>fe_groups</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">fe_groups</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_fe_group.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>EXT:context_help/cshimages/fegroups_4.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">EXT:context_help/cshimages/pages_2.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
82%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="extendToSubpages.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>By default the Start, Stop, Access and Hidden options are effective <em>only</em> for the page on which they are set. If the option 'Include subpages' is checked for the page, then their effect is inherited by all subpages to that page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Per default Inizio, Fine,Accesso e Nascosto sono opzioni che hanno effetto <em>solo</em> per la pagina dove sono impostate. Se l'opzione 'includi sottopagine' è selezionata, queste opzioni sono estese a tutte le sottopagine della pagina così configurata.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="extendToSubpages.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Consider a scenario where you want to create a whole section of subpages only visible for users which are logged in. Setting the 'Access' option for the top page in the section would affect access to that page only. So the page would not show up in the navigation unless you are logged in.
|
||||
However the subpages would still be visible if one could guess the id-number of the pages and enter it manually in the URL. But setting this option would extend the effect of the top page setting to cover all subpages as well.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Pensa a uno scenario dove vuoi creare una intera sezione di sotto-pagine visibili esclusivamente agli utenti che hanno fatto login. Configurando l'opzione 'Accesso' per la pagina in cima all'albero farà sì che solo questa pagina risulterà protetta. La pagina non sarà visibile nella navigazione (menu, mappe, ecc.) a meno che tu non abbia fatto login.
|
||||
Comunque le sotto-pagine saranno ancora visibili se viene tentato un accesso usando il numero identificativo della pagina manualmente, digitandolo nell'URL. Ma impostando questa opzione i parametri di accesso saranno estesi a tutte le sotto-pagine.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_extendToSubpages.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:hidden,
|
||||
pages:starttime,
|
||||
pages:endtime,
|
||||
pages:fe_group</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:hidden,
|
||||
pages:starttime,
|
||||
pages:endtime,
|
||||
pages:fe_group</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_extendToSubpages.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:context_help/cshimages/pages_2.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">EXT:context_help/cshimages/pages_2.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="extendToSubpages.image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This page icon has access restricted to a certain group and "Include subpages" set as well. This is reflected in the way the icon changed look.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">L'icona della pagina ha un accesso ristretto solo a un dato gruppo e se l'opzione "Includi sotto-pagine" è selezionata. Questo si può notare dal modo in cui l'icona ha cambiato aspetto.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="alias.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>An 'alias' is a unique identification string for a page. You can use this string instead of the id-number to refer to the page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Un 'alias' è una stringa univoca che identifica una pagina. Puoi usare questa stringa al posto del numero identificativo della pagina.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="alias.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Ultimately a page is identified by its id-number. For instance you may refer to a page in TYPO3 by '.../?id=123'. If the page with id '123' has the alias 'one_two_three', then the URL '.../?id=one_two_three' would display exactly the same page, because 'one_two_three' is an alias for the id '123'.
|
||||
Normally you should assign aliases only to a limited number of pages, preferably those you need to link to a lot. In most TYPO3 configurations you would be able to use the syntax '.. &lt;link one_two_three&gt;go to the page&lt;/link&gt; ..' to create a link to the page. This is easier to remember.
|
||||
Another use is if you need to change which page such a link is referring to. In that case you can delete the alias for one page and enter it for another and all links pointing to the alias would now refer to another id-number.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">In definitiva una pagina viene definita e riconosciuta univocamente dal proprio id di pagina che è un numero. Per esempio puoi far riferimento alla pagina con la sintassi '.../?id=123'. Se la pagina che ha per id '123' ha un alias che è stato definito come 'uno_due_tre' allora l'URL si presenterà in questo modo: "/?id=uno_due_tre'. Questo URL visualizzerà esattamente la stessa pagina perchè 'uno_due_tre' è un alias della pagina che ha per id: '123'.
|
||||
Normalmente dovresti assegnare un alias a un numero limitato di pagine, preferibilmente quelle che tu vuoi collegare più velocemente e in modo mnemonico. In diverse configurazione di TYPO3 potrai usare la sintassi '.. &lt;llink uno_due_tre&gt;go to the page&lt;/link&gt; ..' per creare un link ad una pagina. Questo è più facile da ricordare
|
||||
Un altro uso che puoi fare se devi modificare a quale pagina un collegamento è riferito. In questo caso puoi cancellare l'alias da una pagina e re-inserirlo in un'altra e tutti i collegamenti che puntano a quell'alias saranno riferiti al nuovo.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="alias.syntax" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>An alias can contain only lowercase alphanumeric characters and must be unique.
|
||||
Please notice: If the entered value was not unique, it will automatically be prepended with a number.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Un alias può contenere solo caratteri minuscoli alfanumerici e deve essere unico.
|
||||
Nota: se inserisci un valore non unico questo sarà automaticamente corretto precedendolo con un numero.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="target.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The HTML target of menu items linking to this page. Also can be used for open page in popup.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Il codice HTML target delle voci di menu con link a questa pagina. Può anche essere utilizzato per aprire le pagine in popup.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="target.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Set this value only to overrule the default link, which should be configured correctly for most pages in the website TypoScript template.
|
||||
There are more options with the target field
|
||||
|
||||
Setting an integer value at the start of the field adds it as the default type for the page.
|
||||
For example, if an RSS feed is configured in Typoscript as typeNum=100, setting the target to 100 could be used to add an RSS link in the menu.
|
||||
|
||||
For open in popup use following syntax:
|
||||
400x200 - this opens page in a popup of size 400x200
|
||||
230x450:resizable=0,location=1 - opens page in popup with parameters
|
||||
|
||||
Combined:
|
||||
100 600x350 - opens page in popup with type 100
|
||||
2 _blank - opens page with target "_blank" and type 2</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="no_cache.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This option disables server caching of the page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Questa opzione disabilita la cache per questa pagina.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="no_cache.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Normally pages in TYPO3 are cached on the server after being constructed for the first time. This means a page is displayed much faster the second time it's requested.
|
||||
For most pages this presents no problems - rather it's boosting the performance of the website.
|
||||
However you may need to disable caching for a page if it contains dynamic content which must not be cached under any circumstances. Normally the PHP-code rendering such content is programmed to disable the caching automatically. But in any case you can force the page not to be cached via this option.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_no_cache.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:cache_timeout</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:cache_timeout</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="cache_timeout.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sets the cache timeout for the page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Definisce la scadenza per la cache di questa pagina.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="cache_timeout.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>By default pages last for 24 hours in the cache. After that period the page is constructed again and rewritten to the cache. Depending on your configuration, the cache may also be cleared at midnight.
|
||||
Anyhow you may here set another timeout time for the page in cache if you need to.
|
||||
This option is used quite rarely.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Per default le pagine rimangono in cache 24 ore. Dopo tale periodo la pagina viene rigenerata e scritta nuovamente nella cache. In base alla tua configurazione, la cache potrebbe anche essere cancellata a mezzanotte.
|
||||
Comunque puoi configurare una diversa scadenza per la pagina in cache, se ne hai bisogno.
|
||||
Questa opzione è usata piuttosto raramente.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_cache_timeout.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:no_cache</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pagine:no_cache</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="no_search.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>If enabled, this option excludes the page from searching operations on the website.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Se abitata, questa opzione esclude la pagina dalle elaborazioni di ricerca nel sito.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="author.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the page authors name.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci i nomi degli autori di questa pagina.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="author.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Whether the author name is used or not depends on the setup of your TypoScript template.
|
||||
|
||||
- You may use it in a meta-tag.
|
||||
- If you're using TYPO3 pages as 'articles' then you could use this field to display the name of the page (article) author.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Se il nome dell'autore è usato o meno dipende dalle configurazioni applicate dal template TypoScript.
|
||||
|
||||
- Puoi usarlo nel meta-tag.
|
||||
- Se stai utilizzando le pagine come 'articoli' allora potresti usare questo campo per visualizzare il nome dell'autore della pagina (ovvero dell'articolo).</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_author.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:author_email</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pagine:author_email</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="author_email.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the page authors email address.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci le email degli autori di questa pagina.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_author_email.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>pages:author</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="module.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Define the page as a frontend 'module'.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Definisci la pagina come un 'modulo' frontend.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="module.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>In the backend there is a module called 'Web>Modules' as well as a header 'Modules' in the 'User>Task Center'. Both functions list the available 'Frontend modules' to which the user has access.
|
||||
Basically, setting this option just marks the page so the backend knows this page contains eg. a forum or is the root page of a shopping section on the website. And based on this knowledge the backend is able to display a shortcut list as well as relevant functionality in the 'Web>Modules' module. The frontend display is - largely - not affected.
|
||||
So in effect, by 'marking' a page to be a 'Shop' module simply means it'll show up in the shortcut list of modules in the backend.
|
||||
|
||||
There may be a little more to it than this, but for details on the subject, you must refer to the administration documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
It's recommended that only admin-users are allowed access to this field!</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="media.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Attach media files related to the page.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="media.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>This fields allows you to attach various files to the page record.
|
||||
If and how these files are used depends on your template. So basically which files you attach here and in which order they must be listed is determined by your specific website template and thus you should seek instructions in the documentation for your specific website.
|
||||
As an example this field could be used from the template to allow you to attach a logo-image to the page. Or the template might be programmed to expect the first file to be an image used as a link in the navigation menu. But remember, this totally depends on how this field is used in the programming of the template.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="subtitle.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter a subtitle if needed.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci un sottotitolo, se lo vuoi.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="subtitle.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Whether this field is used or not depends on the template. In most cases it's not used.
|
||||
You may use this field as you like in your own templates.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">L'uso di questo campo dipende dal template. In molti casi non viene usato.
|
||||
Puoi usare questo campo come desideri nei tuoi template.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="url.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the URL to which this page is supposed to link.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisce l'URL al quale la pagina si suppone sia collegata.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="url.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Example: 'http://www.typo3.org' or just 'www.typo3.org' provided the 'Type' selector is set to 'http://'.
|
||||
Use the 'Type' selector to select a prefix for the URL.
|
||||
|
||||
This option is used only if the page 'Type' is set to 'External URL'.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Esempio: 'http://www.typo3.-org' o il solo 'www.typo3.org' usato nel selettore 'Type' sarà ugualmente configurato con 'http://'.
|
||||
Usa il selettore 'Type' per scegliere un prefisso per l'URL.
|
||||
|
||||
Questa opzione è usata solo se il 'Type' della pagina e' configurato come 'External URL'.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_url.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:urltype</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:urltype</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Insert a reference to the page to which this page is supposed to be a shortcut. Requesting this ID in the frontend will redirect people to the page referred to by this value.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisce un riferimento alla pagina alla quale l'attuale è associata attraverso una scorciaioia (shortcut). Chiedendo l'ID di pagina nel frontend il visitatore sarà rediretto alla pagina di destinazione associata a questo valore.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Click the 'Browse for records' icon and a new window will appear in which you can easily select the page to which the shortcut is supposed to link.
|
||||
|
||||
This option is used only if the page 'Type' is set to 'Shortcut'.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_shortcut.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:doktype,
|
||||
pages:shortcut_mode</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:doktype,
|
||||
pages:shortcut_mode</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_shortcut.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>EXT:context_help/cshimages/page_shortcut.gif</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">EXT:context_help/cshimages/pages_2.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
75%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut.image_descr" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Select a page to shortcut to by the Element Browser.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="keywords.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter keywords for the page separated by commas. You may also use short phrases.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci le parole chiave di questa pagina, separate da virgole.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="keywords.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Most TYPO3 websites use these keywords in a meta-tag on the page, but you have to setup the appropriate TypoScript template yourself.
|
||||
|
||||
To optimize your page for search engines like google you should not use more than 3 to 6 keywords. You should make sure that the keywords can be found in the content of the page.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that also search engine extensions for TYPO3 (e.g. Indexed search) can be configured to make use of the keywords.
|
||||
|
||||
In TYPO3, the keywords can also be used to create a menu of related pages. Create a content element of type 'Sitemap' and then choose the menu type <i>Related pages (based on keywords)</i>.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_keywords.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>pages:description</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="description.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter a short description of the page. It will be displayed in the result lists of search engines.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Una breve descrizione della pagina.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="description.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Most TYPO3 websites insert this description in a meta-tag on the page, but you have to configure this yourself in your TypoScript template.
|
||||
|
||||
Search engines will display the description in their result list. Thus, the text should be short (about 160 characters maximum), and it's wording should make sense when it shows up in the result list.
|
||||
|
||||
Also, the description will be displayed if you create a content element of type 'Sitemap' and then choose the menu type <i>Menu of subpages to these pages (with abstract)</i>.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Note:</b> Some search engines only use the description if the text is not found elsewhere in the content. So do not just repeat yourself.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_description.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:keywords
|
||||
pages:abstract</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:keywords
|
||||
pages:abstract</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="abstract.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter an abstract of the contents. It may be displayed in an overview of articles.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci un riassunto della pagina.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="abstract.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>An abstract is a short description of the page content, that might be a little longer than the one in the <i>Description</i> field.
|
||||
|
||||
Other than the description, the abstract is not meant for display in search engine result lists, but for use in your own project exclusively.
|
||||
|
||||
By default, TYPO3 lets you create a content element of type <i>Sitemap</i> and then choose <i>Menu of subpages to these pages (with abstract)</i> to create an overview of articles. If an abstract is available it will be used instead of the description.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Note:</b> You do not have to enter the text of the description into the <i>Abstract field</i> again.
|
||||
|
||||
Of course, admins can make custom use of this field via their TypoScript templates.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_abstract.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>pages:description</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="backend_layout.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Select a backend layout for this particular page only.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="backend_layout.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>If you have created any additional backend layouts you can select them here to have the page module render the columns of this page with the selected layout.
|
||||
|
||||
Usually it will reflect the frontend layout in a way so that you will be able to recognize easily to which area of the page the content belongs.
|
||||
|
||||
You can select nothing or "none" to get the default column view of the page module for this page.
|
||||
|
||||
If you select a layout or "none", it will override any settings that might have been inherited from pages in the rootline of the current page.
|
||||
|
||||
The selection is <b>NOT</b> inherited automatically by subpages - use <b>Backend Layout (subpages of this page)</b> if you want to achieve this.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_backend_layout.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:backend_layout_next_level</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:backend_layout_next_level</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="backend_layout_next_level.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Select a backend layout for all subpages of this page.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="backend_layout_next_level.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>If you have created any additional backend layouts you can select them here to have the page module render the columns of the subpages of this page with the selected layout.
|
||||
|
||||
Usually it will reflect the frontend layout in a way so that you will be able to recognize easily to which area of the page the content belongs.
|
||||
|
||||
You can select nothing or "none" to get the default column view of the page module for the subpages.
|
||||
|
||||
If you select a layout or "none", it will override any settings that might have been inherited from pages in the rootline of the current page.
|
||||
|
||||
The selection is inherited automatically by all subpages - so you don't have to set it separately for each of them.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_backend_layout_next_level.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>pages:backend_layout</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newUntil.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the 'expiry date' of the page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisce la data di scadenza della pagina.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newUntil.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The 'expiry date' of the page has no effect on the display of the webpage. This value is rather for internal use meant as a reminder of the date when the content of this page should be revised. So if the content of the page will be outdated at a certain point in time, you could set this value to that approximate date.
|
||||
In order to obtain an overview of the expiry dates of pages, use the 'Pagetree overview' in the 'Web>Info' module.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">La 'data di scadenza' della pagina non ha effetto sulla visualizzazione della pagina. Questo è un valore per uso interno, che si intende utilizzare per ricordare la data nella quale il contenuto dovrebbe essere revisionato. Così il contenuto della pagina ad un certo punto sarà considerato superato; per farlo dovrai configurare il valore inserendo una data approssimativa.
|
||||
Per ottenere a video una panoramica delle pagine sottoposta a data di scadenza devi usare da 'Web > Info' il modulo 'Panoramica albero delle pagine'.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newUntil.syntax" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>See Page / Start (click below)</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Vedi Pagina / inizio (clicca sotto)</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_newUntil.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:starttime</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">pages:starttime</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lastUpdated.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the time and date of the most recent update of this page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisce il tempo e la data dell'aggiornamento più recente di questa pagina.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lastUpdated.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>How the value of this field is used is determined by the TypoScript template of the website. First of all a 'Last updated' notice needs to be inserted on the pages and secondly the template must be configured to use this value.
|
||||
The most common use which is found in the standard templates will automatically display the last update time and date <em>unless</em> this field specifies a value in which case this value is inserted.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lastUpdated.syntax" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Format is HH:MM DD-MM-YYYY.
|
||||
If you insert eg. a 'd' the current time and date is inserted. You can also append any value in the field with eg. '+10' which will add 10 days to the current value.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="nav_hide.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>With this option the page will be hidden in navigation menus in the frontend. The page can still be viewed if linked by its ID directly.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_nav_hide.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>pages:nav_title</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="nav_title.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Alternative title for menu items in the frontend. This value takes precedence over the page title if this value is filled in.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="content_from_pid.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>If set, this is an alternative page id from where Content Elements will be selected instead of Content Elements from the current page.
|
||||
Depends on template implementation whether this applies.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="urltype.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Set the URL prefix.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_mode.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Select a shortcut mode. By default the shortcut page type must have a page id to jump to. Alternative methods are to go to the first subpage of a page or to a random subpage.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mount_pid.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Mount this page id. If set it means that the subpages of this page comes from the mounted page instead.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mount_pid.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>In the frontend this is done by adding a new variable, &MP, to the parameters which links the mounted branch to the main branch by pairing page ids.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_mount_pid.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>pages:mount_pid_ol</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mount_pid_ol.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>If set, the mount point is "overlaid" by the mounted page. It will look like if the mount point does not exist and the mounted page is inserted in its position instead.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_mount_pid_ol.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>pages:mount_pid</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="title.description.+" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>This is normally shown in the website navigation.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="TSconfig.details.+" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source><strong>Example:</strong>
|
||||
Normally the 'Web>Page' module lets you create content in four columns, Left, Normal, Right, Border. However most websites use only a single or two columns. So some of these content columns are just taking up space and may even be confusing to users.
|
||||
If you enter this string in the 'TSconfig' field, the 'Web>Page' module will allow you to work only in the 'Normal' and 'Border' column!
|
||||
|
||||
<em>mod.web_layout.tt_content.colPos_list = 0,3</em>
|
||||
|
||||
(Must be entered in a single line!)</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="l18n_cfg.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Affect availability of pages in the various languages.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="l18n_cfg.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source><b>Hide default translation of page</b>
|
||||
If set the page is only available in one of the translations. So any attempt to access the page in the default language will show an error message.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Hide page if no translation for current language exists</b>
|
||||
If set the page access will be blocked with an error message if there is no translation in the current language. By default access to a non-translated page will just show the default language content.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
121
typo3conf/l10n/it/context_help/it.locallang_csh_pages.xml
Normal file
121
typo3conf/l10n/it/context_help/it.locallang_csh_pages.xml
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<T3locallangExt>
|
||||
<data type="array">
|
||||
<languageKey index="it" type="array">
|
||||
<label index="layout.description">Seleziona il layout della pagina. Il risultato dipende dal tempalte del sito.</label>
|
||||
<label index="layout.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="doktype.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="doktype.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_doktype.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="hidden.description">Se questa opzione è selezionata, nel sito la pagina sarà invisible.</label>
|
||||
<label index="hidden.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_hidden.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="_hidden.image"/>
|
||||
<label index="hidden.image_descr">L'icona di una pagina nascosta è offuscata con in aggiunta una X rossa.
|
||||
Se hai fatto login nel backend e visualizzi una pagina che è nascosta sarai in grado di vedere la pagina a Frontend. Il pulsante rosso "Preview" [anteprima] ti ricorderà che puoi vedere la pagina perché ti trovi in questa speciale condizione.</label>
|
||||
<label index="starttime.description">"Inizio" definisce la data dalla quale la pagina sarà visibile in linea. Usa questo metodo per pubblicare la pagina a partire da una data determinata. Se "Inizio" non viene configurato la pagina sarà pubblicata immediatamente (a meno che non sia stata nascosta).</label>
|
||||
<label index="starttime.syntax">Il formato per le date e' DD-MM-YYYY. Puoi inserire un valore in altri modi - sarà valutato immediatamente.
|
||||
Se ad esempio inserisci una 'd', viene inserita la data corrente. Puoi anche aggiungere un valore nel campo, ad esempio '+10', aggiunge 10 giorni alla data corrente. Per esempio usando il valore 'd+10' la data corrisponderà a +10 giorni a partire da ora.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_starttime.seeAlso">pages:endtime,pages:hidden</label>
|
||||
<label index="_.seeAlso">tt_content</label>
|
||||
<label index="endtime.description">"Fine" è la data dalla quale la pagina non sarà più disponibile in linea.</label>
|
||||
<label index="endtime.syntax">Vedi Pagina / Inizio (clicca sotto)</label>
|
||||
<label index="_endtime.seeAlso">pages:starttime</label>
|
||||
<label index="fe_group.description">Se 'Accesso' è configurato per un gruppo di utenti, solo gli utenti del sito che sono associati al gruppo potranno veder la pagina dopo aver fatto login. L'opzione speciale 'nascondi al login' significa che la pagina <em>non</em> sarà visibile agli utenti del sito che hanno effettuato login. Analogamente "Mostra al login" renderà la pagina visibile per qualunque utente che ha fatto login.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_fe_group.seeAlso">fe_groups</label>
|
||||
<label index="_fe_group.image">EXT:context_help/cshimages/pages_2.png</label>
|
||||
<label index="extendToSubpages.description">Per default Inizio, Fine,Accesso e Nascosto sono opzioni che hanno effetto <em>solo</em> per la pagina dove sono impostate. Se l'opzione 'includi sottopagine' è selezionata, queste opzioni sono estese a tutte le sottopagine della pagina così configurata.</label>
|
||||
<label index="extendToSubpages.details">Pensa a uno scenario dove vuoi creare una intera sezione di sotto-pagine visibili esclusivamente agli utenti che hanno fatto login. Configurando l'opzione 'Accesso' per la pagina in cima all'albero farà sì che solo questa pagina risulterà protetta. La pagina non sarà visibile nella navigazione (menu, mappe, ecc.) a meno che tu non abbia fatto login.
|
||||
Comunque le sotto-pagine saranno ancora visibili se viene tentato un accesso usando il numero identificativo della pagina manualmente, digitandolo nell'URL. Ma impostando questa opzione i parametri di accesso saranno estesi a tutte le sotto-pagine.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_extendToSubpages.seeAlso">pages:hidden,
|
||||
pages:starttime,
|
||||
pages:endtime,
|
||||
pages:fe_group</label>
|
||||
<label index="_extendToSubpages.image">EXT:context_help/cshimages/pages_2.png</label>
|
||||
<label index="extendToSubpages.image_descr">L'icona della pagina ha un accesso ristretto solo a un dato gruppo e se l'opzione "Includi sotto-pagine" è selezionata. Questo si può notare dal modo in cui l'icona ha cambiato aspetto.</label>
|
||||
<label index="alias.description">Un 'alias' è una stringa univoca che identifica una pagina. Puoi usare questa stringa al posto del numero identificativo della pagina.</label>
|
||||
<label index="alias.details">In definitiva una pagina viene definita e riconosciuta univocamente dal proprio id di pagina che è un numero. Per esempio puoi far riferimento alla pagina con la sintassi '.../?id=123'. Se la pagina che ha per id '123' ha un alias che è stato definito come 'uno_due_tre' allora l'URL si presenterà in questo modo: "/?id=uno_due_tre'. Questo URL visualizzerà esattamente la stessa pagina perchè 'uno_due_tre' è un alias della pagina che ha per id: '123'.
|
||||
Normalmente dovresti assegnare un alias a un numero limitato di pagine, preferibilmente quelle che tu vuoi collegare più velocemente e in modo mnemonico. In diverse configurazione di TYPO3 potrai usare la sintassi '.. &lt;llink uno_due_tre&gt;go to the page&lt;/link&gt; ..' per creare un link ad una pagina. Questo è più facile da ricordare
|
||||
Un altro uso che puoi fare se devi modificare a quale pagina un collegamento è riferito. In questo caso puoi cancellare l'alias da una pagina e re-inserirlo in un'altra e tutti i collegamenti che puntano a quell'alias saranno riferiti al nuovo.</label>
|
||||
<label index="alias.syntax">Un alias può contenere solo caratteri minuscoli alfanumerici e deve essere unico.
|
||||
Nota: se inserisci un valore non unico questo sarà automaticamente corretto precedendolo con un numero.</label>
|
||||
<label index="target.description">Il codice HTML target delle voci di menu con link a questa pagina. Può anche essere utilizzato per aprire le pagine in popup.</label>
|
||||
<label index="target.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="no_cache.description">Questa opzione disabilita la cache per questa pagina.</label>
|
||||
<label index="no_cache.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_no_cache.seeAlso">pages:cache_timeout</label>
|
||||
<label index="cache_timeout.description">Definisce la scadenza per la cache di questa pagina.</label>
|
||||
<label index="cache_timeout.details">Per default le pagine rimangono in cache 24 ore. Dopo tale periodo la pagina viene rigenerata e scritta nuovamente nella cache. In base alla tua configurazione, la cache potrebbe anche essere cancellata a mezzanotte.
|
||||
Comunque puoi configurare una diversa scadenza per la pagina in cache, se ne hai bisogno.
|
||||
Questa opzione è usata piuttosto raramente.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_cache_timeout.seeAlso">pagine:no_cache</label>
|
||||
<label index="no_search.description">Se abitata, questa opzione esclude la pagina dalle elaborazioni di ricerca nel sito.</label>
|
||||
<label index="author.description">Inserisci i nomi degli autori di questa pagina.</label>
|
||||
<label index="author.details">Se il nome dell'autore è usato o meno dipende dalle configurazioni applicate dal template TypoScript.
|
||||
|
||||
- Puoi usarlo nel meta-tag.
|
||||
- Se stai utilizzando le pagine come 'articoli' allora potresti usare questo campo per visualizzare il nome dell'autore della pagina (ovvero dell'articolo).</label>
|
||||
<label index="_author.seeAlso">pagine:author_email</label>
|
||||
<label index="author_email.description">Inserisci le email degli autori di questa pagina.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_author_email.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="module.description">Definisci la pagina come un 'modulo' frontend.</label>
|
||||
<label index="module.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="media.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="media.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="subtitle.description">Inserisci un sottotitolo, se lo vuoi.</label>
|
||||
<label index="subtitle.details">L'uso di questo campo dipende dal template. In molti casi non viene usato.
|
||||
Puoi usare questo campo come desideri nei tuoi template.</label>
|
||||
<label index="url.description">Inserisce l'URL al quale la pagina si suppone sia collegata.</label>
|
||||
<label index="url.details">Esempio: 'http://www.typo3.-org' o il solo 'www.typo3.org' usato nel selettore 'Type' sarà ugualmente configurato con 'http://'.
|
||||
Usa il selettore 'Type' per scegliere un prefisso per l'URL.
|
||||
|
||||
Questa opzione è usata solo se il 'Type' della pagina e' configurato come 'External URL'.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_url.seeAlso">pages:urltype</label>
|
||||
<label index="shortcut.description">Inserisce un riferimento alla pagina alla quale l'attuale è associata attraverso una scorciaioia (shortcut). Chiedendo l'ID di pagina nel frontend il visitatore sarà rediretto alla pagina di destinazione associata a questo valore.</label>
|
||||
<label index="shortcut.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_shortcut.seeAlso">pages:doktype,
|
||||
pages:shortcut_mode</label>
|
||||
<label index="_shortcut.image">EXT:context_help/cshimages/pages_2.png</label>
|
||||
<label index="shortcut.image_descr"/>
|
||||
<label index="keywords.description">Inserisci le parole chiave di questa pagina, separate da virgole.</label>
|
||||
<label index="keywords.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_keywords.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="description.description">Una breve descrizione della pagina.</label>
|
||||
<label index="description.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_description.seeAlso">pages:keywords
|
||||
pages:abstract</label>
|
||||
<label index="abstract.description">Inserisci un riassunto della pagina.</label>
|
||||
<label index="abstract.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_abstract.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="backend_layout.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="backend_layout.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_backend_layout.seeAlso">pages:backend_layout_next_level</label>
|
||||
<label index="backend_layout_next_level.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="backend_layout_next_level.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_backend_layout_next_level.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="newUntil.description">Inserisce la data di scadenza della pagina.</label>
|
||||
<label index="newUntil.details">La 'data di scadenza' della pagina non ha effetto sulla visualizzazione della pagina. Questo è un valore per uso interno, che si intende utilizzare per ricordare la data nella quale il contenuto dovrebbe essere revisionato. Così il contenuto della pagina ad un certo punto sarà considerato superato; per farlo dovrai configurare il valore inserendo una data approssimativa.
|
||||
Per ottenere a video una panoramica delle pagine sottoposta a data di scadenza devi usare da 'Web > Info' il modulo 'Panoramica albero delle pagine'.</label>
|
||||
<label index="newUntil.syntax">Vedi Pagina / inizio (clicca sotto)</label>
|
||||
<label index="_newUntil.seeAlso">pages:starttime</label>
|
||||
<label index="lastUpdated.description">Inserisce il tempo e la data dell'aggiornamento più recente di questa pagina.</label>
|
||||
<label index="lastUpdated.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="lastUpdated.syntax"/>
|
||||
<label index="nav_hide.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="_nav_hide.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="nav_title.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="content_from_pid.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="urltype.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="shortcut_mode.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="mount_pid.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="mount_pid.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_mount_pid.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="mount_pid_ol.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="_mount_pid_ol.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="title.description.+"/>
|
||||
<label index="TSconfig.details.+"/>
|
||||
<label index="l18n_cfg.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="l18n_cfg.details"/>
|
||||
</languageKey>
|
||||
</data>
|
||||
</T3locallangExt>
|
||||
120
typo3conf/l10n/it/context_help/it.locallang_csh_pageslol.xlf
Normal file
120
typo3conf/l10n/it/context_help/it.locallang_csh_pageslol.xlf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
|
||||
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns:t3="http://typo3.org/schemas/xliff" version="1.0">
|
||||
<file t3:id="1415814798" source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="messages" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="context_help" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Represents an alternative language for the page.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>These records contains fields very similar to the Page records, exactly those fields which should be translated to another language in case you want a localized version of the page.
|
||||
Create only ONE Alternative Page Language record of a specific language in each page. Having more than one record will leave it uncertain which of them is used when the page is displayed.
|
||||
|
||||
Before you can create Alternative Page Language records you should create a 'master' language to be available in the root of the website ("Website Language")
|
||||
The TypoScript template must be configured to allow other languages as well.
|
||||
|
||||
Technically when an alternative language is being viewed, the content of the Alternative Page Language record is simply overlaid on the actual page records thus substituting the content of the fields in the default language.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>sys_language,
|
||||
_MOD_web_layout:language_list</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Use this to temporarily disable the alternative language overlay for this page.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Setting this option is practical in the phase of adding the extra language. When it is set, the alternative content will not be displayed unless you - as an logged in backend user - enables the Admin Panel>Preview>Show hidden records option.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_hidden.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>pages_language_overlay:starttime,
|
||||
pages_language_overlay:endtime</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="starttime.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>The 'Start' time determines the date from which the alternative language will be available online.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_starttime.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>pages_language_overlay:endtime,
|
||||
pages_language_overlay:hidden,
|
||||
pages:starttime</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="endtime.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>The 'End' time determines the date from which the alternative language will be available online.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_endtime.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>pages_language_overlay:starttime,
|
||||
pages_language_overlay:hidden,
|
||||
pages:endtime</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="title.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the title of the alternative language.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci il titolo della lingua alternativa</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_title.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>pages:title</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="subtitle.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the subtitle of the alternative language.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci il sottotitolo della lingua alternativa</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_subtitle.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>pages:subtitle</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="keywords.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the keywords of the alternative language.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci le parole chiave della lingua alternativa</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_keywords.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>pages:keywords</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="description.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>Enter the description of the alternative language.</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">Inserisci il titolo della lingua alternativa</target><note>82%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_description.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>pages:description</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="abstract.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>Enter the abstract of the alternative language.</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">Inserisci il titolo della lingua alternativa</target><note>85%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_abstract.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>pages:abstract</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="author.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>Enter the author of the alternative language.</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">Inserisci il titolo della lingua alternativa</target><note>88%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_author.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>pages:author</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="author_email.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>Enter the author email address of the alternative language.</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">Inserisci il titolo della lingua alternativa</target><note>88%
|
||||
76%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_author_email.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>pages:author_email</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="media.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>Enter the media files of the alternative language.</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">Inserisci il titolo della lingua alternativa</target><note>84%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_media.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>pages:media</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language_uid.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Select the Alternative Language represented by this record.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_sys_language_uid.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>sys_language,
|
||||
sys_language:title</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="nav_title.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Enter optional navigation title of the alternative language.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
36
typo3conf/l10n/it/context_help/it.locallang_csh_pageslol.xml
Normal file
36
typo3conf/l10n/it/context_help/it.locallang_csh_pageslol.xml
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<T3locallangExt>
|
||||
<data type="array">
|
||||
<languageKey index="it" type="array">
|
||||
<label index=".description"/>
|
||||
<label index=".details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="hidden.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="hidden.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_hidden.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="starttime.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="_starttime.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="endtime.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="_endtime.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="title.description">Inserisci il titolo della lingua alternativa</label>
|
||||
<label index="_title.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="subtitle.description">Inserisci il sottotitolo della lingua alternativa</label>
|
||||
<label index="_subtitle.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="keywords.description">Inserisci le parole chiave della lingua alternativa</label>
|
||||
<label index="_keywords.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="description.description">Inserisci il titolo della lingua alternativa</label>
|
||||
<label index="_description.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="abstract.description">Inserisci il titolo della lingua alternativa</label>
|
||||
<label index="_abstract.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="author.description">Inserisci il titolo della lingua alternativa</label>
|
||||
<label index="_author.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="author_email.description">Inserisci il titolo della lingua alternativa</label>
|
||||
<label index="_author_email.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="media.description">Inserisci il titolo della lingua alternativa</label>
|
||||
<label index="_media.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="sys_language_uid.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="_sys_language_uid.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="nav_title.description"/>
|
||||
</languageKey>
|
||||
</data>
|
||||
</T3locallangExt>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
|
||||
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns:t3="http://typo3.org/schemas/xliff" version="1.0">
|
||||
<file t3:id="1415814799" source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="messages" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="context_help" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Static templates are a centrally distributed TypoScript library. You should never change these values.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>The Static templates are meant to be included by your TypoScript Template records depending on your needs. Refer to the 'TSref' document (see below) for details on this process.
|
||||
Notice that by each release of TYPO3 you should reinstall the Static Templates table by the install tool. See the 'Install/Upgrade' document for details (see below).</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>sys_template
|
||||
TSref | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_core_tsref/
|
||||
TypoScript by Example | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_core_tsbyex/
|
||||
Install/Upgrade | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_inst_upgr/,
|
||||
sys_template:include_static</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_.image" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>EXT:context_help/cshimages/static.png</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".image_descr" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>The static templates are located in the page tree root where only the Admin users can access them. However they are read-only by default so you can only look at their content, not change it.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="title.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Template Title. Will be visible in the list of static templates in Template Records</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="constants.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>TypoScript Constants field</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_constants.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>sys_template:constants</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="config.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>TypoScript Setup code field</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_config.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>sys_template:config</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="include_static.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Inclusion of other static templates</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="description.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Description of the static template record.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="editorcfg.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Editor Configuration - used to configure Stylesheet editor.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<T3locallangExt>
|
||||
<data type="array">
|
||||
<languageKey index="it" type="array">
|
||||
<label index=".description"/>
|
||||
<label index=".details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="_.image"/>
|
||||
<label index=".image_descr"/>
|
||||
<label index="title.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="constants.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="_constants.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="config.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="_config.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="include_static.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="description.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="editorcfg.description"/>
|
||||
</languageKey>
|
||||
</data>
|
||||
</T3locallangExt>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
|
||||
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns:t3="http://typo3.org/schemas/xliff" version="1.0">
|
||||
<file t3:id="1415814800" source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="messages" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="context_help" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Determines the entrypoint of a certain host name.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>When a TYPO3 database contains more than a single website, you'll typically have to assign a domain name to each new websites "root-page". In practice you point all the domains to the same TYPO3 database on the server, but then you insert these Domain records at the positions in the page tree where you want to direct requests to the domain. And thus pages 'outside' that point will not be accessible from that domain.
|
||||
This is like "Virtual hosts" in Apache servers.
|
||||
|
||||
(Should probably be available for admin only.)</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>sys_language
|
||||
sys_template</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="domainName.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Enter the host name, eg. "www.my-domain.com".</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="domainName.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Before a domain record will have any effect you must make sure that the domains A-record is pointed towards the server and that your server is setup to direct requests to this TYPO3 database. So basically before entering anything here, make sure a request to the domain you wish to enter arrives at the root of the current page tree.
|
||||
When you create a domain record and the host name in it (be it a real domain name or an IP address) matches the hostname of the URL, the TypoScript based front end will limit the available page to only those in the page tree from this point and outwards. In effect you will 'arrive' at the page where this record is and furthermore users cannot see pages with ids outside this branch.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Notice, </strong>if you run TYPO3 from a subdirectory of the domain name, you must include the subdirectory as well, eg. "www.my-domain.org/typo3_subdir/"</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="redirectTo.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>All requests to the domain will be redirected to this URL, if any value is entered.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="redirectTo.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Make sure to prepend "http://" or equally to the value! Basically a "Location: " header is just issued to this value!
|
||||
<strong>Warning:</strong> You cannot use this to 'redirect' to a specific page id within the same domain as the record has! If you do that it'll just go into an endless loop because the redirect is redirecting to itself!
|
||||
|
||||
Good Example:
|
||||
Domain: "my-domain.org"
|
||||
Redirect: "www.my-domain.org"
|
||||
|
||||
This redirects requests to what is infact another domain name, namely "www.my-domain.org"
|
||||
|
||||
Bad Example:
|
||||
Domain: "www.my-domain.org"
|
||||
Redirect: "www.my-domain.org/?id=10"
|
||||
|
||||
This will go into an eternal loop because the domain name has in fact not changed!
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Virtual directories:
|
||||
If you're using TYPO3 on a unix computer you can make 'virtual subdirectories' to a website, still within the same database. See document list for more information. In that case you should enter the hostname with the subdirectory appended, like this: "my-domain.org/subdir/". If the combination of host name and current subdirectory matches the value, the domain record will be correctly detected and limit page access to the page tree below the Domain record.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Use this option to temporarily disable the Domain record.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="prepend_params.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>If set, any GET parameters in the calling URL will be transferred to the redirect URL.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<T3locallangExt>
|
||||
<data type="array">
|
||||
<languageKey index="it" type="array">
|
||||
<label index=".description"/>
|
||||
<label index=".details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="domainName.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="domainName.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="redirectTo.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="redirectTo.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="hidden.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="prepend_params.description"/>
|
||||
</languageKey>
|
||||
</data>
|
||||
</T3locallangExt>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
|
||||
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns:t3="http://typo3.org/schemas/xliff" version="1.0">
|
||||
<file t3:id="1415814801" source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="messages" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="context_help" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>File storage, which acts as an entry root point to a file-based structure. See it like a drive or a hard drive volume in your local machine.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source/>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Disabling the storage will result in removing it from any listings in the backend. Existing file relations will still exist.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>If you set up a file storage, it will show up on any folder lists, thus allowing to basically browse through the files in this file repository. If you set this checkbox, this storage will be excluded from any listings in the backend. Any existing file references will still exist further.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="name.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>The visible identifier for this file storage.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="name.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>The label entered here will be shown as the name for the entry point in the TYPO Backend. Be sure to make it descriptive and logical for your editors.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="description.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>A description of this storage.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="description.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>This description field is used to explain e.g. the location of the storage, also what this storage is meant for or what it contains.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="driver.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Choose the driver as the technical backbone of the storage. Once you've chosen a driver, and saved it, additional configuration will show up.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="driver.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>The driver is the technical background of a storage, and thus also defines whether the location of the storage is local (= on the same machine as this TYPO3 installation) or remote like a WebDAV server connection. Search for extensions in the TYPO3 Extension Repository that extend this driver list.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="processingfolder.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Defines the directory on this storage to be used to save temporary files like resized images. When on a different storage make sure that the folder exists and is writable.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="is_browsable.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>If set, backend users can browse through this storage. Otherwise it will show up as a unselectable item in the list.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="is_public.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>If set, then the files in this storage can be linked directly from the outside world. If this is not set, make sure to provide additional possibilities to access the files in this storage.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="is_writable.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>If set, then users are allowed to modify, add, delete files/folders on this storage.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="is_online.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>This flag is usually set. If TYPO3 cannot connect to this storage (because it maybe temporary down), then the flag will be checked, and the storage will behave like it is non-browsable in the TYPO3 backend. The admin needs to manually activate it again if it was offline.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<T3locallangExt>
|
||||
<data type="array">
|
||||
<languageKey index="it" type="array">
|
||||
<label index=".description"/>
|
||||
<label index=".details"/>
|
||||
<label index="hidden.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="hidden.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="name.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="name.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="description.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="description.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="driver.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="driver.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="processingfolder.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="is_browsable.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="is_public.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="is_writable.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="is_online.description"/>
|
||||
</languageKey>
|
||||
</data>
|
||||
</T3locallangExt>
|
||||
136
typo3conf/l10n/it/context_help/it.locallang_csh_systmpl.xlf
Normal file
136
typo3conf/l10n/it/context_help/it.locallang_csh_systmpl.xlf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
|
||||
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns:t3="http://typo3.org/schemas/xliff" version="1.0">
|
||||
<file t3:id="1415814802" source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="messages" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="context_help" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>TypoScript template record.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>The 'Template' records are the vital components used to set the design of the webpages. No matter how (almost) you would like to build your website, it must be initiated by a 'Template' record placed in the root of the page tree of the site.
|
||||
Basically, create a 'Template' record, enter a title and make sure to check of Clear constants, setup and Rootline. Then enter some TypoScript configuration in the Setup field and you're set.
|
||||
It's very important to read how to do all this in the documents listed below! Also make sure you use the Web>Template module to do all the working with templates. It's a specialized tool to help you with this.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>static_template
|
||||
TSref | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_core_tsref/
|
||||
TypoScript by Example | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_core_tsbyex/</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_.image" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>EXT:context_help/cshimages/systemplate.png,
|
||||
EXT:context_help/cshimages/systemplate1.png</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".image_descr" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>A Template Record with constants and setup code.
|
||||
The Web>Template module contains tools which will help you to edit and validate TypoScript structures.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Hiding the template will deactivate the template record.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>If the Template Record was the first record on a page hiding it will expose the second record on the page instead.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="starttime.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Start time. Use this to enable a template on a certain date.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="endtime.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>End time. Use this to disable a template on a certain date.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="title.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>The title of the template record is only an internal label and does not have any effect on the output in the frontend.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sitetitle.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Website title. Typically this will automatically be prefixed all page titles in the <title> tag of the frontend pages.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="constants.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>TypoScript Constants.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_constants.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>static_template:constants</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="config.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>TypoScript Setup code</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="config.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Read more about TypoScript Templates in TSref, TypoScript by Example and Getting Started.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_config.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>static_template:config,
|
||||
TSref | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_core_tsref/
|
||||
Getting Started | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_tut_quickstart/
|
||||
TypoScript by Example | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_core_tsbyex/
|
||||
TypoScript Syntax | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_core_ts/</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">A part of this string is an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy this part into the translation field and do not change it. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="resources.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Resource files for the template. For example a logo, a TTF-font etc.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="resources.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Resource files can be referenced in TypoScript Template code by [filename]*.[ext] and has the advantage that the reference from TypoScript is not broken if you copy or export a Template Record where the resources ends up with new names.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="clear.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Flags that will clear the inheritance of TypoScript code from former templates in the root line. There is a flag for Constants and one for Setup code.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="clear.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>In the Web > Template / Template Analyser module you can see how far back in the template tree that constants and setup code is inherited.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_clear.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>sys_template:root</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_clear.image" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>EXT:context_help/cshimages/systemplate2.png</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="root.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Defines that the template represents a root of a website.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_root.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>sys_template:clear</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="includeStaticAfterBasedOn.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>If set, static templates will be included after "based-on" templates. It basically swaps the order of inclusion of these external TypoScript sources.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="includeStaticAfterBasedOn.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>The Web > Template / Template Analyser module allows you to view the order of inclusion of all TypoScript sources your template uses.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="include_static.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Static Template records to include.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_include_static.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>static_template</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="include_static_file.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Static Template files to include.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="include_static_file.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Static template files are registered by extensions contrary to Static Template records which come from the static database table, "static_template".</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_include_static_file.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>sys_template:include_static</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="basedOn.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Other Template Records that are included like "static templates".</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="static_file_mode.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Define the mode of inclusion of static template files.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="static_file_mode.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>If you are in doubt about the inclusion order, make sure to use the Web > Template / Template Analyser to view the order.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="nextLevel.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Defines a template record to make active one level out in the page tree of this branch. This can be used to define another template record for the general website while having a special template for the frontpage.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="description.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Enter a description of the template if you like.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="editorcfg.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Editor Configuration for the stylesheet editor extension.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
44
typo3conf/l10n/it/context_help/it.locallang_csh_systmpl.xml
Normal file
44
typo3conf/l10n/it/context_help/it.locallang_csh_systmpl.xml
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<T3locallangExt>
|
||||
<data type="array">
|
||||
<languageKey index="it" type="array">
|
||||
<label index=".description"/>
|
||||
<label index=".details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="_.image"/>
|
||||
<label index=".image_descr"/>
|
||||
<label index="hidden.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="hidden.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="starttime.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="endtime.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="title.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="sitetitle.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="constants.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="_constants.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="config.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="config.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_config.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="resources.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="resources.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="clear.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="clear.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_clear.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="_clear.image"/>
|
||||
<label index="root.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="_root.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="includeStaticAfterBasedOn.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="includeStaticAfterBasedOn.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="include_static.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="_include_static.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="include_static_file.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="include_static_file.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_include_static_file.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="basedOn.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="static_file_mode.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="static_file_mode.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="nextLevel.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="description.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="editorcfg.description"/>
|
||||
</languageKey>
|
||||
</data>
|
||||
</T3locallangExt>
|
||||
780
typo3conf/l10n/it/context_help/it.locallang_csh_ttcontent.xlf
Normal file
780
typo3conf/l10n/it/context_help/it.locallang_csh_ttcontent.xlf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,780 @@
|
||||
<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns:t3="http://typo3.org/schemas/xliff" version="1.0">
|
||||
<file t3:id="1415814803" source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="messages" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="context_help" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>All visible content on webpages in TYPO3 is typically made by "Page content" records. They are typically referred to as "Content Elements". Often Content Elements are managed by the "Page" module which is designed to handle Content Elements in multiple columns and languages.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Tutto il contenuto visibile nelle pagine di TYPO3 è costituito tipicamente da records di "Contenuto di Pagina" ("Page Records"). Essi fanno tipicamente riferimento a "Elementi di contenuto". Spesso gli elementi di contenuto sono gestiti dal modulo "Pagina" che è stato progettato per gestire gli elementi di contenuto in colonne multiple e nelle varie lingue.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>"Page content" records is ordered and can thus be rearranged. Also notice that the "Language" and "Column" selector of the "Page content" records determines where and in which situation they appear. If you do not change the value of the "Language" and "Column" selectors you are most sure that the element will appear by default.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">I records di "Contenuto di Pagina" sono disposti in un certo ordinee pertanto possono essere riposizionati. Nota anche che il selettore "Lingua" e "Colonna" dei records di "Contenuto di pagina" determina dove e in quale situazione deve apparire. Se tu non cambi il valore del selettore "Lingua" e "Colonne" sei maggiormente certo che l'elemento apparirà per default.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Page Content principles | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_tut_quickstart/Page_content/,
|
||||
_MOD_web_layout</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_.image" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_1.png,
|
||||
EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_2.png,
|
||||
EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_3.png</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The Page module is used to manage Content Elements effectively as they appear arranged in columns and languages.
|
||||
A Content Element has a large editing form with many options. The "Type" determines which options are visible.
|
||||
In the frontend - on the webpage - a Content Element like the above could look like this.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Il modulo Pagina è usato per gestire gli elementi di Contenuto effettivamente come essi appaiono disposti nelle varie colonne e lingue. Un elemento di contenuto ha numerose opzioni e modalità di modifica. "Tipo" determina quale opzioni sono visibili. Nel frontend -- in una pagina web - un elemento di Contenuto come quello sopra potrebbe apparire allo stesso modo.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="CType.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select the kind of page content this element represents. New options will appear when you save the record.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona il tipo di contenuto di pagina che l'elemento rappresenta. Nuove opzioni appariranno una volta memorizzato.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="CType.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>The 'Type' of content you select determines which options you have in the editform, so make sure to save the record before you make changes.
|
||||
|
||||
This is a description of the various types:
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Header</strong>
|
||||
This type allows you insert a standard content element header and nothing more.
|
||||
Almost all the other types described below also includes the header with the exact same options. So the Header type just provides a way to insert a header <em>only</em> without anything else.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Text</strong>
|
||||
The Text type allows you to insert regular page content.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Text & Images</strong>
|
||||
This is the same as the Text type (regular page content) but with the option of attaching images.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Images</strong>
|
||||
The same as Text & Images but without the text field - so only images.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Bullet list</strong>
|
||||
Lets you create a bullet list. Each line in the text-field will appear as a single line in the bulletlist.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Table</strong>
|
||||
Lets you create <em>simple</em> tables. Each line represents a tablerow and vertical bars '|' separates each column.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Filelinks</strong>
|
||||
Allows you to present a list of files for download. You can have thumbnails attached to the list including filesize.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Multimedia</strong>
|
||||
Lets you insert multimedia elements such as sound, video, java applets and flash animations.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Form</strong>
|
||||
Lets you create mail forms. There is a special syntax to use when you wish to create form fields.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Search</strong>
|
||||
This inserts a search box and it will also display the search result if a query is performed to the page.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Login</strong>
|
||||
Displays a login box for website users. You must create at least one Website user and user group before this makes any sense to use.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Textbox</strong>
|
||||
This is mainly for customly defined design which includes typically some text and an image. So in other words the function is not generally defined. However the default subtypes will let you choose various ways to display some text with an image.
|
||||
Use only if instructed to.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Menu/Sitemap</strong>
|
||||
Offers a selection of various link menus and a sitemap you can insert on a page.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Insert records</strong>
|
||||
This is a placeholder for other records. In other words, by this element you can attach other content elements from elsewhere and thus insert them this page.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Insert plugin</strong>
|
||||
This will allow you to insert a forum, guestbook, list of addresses, shopping basket etc. The various features are available <em>only</em> if they are configured correctly in the template of your website. So before you use it, make sure this is the case.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>HTML</strong>
|
||||
This is plain HTML content. Everything put here will be displayed directly on the page without any preprocessing.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_CType.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:colPos,
|
||||
tt_content:sys_language_uid,
|
||||
About Content Elements | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_tut_quickstart/Content_element_type/</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">A part of this string is an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy this part into the translation field and do not change it. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_CType.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_4.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_7.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
97%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Check this box if you wish to hide the content element from being displayed.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Scegli questa opzione se desideri nascondere l'elemento di contenuto in modo che non sia visualizzato.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_hidden.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:starttime,
|
||||
tt_content:endtime,
|
||||
tt_content:fe_group,
|
||||
tt_content:colPos,
|
||||
tt_content:sys_language_uid</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="starttime.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the date from which the content element will be visible.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci la data dalla quale l'elemento di contenuto sarà visibile.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_starttime.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>pages:starttime,
|
||||
tt_content:endtime,
|
||||
tt_content:hidden,
|
||||
tt_content:fe_group</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="endtime.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the date from which the content element will disappear from the website.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci la data dalla quale l'elemento di contenuto sparirà dal sito.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_endtime.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>pages:endtime,
|
||||
tt_content:starttime,
|
||||
tt_content:hidden,
|
||||
tt_content:fe_group</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fe_group.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select a Website usergroup which is exclusively allowed to view the element.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona un gruppo del sito web che avrà accesso esclusivo per vedere l'elemento.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fe_group.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>The options in this box depends on which Website usergroups are created and available for you. When you select a user group here, the content element will no longer be visible to users which are not logged in. Only Website users which are logged in and members of the group you selected will be allowed to see the element.
|
||||
If you select "Hide at login" the effect is kind of reversed in that the element <em>disappears</em> if <em>any</em> Website user is logged in. This is useful if you want to present information like "How to login" and such which is irrelevant if a user is finally logged in.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_fe_group.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:hidden,
|
||||
tt_content:starttime,
|
||||
tt_content:endtime,
|
||||
pages:fe_group,
|
||||
fe_users,
|
||||
fe_groups</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language_uid.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select the system language of this element. <strong>Notice</strong> this will affect whether the element is visible.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona il linguaggio di sistema per questo elemento. <strong>Attenzione</strong> questa opzione influenza la visibilità dell'elemento.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language_uid.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>This allows you to assign a specific language to the content element. If you select anything but the default value, the element will <em>not</em> be visible unless the language assigned is also configured by the TypoScript template.
|
||||
The available system languages are created by the administrator.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_sys_language_uid.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:colPos,
|
||||
sys_language,
|
||||
Localization concepts [Technical] | http://typo3.org/documentation/tips-tricks/multi-language-sites-in-typo3/,
|
||||
_MOD_web_layout:language_list</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">A part of this string is an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy this part into the translation field and do not change it. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="layout.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select a layout.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona un layout</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="layout.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>This option is not used in the default templates but may be used by any custom rendering.
|
||||
|
||||
There are a number of default implementations depending on the content element type:
|
||||
|
||||
<b>"Filelinks":</b>
|
||||
"Normal" will provide a list of filelinks with no thumbnail.
|
||||
"Layout 1" adds a file icon to the left of the link
|
||||
"Layout 2" adds a thumbnail if the file is an image file and if not an icon. A black border is wrapped around.
|
||||
"Layout 3" is like Layout 2, but without the black border.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="colPos.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Select the column position this element. <strong>Notice</strong> this will affect whether the element is visible.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="colPos.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Most websites use only one column of content. However some templates lets you put content in multiple columns and this option allows you to select another column for the element.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Notice</strong> that selecting another column than "Normal" will make the content element disappear unless that column is also displayed in the website template. If your content element is 'strangely' not visible please make sure the Column and Language selectors are set correctly.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_colPos.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:sys_language_uid,
|
||||
_MOD_web_layout:columns_multi,
|
||||
_MOD_web_layout:columns_single</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="date.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter a date to be displayed above the header.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci una data da visualizzare sopra l'header</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="header.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Enter a headline for the content element.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="header.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Almost all content elements (except the HTML type for instance) will display this header above the content. If you don't want a header displayed, select the header Layout to "Hidden". Alternatively you can choose not to enter any content in this field.
|
||||
|
||||
Some content element types do not display the header by default. In those cases the Header field is typically labeled "Name" instead. One of these are the HTML type content element.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_header.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:header_position,
|
||||
tt_content:header_link,
|
||||
tt_content:header_layout,
|
||||
tt_content:date,</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_header.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_6.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_7.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
97%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="header_position.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Places the header to the left, centered or to the right.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Posiziona l'header a sinistra, in centro o a destra.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_header_position.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:header</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">tt_content:pages</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
76%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="header_link.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Creates a link from the header. Insert a page id, email address or URL.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="header_link.syntax" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>If you insert an id-number, eg. "51", the link will refer to page with id=51 <em>inside</em> TYPO3.
|
||||
If you insert an email address, eg. "name@my-domain.test", the link will point to that email address.
|
||||
If you insert an URL or domain, eg. "www.typo3.org" or "http://www.my-domain.org", the link will point to that website.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_header_link.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:header</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">tt_content:pages</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
76%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="header_layout.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select a visual design for the header.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona un formato per l'header.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="header_layout.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>If you select "Default" the standard design (which is one of the layouts 1-5) will be used.
|
||||
Alternatively you can select from Layout 1 through 5 which are configured in the website template with individual visual designs.
|
||||
If you select "Hidden" the header will simply not appear. This is useful if you wish a header for the content element (in order to identify it in the backend) but do not wish the header to be displayed on the website.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_header_layout.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:header</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">tt_content:pages</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
76%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="subheader.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter a subheader. This is displayed below the ordinary headline. If the content element type is "Form" this field is the recipient email.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserire una sottotestata (subheader). Questa viene visualizzata sotto il titolo di testa. Se il tipo di contenuto e' "Form" il campo sarà l'email del destinatario.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="subheader.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>A subheader is displayed only with the "Header" content element type.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Notice:</b> When using the content element type "Form", this field is named 'Recipient-email:' and contains the email address of the form mail recipient. It's therefore important to allow access to this field for the users.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_subheader.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:header
|
||||
tt_content:bodytext</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bodytext.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the body text.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci il testo principale.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bodytext.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Here you enter the body text of the content element. Usually you can use some HTML formatting tags, if you're using Internet Explorer you can even format the content visually.
|
||||
The field is reused in most other types and so switching between the content element types will bring the value of this field with it.
|
||||
|
||||
When you're using this field with the "Text" and "Text & Images" types, the content is used as ordinary body text. Each linebreak normally signifies a new paragraph, you can use the special TYPO3 tag, &lt;LINK&gt;, for making links. You can use many HTML tags but there are limitations as well. This will depend on the implementation.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Bulletlists:</b>
|
||||
If the type is "Bulletlist" each line in this field is a bulletlist entry.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Tables:</b>
|
||||
If the type is "Table" each line represents a table row. Within each line you divide the columns by inserting a vertical bar, |. So making a table row with 3 columns could look like "This is column 1 | Column 2 here | Third column!". Use the table wizard for creating tables - that is much easier than "coding" them.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Parameters:</b>
|
||||
Types like "Script", "Form" and "Multimedia" use this field for parameters you can pass to the element. And the "HTML" type accepts any input as raw HTML which is simply displayed on the website without any preprocessing.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Rich Text Editor:</strong>
|
||||
With the types "Text" and "Text & Images" the Rich Text editor is used for editing if your browser supports it and the editor is generally enabled in the system. Be aware that the content is "cleansed" before it goes into the database when you're using the "Text" and "Text & Images" types.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Making a mail form:</b>
|
||||
When you have selected the content element type "Form" you should enter lines of parameters into this field. This is a brief example:
|
||||
|
||||
Your name: | *name=input,40 | [Enter name!]
|
||||
Your email: | *email=input,40
|
||||
Your address: | address=textarea,40,10
|
||||
Your haircolor: |hair=radio|Blue=blue, Red=red
|
||||
|
||||
|formtype_mail = submit | Send form
|
||||
|subject=hidden| Enter a subject here!
|
||||
|html_enabled=hidden | 1
|
||||
|
||||
The first two lines makes input-fields for name and email, both are marked "required" by the * and the name field has a default value of "[Enter name!]".
|
||||
The third line is a text box and the fourth makes radiobuttons to select haircolor.
|
||||
Then there are three important lines in the end. The first makes a submit button with the label "Send form", the second line is the subject of the email the receiver gets and the third line makes the form result render in an HTML-table.
|
||||
It is much easier to use the Form Wizard for creating forms.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Notice:</b> Before any form will ever work, you must enter a recipient email address. The "Recipient-email:" field is used for that (this is in fact the Subheader field used!).</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_bodytext.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:CType,
|
||||
tt_content:subheader,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:wizard_forms_wiz,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:wizard_table_wiz</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="image.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Insert one or more images.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisce una o più immagini.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="image.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>You can attach images to the content element and almost as many as you like.
|
||||
Depending on the configuration of TYPO3 you can even attach them in any format you like. Especially you do not need to worry about size and compression because these factors are normally handled by TYPO3 internally.
|
||||
|
||||
When you use the "Text & Images" type, it's important to select a proper position of the image block. For this purpose, use the Position selector which is displayed below (or if you click in the image list field in the Classic backend). See link to "Page content / Position" below.
|
||||
You can also display images in multiple columns and enable an option which enables a link so you can click the image and see a bigger version. Just to name a few options.
|
||||
Most likely you don't have all options available. This depends on your permissions in the system.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_image.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:imagewidth,
|
||||
tt_content:imageheight,
|
||||
tt_content:imageorient,
|
||||
tt_content:imageborder,
|
||||
tt_content:image_noRows,
|
||||
tt_content:image_link,
|
||||
tt_content:image_zoom,
|
||||
tt_content:imagecols,
|
||||
tt_content:imagecaption,
|
||||
tt_content:image_effects,
|
||||
tt_content:image_frames,
|
||||
tt_content:image_compression,
|
||||
Using images ("Getting Started") | http://typo3.org/documentation/document-library/doc_tut_quickstart/Managing_files_in_TY/
|
||||
Using images (Animation) | FILE:EXT:welcome/modsub/ani_10.gif</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">A part of this string is an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy this part into the translation field and do not change it. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_image.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_5.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_7.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
97%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="image.image_descr" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>This shows all the options related to inserting images in Content Elements. You might not be able to use all of them.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="imagewidth.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the width in pixels of the image.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisce la larghezza in pixel dell'immagine.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="imagewidth.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>The template is normally configured to a max width of an image and so you don't need to specify the width if the image fits perfectly into those dimensions. However this does give you an opportunity to specify a specific width.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_imagewidth.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:imageheight,
|
||||
tt_content:image</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:imageheight,
|
||||
tt_content:image</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="imageheight.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the height of the image in pixels.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci l'altezza in pixel dell'immagine.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_imageheight.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:imagewidth,
|
||||
tt_content:image</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:imagewidth,
|
||||
tt_content:image</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="imageorient.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select the position of the imageblock relative to the body text.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona la posizione delle immagini in relazione al testo principale.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="imageorient.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>The position above and below the body text is pretty straight forward.
|
||||
The options "In text" means that the image block is displayed with text aside it. When you select this option the template will probably force the images into smaller dimensions because they cannot take up the same space when text is supposed to float around them.
|
||||
When you select "In text" you can choose the options either above or below the divider "No wrap". If you select the "In text" option above, the bodytext will float <em>under</em> the image block when the bodytext reaches the end of the image block. So in other words the body text <em>wraps around</em> the image block. If you select "In text" below the "No wrap" divider, the body text will not float under the image block, but simply continue in its column.
|
||||
Apart from the visual difference there is a technical aspect as well. Because if you choose to allow the content to wrap the image block you will experience a strange phenomenon when you do not have enough bodytext to make it float around the image: You experience that the subsequent content elements on the page is somehow layered on top of the image block - and this certainly looks like a bug. However it's easily solved by changing the "In text" position to the equal value but below the "No wrap" divider.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="imageborder.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Check this, if you wish a colored border around the images.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona questo se vuoi un bordo colorato intorno alle immagini.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_imageborder.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:imagecols,
|
||||
tt_content:image</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:imagecols,
|
||||
tt_content:image</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="image_noRows.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Disables strict tablerows in the image block.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="image_noRows.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>This options is kind of hard to explain, but imagine you have 2 or more columns <em>and</em> rows of images. If one image in the upper row is a bit taller than the second this will generate an empty extra space beneath the second image. This is due to the normal procedure in which the images are placed in a table cell each.
|
||||
If you set this option, the table will place all images in a column in a single table cell which make the distance between them vertically identical throughout. This may provide a better look if the alternative looks stupid.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_image_noRows.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:imagecols,
|
||||
tt_content:image</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:imagecols,
|
||||
tt_content:image</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="image_link.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter a link for the images.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci un link per le immagini.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="image_link.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>By default all images share the same link. However you may ask the administrator to configure the TypoScript template to allow a separate link for each image. If this is the case, you simply separate the link values by a comma.
|
||||
|
||||
See Page content>Link below for details on syntax.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Per default tutte le immagini condividono lo stesso link. Tuttavia è possibile configurare il template Typoscript per consentire l'utilizzo di un link separato per ogni immagine. In questo caso i valori dei link vanno separati con una virgola.
|
||||
|
||||
Vedi Page content > Link per maggiori informazioni circa questa sintassi.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_image_link.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:header_link,
|
||||
tt_content:image_zoom,
|
||||
tt_content:image</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:header_link,
|
||||
tt_content:image_zoom,
|
||||
tt_content:image</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="image_zoom.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Check this option, and the image will link to a new window with a bigger version.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Selezionando questa opzione, cliccando sulle immagini si aprirà una nuova finestra con l'iimagine in dimensioni maggiori.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="image_zoom.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This option overrides the value in the Link-field.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Questa opzione sovrascrive il valore nel campo Link</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_image_zoom.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:image_link,
|
||||
tt_content:image</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:image_link,
|
||||
tt_content:image</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="image_effects.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Select special image processing effects.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_image_effects.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:image_compression,
|
||||
tt_content:image_frames,
|
||||
tt_content:image</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:image_compression,
|
||||
tt_content:image_frames,
|
||||
tt_content:image</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="image_frames.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Select special image framing options.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_image_frames.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:image_compression,
|
||||
tt_content:image_effects,
|
||||
tt_content:image</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:image_compression,
|
||||
tt_content:image_effects,
|
||||
tt_content:image</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="image_compression.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select compression/quality options.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona le opzioni per la compressione/qualità</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_image_compression.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:image_frames,
|
||||
tt_content:image_effects,
|
||||
tt_content:image</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:image_frames,
|
||||
tt_content:image_effects,
|
||||
tt_content:image</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="imagecols.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select the number of columns in the image block.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona il numero di colonne per il blocco immagini</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_imagecols.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:image_noRows,
|
||||
tt_content:image</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:image_noRows,
|
||||
tt_content:image</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="imagecaption.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter a caption for the image block</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci una didascalia per l'immagine</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="imagecaption.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>By default the caption is positioned below the whole image block. However your website template may be configured to allow individual image captions by setting "styles.content.imgtext.captionSplit=1" in your template constants.
|
||||
In that case each line in this field will be the image caption of the corresponding image in the list.
|
||||
|
||||
The caption text field is also used by the content element type "Filelinks" where each line represents a description of a file in the list.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_imagecaption.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:imagecaption_position,
|
||||
tt_content:image</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:imagecaption_position,
|
||||
tt_content:image</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="imagecaption_position.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Places the image caption to the left, centered or to the right.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Posiziona la didascalia a sinistra, in centro o a destra.</target><note>82%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_imagecaption_position.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:imagecaption,
|
||||
tt_content:image</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:imagecaption,
|
||||
tt_content:image</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="cols.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select a fixed number of table columns</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona un numero fisso di colonne della tabella.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Insert page(s)</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci pagina(e)</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>With this field you can generally create a relation to a page (or more) in TYPO3. This field is used by many of the content element types. If you don't specify a page here, the current page will generally be used.
|
||||
|
||||
Using the "Search" type, the page you insert will be the page to which the search is targeted. You must make sure that this page has a similar "Search" content element (or something similar) to render a search result. Else it makes no sense.
|
||||
|
||||
The "Login" type content element also uses this field to direct the login to a certain page. However that page does not need to contain a Login content element in order to perform the authentication - you can in fact submit a login request to any TYPO3 page and it will be evaluated!
|
||||
If you specify a second page in this list, the id will be passed to the login system as being the page inside TYPO3 where the database of users to look up is found. You should use this only if your template is not configured to pass this value on.
|
||||
In order for the login procedure to work, you must make sure that 1) you have created at least one Website user and member usergroup and is using the correct username and password, 2) you have configured in your TypoScript template on which page (typically a SysFolder) the users can be found - or alternatively have specified this by the second page in the this page list, 3) cookies must be enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
The "Menu/Sitemap" element also uses this field. In that case the page(s) will determine from which point the menu is drawn or maybe even represent the actual pages to which the menu links. All this depends on the subtype of Menu/Sitemap you have selected.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally the "Form" element uses this field as the page to which the form is submitted. You might thus insert a page which is the "Thank you" page of the form mail.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_pages.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:CType,
|
||||
tt_content:recursive</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:CType,
|
||||
tt_content:recursive</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="recursive.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select how many subleves should be additionally selected for each page in the list.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Scegli quanti sottolivelli dovrebbero essere selezionati in aggiunta ad ogni pagina elencata.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="recursive.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Whether this feature makes sense or not depends solely on the template implementation and/or content element type. But basically if this feature is enabled it means that for each page listed in the "Send to page/Starting point" box subpages - to the depth specified here - will <em>also</em> be selected!
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Warning:</strong> If there are many subpages, be aware of this option. It may select an incredible amount of pages then!</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_recursive.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:pages</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:pages</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="menu_type.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select which kind of menu you wish to create.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona il tipo di menù che vuoi creare.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="menu_type.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>This is a short description of each type:
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Menu of these pages</strong>
|
||||
This will create a list of links to the pages you insert in the Startingpoint list.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Menu of subpages to these pages</strong>
|
||||
This results in a list of links to the subpages of the pages in the Startingpoint list. If you do not specify a startingpoint, subpages to the current page will be selected.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Menu of subpages to these pages (with abstract)</strong>
|
||||
Like the previous, but this will include the content of the Abstract field of the pages.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Menu of subpages to these pages + sections</strong>
|
||||
Like the previous, but including 'submenu' links to all content elements on the page which has the "Index" checkbox set.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Sitemap</strong>
|
||||
Generates a classic tree sitemap. Maybe your TypoScript template is configured to another design of the sitemap, but anyhow you'll get a sitemap out of this. Notice that the sitemap will begin from the current page unless you specify another "Startingpoint" page in the list below.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Section index (page content w/Index checked)</strong>
|
||||
This makes a menu to the content elements on this page (or the page specified in the Starting point list). Great way to make an index in the top of the page.
|
||||
Notice that all content elements with the "Index" checkbox set is selected. So if you don't want certain content elements to appear in the list, just un-check the Index checkbox for those elements.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Recently updated pages</strong>
|
||||
This displays the 10 most recently updated pages.
|
||||
<strong>Notice:</strong> If you update a page and this list seems not to be updated instantly, just clear the cache of the page and the problem is solved.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Related pages (based on keywords)</strong>
|
||||
Displays other related pages based on the keywords set for this page matched up with the keywords on other pages.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Notice:</b> With many of the above menu types, the default starting point is the current page. However you can specify another startingpoint (or more than one in fact!) by adding pages to the "Startingpoint" list. See link below.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_menu_type.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:pages,
|
||||
tt_content:sectionIndex</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:pages,
|
||||
tt_content:sectionIndex</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="list_type.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select a plugin to insert.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona un plugin da inserire.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="list_type.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The list of plugins you can insert on a page. The available plugins depends on which extensions are installed.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">La lista dei plugin che puoi inserire in una pagina. I plugin disponibili dipendono da quali estensioni sono al momento installate.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_list_type.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>_MOD_tools_em</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">_MOD_tools_em</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_list_type.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_7.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_7.png</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="select_key.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter a code string.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci una stringa codice.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="select_key.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Whether or not the content of this field is used and how it's intepreted depends on the context. It is considered obsolete today.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Se il contenuto di questo campo è usato o meno e come è interpretato varia in funzione del contesto. Al momento è considerato superato.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_select_key.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:list_type</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:list_type</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="table_bgColor.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select table background color.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona il colore di sfondo della tabella.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="table_border.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select table border thickness.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona lo spessore dei bordi della tabella.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="table_cellspacing.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select table cell spacing.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona il cell spacing della tabella.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="table_cellspacing.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Cell spacing is the distance between table cells in rows an columns. The distance is equally applied in all directions, top, bottom, left and right.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Lo spazio della cella è la distanza tra le celle di tabella disposte in righe e colonne. La distanza è applicata uniformemente in tutte le direzioni: sopra, sotto, sinistra e destra.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="table_cellpadding.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select table cellpadding.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona il cell padding della tabella.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="table_cellpadding.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Cell padding is the 'internal' margin of a table cell. The distance is equally applied in all directions, top, bottom, left and right.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Il Padding della cella (Cell Padding) è una sorta di margine interno di una cella di una tabella. La distanza è uniformementte applicata in tutte le direzioni: sopra, sotto, sinistra e destra.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="media.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Add files to the list here.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Aggiungi files alla lista</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="multimedia.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Insert the multimedia element, eg. a flash movie here.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci un contenuto multimediale, ad es. un filmato in flash</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="filelink_size.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Check this, if you wish the filesizes to be displayed.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona se vuoi visualizzare le dimensioni del file.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="records.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Insert relations to records.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Inserisci relazioni ai records.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="spaceBefore.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the amount of whitespace (in pixels) to insert <em>before</em> this content element.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Digita l'ammontare di spazio (in pixel) da inserire <em>prima</em> dell'elemento di contenuto.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_spaceBefore.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:spaceAfter,
|
||||
tt_content:section_frame</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:spaceAfter,
|
||||
tt_content:section_frame</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="spaceAfter.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the amount of whitespace (in pixels) to insert <em>after</em> this content element.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Digita l'ammontare di spazio (in pixel) da inserire <em>dopo</em> l'elemento di contenuto.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_spaceAfter.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:spaceBefore,
|
||||
tt_content:section_frame</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:spaceBefore,
|
||||
tt_content:section_frame</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="section_frame.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select a framing option for the content element.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona un'opzione di cornice per l'elemento di contenuto.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_section_frame.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:spaceAfter,
|
||||
tt_content:spaceBefore</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">tt_content:spaceAfter,
|
||||
tt_content:section_frame</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
78%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="splash_layout.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select the design for the Text box.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Seleziona il formato del box di testo.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="splash_layout.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source><strong>Notice:</strong> The Textbox type has a few default renderings but are primarily designed to be used for custom purposes. Therefore the availability of features will depend on the current website template.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_splash_layout.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:CType</source>
|
||||
<target></target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sectionIndex.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>If set, the content element will appear in section indices.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Se configurato, l'elemento di contennuto apparirà negli indici di sezione.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sectionIndex.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>See details for the Menu-type selector (click below).</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_sectionIndex.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="no">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:menu_type</source>
|
||||
<target state="needs-translation">tt_content:list_type</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
80%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="linkToTop.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>If checked, a little "To top" link will be inserted after the content element.</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Se selezionato un breve link 'Torna su' sarà inserito dopo un contenuto di elemento.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="rte_enabled.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>If checked, the Rich Text Editor will be disabled for the "Text" and "Text & Image" types (<em>in this element only</em>).</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Se selezionato, l' Editor di Testo Avanzato (RTE) sarà disabilitato per i tipi di contenuto "Testo" e "Testo con Immagini" (<em>solo per questo elemento</em>)</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_rte_enabled.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:bodytext</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:bodytext</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pi_flexform.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>FlexForm Configuration of Plugins</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Configurazione dei Plugins via FlexForm</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pi_flexform.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Some plugins may require configuration of their options. They may use this field for FlexForm based configuration settings (stored as XML).</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">Alcuni plugin potrebbero richiedere una configurazione per le loro opzioni .E' possibile utilizzare questo campo per le loro impostazioni di configurazione basate su FlexForm (salvate come XML)</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_pi_flexform.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content:list_type</source>
|
||||
<target state="translated">tt_content:list_type</target><note from="developer">This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.
|
||||
100%</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="selected_categories.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Pages or content elements from the selected categories will be displayed in the menu.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="category_field.description" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Choose which category-relation field to refer to.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="category_field.details" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<source>Depending on your setup there may be more than one field for building relations between categories and pages or content elements. To create a proper selection for the menu, the appropriate field must be chosen.</source>
|
||||
<target></target></trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
159
typo3conf/l10n/it/context_help/it.locallang_csh_ttcontent.xml
Normal file
159
typo3conf/l10n/it/context_help/it.locallang_csh_ttcontent.xml
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<T3locallangExt>
|
||||
<data type="array">
|
||||
<languageKey index="it" type="array">
|
||||
<label index=".description">Tutto il contenuto visibile nelle pagine di TYPO3 è costituito tipicamente da records di "Contenuto di Pagina" ("Page Records"). Essi fanno tipicamente riferimento a "Elementi di contenuto". Spesso gli elementi di contenuto sono gestiti dal modulo "Pagina" che è stato progettato per gestire gli elementi di contenuto in colonne multiple e nelle varie lingue.</label>
|
||||
<label index=".details">I records di "Contenuto di Pagina" sono disposti in un certo ordinee pertanto possono essere riposizionati. Nota anche che il selettore "Lingua" e "Colonna" dei records di "Contenuto di pagina" determina dove e in quale situazione deve apparire. Se tu non cambi il valore del selettore "Lingua" e "Colonne" sei maggiormente certo che l'elemento apparirà per default.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="_.image"/>
|
||||
<label index=".image_descr">Il modulo Pagina è usato per gestire gli elementi di Contenuto effettivamente come essi appaiono disposti nelle varie colonne e lingue. Un elemento di contenuto ha numerose opzioni e modalità di modifica. "Tipo" determina quale opzioni sono visibili. Nel frontend -- in una pagina web - un elemento di Contenuto come quello sopra potrebbe apparire allo stesso modo.</label>
|
||||
<label index="CType.description">Seleziona il tipo di contenuto di pagina che l'elemento rappresenta. Nuove opzioni appariranno una volta memorizzato.</label>
|
||||
<label index="CType.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_CType.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="_CType.image">EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_7.png</label>
|
||||
<label index="hidden.description">Scegli questa opzione se desideri nascondere l'elemento di contenuto in modo che non sia visualizzato.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_hidden.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="starttime.description">Inserisci la data dalla quale l'elemento di contenuto sarà visibile.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_starttime.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="endtime.description">Inserisci la data dalla quale l'elemento di contenuto sparirà dal sito.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_endtime.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="fe_group.description">Seleziona un gruppo del sito web che avrà accesso esclusivo per vedere l'elemento.</label>
|
||||
<label index="fe_group.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_fe_group.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="sys_language_uid.description">Seleziona il linguaggio di sistema per questo elemento. <strong>Attenzione</strong> questa opzione influenza la visibilità dell'elemento.</label>
|
||||
<label index="sys_language_uid.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_sys_language_uid.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="layout.description">Seleziona un layout</label>
|
||||
<label index="layout.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="colPos.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="colPos.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_colPos.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="date.description">Inserisci una data da visualizzare sopra l'header</label>
|
||||
<label index="header.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="header.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_header.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="_header.image">EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_7.png</label>
|
||||
<label index="header_position.description">Posiziona l'header a sinistra, in centro o a destra.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_header_position.seeAlso">tt_content:pages</label>
|
||||
<label index="header_link.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="header_link.syntax"/>
|
||||
<label index="_header_link.seeAlso">tt_content:pages</label>
|
||||
<label index="header_layout.description">Seleziona un formato per l'header.</label>
|
||||
<label index="header_layout.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_header_layout.seeAlso">tt_content:pages</label>
|
||||
<label index="subheader.description">Inserire una sottotestata (subheader). Questa viene visualizzata sotto il titolo di testa. Se il tipo di contenuto e' "Form" il campo sarà l'email del destinatario.</label>
|
||||
<label index="subheader.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_subheader.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="bodytext.description">Inserisci il testo principale.</label>
|
||||
<label index="bodytext.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_bodytext.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="image.description">Inserisce una o più immagini.</label>
|
||||
<label index="image.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_image.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="_image.image">EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_7.png</label>
|
||||
<label index="image.image_descr"/>
|
||||
<label index="imagewidth.description">Inserisce la larghezza in pixel dell'immagine.</label>
|
||||
<label index="imagewidth.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_imagewidth.seeAlso">tt_content:imageheight,
|
||||
tt_content:image</label>
|
||||
<label index="imageheight.description">Inserisci l'altezza in pixel dell'immagine.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_imageheight.seeAlso">tt_content:imagewidth,
|
||||
tt_content:image</label>
|
||||
<label index="imageorient.description">Seleziona la posizione delle immagini in relazione al testo principale.</label>
|
||||
<label index="imageorient.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="imageborder.description">Seleziona questo se vuoi un bordo colorato intorno alle immagini.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_imageborder.seeAlso">tt_content:imagecols,
|
||||
tt_content:image</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_noRows.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="image_noRows.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_image_noRows.seeAlso">tt_content:imagecols,
|
||||
tt_content:image</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_link.description">Inserisci un link per le immagini.</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_link.details">Per default tutte le immagini condividono lo stesso link. Tuttavia è possibile configurare il template Typoscript per consentire l'utilizzo di un link separato per ogni immagine. In questo caso i valori dei link vanno separati con una virgola.
|
||||
|
||||
Vedi Page content > Link per maggiori informazioni circa questa sintassi.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_image_link.seeAlso">tt_content:header_link,
|
||||
tt_content:image_zoom,
|
||||
tt_content:image</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_zoom.description">Selezionando questa opzione, cliccando sulle immagini si aprirà una nuova finestra con l'iimagine in dimensioni maggiori.</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_zoom.details">Questa opzione sovrascrive il valore nel campo Link</label>
|
||||
<label index="_image_zoom.seeAlso">tt_content:image_link,
|
||||
tt_content:image</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_effects.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="_image_effects.seeAlso">tt_content:image_compression,
|
||||
tt_content:image_frames,
|
||||
tt_content:image</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_frames.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="_image_frames.seeAlso">tt_content:image_compression,
|
||||
tt_content:image_effects,
|
||||
tt_content:image</label>
|
||||
<label index="image_compression.description">Seleziona le opzioni per la compressione/qualità</label>
|
||||
<label index="_image_compression.seeAlso">tt_content:image_frames,
|
||||
tt_content:image_effects,
|
||||
tt_content:image</label>
|
||||
<label index="imagecols.description">Seleziona il numero di colonne per il blocco immagini</label>
|
||||
<label index="_imagecols.seeAlso">tt_content:image_noRows,
|
||||
tt_content:image</label>
|
||||
<label index="imagecaption.description">Inserisci una didascalia per l'immagine</label>
|
||||
<label index="imagecaption.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_imagecaption.seeAlso">tt_content:imagecaption_position,
|
||||
tt_content:image</label>
|
||||
<label index="imagecaption_position.description">Posiziona la didascalia a sinistra, in centro o a destra.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_imagecaption_position.seeAlso">tt_content:imagecaption,
|
||||
tt_content:image</label>
|
||||
<label index="cols.description">Seleziona un numero fisso di colonne della tabella.</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.description">Inserisci pagina(e)</label>
|
||||
<label index="pages.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_pages.seeAlso">tt_content:CType,
|
||||
tt_content:recursive</label>
|
||||
<label index="recursive.description">Scegli quanti sottolivelli dovrebbero essere selezionati in aggiunta ad ogni pagina elencata.</label>
|
||||
<label index="recursive.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_recursive.seeAlso">tt_content:pages</label>
|
||||
<label index="menu_type.description">Seleziona il tipo di menù che vuoi creare.</label>
|
||||
<label index="menu_type.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_menu_type.seeAlso">tt_content:pages,
|
||||
tt_content:sectionIndex</label>
|
||||
<label index="list_type.description">Seleziona un plugin da inserire.</label>
|
||||
<label index="list_type.details">La lista dei plugin che puoi inserire in una pagina. I plugin disponibili dipendono da quali estensioni sono al momento installate.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_list_type.seeAlso">_MOD_tools_em</label>
|
||||
<label index="_list_type.image">EXT:context_help/cshimages/ttcontent_7.png</label>
|
||||
<label index="select_key.description">Inserisci una stringa codice.</label>
|
||||
<label index="select_key.details">Se il contenuto di questo campo è usato o meno e come è interpretato varia in funzione del contesto. Al momento è considerato superato.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_select_key.seeAlso">tt_content:list_type</label>
|
||||
<label index="table_bgColor.description">Seleziona il colore di sfondo della tabella.</label>
|
||||
<label index="table_border.description">Seleziona lo spessore dei bordi della tabella.</label>
|
||||
<label index="table_cellspacing.description">Seleziona il cell spacing della tabella.</label>
|
||||
<label index="table_cellspacing.details">Lo spazio della cella è la distanza tra le celle di tabella disposte in righe e colonne. La distanza è applicata uniformemente in tutte le direzioni: sopra, sotto, sinistra e destra.</label>
|
||||
<label index="table_cellpadding.description">Seleziona il cell padding della tabella.</label>
|
||||
<label index="table_cellpadding.details">Il Padding della cella (Cell Padding) è una sorta di margine interno di una cella di una tabella. La distanza è uniformementte applicata in tutte le direzioni: sopra, sotto, sinistra e destra.</label>
|
||||
<label index="media.description">Aggiungi files alla lista</label>
|
||||
<label index="multimedia.description">Inserisci un contenuto multimediale, ad es. un filmato in flash</label>
|
||||
<label index="filelink_size.description">Seleziona se vuoi visualizzare le dimensioni del file.</label>
|
||||
<label index="records.description">Inserisci relazioni ai records.</label>
|
||||
<label index="spaceBefore.description">Digita l'ammontare di spazio (in pixel) da inserire <em>prima</em> dell'elemento di contenuto.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_spaceBefore.seeAlso">tt_content:spaceAfter,
|
||||
tt_content:section_frame</label>
|
||||
<label index="spaceAfter.description">Digita l'ammontare di spazio (in pixel) da inserire <em>dopo</em> l'elemento di contenuto.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_spaceAfter.seeAlso">tt_content:spaceBefore,
|
||||
tt_content:section_frame</label>
|
||||
<label index="section_frame.description">Seleziona un'opzione di cornice per l'elemento di contenuto.</label>
|
||||
<label index="_section_frame.seeAlso">tt_content:spaceAfter,
|
||||
tt_content:section_frame</label>
|
||||
<label index="splash_layout.description">Seleziona il formato del box di testo.</label>
|
||||
<label index="splash_layout.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_splash_layout.seeAlso"/>
|
||||
<label index="sectionIndex.description">Se configurato, l'elemento di contennuto apparirà negli indici di sezione.</label>
|
||||
<label index="sectionIndex.details"/>
|
||||
<label index="_sectionIndex.seeAlso">tt_content:list_type</label>
|
||||
<label index="linkToTop.description">Se selezionato un breve link 'Torna su' sarà inserito dopo un contenuto di elemento.</label>
|
||||
<label index="rte_enabled.description">Se selezionato, l' Editor di Testo Avanzato (RTE) sarà disabilitato per i tipi di contenuto "Testo" e "Testo con Immagini" (<em>solo per questo elemento</em>)</label>
|
||||
<label index="_rte_enabled.seeAlso">tt_content:bodytext</label>
|
||||
<label index="pi_flexform.description">Configurazione dei Plugins via FlexForm</label>
|
||||
<label index="pi_flexform.details">Alcuni plugin potrebbero richiedere una configurazione per le loro opzioni .E' possibile utilizzare questo campo per le loro impostazioni di configurazione basate su FlexForm (salvate come XML)</label>
|
||||
<label index="_pi_flexform.seeAlso">tt_content:list_type</label>
|
||||
<label index="selected_categories.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="category_field.description"/>
|
||||
<label index="category_field.details"/>
|
||||
</languageKey>
|
||||
</data>
|
||||
</T3locallangExt>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:core/Resources/Private/Language/Form/locallang_tabs.xlf" date="2016-10-23T20:22:33Z" product-name="tabs" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="general" resname="general" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>General</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Generale</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="access" resname="access" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Access</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Accesso</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="accesscapabilities" resname="accesscapabilities" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Access capabilities</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Permessi di accesso</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="categories" resname="categories" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Categories</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Categorie</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="notes" resname="notes" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Notes</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Note</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="language" resname="language" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Language</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Lingua</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="extended" resname="extended" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Extended</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Esteso</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
744
typo3conf/l10n/it/core/Resources/Private/Language/it.db.xlf
Normal file
744
typo3conf/l10n/it/core/Resources/Private/Language/it.db.xlf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,744 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:core/Resources/Private/Language/db.xlf" date="2014-12-04T09:12:34Z" product-name="core" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ab" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ab" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Abkhaz</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Abcaso</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.aa" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.aa" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Afar</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Afar</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.af" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.af" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Afrikaans</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Afrikaans</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ak" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ak" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Akan</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Akan</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.sq" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.sq" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Albanian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Albanese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.am" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.am" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Amharic</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Amarico</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ar" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ar" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Arabic</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Arabo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.an" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.an" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Aragonese</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Aragonese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.hy" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.hy" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Armenian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Armeno</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.as" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.as" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Assamese</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Assamese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.av" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.av" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Avaric</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Avarico</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ae" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ae" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Avestan</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Avestano</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ay" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ay" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Aymara</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Aymara</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.az" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.az" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Azerbaijani</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Azero</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.bm" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.bm" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Bambara</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Bambara</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ba" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ba" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Bashkir</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Baschiro</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.eu" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.eu" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Basque</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Basco</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.be" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.be" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Belarusian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Bielorusso</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.bn" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.bn" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Bengali, Bangla</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Bengali, Bangla, Bengalese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.bh" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.bh" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Bihari</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Bihari</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.bi" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.bi" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Bislama</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Bislama</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.bs" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.bs" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Bosnian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Bosniaco</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.br" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.br" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Breton</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Bretone</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.bg" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.bg" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Bulgarian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Bulgaro</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.my" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.my" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Burmese</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Birmano</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ca" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ca" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Catalan, Valencian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Catalano, Valenciano</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ch" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ch" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Chamorro</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Chamorro</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ce" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ce" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Chechen</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ceceno</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ny" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ny" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Chichewa, Chewa, Nyanja</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Chichewa, Chewa, Nyanja</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.zh" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.zh" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Chinese</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Cinese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.cv" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.cv" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Chuvash</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ciuvascio</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.kw" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.kw" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Cornish</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Cornico</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.co" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.co" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Corsican</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Corso</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.cr" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.cr" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Cree</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Cree</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.hr" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.hr" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Croatian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Croato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.cs" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.cs" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Czech</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ceco</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.da" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.da" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Danish</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Danese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.dv" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.dv" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Divehi, Dhivehi, Maldivian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Divehi, Dhivehi, Maldiviano</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.nl" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.nl" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Dutch</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Olandese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.dz" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.dz" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Dzongkha</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Dzongkha</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.en" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.en" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>English</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inglese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.eo" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.eo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Esperanto</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Esperanto</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.et" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.et" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Estonian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Estone</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ee" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ee" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Ewe</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ewe</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.fo" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.fo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Faroese</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Faroese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.fj" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.fj" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Fijian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Fijiano</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.fi" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.fi" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Finnish</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Finlandese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.fr" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.fr" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>French</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Francese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ff" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ff" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Fula, Fulah, Pulaar, Pular</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Fula, Fulah, Pulaar, Pular</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.gl" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.gl" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Galician</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Galiziano</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ka" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ka" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Georgian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Georgiano</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.de" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.de" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>German</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tedesco</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.el" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.el" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Greek (modern)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Greco (moderno)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.gn" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.gn" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Guaraní</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Guaraní</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.gu" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.gu" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Gujarati</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Gujarati</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ht" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ht" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Haitian, Haitian Creole</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Haitiano, Creolo haitiano</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ha" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ha" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Hausa</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Hausa</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.he" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.he" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Hebrew (modern)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ebraico (moderno)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.hz" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.hz" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Herero</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Herero</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.hi" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.hi" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Hindi</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Hindi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ho" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ho" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Hiri Motu</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Hiri Motu</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.hu" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.hu" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Hungarian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ungherese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ia" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ia" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Interlingua</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Interlingua</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.id" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.id" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Indonesian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Indonesiano</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ie" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ie" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Interlingue</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Interlingue</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ga" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ga" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Irish</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Irlandese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ig" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ig" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Igbo</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Igbo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ik" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ik" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Inupiaq</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inupiaq</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.io" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.io" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Ido</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ido</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.is" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.is" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Icelandic</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Islandese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.it" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.it" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Italian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Italiano</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.iu" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.iu" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Inuktitut</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inuit</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ja" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ja" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Japanese</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Giapponese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.jv" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.jv" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Javanese</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Javanese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.kl" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.kl" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Kalaallisut, Greenlandic</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Kalaallisut, Groenlandese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.kn" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.kn" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Kannada</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Kannada</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.kr" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.kr" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Kanuri</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Kanuri</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ks" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ks" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Kashmiri</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Kashmiri</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.kk" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.kk" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Kazakh</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Kazako</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.km" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.km" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Khmer</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Khmer</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ki" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ki" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Kikuyu, Gikuyu</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Kikuyu, Gikuyu</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.rw" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.rw" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Kinyarwanda</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ruandese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ky" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ky" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Kyrgyz</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Kirghizo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.kv" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.kv" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Komi</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Comi, Sirieno</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.kg" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.kg" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Kongo</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Congese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ko" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ko" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Korean</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Coreano</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ku" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ku" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Kurdish</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Curdo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.kj" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.kj" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Kwanyama, Kuanyama</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Kwanyama, Kuanyama</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.la" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.la" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Latin</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Latino</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.lb" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.lb" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Luxembourgish, Letzeburgesch</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Lussemburghese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.lg" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.lg" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Ganda</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Luganda, Ganda</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.li" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.li" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Limburgish, Limburgan, Limburger</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Limburghese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ln" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ln" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Lingala</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Lingala</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.lo" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.lo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Lao</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Laotiano</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.lt" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.lt" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Lithuanian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Lituano</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.lu" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.lu" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Luba-Katanga</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Kiluba</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.lv" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.lv" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Latvian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Lettone</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.gv" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.gv" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Manx</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mannese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.mk" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.mk" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Macedonian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Macedone</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.mg" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.mg" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Malagasy</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Malgascio</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ms" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ms" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Malay</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Malese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ml" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ml" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Malayalam</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Malayalam</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.mt" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.mt" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Maltese</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Maltese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.mi" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.mi" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Maori (Te Reo Māori)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Maori (Te Reo Māori)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.mr" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.mr" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Marathi (Marāṭhī)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Marathi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.mh" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.mh" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Marshallese</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Marshallese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.mn" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.mn" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Mongolian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mongolo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.na" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.na" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Nauru</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nauruano</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.nv" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.nv" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Navajo, Navaho</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Navaho</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.nd" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.nd" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Northern Ndebele</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ndebele del nord</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ne" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ne" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Nepali</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nepalese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ng" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ng" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Ndonga</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ndonga</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.nb" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.nb" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Norwegian Bokmål</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Norvegese bokmål</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.nn" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.nn" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Norwegian Nynorsk</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Neonorvegese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.no" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.no" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Norwegian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Norvegese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ii" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ii" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Nuosu</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nuosu</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.nr" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.nr" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Southern Ndebele</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ndebele del sud</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.oc" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.oc" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Occitan</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Occitano</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.oj" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.oj" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Ojibwe, Ojibwa</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ojibwe, Ojibwa</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.cu" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.cu" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Old Church Slavonic, Church Slavonic, Old Bulgarian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Lingua slava ecclesiastica antica, lingua slava ecclesiastica, antico bulgaro</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.om" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.om" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Oromo</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Oromo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.or" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.or" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Oriya</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Oriya</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.os" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.os" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Ossetian, Ossetic</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Osseto</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.pa" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.pa" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Panjabi, Punjabi</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Panjabi, Punjabi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.pi" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.pi" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Pāli</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Pāli</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.fa" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.fa" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Persian (Farsi)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Persiano (Farsi)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.pl" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.pl" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Polish</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Polacco</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ps" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ps" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Pashto, Pushto</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Pashtu</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.pt" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.pt" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Portuguese</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Portoghese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.qu" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.qu" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Quechua</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Quechua</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.rm" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.rm" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Romansh</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Romancio</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.rn" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.rn" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Kirundi</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Kirundi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ro" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ro" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Romanian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Romeno</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ru" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ru" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Russian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Russo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.sa" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.sa" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sanskrit (Saṁskṛta)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sanscrito (Saṁskṛta)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.sc" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.sc" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sardinian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sardo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.sd" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.sd" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sindhi</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sindhi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.se" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.se" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Northern Sami</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sami settentrionale</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.sm" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.sm" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Samoan</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Samoano</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.sg" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.sg" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sango</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sango</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.sr" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.sr" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Serbian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Serbo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.gd" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.gd" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Scottish Gaelic, Gaelic</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Gaelico scozzese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.sn" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.sn" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Shona</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Shona</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.si" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.si" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sinhala, Sinhalese</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Cingalese, Singalese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.sk" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.sk" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Slovak</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Slovacco</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.sl" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.sl" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Slovene</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sloveno</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.so" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.so" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Somali</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Somalo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.st" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.st" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Southern Sotho</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sotho meridionale</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.es" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.es" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Spanish, Castilian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Spagnolo, Castigliano</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.su" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.su" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sundanese</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sondanese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.sw" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.sw" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Swahili</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Swahili</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ss" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ss" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Swati</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Swati</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.sv" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.sv" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Swedish</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Svedese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ta" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ta" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Tamil</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tamil</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.te" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.te" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Telugu</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Telugu</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.tg" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.tg" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Tajik</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tagico</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.th" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.th" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Thai</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Thailandese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ti" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ti" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Tigrinya</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tigrino</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.bo" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.bo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Tibetan Standard, Tibetan, Central</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tibetano</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.tk" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.tk" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Turkmen</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Turkmeno</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.tl" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.tl" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Tagalog</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tagalog</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.tn" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.tn" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Tswana</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tswana</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.to" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.to" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Tonga (Tonga Islands)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tonga (Isole Tonga)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.tr" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.tr" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Turkish</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Turco</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ts" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ts" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Tsonga</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tsonga</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.tt" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.tt" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Tatar</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tataro</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.tw" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.tw" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Twi</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Twi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ty" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ty" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Tahitian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tahitiano</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ug" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ug" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Uyghur, Uighur</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Uiguro</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.uk" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.uk" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Ukrainian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ucraino</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ur" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ur" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Urdu</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Urdu</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.uz" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.uz" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Uzbek</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Uzbeko</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.ve" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.ve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Venda</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Venda</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.vi" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.vi" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Vietnamese</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Vietnamita</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.vo" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.vo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Volapük</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Volapük</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.wa" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.wa" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Walloon</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Vallone</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.cy" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.cy" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Welsh</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Gallese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.wo" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.wo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Wolof</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Wolof</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.fy" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.fy" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Western Frisian</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Frisone occidentale</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.xh" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.xh" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Xhosa</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Xhosa</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.yi" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.yi" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Yiddish</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Yiddish</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.yo" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.yo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Yoruba</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Yoruba</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.za" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.za" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Zhuang, Chuang</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Zhuang, Chuang</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="sys_language.language_isocode.zu" resname="sys_language.language_isocode.zu" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Zulu</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Zulu</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:core/Resources/Private/Language/debugger.xlf" date="2015-04-04T17:30:25Z" product-name="core" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="debuggerconsole.autoscroll" resname="debuggerconsole.autoscroll" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Scroll down automatically</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Scorri verso il basso automaticamente</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="debuggerconsole.toggle.expand" resname="debuggerconsole.toggle.expand" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Expand</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Espandi</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="debuggerconsole.toggle.collapse" resname="debuggerconsole.toggle.collapse" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Collapse</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Contrai</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="debuggerconsole.clear" resname="debuggerconsole.clear" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Clear</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Cancella</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="debuggerconsole.close" resname="debuggerconsole.close" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Close</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Chiudi</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:core/Resources/Private/Language/fileMessages.xlf" date="2015-11-10T06:53:10Z" product-name="core" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.CannotCopyFolderIntoTargetFolderBecauseTheTargetFolderIsAlreadyWithinTheFolderToBeCopied" resname="FileUtility.CannotCopyFolderIntoTargetFolderBecauseTheTargetFolderIsAlreadyWithinTheFolderToBeCopied" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Cannot copy folder "%s" into target folder "%s", because there is already a folder or file with that name in the target folder!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Impossibile copiare la cartella "%s" nella cartella di destinazione "%s", perché c'è già una cartella o un file con quel nome nella cartella di destinazione!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.CannotMoveFolderIntoTargetFolderBecauseTheTargetFolderIsAlreadyWithinTheFolderToBeMoved" resname="FileUtility.CannotMoveFolderIntoTargetFolderBecauseTheTargetFolderIsAlreadyWithinTheFolderToBeMoved" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Cannot move folder "%s" into target folder "%s", because the target folder is already within the folder to be moved!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Impossibile spostare la cartella "%s" nella cartella di destinazione "%s", perché la cartella di destinazione è all'interno della cartella da spostare!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.CouldNotAccessAllNecessaryResources" resname="FileUtility.CouldNotAccessAllNecessaryResources" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Could not access all necessary resources. Source file or destination maybe was not within your mountpoints? T="%s", D="%s"</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Impossibile accedere a tutte le risorse necessarie. Forse la sorgente e/o la destinazione non è da te accessibile? S="%s", D="%s"</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.CouldNotDeleteDirectory" resname="FileUtility.CouldNotDeleteDirectory" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Could not delete directory! Is directory "%s" empty? (You are not allowed to delete directories recursively).</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Impossibile eliminare la cartella! La cartella "%s" è vuota? (Non sei autorizzato a eliminare cartelle in modo ricorsivo).</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.CouldNotDeleteDirectory1" resname="FileUtility.CouldNotDeleteDirectory1" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Could not delete directory "%s"! There might be a problem with write permissions.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Impossibile eliminare la cartella "%s"! Ci potrebbe essere un problema con i permessi di scrittura.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.CouldNotDeleteFile" resname="FileUtility.CouldNotDeleteFile" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Could not delete file "%s". There might be a problem with write permissions.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Impossibile eliminare il file "%s". Ci potrebbe essere un problema con i permessi di scrittura.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.DestinationExistedAlready" resname="FileUtility.DestinationExistedAlready" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Destination "%s" already exists!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La destinazione "%s" esiste già!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.DestinationPathWasNotWithinYourMountpoints" resname="FileUtility.DestinationPathWasNotWithinYourMountpoints" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Destination path "%s" was not within your mountpoints!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il percorso di destinazione "%s" non è da te accessibile!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.DestinationWasNotADirectory" resname="FileUtility.DestinationWasNotADirectory" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Destination "%s" was not a directory.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La destinazione "%s" non è una cartella.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.DirectoryCopiedTo" resname="FileUtility.DirectoryCopiedTo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Directory "%s" copied to "%s".</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La cartella "%s" è stata copiata in "%s".</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.DirectoryCreatedIn" resname="FileUtility.DirectoryCreatedIn" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Directory "%s" created in "%s".</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La cartella "%s" è stata creata in "%s".</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.DirectoryMovedTo" resname="FileUtility.DirectoryMovedTo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Directory "%s" moved to "%s".</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La cartella "%s" è stata spostata in "%s".</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.DirectoryNotCreated" resname="FileUtility.DirectoryNotCreated" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Directory "%s" not created. There might be a problem with write permissions in "%s"?</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La cartella "%s" non è stata creata. Ci potrebbe essere un problema con i permessi di scrittura in "%s"?</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.DirectoryRenamedFromTo" resname="FileUtility.DirectoryRenamedFromTo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Directory renamed from "%s" to "%s".</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La cartella "%s" è stata rinominata in "%s".</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.DirectoryRenamedFromToCharReplaced" resname="FileUtility.DirectoryRenamedFromToCharReplaced" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Directory renamed from "%s" to "%s". Characters in the new directory name have been replaced.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Cartella rinominata da "%s" a "%s". I caratteri nel nuovo nome della cartella sono stati sostituiti.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.DirectoryRenamedSameName" resname="FileUtility.DirectoryRenamedSameName" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Directory "%s" was not renamed. (Same name as before)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La cartella "%s" non è stata rinominata (i nomi coincidono)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.DirectoryWasNotCopiedTo" resname="FileUtility.DirectoryWasNotCopiedTo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Directory "%s" WAS NOT copied to "%s"! There might be a problem with write permissions</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La cartella "%s" NON È STATA copiata in "%s"! Ci potrebbe essere un problema con i permessi di scrittura</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.DirectoryWasNotMovedTo" resname="FileUtility.DirectoryWasNotMovedTo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Directory "%s" WAS NOT moved to "%s"! There might be a problem with write permissions</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La cartella "%s" NON È STATA spostata in "%s"! Ci potrebbe essere un problema con i permessi di scrittura</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.DirectoryWasNotRenamed" resname="FileUtility.DirectoryWasNotRenamed" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Directory "%s" was not renamed! There might be a problem with write permissions in "%s"?</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La cartella "%s" non è stata rinominata! Ci potrebbe essere un problema con i permessi di scrittura in "%s"?</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.ExtensionOfFileNameIsNotAllowedIn" resname="FileUtility.ExtensionOfFileNameIsNotAllowedIn" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Extension of file name "%s" is not allowed in "%s"!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">L'estensione del nome file "%s" non è consentita in "%s"!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.ExtensionOfFileNameOrWasNotAllowed" resname="FileUtility.ExtensionOfFileNameOrWasNotAllowed" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Extension of file name "%s" or "%s" was not allowed!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">L'estensione del nome file "%s" o "%s" non è consentita!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.ExtensionOfFileWasNotAllowed" resname="FileUtility.ExtensionOfFileWasNotAllowed" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Extension of file "%s" was not allowed!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">L'estensione del nome file "%s" non è consentita!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.FileAlreadyExistsInFolder" resname="FileUtility.FileAlreadyExistsInFolder" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File "%s" already exists in folder "%s"!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il file "%s" esiste già nella cartella "%s"!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.FileCopiedTo" resname="FileUtility.FileCopiedTo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File "%s" copied to "%s".</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il file "%s" è stato copiato in "%s"!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.FileCreated" resname="FileUtility.FileCreated" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File created: "%s".</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">File creato: "%s".</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.FileNameSanitized" resname="FileUtility.FileNameSanitized" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The file name "%s" is invalid, the file was automatically renamed to "%s".</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il nome file "%s" non è valido, il file è stato rinominato automaticamente in "%s".</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.FileExistedAlreadyIn" resname="FileUtility.FileExistedAlreadyIn" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File existed already in "%s"!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il file esisteva già in "%s"!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.FileExtensionIsNotATextfileFormat" resname="FileUtility.FileExtensionIsNotATextfileFormat" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File extension "%s" is not a textfile format! (%s).</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">L'estensione del file "%s" non è un formato di file di testo! (%s).</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.FileExtensionIsNotzip" resname="FileUtility.FileExtensionIsNotzip" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File extension is not "zip".</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">L'estensione del file non è "zip".</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.FileMovedTo" resname="FileUtility.FileMovedTo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File "%s" moved to "%s".</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il file "%s" è stato spostato in "%s".</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.FileNameWasNotAllowed" resname="FileUtility.FileNameWasNotAllowed" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File name "%s" was not allowed!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il nome file "%s" non è consentito!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.FileOrDestinationWasNotWithinYourMountpoints" resname="FileUtility.FileOrDestinationWasNotWithinYourMountpoints" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File "%s" or destination "%s" was not within your mountpoints!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il file "%s" o la destinazione "%s" non è a te accessibile!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.FileOrDirectoryExistedAlready" resname="FileUtility.FileOrDirectoryExistedAlready" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File or directory "%s" already exists!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il file o la cartella "%s" esiste già!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.FileRenamedFromTo" resname="FileUtility.FileRenamedFromTo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File renamed from "%s" to "%s".</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il file "%s" è stato rinominato in "%s".</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.FileRenamedSameName" resname="FileUtility.FileRenamedSameName" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File "%s" was not renamed. (Same name as before)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il file "%s" non è stato rinominato. (Stesso nome come prima)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.FileSavedToBytesMd5" resname="FileUtility.FileSavedToBytesMd5" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File saved to "%s", bytes: %s, MD5: %s.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">File salvato in "%s", byte: %s, MD5: %s.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.FileWasNotCopiedTo" resname="FileUtility.FileWasNotCopiedTo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File "%s" WAS NOT copied to "%s"! There might be a problem with write permissions.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il file "%s" NON È STATO copiato in "%s"! Ci potrebbe essere un problema con i permessi di scrittura.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.FileWasNotCreated" resname="FileUtility.FileWasNotCreated" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File "%s" was not created! There might be a problem with write permissions in "%s"?</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il file "%s" non è stato creato! Ci potrebbe essere un problema con i permessi di scrittura in "%s"?</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.FileWasNotRenamed" resname="FileUtility.FileWasNotRenamed" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File "%s" was not renamed! There might be a problem with write permissions in "%s"?</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il file "%s" non è stato rinominato! Ci potrebbe essere un problema con i permessi di scrittura in "%s"?</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.FileWasNotSaved" resname="FileUtility.FileWasNotSaved" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File "%s" was not saved! There might be a problem with write permissions.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il file "%s" non è stato salvato! Ci potrebbe essere un problema con i permessi di scrittura.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.FileWasNotSaved2" resname="FileUtility.FileWasNotSaved2" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File "%s" was not saved! File extension rejected!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il file "%s" non è stato salvato! L'estensione del file è stata rifiutata!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.NoFileWasUploaded" resname="FileUtility.NoFileWasUploaded" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No file was uploaded!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nessun file caricato!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.NoFileWasUploadedForReplacing" resname="FileUtility.NoFileWasUploadedForReplacing" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No file was uploaded for replacing!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nessun file caricato per la sostituzione!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.NoNameForNewFolderGiven" resname="FileUtility.NoNameForNewFolderGiven" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No name for new folder given!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nessun nome fornito per la nuova cartella!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.NoUniqueFilenameAvailableIn" resname="FileUtility.NoUniqueFilenameAvailableIn" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No unique filename available in "%s"!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nessun nome file unico disponibile in "%s"!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.ReplacingFileTo" resname="FileUtility.ReplacingFileTo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Replacing file "%s" to "%s".</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sostituzione file "%s" con "%s".</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.TargetAlreadyExists" resname="FileUtility.TargetAlreadyExists" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Target "%s" already exists!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La destinazione "%s" esiste già!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.TargetWasNotAFile" resname="FileUtility.TargetWasNotAFile" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Target "%s" was not a file!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La destinazione "%s" non è un file!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.TargetWasNotWithinYourMountpoints" resname="FileUtility.TargetWasNotWithinYourMountpoints" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Target was not within your mountpoints! T="%s".</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La destinazione non è da te accessibile! D="%s".</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.TheFileDidNotExist" resname="FileUtility.TheFileDidNotExist" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The file "%s" did not exist!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il file "%s" non esiste!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.TheFunctionToCopyAFileBetweenStoragesIsNotYetImplemented" resname="FileUtility.TheFunctionToCopyAFileBetweenStoragesIsNotYetImplemented" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The function to copy a file between storages is not yet implemented.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La funzione per copiare un file tra storage non è ancora stata implementata.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.TheFunctionToCopyAFolderBetweenStoragesIsNotYetImplemented" resname="FileUtility.TheFunctionToCopyAFolderBetweenStoragesIsNotYetImplemented" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The function to copy a folder between storages is not yet implemented.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La funzione per copiare una cartella tra storage non è ancora stata implementata</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.TheFunctionToMoveAFileBetweenStoragesIsNotYetImplemented" resname="FileUtility.TheFunctionToMoveAFileBetweenStoragesIsNotYetImplemented" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The function to move a file between storages is not yet implemented.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La funzione per spostare un file tra storage non è stata ancora implementata</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.TheFunctionToMoveAFolderBetweenStoragesIsNotYetImplemented" resname="FileUtility.TheFunctionToMoveAFolderBetweenStoragesIsNotYetImplemented" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The function to move a folder between storages is not yet implemented.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La funzione per spostare una cartella tra storage non è stata ancora implementata.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.TheUploadHasFailedNoUploadedFileFound" resname="FileUtility.TheUploadHasFailedNoUploadedFileFound" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The upload has failed, no uploaded file found!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il caricamento non ha funzionato, nessun file caricato è stato trovato!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.TheUploadedFileExceedsTheSize-limit" resname="FileUtility.TheUploadedFileExceedsTheSize-limit" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The uploaded file "%s" exceeds the size-limit</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il file caricato "%s" eccede le dimensioni consentite</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.UnzippingFileIn" resname="FileUtility.UnzippingFileIn" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Unzipping file "%s" in "%s".</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Decompressione del file "%s" in "%s".</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.UploadedFileCouldNotBeMoved" resname="FileUtility.UploadedFileCouldNotBeMoved" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Uploaded file could not be moved! There might be a problem with write permissions in "%s"?</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il file caricato non può essere spostato! Potrebbe esserci un problema con i permessi di scrittura in "%s"?</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.UploadingFileTo" resname="FileUtility.UploadingFileTo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Uploading file "%s" to "%s".</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Caricamento del file "%s" in "%s".</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToAccessTheDirectory" resname="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToAccessTheDirectory" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You are not allowed to access the directory.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non sei autorizzato ad accedere alla cartella.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToAccessTheFile" resname="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToAccessTheFile" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You are not allowed to access the file.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non sei autorizzato ad accedere al file.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToCopyDirectories" resname="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToCopyDirectories" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You are not allowed to copy directories.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non sei autorizzato a copiare cartelle.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToCopyFiles" resname="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToCopyFiles" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You are not allowed to copy files.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non sei autorizzato a copiare file.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.InvalidFolderName" resname="FileUtility.InvalidFolderName" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Invalid folder name "%s"!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nome cartella "%s" non valido!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToCreateDirectories" resname="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToCreateDirectories" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You are not allowed to create directories!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non sei autorizzato a creare cartelle!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToCreateFiles" resname="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToCreateFiles" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You are not allowed to create files!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non sei autorizzato a creare file!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToEditFiles" resname="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToEditFiles" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You are not allowed to edit files!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non sei autorizzato a modificare file!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToMoveDirectories" resname="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToMoveDirectories" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You are not allowed to move directories.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non sei autorizzato a spostare cartelle.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToMoveFiles" resname="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToMoveFiles" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You are not allowed to move files.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non sei autorizzato a spostare file.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToOverride" resname="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToOverride" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You are not allowed to override "%s"!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non sei autorizzato a sovrascrivere "%s"!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToRenameDirectories" resname="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToRenameDirectories" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You are not allowed to rename directories!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non sei autorizzato a rinominare cartelle!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToRenameFiles" resname="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToRenameFiles" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You are not allowed to rename files!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non sei autorizzato a rinominare file!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToUnzipFiles" resname="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToUnzipFiles" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You are not allowed to unzip files.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non è consentito decomprimere file.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToUploadFiles" resname="FileUtility.YouAreNotAllowedToUploadFiles" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You are not allowed to upload files!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non sei autorizzato a caricare file.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="FileUtility.YouDontHaveFullAccessToTheDestinationDirectory" resname="FileUtility.YouDontHaveFullAccessToTheDestinationDirectory" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You don't have full access to the destination directory "%s"!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non hai accesso completo alla cartella di destinazione "%s"!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:core/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_common.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:33Z" product-name="lang" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="about" resname="about" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>About</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Informazioni su</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="and" resname="and" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>and</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">e</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="ascending" resname="ascending" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Ascending</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ascendente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="back" resname="back" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Back</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Indietro</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="byteSizeUnits" resname="byteSizeUnits" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source> B| KB| MB| GB</source>
|
||||
<target state="final"> B| KB| MB| GB</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="cancel" resname="cancel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Cancel</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Annulla</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="category" resname="category" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Category</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Categoria</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="close" resname="close" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Close</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Chiudi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="delete" resname="delete" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Delete</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Elimina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="descending" resname="descending" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Descending</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Discendente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="details" resname="details" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Details</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Dettagli</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="disable" resname="disable" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Disable</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Disabilita</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="disabled" resname="disabled" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Disabled</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Disabilitato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="down" resname="down" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Down</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Giù</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="download" resname="download" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Download</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Scarica</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="edit" resname="edit" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="editField" resname="editField" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit field</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica campo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="editFile" resname="editFile" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit file</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica file</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="enable" resname="enable" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enable</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Abilita</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="enabled" resname="enabled" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enabled</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Abilitato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="file" resname="file" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">File</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="files" resname="files" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Files</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">File</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="folder" resname="folder" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Folder</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Cartella</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="first" resname="first" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>First</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Primo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="from" resname="from" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>From</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Da</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="go" resname="go" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Go</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Vai</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="goTo" resname="goTo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Go to</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Vai a</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="help" resname="help" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Help</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Aiuto</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="item" resname="item" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Item</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Elemento</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="items" resname="items" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Items</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Elementi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="last" resname="last" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Last</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ultimo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="left" resname="left" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Left</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sinistra</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="login" resname="login" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Login</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Login</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="logout" resname="logout" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Logout</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Esci</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="more" resname="more" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>More</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Di più</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="move" resname="move" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Move</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sposta</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="new" resname="new" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>New</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nuovo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="next" resname="next" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Next</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Prossimo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="no" resname="no" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">No</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="ok" resname="ok" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>OK</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">OK</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="open" resname="open" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Open</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Apri</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="page" resname="page" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pages" resname="pages" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Pages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Pagine</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="previous" resname="previous" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Previous</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Precedente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="print" resname="print" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Print</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Stampa</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="reload" resname="reload" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Reload</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ricarica</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="right" resname="right" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Right</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Destra</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="save" resname="save" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Save</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Salva</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="saveAndClose" resname="saveAndClose" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Save and close</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Salva e chiudi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="saveAndCloseDoc" resname="saveAndCloseDoc" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Save and close document</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Salva e chiudi documento</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="saveAndCreateNewDoc" resname="saveAndCreateNewDoc" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Save and create new document</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Salva e crea nuovo documento</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="saveAndViewPage" resname="saveAndViewPage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Save and view page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Salva e vedi pagina web</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="search" resname="search" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Search</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Cerca</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="send" resname="send" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Send</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Invia</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="start" resname="start" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Start</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inizio</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="stop" resname="stop" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Stop</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Fine</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="submit" resname="submit" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Submit</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Invia</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="to" resname="to" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>To</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">A</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="tsRef" resname="tsRef" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TSref reference</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Riferimento TSref</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="undefined" resname="undefined" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Undefined</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non definito</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="up" resname="up" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Up</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sù</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="upload" resname="upload" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Upload</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Carica</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="user" resname="user" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>User</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Utente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="users" resname="users" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Users</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Utenti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="view" resname="view" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>View</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Vedi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="yes" resname="yes" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Yes</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sì</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="notAvailableAbbreviation" resname="notAvailableAbbreviation" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>N/A</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">N/D</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pleaseConfirm" resname="pleaseConfirm" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Please confirm</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Per favore conferma</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,441 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:core/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_csh_be_groups.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:33Z" product-name="lang" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".description" resname=".description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This is the Backend administration user groups available for the Backend users. These determine the access credentials for the Backend users.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il Gruppo Utenti di Backend, disponibile per gli Utenti di Backend, definisce le modalità di accesso, le risorse e le funzionalità disponibili.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".details" resname=".details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Groups contain the main permission settings you can set for a backend user. Many users can be members of the same group and thus share permissions.
|
||||
When a user is a member of many groups (including sub-groups) then the permission settings are added together so that the more groups a user is a member of, the more access is granted to him.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">I gruppi contengono le impostazioni di autorizzazione principali che puoi impostare per un utente di backend. Molti utenti possono essere membri dello stesso gruppo e quindi condividere i permessi.
|
||||
Quanto un utente appartiene a più gruppi (inclusi i sottogruppi) allora le impostazioni dei permessi vengono sommati cosicché più sono i gruppi ai quali un utente è associato e maggiori sono i permessi che gli vengono attribuiti.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_.seeAlso" resname="_.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_users,
|
||||
"Inside TYPO3" about users / groups | https://docs.typo3.org/typo3cms/InsideTypo3Reference/CoreArchitecture/AccessControl/UsersAndGroups/,
|
||||
How to set up a backend user | https://docs.typo3.org/typo3cms/InsideTypo3Reference/CoreArchitecture/AccessControl/SettingUpANewUser/,
|
||||
Setting up groups (from "Getting Started") | https://docs.typo3.org/typo3cms/GettingStartedTutorial/EditAndCreatePagesAndContent/CreateUsersGroups/</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">be_users,
|
||||
"Inside TYPO3" a proposito di utenti e gruppi | https://docs.typo3.org/typo3cms/InsideTypo3Reference/CoreArchitecture/AccessControl/UsersAndGroups/,
|
||||
Come impostare un utente di backend | https://docs.typo3.org/typo3cms/InsideTypo3Reference/CoreArchitecture/AccessControl/SettingUpANewUser/,
|
||||
Impostare un gruppo (da "Getting Started") | https://docs.typo3.org/typo3cms/GettingStartedTutorial/EditAndCreatePagesAndContent/CreateUsersGroups/</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_.image" resname="_.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_2.png,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_1.png</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_2.png,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_1.png</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".image_descr" resname=".image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Backend Usergroups are found in the root of the page tree where only "admin" users can edit them. The usergroups with red icons in this image are the ones with Access Lists enabled. The blue are just plain usergroups.
|
||||
This usergroup has Access Lists enabled. In the Access Lists you specify which modules, tables, database fields etc. the group members can access in TYPO3.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">I gruppi di utenti backend si trovano nella root dell'Albero delle Pagine (nodo TYPO3), dove solo gli utenti "admin" possono modificarli. I gruppi di utenti con icone rosse, in questa immagine, sono quelli con liste di accesso abilitate. Quelli in blu sono un gruppo di utenti semplice.
|
||||
Questo gruppo di utenti ha Liste di Accesso abilitate. Nelle Liste di Accesso si specifica a quali moduli, tabelle, campi i membri del gruppo possono accedere in TYPO3.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="title.description" resname="title.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Name of the Backend usergroup. The name should be descriptive and can always be changed later.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nome del gruppo di Backend. Il nome dovrebbe essere descrittivo e può sempre essere modificato nel tempo.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="title.details" resname="title.details" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Backend Usergroups are identified by their "uid" field value (integer) and therefore the title can always be changed. The "uid" can never be changed for a user group.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">I gruppi di utenti di Backend sono identificati tramite il campo "uid" (valore intero) e pertanto il titolo può essere sempre cambiato. L'identificativo (uid) non può mai essere modificato per un gruppo di utenti.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_title.image" resname="_title.image" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_2.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_2.png</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="title.image_descr" resname="title.image_descr" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The usergroup title is shown in the record lists.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il titolo del gruppo utenti è visualizzato nella lista dei record.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="db_mountpoints.description" resname="db_mountpoints.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Define page tree root points for the group members.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Definisce le parti dell'Albero delle Pagine alle quali gli utenti, membri del gruppo, hanno accesso.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="db_mountpoints.details" resname="db_mountpoints.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The page tree in TYPO3 must have some points-of-entry defined. Here you should insert one or more references to a page which will represent a new root page for the page tree. This is called a "Database mount" or "DB mount".
|
||||
DB mounts <i>may</i> be inherited by the users which are members of this group. This depends on whether the user is configured to include the mounts set in the member groups.
|
||||
However it's recommended to use backend user groups like this to configure mounts. Especially if they need to be shared among many users.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il gruppo, e quindi i membri del gruppo, deve poter accedere ad alcune parti dell'Albero delle Pagine. Qui dovresti inserire uno o più nodi dell'Albero delle Pagine, che rappresenteranno un nuovo (sotto-)Albero delle Pagine. Questo è chiamato, tecnicamente, "Database Mount" oppure "DB Mount".
|
||||
I "DB mounts" <i>possono</i> essere ereditati dagli utenti membri del gruppo. L'ereditarietà ha luogo solo se l'utente è configurato per ereditare i "DB Mounts" dai gruppi.
|
||||
È consigliato utilizzare i gruppi utenti di backend per configurare i "DB Mounts", soprattutto se hanno bisogno di essere condivisi tra molti utenti.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_db_mountpoints.seeAlso" resname="_db_mountpoints.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_groups:file_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:db_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:options,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:list_module</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">be_groups:file_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:db_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:options,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:list_module</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_db_mountpoints.image" resname="_db_mountpoints.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_3.png,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_4.png</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_3.png,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_4.png</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="db_mountpoints.image_descr" resname="db_mountpoints.image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Here a page is added as a "DB mount"...
|
||||
... and in the page tree of member users this will become the starting point for the page tree.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Qui una pagina è aggiunta come un "DB mount"...
|
||||
... e nell'Albero delle Pagine degli utenti, membri del gruppo, costituirà un sotto-albero dello stesso Albero delle Pagine.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="file_mountpoints.description" resname="file_mountpoints.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Define startpoints for the file folder tree.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Definisce le parti dell'Albero delle Cartelle alle quali gli utenti, membri del gruppo, hanno accesso.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="file_mountpoints.details" resname="file_mountpoints.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The file folder tree is used by all File-submodules to navigate the file folders on the webserver. If you want users to access the servers file system through TYPO3 they need at least one File Mount (and access to eg. File > Filelist module).
|
||||
You can mount a path in "fileadmin/" relative to the TYPO3 installation or you can mount an absolute path somewhere else on the server (outside webroot!). The last requires that $TYPO3_CONF_VARS[BE][lockRootPath] is defined. The path you mount is defined by the Filemount record you refer to by this field. So a File Mount just points to another record inside of which the details are configured. See screenshots below.
|
||||
"admin" users always have the "fileadmin/" folder mounted by default.
|
||||
Notice; as with 'DB mounts' the file folder mounts may be inherited by the users which are members of this group.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">L'Albero delle Cartelle è utilizzato, da tutti i moduli di File, per navigare tra le cartelle dei file sul server web. Se si desidera che gli utenti possano accedere ai file dei server tramite TYPO3, bisogna rendere disponibile l'accesso ad almeno un Albero delle Cartelle (e anche l'accesso a un module File, es. "File>Lista File").
|
||||
Puoi definire un percorso in "fileadmin/" relativo all'installazione di TYPO3 oppure un percorso assoluto da qualche altra parte sul server (anche al di fuori della webroot!). In questo caso è necessario impostare $TYPO3_CONF_VARS[BE][lockRootPath]. Il percorso da montare è definito dal record Filemount a cui fai riferimento da questo campo. Quindi un Filemount punta ad un altro record (Storage) all'interno del quale sono configurati i dettagli. Vedi le immagini qui sotto.
|
||||
Gli utenti admin hanno sempre la cartella "fileadmin/" montata di default.
|
||||
Nota: come con 'DB Mounts', la cartella definita nel Filemount può essere ereditata dagli utenti che sono membri di questo gruppo (File Mounts).</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_file_mountpoints.seeAlso" resname="_file_mountpoints.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_groups:db_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:file_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:options,
|
||||
be_users,
|
||||
sys_filemounts,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:filelist_module,
|
||||
More about File Mounts | https://docs.typo3.org/typo3cms/InsideTypo3Reference/CoreArchitecture/AccessControl/MoreAboutFileMounts/</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">be_groups:db_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:file_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:options,
|
||||
be_users,
|
||||
sys_filemounts,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:filelist_module,
|
||||
More about File Mounts | https://docs.typo3.org/typo3cms/InsideTypo3Reference/CoreArchitecture/AccessControl/MoreAboutFileMounts/</target><note>A part of this string is an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy this part into the translation field and do not change it. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_file_mountpoints.image" resname="_file_mountpoints.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_5.png,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_6.png,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_7.png,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_8.png</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_5.png,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_6.png,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_7.png,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_8.png</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="file_mountpoints.image_descr" resname="file_mountpoints.image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The File Mounts are references to records from the "Filemounts" table.
|
||||
In the Filemount record you define whether the path should be absolute (must be within $TYPO3_CONF_VARS[BE][lockRootPath]) or relative to "fileadmin/". In this case the Filemount points to "fileadmin/user_upload/"
|
||||
This is the page tree of the "admin" user. Notice the folder "user_upload" which is the folder referred to by the File Mount record.
|
||||
This shows the mounted folder as seen by a user who was member of the group.
|
||||
Filemount records are also created in the page tree root.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">I Filemount sono riferimenti a record della tabella dei "Filemount".
|
||||
Nel record Filemount si definisce se il percorso deve essere assoluto (dentro $TYPO3_CONF_VARS[BE][lockRootPath]) o relativo a "fileadmin/". In questo caso il Filemount punta a "fileadmin/user_upload/"
|
||||
Questo è l'albero delle pagine dell'utente "admin". Notare la cartella "user_upload" che è la cartella a cui fa riferimento il record Filemount.
|
||||
Mostra come, la cartella montata, viene visualizzata da un utente che fa parte del gruppo.
|
||||
I record di Filemount vengono creati nel nodo root (nodo-TYPO3: uid=0) dell'albero delle pagine.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="file_permissions.description" resname="file_permissions.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select file operation permissions for the group members.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Imposta i permessi delle operazioni su cartelle e file per i membri del gruppo.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="file_permissions.details" resname="file_permissions.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>These settings relate to the functions found in the File>Filelist module as well as general upload of files.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Notice</strong> that these settings apply to all members of this group and extend the users permissions accordingly.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Queste impostazioni si riferiscono alle funzionalità del modulo "File>Lista File", così come al caricamento generale dei file.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Notare</strong> che queste impostazioni si applicano a tutti i membri di questo gruppo e, di conseguenza, estendono i permessi degli utenti.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="file_permissions.seeAlso" resname="file_permissions.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_groups:file_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:file_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:file_permissions</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">be_groups:file_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:file_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:file_permissions</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileoper_perms.description" resname="fileoper_perms.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select file operation permissions for the group members.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Imposta i permessi delle operazioni su cartelle e file per i membri del gruppo.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileoper_perms.details" resname="fileoper_perms.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>These settings relate to the functions found in the File>Filelist module as well as general upload of files.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Notice</strong> that these settings apply to all members of this group and extend the users permissions accordingly.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Queste impostazioni si riferiscono alle funzionalità del modulo "File>Lista File", così come al caricamento generale dei file.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Notare</strong> che queste impostazioni si applicano a tutti i membri di questo gruppo e, di conseguenza, estende i permessi degli utenti.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_fileoper_perms.seeAlso" resname="_fileoper_perms.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_groups:file_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:file_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:file_permissions</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">be_groups:file_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:file_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:file_permissions</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pagetypes_select.description" resname="pagetypes_select.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select which 'Types' of Pages the members may set.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona a quali Tipi di Pagina i membri possono accedere.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pagetypes_select.details" resname="pagetypes_select.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This option limits the number of valid choices for the user when he is about to select a page type.
|
||||
Choice of Page types (doktype) for a page is associated with a) a special icon for the page, b) permitted tables on the page (see $PAGES_TYPES global variable) and c) if the page is a web page or "system folder" type.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questa opzione limita il numero di scelte valide per l'utente quando sta per selezionare un tipo di pagina.
|
||||
La scelta del tipo di pagina (doktype) definisce a) un'icona speciale per la pagina, b) le tabelle consentite sulla pagina (vedi la variabile globale $PAGES_TYPES) e c) se la pagina è un contenuto web o una "Cartella" di sistema.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_pagetypes_select.seeAlso" resname="_pagetypes_select.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:doktype,
|
||||
be_groups:inc_access_lists</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">pages:doktype,
|
||||
be_groups:inc_access_lists</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_pagetypes_select.image" resname="_pagetypes_select.image" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_9.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_9.png</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pagetypes_select.image_descr" resname="pagetypes_select.image_descr" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The list of typical page types available in a CMS context. Selecting Page types for a usergroup defines which of these options can be selected by member users.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">L'elenco di tipici tipi di pagina, disponibili in un contesto CMS. Selezionando i tipi di Pagina per un gruppo di utenti si definisce quale di queste opzioni può essere selezionata dagli utenti membri.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="tables_modify.description" resname="tables_modify.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select which tables the members may modify.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona quali tabelle i membri possono modificare.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="tables_modify.details" resname="tables_modify.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>An important part of setting permissions is to define which database tables a user is allowed to modify.
|
||||
Tables allowed for modification is automatically also allowed for selection and thus you don't need to set tables entered here in the "Tables (listing)" box.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Notice</strong> that this list adds to the fields selected in other member groups of a user.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Una parte importante, dell'impostazione dei permessi, è quella di definire quali tabelle di database un utente può modificare.
|
||||
Le tabelle consentite per la modifica sono automaticamente selezionabili, quindi non è necessario impostarle anche qui nella casella "Tabelle (elenco)".
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Notare</strong> che queste impostazioni si applicano a tutti i membri di questo gruppo e, di conseguenza, estendono i permessi degli utenti.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_tables_modify.seeAlso" resname="_tables_modify.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_groups:tables_select,
|
||||
be_groups:inc_access_lists,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:new_ce</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">be_groups:tables_select,
|
||||
be_groups:inc_access_lists,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:new_ce</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_tables_modify.image" resname="_tables_modify.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_10.png,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_15.png,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_11.png</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_10.png,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_15.png,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_11.png</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="tables_modify.image_descr" resname="tables_modify.image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The screenshot above shows how the "Create new record" dialog looks for a user limited to editing only "Page" and "Page content" elements.
|
||||
The two tables are simply added to the list of "Tables (modify)" in the group Access Lists.
|
||||
This is (an example of) the full amount of elements that can be created on the page by the "admin" user for whom there are no restrictions.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">L'immagine qui sopra mostra come la finestra di dialogo "Crea nuovo record", appare a un utente limitato a modificare solo gli elementi "Pagina" e "Contenuto di Pagina".
|
||||
Le due tabelle sono semplicemente aggiunte alla lista di "Tabelle (modifica)" nella sezione "Liste di Accesso" del gruppo.
|
||||
Questo è (un esempio) la disponibilità completa di elementi che possono essere creati sulla pagina dall'utente "admin", per il quale non ci sono restrizioni.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="tables_select.description" resname="tables_select.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select which tables the members may see in record lists ('modify' tables does not need to be re-entered here!).</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona le tabelle che i membri possono vedere nelle liste di record (le tabelle già abilitate alla modifica non devono essere reinserite qui!).</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="tables_select.details" resname="tables_select.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This determines which tables - in addition to those selected in the "Tables (modify)" box - may be viewed and listed for the member users. He is not able to <em>edit</em> the table - only select the records and view the content.
|
||||
This list is not very important. It's a pretty rare situation that a user may select tables but not modify them.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo determina quali tabelle - oltre a quelle incluse in "Tabelle (modifica)" - possono essere visualizzate ed elencate dagli gli utenti membri. Non sarà possibile <em>modificare</em> la tabella, ma solo selezionare i record e visualizzarne il contenuto.
|
||||
Questa lista non è molto importante. È una situazione abbastanza rara che un utente può visualizzare le tabelle ma non modificarle.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_tables_select.seeAlso" resname="_tables_select.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_groups:tables_modify,
|
||||
be_groups:inc_access_lists</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">be_groups:tables_modify,
|
||||
be_groups:inc_access_lists</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="non_exclude_fields.description" resname="non_exclude_fields.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Certain table fields are not available by default. Those fields can be explicitly enabled for the group members here.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Alcuni campi delle tabelle non sono disponibili per default. Questi campi possono essere qui esplicitamente abilitati per i membri del gruppo.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="non_exclude_fields.details" resname="non_exclude_fields.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>"Allowed excludefields" allows you to detail the permissions granted to tables. By default all these fields are not available to users but must be specifically enabled by being selected here.
|
||||
One application of this is that pages are usually hidden by default and that the hidden field is not available for a user unless he has been granted access by this list of "Allowed excludefields". So the user may create a new page, but cannot un-hide the page - unless of course he has been assigned the "Page: Hide page" exclude field through one of his member groups.
|
||||
Of course it does not make any sense to add fields from tables which are not included in the list of tables allowed to be modified.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">"Campi esclusivi Consentiti" permette di dettagliare i permessi concessi alle tabelle. Per impostazione predefinita, tutti questi campi non sono disponibili per gli utenti, ma devono essere specificamente abilitati selezionandoli qui.
|
||||
Uno scopo di questo è che, ad esempio, le nuove pagine sono nascoste per default e il campo "Abilitato" non è disponibile per un utente, a meno che non gli sia stato concesso l'accesso da questa lista di "Campi esclusivi consentiti". Così l'utente può creare una nuova pagina, ma non può renderla visibile - a meno che non gli sia stato assegnato il campo "Pagina: Abilitato" attraverso uno dei suoi gruppi membri.
|
||||
Naturalmente non ha senso aggiungere campi da tabelle che non sono incluse nella lista delle tabelle che possono essere modificate - Tabelle (modifica).</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_non_exclude_fields.seeAlso" resname="_non_exclude_fields.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_groups:inc_access_lists,
|
||||
Examples from "Getting Started" | https://docs.typo3.org/typo3cms/GettingStartedTutorial/EditAndCreatePagesAndContent/CreateUsersGroups/</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">be_groups:inc_access_lists,
|
||||
Esempi da "Getting Started" | https://docs.typo3.org/typo3cms/GettingStartedTutorial/EditAndCreatePagesAndContent/CreateUsersGroups/</target><note>A part of this string is an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy this part into the translation field and do not change it. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_non_exclude_fields.image" resname="_non_exclude_fields.image" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_14.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_14.png</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.description" resname="hidden.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enables a user group.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Abilita un gruppo utente.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.details" resname="hidden.details" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>If you disable a user group all users which are members of the group will in effect not inherit any properties this group may have given them.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Se disabiliti un gruppo di utenti tutti gli utenti che sono membri del gruppo, non erediteranno alcuna proprietà che questo gruppo potrebbe aver dato loro.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="groupMods.description" resname="groupMods.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select available backend modules for the group members.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona i moduli di backend disponibili per i membri del gruppo.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="groupMods.details" resname="groupMods.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This determines which 'menu items' are available for the group members.
|
||||
This list of modules is added to any modules selected in other member groups of a user as well as the corresponding field of the user himself.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo determina quali 'voci di menù' sono disponibili per i membri del gruppo.
|
||||
Questo elenco di moduli viene aggiunto a tutti quelli già inclusi in altri gruppi di un utente e a quelli già inclusi nel corrispondente campo dell'utente stesso, ovvero nel record di "Utente di Backend".</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_groupMods.seeAlso" resname="_groupMods.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_users:userMods,
|
||||
be_groups:inc_access_lists,
|
||||
Backend Interface | https://docs.typo3.org/typo3cms/InsideTypo3Reference/CoreArchitecture/Backend/</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">be_users:userMods,
|
||||
be_groups:inc_access_lists,
|
||||
Interfaccia di Backend | https://docs.typo3.org/typo3cms/InsideTypo3Reference/CoreArchitecture/Backend/</target><note>A part of this string is an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy this part into the translation field and do not change it. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_groupMods.image" resname="_groupMods.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_12.png,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_13.png</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_12.png,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_13.png</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="groupMods.image_descr" resname="groupMods.image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The Backend Modules available for a user is reflected in the menu items of the backend. For most regular users only modules in the Web and File main modules are enabled. Typically "Web > Page" is used for editing of page content.
|
||||
This is the assignment of Backend Modules to the user from the screenshot above. All four Web sub-modules and the two User sub-modules are configured here. However the File > Filelist module must have been configured for another member group of this user (or inside the user profile itself which is also possible). The Help modules are all accessible by default and does not require explicit access.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">I moduli di backend disponibili per un utente si riflettono nelle voci di menù del backend. Per la maggior parte degli utenti abituali sono abilitati solo i moduli nelle aree Web e File. Tipicamente "Web>Pagina" viene utilizzato per la modifica del contenuto della pagina.
|
||||
Questa è l'assegnazione di Moduli di Backend all'utente dalla schermata qui sopra. Tutti e quattro i moduli Web e i due moduli Utente sono configurati qui. Tuttavia il modulo "File>Lista File" deve essere stato configurato per un altro gruppo membro di questo utente (o all'interno del profilo utente stesso). I moduli di aiuto sono tutti accessibili per default e non richiedono una assegnazione esplicita.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="inc_access_lists.description" resname="inc_access_lists.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select whether the Access Lists for Page type, Tables, Module and Allowed excludefield are enabled for this group.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona se le Liste di Accesso per Tipo di Pagina, Tabelle, Modulo e Campi Esclusivi sono abilitati per questo gruppo.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="inc_access_lists.details" resname="inc_access_lists.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>If this option is disabled the Access Lists cannot be configured for the group.
|
||||
When Access Lists are disabled the icon for the group is blue while it is red when Access Lists are enabled.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Se questa opzione è disabilitata, le Liste di Accesso non possono essere configurate per il gruppo.
|
||||
Quando le Liste di Accesso sono disabilitate, l'icona per il gruppo è blu mentre è rossa quando sono abilitate.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_inc_access_lists.seeAlso" resname="_inc_access_lists.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_groups:pagetypes_select,
|
||||
be_groups:tables_modify,
|
||||
be_groups:tables_select,
|
||||
be_groups:groupMods,
|
||||
be_groups:non_exclude_fields</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">be_groups:pagetypes_select,
|
||||
be_groups:tables_modify,
|
||||
be_groups:tables_select,
|
||||
be_groups:groupMods,
|
||||
be_groups:non_exclude_fields</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="description.description" resname="description.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter a short description of the user group, what it is for and who should be members. This is for internal use only.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci una breve descrizione del gruppo utente, la sua finalità e chi dovrebbe essere membro. Questo è solo per uso interno.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_description.seeAlso" resname="_description.seeAlso" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>fe_groups:description</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">fe_groups:description</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="TSconfig.description" resname="TSconfig.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>User TSconfig: Additional configuration through TypoScript style values (Advanced).</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">TSconfig Utente: configurazione aggiuntiva via TypoScript (avanzato).</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="TSconfig.details" resname="TSconfig.details" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>User TSconfig can be set for each backend user and group. Configuration set for backend groups is inherited by the user who is a member of those groups. The available options typically cover user settings like those found in the User>Setup module (in fact options from that module can be forcibly overridden from User TSconfig!), configuration of the "Admin Panel" (frontend), various backend tweaks (lock user to IP, may user clear all cache?, width of the navigation frame etc.) and backend module configuration (overriding any configuration set for backend modules in Page TSconfig).</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">È possibile impostare il TSconfig per un utente tramite i record utente e gruppo di backend. La configurazione dei gruppi di backend è ereditata dall'utente che è un membro di tali gruppi. Le opzioni, in genere, coprono tutte le impostazioni utente, quelle nel profilo utente, ossia nel modulo "Utente>Impostazioni Utente". Le opzioni del profilo utente possono essere sovrascritte da TSconfig, blocco utente a un IP, pulizia della cache, larghezza del riquadro di navigazione e disponibilità dei moduli di backend (sovrascrivendo qualsiasi configurazione impostata nel TSconfig di Pagina).</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="TSconfig.syntax" resname="TSconfig.syntax" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>TypoScript syntax without conditions and constants.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sintassi TypoScript senza condizioni e costanti.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_TSconfig.seeAlso" resname="_TSconfig.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_users:TSconfig
|
||||
fe_users:TSconfig
|
||||
fe_groups:TSconfig
|
||||
pages:TSconfig,
|
||||
TSconfig Reference| https://docs.typo3.org/typo3cms/TSconfigReference/UserTsconfig/,
|
||||
TypoScript Syntax | https://docs.typo3.org/typo3cms/TyposcriptSyntaxReference/</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">be_users:TSconfig
|
||||
fe_users:TSconfig
|
||||
fe_groups:TSconfig
|
||||
pages:TSconfig,
|
||||
TSconfig Reference| https://docs.typo3.org/typo3cms/TSconfigReference/UserTsconfig/,
|
||||
TypoScript Syntax | https://docs.typo3.org/typo3cms/TyposcriptSyntaxReference/</target><note>A part of this string is an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy this part into the translation field and do not change it. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_TSconfig.image" resname="_TSconfig.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_16.png,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_17.png</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_16.png,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_17.png</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="TSconfig.image_descr" resname="TSconfig.image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>In the TSconfig field help is right at hand - just click the TS wizard icon, then a window will pop up.
|
||||
In the pop-up window you will see a tree of possible configuration values. These are extracted from the TSconfig manual. You can click around to find the options you need to set through this wizard.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nel campo di TSconfig l'aiuto è a portata di mano; facendo clic sull'icona della procedura guidata TS verrà visualizzata una finestra.
|
||||
Nella finestra popup vedrai un albero di possibili valori di configurazione. Questi sono estratti dal manuale di TSconfig. Con semplici clic per trovare le opzioni che devi impostare attraverso questa procedura guidata.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="subgroup.description" resname="subgroup.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>All settings from the selected groups will be merged with the properties from this group, for example DB mounts, permissions, TSconfig, etc.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tutte le impostazioni dei gruppi selezionati verranno unite con le proprietà di questo gruppo, ad esempio DB Mounts, permessi, TSconfig, ecc.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="subgroup.details" resname="subgroup.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The properties of subgroups are added to the properties of this group and basically they will simply be added to the list of member groups of any user which is a member of this group.
|
||||
This feature provides a great way to create 'Supervisor' user groups.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Le proprietà dei sottogruppi vengono aggiunte alle proprietà di questo gruppo e concettualmente verranno aggiunte alla lista dei gruppi di ogni utente che è membro di questo gruppo.
|
||||
Questa funzione offre un ottimo modo per creare gruppi di utenti supervisori.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="explicit_allowdeny.description" resname="explicit_allowdeny.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select field values to explicitly deny or allow for user group members.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona i valori del campo per negare o consentire l'utilizzo ai membri del gruppo utente.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="explicit_allowdeny.details" resname="explicit_allowdeny.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Selector box fields can be configured for access control on value level. This list represents all values that are configured for access control.
|
||||
Each value can be configured to require either explicit access (Allow) or explicit denial (Deny). If a value has the prefix "Allow" (green icon) it means that by default users <em>cannot</em> set this value unless they are member of a user group which explicitly allows it (by setting this checkbox).
|
||||
If a value has the prefix "Deny" (red icon) it means that by default users can set this value unless they are member of a user group which explicitly denies it (by setting this checkbox).
|
||||
The list is organized so values from the same selector box is listed together. If values from a selectorbox is not present in the allow/deny list it simply means they are not evaluated and hence they can be set by anyone having access to the field in general.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">I campi di selezione, come i menù a tendina, possono essere configurati per il controllo degli accessi per singolo valore. Questa lista rappresenta tutti i valori che sono configurati per il controllo degli accessi.
|
||||
Ogni valore può essere configurato per richiedere un accesso esplicito (Consenti) o un rifiuto esplicito (Nega). Se un valore è preceduto da "[Consenti]" (icona verde) significa che per default gli utenti <em>non possono</em> impostare questo valore, a meno che non siano membri di un gruppo utente che lo consenta esplicitamente (spuntando la relativa checkbox).
|
||||
Se un valore ha il prefisso "Nega" (icona rossa) significa che per impostazione predefinita gli utenti possono impostare questo valore, a meno che non siano membri di un gruppo utente che lo neghi esplicitamente (spuntando la relativa checkbox).
|
||||
La lista è organizzata in modo che i valori, dello stesso campo di selezione, siano elencati insieme. Se i valori di un campo di selezione non sono presenti nella lista consenti/nega, significa semplicemente che non sono valutati e quindi possono essere impostati da chiunque abbia accesso al campo in generale.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_explicit_allowdeny.image" resname="_explicit_allowdeny.image" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_19.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_19.png</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="allowed_languages.description" resname="allowed_languages.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select which record languages the group members are limited to edit.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona a quali lingue i membri del gruppo sono limitati alla modifica.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="allowed_languages.details" resname="allowed_languages.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Records in TYPO3 can be configured to carry information about their language. If that is the case access to these elements will also be evaluated based on whether the user has the language in question included from this list.
|
||||
If a user has no languages listed all together it simply means that he can edit <em>all</em> languages!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">I record in TYPO3 possono essere configurati per avere informazioni sulla lingua di appartenenza. In tal caso, l'accesso a questi elementi sarà valutato sulla base della disponibilità della lingua, in questione, da parte dell'utente.
|
||||
Se un utente non ha lingue assegnate, significa che può modificare <em>tutte</em> le lingue!</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_allowed_languages.seeAlso" resname="_allowed_languages.seeAlso" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_users:allowed_languages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">be_users:allowed_languages</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_allowed_languages.image" resname="_allowed_languages.image" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_18.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_18.png</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="allowed_languages.image_descr" resname="allowed_languages.image_descr" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This example shows a situation where two languages, Danish and German, are created in addition to the default language.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo esempio illustra una situazione nella quale due lingue, Danese e Tedesco, sono state create in aggiunta alla lingua di default.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="custom_options.description" resname="custom_options.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select custom permission options.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona le opzioni per i permessi personalizzati.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="custom_options.details" resname="custom_options.details" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This list represents custom permissions introduced by various backend modules (from extensions). The significance of each option depends on the backend module that evaluates it.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo elenco rappresenta i permessi personalizzati introdotti dai vari moduli di backend (dalle estensioni). Il significato di ogni opzione dipende dal modulo di backend che le valuta.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_custom_options.image" resname="_custom_options.image" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_20.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_20.png</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="custom_options.image_descr" resname="custom_options.image_descr" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This is just an example from an internal test application. It shows how checkboxes are added by a custom module under its own header. You can also show a description text with each checkbox to explain its function.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo è solo un esempio fornito da una applicazione interna di test. Mostra come le checkbox sono aggiunte da un modulo personalizzato sotto il suo header. Puoi anche vedere un testo descrittivo per ogni checkbox che spiega la sua funzionalità.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:core/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_csh_be_users.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:33Z" product-name="lang" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".description" resname=".description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This is the table of backend administration users. Backend users can login in the backend of TYPO3 and are typically producers of content on a website.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questa è la tabella per l'amministrazione degli utenti di backend. Un utente di backend può fare login in TYPO3 e tipicamente produrre contenuti per il sito web.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".details" resname=".details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The main settings for a backend user is a username, password and group memberships. The username and password authenticates the user to the system. The group memberships enables the user to perform actions in TYPO3 since groups are the main source of permission settings for a backend user.
|
||||
Backend usergroups can also be understood as "roles". A usergroup can contain a configuration of permissions which allows the user to play a certain role in the system.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>The "Admin" user</b>
|
||||
There is a special kind of user, the "Admin" user. This user has access to everything in TYPO3. There are no limits for Admin-users at all. You should normally have only a single or two admin-users in your system.
|
||||
Admin-users are the only users who can create other backend users. Alternatively you can create an "Action" which enables other normal users to do it as well (with certain restrictions of course).
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Location</b>
|
||||
Backend users are always created in the root of the page tree (like Backend groups are).
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Comparing Users</b>
|
||||
To manage and compare users, getting an overview of their access credentials etc. you can use the Tools > User Admin module (extension: beuser). It allows you to group users by various categories of permissions. You can also switch to another users account by a single click of a button.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Le impostazioni principali per un utente di backend sono un nome utente, una password e gruppi di appartenenza. Il nome utente e la password autenticano l'utente al sistema. L'appartenenza a un gruppo consente all'utente di eseguire azioni in TYPO3, poiché i gruppi sono la principale fonte di impostazioni di autorizzazione per un utente di backend.
|
||||
I gruppi utenti di backend possono anche essere intesi come "ruoli". Un gruppo utenti può contenere una configurazione di permessi che permette all'utente di svolgere un certo ruolo nel sistema.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>L'utente "Admin"</b>
|
||||
C'è un tipo speciale di utente, l'utente "Admin". Questo utente ha accesso a tutto in TYPO3. Non ci sono limiti per gli utenti Admin. Normalmente dovresti avere solo uno o due utenti Admin nel tuo sistema.
|
||||
Gli Admin sono gli unici utenti che possono creare altri utenti di backend. In alternativa è possibile creare una "Azione" che consente anche ad altri utenti ordinari di farlo (con alcune restrizioni, naturalmente).
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Posizione</b>
|
||||
Gli utenti di backend vengono sempre creati nella root dell'Albero delle Pagine (come i gruppi utenti di backend).
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Utenti e gruppi a confronto</b>
|
||||
Per gestire e confrontare gli utenti e gruppi, ottenere una panoramica delle loro autorizzazioni di accesso, ecc. è possibile utilizzare il modulo "Sistema>Utenti di Backend". Consente di raggruppare gli utenti per varie categorie di permessi. È inoltre possibile simulare un altro account utente con un solo clic.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_.seeAlso" resname="_.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_groups,
|
||||
About backend users | https://docs.typo3.org/typo3cms/GettingStartedTutorial/UserManagement/BackendUsers/
|
||||
Setting up a new user and group | https://docs.typo3.org/typo3cms/InsideTypo3Reference/CoreArchitecture/AccessControl/SettingUpANewUser/
|
||||
Users and Groups [Technical] | https://docs.typo3.org/typo3cms/InsideTypo3Reference/CoreArchitecture/AccessControl/UsersAndGroups/</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">be_groups,
|
||||
Utenti di Backend | https://docs.typo3.org/typo3cms/GettingStartedTutorial/UserManagement/BackendUsers/
|
||||
Configurare un nuovo utente e gruppo | https://docs.typo3.org/typo3cms/InsideTypo3Reference/CoreArchitecture/AccessControl/SettingUpANewUser/
|
||||
Utenti e Gruppi [Tecnico] | https://docs.typo3.org/typo3cms/InsideTypo3Reference/CoreArchitecture/AccessControl/UsersAndGroups/</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_.image" resname="_.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/beuser_2.png,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/beuser_1.png,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/beuser_3.png</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/beuser_2.png,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/beuser_1.png,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/beuser_3.png</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".image_descr" resname=".image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Backend users are found in the root of the page tree. "Admin" backend users can always be recognized on their icon being red while normal users have a blue icon.
|
||||
The editing form of a backend users record.
|
||||
The "Tools > User Admin" module where you can get an overview of the users on the system and what permissions they have. Click the "SU" button to switch to a users account.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Gli utenti del backend si trovano nella root dell'Albero delle Pagine. Gli utenti di backend "Admin" possono sempre essere riconosciuti dall'icona in rosso mentre gli utenti ordinari hanno un'icona blu.
|
||||
La form di modifica di un record Utente di Backend.
|
||||
Nel modulo "Sistema>Utenti di Backend" è possibile ottenere una panoramica degli utenti nel sistema e quali permessi possiedono. Fai clic sul pulsante "Simula utente" per passare a un account utente.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="username.description" resname="username.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the login name of the backend user.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci il nome utente dell'utente di backend.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="username.details" resname="username.details" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>A username is required and must be in lowercase without spaces in it. Furthermore the username must be unique. If it is not unique a number will be appended automatically.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Un nome utente è richiesto e deve essere tutto minuscolo e senza spazi. Inoltre il nome utente deve essere unico. Se non è unico, un numero, unicamente distintivo, verrà automaticamente aggiungo al nome utente.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_username.seeAlso" resname="_username.seeAlso" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_users:password</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">be_users:password</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="password.description" resname="password.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the password for the backend username above (Notice the value you enter <i>will</i> be readable in the field!).</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci la password per il nome utente del backend qui sopra (nota che il valore che inserisci <i>sarà</i> leggibile nel campo, durante l'inserimento!).</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="password.details" resname="password.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The password is required. Before the password is sent to the server it's md5-hashed, so the password value itself is not transferred over the Internet. This is true both when editing the password and when the user logs in.
|
||||
While this principle does not reveal the raw password it is <i>not</i> the same as real encryption. If you need the highest degree of security you should install the TYPO3 backend on a secure server.
|
||||
The password is stored in the database as an md5-hash and thus it's not possible to extract the original password from the database either. This means that 'lost passwords' must be substituted with a new password for the user.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Notice</b>
|
||||
When you enter the password in the password field it is initially visible in clear text! First when the password field focus is lost will the password become a "list of dots".
|
||||
|
||||
<b>User changing password</b>
|
||||
Users can change their password from the User > Setup module</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">È richiesta una password. Prima di inviare la password al server questa viene sottoposta ad un processo di trasformazione in hash-md5, affinché la password non venga trasferita in chiaro via internet. Questo accade anche quando la password viene modificata e quando l'utente fa login.
|
||||
Anche se la procedura non usa password in chiaro, questo <i>non</i> è una reale crittografia. Se hai bisogno di un grado più alto di sicurezza, devi installare il backend di TYPO3 in un server sicuro.
|
||||
La password è memorizzata in un database nella forma di un hash-md5 e quindi non è possibile estrarre la password originale dal campo del database. Questo significa che se una password viene smarrita, va sostituita rigenerando una nuova password per l'utente.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>L'utente modifica la password</b>
|
||||
Gli utenti possono cambiare la propria password dal modulo "Impostazioni Utente"</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_password.seeAlso" resname="_password.seeAlso" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>_MOD_user_setup:option_newPassword</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">_MOD_user_setup:option_newPassword</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="usergroup.description" resname="usergroup.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Assign backend user groups to the user.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Assegna gruppi di backend all'utente.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="usergroup.details" resname="usergroup.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The backend user groups defines the permissions which the backend user will inherit. So unless the backend user is an 'Admin' user, he needs to be a member of one or more user groups in order to have practically any permissions assigned. The properties set in the user groups are mostly added together.
|
||||
The first (top) group in the list is the group which will, by default, be the owner of pages the user creates.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">I gruppi utenti di backend definiscono i permessi che l'utente backend erediterà. Quindi, a meno che l'utente di backend non sia un utente 'Admin', ha bisogno di essere membro di uno o più gruppi utenti per avere permessi assegnati. Le proprietà, impostate nei vari gruppi utenti assegnati, verranno unite e assegnate all'utente di backend.
|
||||
Il primo gruppo, in cima alla lista, è il gruppo che verrà assegnato alle nuove pagine create dall'utente.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_usergroup.seeAlso" resname="_usergroup.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_users:TSconfig,
|
||||
be_groups</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">be_users:TSconfig,
|
||||
be_groups</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="db_mountpoints.description" resname="db_mountpoints.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Assign startpoints for the users page tree.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Assegna nodi dell'Albero delle Pagine.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="db_mountpoints.details" resname="db_mountpoints.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The page tree used my all Web-submodules to navigate must have some points-of-entry defined. Here you should insert one or more references to a page which will represent a new root page for the page tree. This is called a 'Database mount'.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Notice</strong> that backend user groups also has DB mounts which can be inherited by the user. So if you want a group of users to share a page tree, you should probably mount the page tree in the backend user group which they share instead.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">I Moduli dell'area Web si appoggiano sull'Albero delle Pagine, quindi, affinché possano correttamente funzionare, è necessario che vengano assegnati alcuni nodi dell'Albero delle Pagine. Qui dovresti inserire uno o più nodi dell'albero delle pagine, che, al lato pratico, figureranno come radici di sotto-alberi dell'Albero delle Pagine, visibili e accessibili dall'utente di backend. Ogni nodo dell'Albero delle Pagine assegnato all'utente, viene definito come 'DB Mount'.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Nota</strong> che anche i gruppi utenti di backend hanno nodi, dell'Albero delle Pagine, assegnati; conseguentemente gli utenti, membri del gruppo, erediteranno tali nodi. Se hai la necessità di condividere gli stessi nodi, dell'Albero delle Pagine, fra più utenti di backend, dovresti assegnare tali nodi al gruppo e poi assegnare lo stesso gruppo ai vari utenti di backend.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_db_mountpoints.seeAlso" resname="_db_mountpoints.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_groups:db_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:file_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:options,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:perm_module,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:pagetree</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">be_groups:db_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:file_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:options,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:perm_module,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:pagetree</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_db_mountpoints.image" resname="_db_mountpoints.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_3.png,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_4.png</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_3.png,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_4.png</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="db_mountpoints.image_descr" resname="db_mountpoints.image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>A DB mount is assigned to the user. Users can only operate on pages and records which are inside their DB mounts!
|
||||
When a page is mounted for a user it will become the root of their page tree. The user must have access to the page through the regular page permissions set in the Web > Access module.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Un nodo, dell'Albero delle Pagine, è assegnato all'utente. Gli utenti possono operare solo su pagine, e quindi sui relativi record, che sono nei loro "DB Mounts"!
|
||||
Quando un nodo è assegnato a un utente, tale nodo diventerà la radice si un sotto-albero delle pagine. L'utente deve avere accesso alla pagina attraverso le normali autorizzazioni di pagina impostate nel modulo Sistema>Accesso.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="file_mountpoints.description" resname="file_mountpoints.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Assign startpoints for the file folder tree.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Assegna nodi dell'Albero delle Cartelle.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="file_mountpoints.details" resname="file_mountpoints.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The file folder tree is used by all File-submodules to navigate between the file folders on the webserver.
|
||||
Notice as with 'DB mounts' the file folder mounts may be inherited from the member groups of the user.
|
||||
See Backend Groups for details</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">L'albero delle cartelle è utilizzato da tutti i moduli dell'area File, per navigare tra cartelle e file sul server web.
|
||||
Nota che i nodi inclusi nel 'DB mounts' possono essere ereditati dai gruppi utenti.
|
||||
Per i dettagli, vedi "Backend Groups" nella documentazione</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_file_mountpoints.seeAlso" resname="_file_mountpoints.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_groups:file_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:db_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:options,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:filetree,
|
||||
sys_filemounts</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">be_groups:file_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:db_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:options,
|
||||
xMOD_csh_corebe:filetree,
|
||||
sys_filemounts</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="email.description" resname="email.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the email address of the user.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci l'indirizzo email dell'utente.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="email.details" resname="email.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This address is rather important to enter because this is where messages from the system is sent.
|
||||
<strong>Notice</strong> the user is able to change this value by himself from within the User>Setup module.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">E' importante inserire questo indirizzo perché è quello verso il quale vengono inviati i messaggi di sistema.
|
||||
<strong>Nota</strong> che l'utente può modificare questo valore in autonomia utilizzando il modulo Impostazioni Utente.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_email.seeAlso" resname="_email.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_users:realName,
|
||||
_MOD_user_setup:option_newPassword</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">be_users:realName,
|
||||
_MOD_user_setup:option_newPassword</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="realName.description" resname="realName.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the ordinary name of the user, eg. John Doe.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci il nome ordinario dell'utente, es. Mario Rossi.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="realName.details" resname="realName.details" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source><strong>Notice</strong> the user is able to change this value by himself from within the User>Setup module.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final"><strong>Nota</strong> che l'utente può modificare questo valore in autonomia utilizzando il modulo Impostazioni Utente.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_realName.seeAlso" resname="_realName.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_users:email,
|
||||
_MOD_user_setup:option_newPassword</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">be_users:email,
|
||||
_MOD_user_setup:option_newPassword</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="disable.description" resname="disable.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Unchecking this option will temporarily disable the user from logging in.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La deselezione di questa opzione disabiliterà temporaneamente l'utente dal login.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_disable.seeAlso" resname="_disable.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_users:starttime,
|
||||
be_users:endtime</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">be_users:starttime,
|
||||
be_users:endtime</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="admin.description" resname="admin.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>'Admin' users have TOTAL access to the system!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Gli utenti 'Admin' hanno accesso TOTALE al sistema!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="admin.details" resname="admin.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>'Admin' can do anything TYPO3 allows and this kind of user should be used only for administrative purposes. All daily handling should be done with regular users.
|
||||
'Admin' users don't need to be members of any backend user groups. However you should be aware that any page created by an admin user without a group will not have any owner-group assigned and thus it will probably be invisible for other users. If this becomes a problem you can easily solve it by assigning a user group to the 'Admin' user anyway. This does of course not affect the permissions since they are unlimited, but the first group listed is by default the owner group of newly created pages.
|
||||
'Admin' users are easily recognized as they appear with a red icon instead of the ordinary blue user-icon.
|
||||
|
||||
You should probably not assign any other users than yourself as an 'Admin' user.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">L'utente 'Admin' può fare tutto ciò che TYPO3 permette e questo tipo di utente dovrebbe essere utilizzato solo per scopi di amministrazione. Tutte le attività quotidiane dovrebbero essere effettuate con utenti ordinari.
|
||||
Gli utenti 'Admin' non hanno bisogno di essere membri di alcun gruppo di utenti di backend. Tuttavia, si dovrebbe essere consapevoli che qualsiasi nuova pagina creata da un utente amministratore senza un gruppo, non avrà alcun gruppo assegnato e quindi sarà, probabilmente, invisibile agli altri utenti ordinari. Se questo diventa un problema puoi facilmente risolverlo assegnando un gruppo all'utente 'Admin'. Questo naturalmente non influisce sui permessi, in quanto sono illimitati, ma il primo gruppo elencato sarà il gruppo delle nuove pagine create.
|
||||
Gli utenti 'Admin' sono facilmente riconoscibili perché hanno un'icona rossa, invece dell'icona blu dell'utente ordinario.
|
||||
|
||||
Probabilmente non dovresti assegnare altri utenti, se non te, come utente 'Amministratore'.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_admin.image" resname="_admin.image" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/beuser_4.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/beuser_4.png</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="options.description" resname="options.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select if the user should inherit page tree or folder tree mountpoints from member groups.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Spunta queste opzioni se l'utente deve ereditare l'Albero delle Pagine e/o l'Albero delle Cartelle dai gruppi utenti.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="options.details" resname="options.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>It's a great advantage to let users inherit mountpoints from membergroups because it makes administration of the same mountpoints for many users extremely easy.
|
||||
If you don't check these options, you must make sure the mount points for the page tree and file folder tree is set specifically for the user.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">È un vantaggio consentire agli utenti di ereditare nodi dell'Albero (Pagine / Cartelle) direttamente dai gruppi, perché rende l'amministrazione estremamente facile.
|
||||
Se non selezioni queste opzioni, è necessario che ti assicuri che i nodi dell'Albero (Pagine / Cartelle), necessari al corretto operato degli utenti di backend, siano impostati per ogni singolo utente.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_options.seeAlso" resname="_options.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_users:db_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:file_mountpoints</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">be_users:db_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:file_mountpoints</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="file_permissions.description" resname="file_permissions.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select file operation permissions for the user.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Imposta i permessi delle operazioni su cartelle e file per l'utente.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="file_permissions.details" resname="file_permissions.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>These settings relate to the functions found in the File>List module as well as general upload of files.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Notice</strong> that backend user groups also have file operation permissions which automatically apply to the user if he's member of an accordant group. So if you want a group of users share identical file operation permissions, you should probably define them in a backend user group instead.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Queste impostazioni si riferiscono alle funzionalità trovate nel modulo "File>Lista File" così come il caricamento generale dei file.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Nota</strong> che i gruppi di utenti di backend hanno anche i permessi di operazione di file che si applicano automaticamente all'utente se è membro di un gruppo. Quindi, se si desidera che un gruppo di utenti condivida i permessi per le operazioni su cartelle e file, si dovrebbe definirli in un gruppo utente di backend.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="file_permissions.seeAlso" resname="file_permissions.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_users:file_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_group:file_permissions</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">be_users:file_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_group:file_permissions</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileoper_perms.description" resname="fileoper_perms.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select file operation permissions for the user.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Imposta i permessi delle operazioni su cartelle e file per l'utente.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileoper_perms.details" resname="fileoper_perms.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>These settings relate to the functions found in the File>List module as well as general upload of files.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Notice</strong> that backend user groups also have file operation permissions which automatically apply to the user if he's member of an accordant group. So if you want a group of users share identical file operation permissions, you should probably define them in a backend user group instead.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Queste impostazioni si riferiscono alle funzionalità trovate nel modulo "File>Lista File" così come il caricamento generale dei file.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Nota</strong> che i gruppi di utenti di backend hanno anche i permessi di operazione di file che si applicano automaticamente all'utente se è membro di un gruppo. Quindi, se si desidera che un gruppo di utenti condivida i permessi per le operazioni su cartelle e file, si dovrebbe definirli in un gruppo utente di backend.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_fileoper_perms.seeAlso" resname="_fileoper_perms.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_users:file_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_group:file_permissions</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">be_users:file_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_group:file_permissions</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="starttime.description" resname="starttime.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the date from which the account is active.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci la data a partire dalla quale l'account è attivo.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_starttime.seeAlso" resname="_starttime.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_users:disable,
|
||||
be_users:endtime,
|
||||
pages:starttime</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">be_users:disable,
|
||||
be_users:endtime,
|
||||
pages:starttime</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="endtime.description" resname="endtime.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the date from which the account is disabled.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci la data a partire dalla quale l'account è disabilitato.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_endtime.seeAlso" resname="_endtime.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_users:disable,
|
||||
be_users:starttime,
|
||||
pages:starttime</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">be_users:disable,
|
||||
be_users:starttime,
|
||||
pages:starttime</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lastlogin.description" resname="lastlogin.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This field shows the user's last log in date.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo campo mostra l'ultima data di login dell'utente.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lang.description" resname="lang.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select the <i>default</i> language.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona la lingua <i>predefinita</i>.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lang.details" resname="lang.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This determines the language of the backend interface for the user. All mainstream parts available for regular users are available in the system language selected.
|
||||
'Admin'-users however will experience that the 'Admin'-only parts of TYPO3 is in english. This includes all submodules in "Tools" and the Web>Template module.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Notice</b> this is only setting the default language. As soon as the user has logged in the language must be changed through the User>Setup module. Also you will have to install the corresponding language pack which can be found as an extension on TYPO3.org with the prefix "csh_XX" where XX is the TYPO3 language key.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Definisce la lingua dell'interfaccia di backend per l'utente. Tutte le parti più ricorrenti sono disponibili nella lingua di sistema selezionata.
|
||||
Le parti a solo accesso Admin sono solo in inglese. Questo include tutti i moduli dell'Install Tools in "Strumenti Admin".
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Nota</b> che prima di poter impostare la lingua per il backend, deve essere installata. Le lingue sono gestite dal modulo "Manutenzione>Manage Language Pack". La lingua del backend, per il singolo utente, è modificabile dal modulo "Impostazioni Utente".</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_lang.seeAlso" resname="_lang.seeAlso" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>_MOD_user_setup:language</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">_MOD_user_setup:language</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="userMods.description" resname="userMods.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select available backend modules for the user.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Selezionare i moduli di backend disponibili per l'utente.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="userMods.details" resname="userMods.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This determines which 'menu items' are available for the user in the backend.
|
||||
|
||||
Notice that the same list of modules may be configured for the backend user groups and that these will be inherited by the user in addition to the modules you select here. It's highly likely that you should not set any modules for the user himself but rather select the modules in the backend groups he's a member of. However this list provides a great way to add a single module for specific users.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Definisce quali 'voci di menù' sono disponibili per l'utente nel backend.
|
||||
|
||||
Notare che la stessa lista di moduli può essere configurata per i gruppi utente di backend e che questi saranno ereditati dall'utente in aggiunta ai moduli che selezioni qui. È molto probabile che tu non debba impostare alcun modulo qui, ma piuttosto selezionare i moduli nei gruppi di cui è membro. Tuttavia questo elenco offre un ottimo modo per aggiungere un singolo modulo per utenti specifici.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_userMods.seeAlso" resname="_userMods.seeAlso" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_groups:groupMods</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">be_groups:groupMods</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="TSconfig.description" resname="TSconfig.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter additional TSconfig for the user (advanced).</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci TSconfig aggiuntivo per l'utente (avanzato).</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="TSconfig.details" resname="TSconfig.details" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This field allows you to extend the configuration of the user in severe details. A brief summary of the options include a more detailed configuration of the backend modules, setting of user specific default table field values, setting of Rich Text Editor options etc.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo campo consente di estendere la configurazione dell'utente in dettaglio. Una configurazione più dettagliata dei moduli del backend, l'impostazione dei valori predefiniti dei campi di una tabella specifica per l'utente, l'impostazione delle opzioni RTE e così via. È richiesta competenza avanzata.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_TSconfig.seeAlso" resname="_TSconfig.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:TSconfig,
|
||||
fe_users:TSconfig,
|
||||
be_groups:TSconfig,
|
||||
User TSconfig | https://docs.typo3.org/typo3cms/TSconfigReference/UserTsconfig/</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">pages:TSconfig,
|
||||
fe_users:TSconfig,
|
||||
be_groups:TSconfig,
|
||||
User TSconfig | https://docs.typo3.org/typo3cms/TSconfigReference/UserTsconfig/</target><note>A part of this string is an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy this part into the translation field and do not change it. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="allowed_languages.description" resname="allowed_languages.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select which record languages the group members are limited to edit.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona a quali lingue i membri del gruppo sono limitati nella modifica.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="allowed_languages.details" resname="allowed_languages.details" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You can also limit users to specific languages with user group settings. Please see the same field for backend user groups for more details.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Puoi limitare gli utenti a lingue specifiche con le impostazioni del gruppo. Vedi lo stesso campo per i gruppi utenti di backend per maggiori dettagli.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_allowed_languages.seeAlso" resname="_allowed_languages.seeAlso" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_groups:allowed_languages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">be_groups:allowed_languages</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_allowed_languages.image" resname="_allowed_languages.image" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_18.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_18.png</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,485 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:core/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_csh_pages.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="context_help" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="layout.description" resname="layout.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The Frontend Layout can change the way a page design appears.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il Layout di Frontend può cambiare l'aspetto di una pagina.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="layout.details" resname="layout.details" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This option may not have any impact on the Frontend page design since it depends on whether the Frontend template uses it. Most templates do not use it.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questa opzione potrebbe non avere alcun impatto sull'aspetto della pagina di Frontend in quanto dipende dal fatto che il template di Frontend lo utilizzi. La maggior parte dei template non lo utilizza.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="doktype.description" resname="doktype.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page Type determines whether the page is normal webpage, a shortcut to another webpage, or used in other internal ways.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il "Tipo" della Pagina determina il "comportamento" della pagina stessa: una normale pagina web, un collegamento ad una pagina web esterna o un collegamento ad una pagina interna.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="doktype.details" resname="doktype.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>'Standard' is the most common Page Type and is used for normal webpages.
|
||||
'Backend User Section' is an option which creates pages that are only visible in the Frontend for Backend users who are logged in.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Link</b>
|
||||
'Shortcut' pages jump to another page in the Pagetree.
|
||||
'Mount Point' pages bring content from another branch of the Pagetree into the current branch.
|
||||
'Link to External URL' is similar to 'Shortcut' but points to external URLs instead of TYPO3 pages.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Special</b>
|
||||
'Folder' is a page type which is not shown as a webpage but is instead stores records of your choice.
|
||||
'Recycler' is a garbage can. Pages and records in the Recycler are not visible in the Frontend.
|
||||
'Menu Separator' is only useful if your Frontend menus are programmed to use it. It does not represent a page with content but is intended to be an unclickable placeholder in the menu.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Notice</b> Each Page Type is represented by a unique icon. The available page types can be restricted for users so all of the options described above may not be visible. Finally, particular record types may only be allowed on certain page types, but any record can be placed in a 'Folder.'</source>
|
||||
<target state="final"><b>Pagina</b>
|
||||
'Standard' è il tipo di Pagina più comune ed è utilizzato per le pagine web normali.
|
||||
'Sezione Utente di Backend' è un'opzione che crea pagine visibili dal Frontend solo per gli utenti backend che hanno effettuato l'accesso.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Collegamento</b>
|
||||
'Scorciatoia' consente di saltare a un'altra pagina nell'albero delle pagine.
|
||||
Le pagine 'Punto di Montaggio' portano il contenuto di un altro ramo, dell'albero delle pagine, nel ramo corrente.
|
||||
'Collegamento a URL Esterno' è simile a 'Scorciatoia', ma punta a URL esterni invece che a pagine TYPO3.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Speciale</b>
|
||||
'Cartella' è un tipo di pagina che non è mostrata nel sito web, ma ha la funzione di memorizzare record a tua scelta.
|
||||
'Cestino' è un contenitore di elementi eliminati. Pagine e record nel Cestino non sono visibili nel Frontend.
|
||||
'Separatore Menù' è utile solo se i tuoi menù di Frontend sono programmati per usarli. Non rappresenta una pagina con contenuto, ma è inteso come un segnaposto grafico, non cliccabile, nel menù.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Nota</b> che ogni tipo di pagina è rappresentato da un'icona unica. I tipi di pagina disponibili possono essere limitati per gli utenti: tutte le opzioni sopra descritte potrebbero non essere visibili. Infine, alcuni tipi di record possono essere creati solo su specifici tipi di pagina, ma qualsiasi record può essere creato in una 'Cartella'.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_doktype.seeAlso" resname="_doktype.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:shortcut,
|
||||
pages:url</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">pages:shortcut,
|
||||
pages:url</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.description" resname="hidden.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>If this is checked, the page will be visible on the website.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Se questo è selezionato, la pagina sarà disponibile nel fornire contenuti e dati. Per esempio, per una pagina Standard, i suoi contenuti saranno visibili nel frontend; per una pagina Cartella, invece, i record in essa contenuti saranno disponibili e utilizzabili dai Template TypoScript.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.details" resname="hidden.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The 'Disable,' 'Start,' 'Stop,' and 'Access' options are all about limiting access to pages and are thus related in functionality. When a page is not visible due to one of these options, the page will not show up in the site navigation.
|
||||
Notice, these options are related <em>only</em> to the page for which they are set. If you want their effect to cover the subpages as well, you must enable the 'Extend to Subpages' option.
|
||||
When you're logged in as a Backend user you can preview disabled pages if you have read access to them.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Le opzioni 'Abilitato', 'Data di Pubblicazione', 'Data di Scadenza', e 'Diritti di Accesso Gruppo' riguardano esclusivamente la limitazione dell'accesso alle pagine e sono quindi correlate nella funzionalità. Quando una pagina non è abilitata, a causa di una di queste opzioni, la pagina non verrà, ad esempio, visualizzata nella navigazione del sito oppure i record in essa presenti non saranno disponibili.
|
||||
Nota che queste opzioni sono correlate <em>solo</em> alla pagina per la quale sono impostate. Se vuoi che il loro effetto copra anche le sottopagine, devi abilitare l'opzione 'Estendi alle Sottopagine'.
|
||||
Quando sei nel Backend, puoi comunque accedere e visualizzare in anteprima le pagine disabilitate, se hai i permessi di lettura.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_hidden.seeAlso" resname="_hidden.seeAlso" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:starttime,pages:endtime,pages:fe_group,pages:extendToSubpages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">pages:starttime,pages:endtime,pages:fe_group,pages:extendToSubpages</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_hidden.image" resname="_hidden.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/hidden_page.gif,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/pages_1.png</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/hidden_page.gif,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/pages_1.png</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.image_descr" resname="hidden.image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The page icon of a disabled page is dimmed and a red X is added.
|
||||
If you view a page that is hidden and you are logged in into the Backend you will still be able to see the page. The red "Preview" box will tell you that this page is visible to you because of this special circumstance.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">L'icona di una pagina disabilitata è identificabile da una icona rossa.
|
||||
Se è presente una pagina nascosta e sei nel Backend, puoi comunque vedere la pagina. L'avviso di "Anteprima" ti dice che la pagina è visibile solo a te, in quanto amministratore del sito.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="starttime.description" resname="starttime.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The Publish Date determines when the page will be visible online. If the Publish Date is not set, the page will be available immediately.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La Data di Pubblicazione determina quando la pagina sarà disponibile: ad esempio, i contenuti su una pagina Standard saranno visibili nel frontend. Se la Data di Pubblicazione non viene indicata, la pagina sarà disponibile immediatamente.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="starttime.syntax" resname="starttime.syntax" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The Publish Date Format is either DD-MM-YYYY or MM-DD-YYYY depending on how TYPO3 is configured. There are also several shortcuts you can use when entering the date.
|
||||
If you insert a 'd' the current date will be inserted. You can also append any value in the field with a number such as '+10' which will add 10 days to the current value. For example, entering 'd+10' would result in a date 10 days from now.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il formato della Data di Pubblicazione può essere GG-MM-AAAA oppure MM-GG-AAAA: dipende da come è configurato TYPO3. Ci sono inoltre diverse comandi per inserire una data.
|
||||
Se inserisci una 'd' verrà inserita la data odierna. Puoi anche appendere un qualsiasi valore nel campo con un numero, come '+10': aggiungerà 10 giorni alla data odierna. Ad esempio, se inserisci 'd+10' il risultato sarà 10 giorni dalla data odierna.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_starttime.seeAlso" resname="_starttime.seeAlso" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:endtime,pages:hidden</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">pages:endtime,pages:hidden</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_.seeAlso" resname="_.seeAlso" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>tt_content</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">tt_content</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="endtime.description" resname="endtime.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The Expiration Date specifies when the page will no longer be visible online.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La Data di Scadenza specifica quando la pagina non sarà più disponibile.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="endtime.syntax" resname="endtime.syntax" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>See Page / Publication Date (click below)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Vedi Pagina / Data di Pubblicazione (clicca sotto)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_endtime.seeAlso" resname="_endtime.seeAlso" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:starttime</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">pages:starttime</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fe_group.description" resname="fe_group.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>If Usergroup Access Rights is set to a usergroup name, only website users who are members of the selected usergroup will be able to view the page. The special option 'Hide at Login' means the page will <em>not</em> be visible for any website users that are logged in. Likewise "Show at Any Login" will make the page visible for any logged in Frontend user.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Se i Diritti di Accesso Gruppo Utenti FE sono impostati su un gruppo utenti, solo gli utenti del sito web che sono membri del gruppo utenti selezionato, saranno in grado di visualizzare la pagina. L'opzione speciale 'Nascondi al login' significa che la pagina <em>non</em> sarà visibile agli utenti del sito web che hanno effettuato l'accesso. Allo stesso modo "Mostra al login" renderà la pagina visibile solo agli utenti autenticati nel Frontend.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_fe_group.seeAlso" resname="_fe_group.seeAlso" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>fe_groups</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">fe_groups</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_fe_group.image" resname="_fe_group.image" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:frontend/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/fegroups_4.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">EXT:frontend/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/fegroups_4.png</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="extendToSubpages.description" resname="extendToSubpages.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>By default the Publication Date, Expiration Date, Usergroup Access Rights, and Page Visibility options <em>only</em> affect the page where they are set. If the option 'Extend to Subpages' is checked for the page, then all subpages are affected as well.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Di base le opzioni Abilitato, Data di Pubblicazione, Data di Scadenza e Diritti di Accesso Gruppo hanno effetto <em>solo</em> sulla pagina su cui vengono impostate. Se l'opzione "Estendi alle Sottopagine" è spuntata, tutte le sottopagine erediteranno le stesse impostazioni.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="extendToSubpages.details" resname="extendToSubpages.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Consider a scenario where you want to create a section of subpages that are only visible for logged in users. Setting the Usergroup Access Rights for the top page in the section would remove the page from menus if no user was logged in.
|
||||
However, the subpage could still be accessed by guessing the ID number of the page and entering it manually in the URL. Setting the 'Extend to Subpages' option would extend the Usergroup Access Rights from the top page through all subpages as well.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Considera uno scenario in cui vuoi creare una sezione di sottopagine che sia visibile solo per gli utenti loggati. Impostando i 'Diritti di Accesso Gruppo' per una pagina, al livello superiore della sezione, rimuoverebbe la pagina dai menù, se nessun utente fosse collegato.
|
||||
Tuttavia è possibile accedere alla sottopagina specificando l'ID della pagina e inserendola manualmente nell'URL. Abilitando l'opzione 'Estendi alle Sottopagine' estenderebbe i diritti di accesso del gruppo utente, dalla pagina a livello superiore a tutte le sottopagine.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_extendToSubpages.seeAlso" resname="_extendToSubpages.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:hidden,
|
||||
pages:starttime,
|
||||
pages:endtime,
|
||||
pages:fe_group</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">pages:hidden,
|
||||
pages:starttime,
|
||||
pages:endtime,
|
||||
pages:fe_group</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_extendToSubpages.image" resname="_extendToSubpages.image" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/pages_2.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/pages_2.png</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="extendToSubpages.image_descr" resname="extendToSubpages.image_descr" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This page has access restricted to a certain group and has "Extend to Subpages" set as well. This is reflected in the way the page icon has changed.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questa pagina ha accesso limitato a un certo gruppo e ha impostato anche "Estendi alle Sottopagine". Questo si riflette nel modo in cui l'icona della pagina è cambiata.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="target.description" resname="target.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This sets the default Link Target for menu items linking to this page. Can also used to open the page as a popup window.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo imposta il 'target' del collegamento per le voci di menù a questa pagina. Può anche essere usato per aprire la pagina in popup.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="target.details" resname="target.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The Link Target overrides the default Link Target behavior, which should already be configured correctly for most pages in the website TypoScript template.
|
||||
There are additional options available by using the Link Target field
|
||||
|
||||
Setting an integer value at the beginning of the field sets it as the default type for the page.
|
||||
For example, if an RSS feed is configured in TypoScript as typeNum=100, setting the Link Target to 100 could be used to add an RSS link in the menu.
|
||||
|
||||
The following syntax is used to open the page in a popup window:
|
||||
400x200 - Opens the page in a 400x200 popup window.
|
||||
230x450:resizable=0,location=1 - Opens the page in a 230x450 popup window that is not resizable and has an address bar.
|
||||
|
||||
Combined:
|
||||
100 600x350 - Opens the page in a 600x350 popup with type=100
|
||||
2 _blank - Opens the page with target "_blank" and type=2</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il Target del Collegamento sovrascrive il comportamento di default di un collegamento, il quale dovrebbe essere già configurato per la maggior parte dei Template TypoScript.
|
||||
Usando il campo Target del Collegamento si accede ad ulteriori opzioni.
|
||||
|
||||
Usando un valore intero, come primo valore, si definisce l'attributo 'type' per il collegamento alla pagina.
|
||||
Per esempio, se un RSS feed è configurato in TypoScript come typeNum=100, è necessario definire il Target del Collegamento con 100: può essere usato per aggiungere un RSS al menù.
|
||||
La sintassi che segue è usata per aprire la pagina in una finestra popup:
|
||||
400x200 - apre la pagina in un popup di 400x200.
|
||||
320x450:resizable=0,location=1 - apre la pagina in una finestra popup di 320x450 che non è ridimensionabile e non ha la barra dell'indirizzo.
|
||||
|
||||
Combinato:
|
||||
100 600x350 - apre la pagina in una finestra popup di 600x350 usando type=100
|
||||
2 _blank - apre la pagina con target "_blank" e type=2</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="cache_timeout.description" resname="cache_timeout.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sets the Cache Lifetime for the page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Imposta la Durata della Cache per la pagina.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="cache_timeout.details" resname="cache_timeout.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>By default, pages are cached for 24 hours. After 24 hours, the page is constructed again and rewritten to the cache. Depending on your configuration, the cache may be cleared at midnight.
|
||||
When specific pages need a longer or shorter cache lifetime than the default, this option can be used.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Per default le pagine durano in cache per 24 ore. Dopo 24 ore la pagina viene rigenerata e scritta nuovamente in cache. Dipende dalla configurazione del tuo sito; la cache può essere cancellata a mezzanotte.
|
||||
Puoi usare questa opzione per pagine specifiche che necessitano di una permanenza in cache superiore al tempo di <i>default</i>.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="no_search.description" resname="no_search.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>If enabled, this option includes the page in searching operations on the website.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Se abilitata, quest'opzione include la pagina nelle operazioni di ricerca sul sito web.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="php_tree_stop.description" resname="php_tree_stop.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>If enabled, this option excludes the subtree from rendering in the backend.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Se abilitata, questa opzione inibisce la diretta e immediata visualizzazione del sottoalbero nel backend: sarà comunque possibile visualizzare il sottoalbero con un semplice clic sull'icona "+".</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="author.description" resname="author.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the page author's name.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci il nome dell'autore della pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="author.details" resname="author.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Whether the author name is used or not depends on the setup of your TypoScript template.
|
||||
|
||||
- You may use it in a meta-tag.
|
||||
- If you're using TYPO3 pages as 'articles' then you could use this field to display the name of the page (article) author.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">L'utilizzo del nome dell'autore dipende da opzioni di configurazione passate dal Template Typoscript.
|
||||
|
||||
- Puoi usarlo nei metadati
|
||||
- Se stai utilizzando pagine di TYPO3 come 'articoli', puoi usare questo campo per visualizzare il nome dell'autore dell'articolo, configurando adeguatamente il tuo Template.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_author.seeAlso" resname="_author.seeAlso" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:author_email</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">pages:author_email</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="author_email.description" resname="author_email.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the page author's email address.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci l'indirizzo email dell'autore della pagina.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_author_email.seeAlso" resname="_author_email.seeAlso" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:author</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">pages:author</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="module.description" resname="module.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Define the page as containing a Frontend plugin.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Definisce la pagina come contenitore per un plugin di Frontend.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="module.details" resname="module.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Setting this option lets the Backend knows this page contains specific content or has a specific purpose, such as containing a forum or acting as the root page of a shop section on the website. Based on this setting the Backend is able to display a shortcut list as well as relevant functionality in the 'Web>Modules' module. The Frontend display is largely not affected.
|
||||
Marking a page as containing a 'Shop' plugin simply means it'll show up in the shortcut list of modules in the backend.
|
||||
|
||||
For additional details on this option, refer to the administration documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
It's recommended that only admin-users have access to this field!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">L'impostazione di questa opzione consente al Backend di sapere che questa pagina ha contenuti specifici o ha uno scopo specifico, come contenitore di un forum o funziona come pagina root della sezione shop del sito. Sulla base di questa impostazione, il Backend è in grado di visualizzare un elenco di scorciatoie così come funzionalità importanti nel modulo 'Web>Moduli'. La visualizzazione di Frontend non è in gran parte influenzata.
|
||||
Contrassegnare una pagina come contenente il plug-in "Shop" significa semplicemente che verrà visualizzato nell'elenco di collegamenti dei moduli nel backend.
|
||||
|
||||
Per ulteriori dettagli su questa opzione, fai riferimento alla documentazione di amministrazione.
|
||||
|
||||
Si raccomanda che solo gli utenti admin abbiano accesso a questo campo!</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="media.description" resname="media.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Attach media files related to the page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Allega file multimediali relativi alla pagina.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="media.details" resname="media.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This field allows you to attach various files to the page, but how these files are used depends on your template.
|
||||
As an example the template could be use this field to allow a logo to be attached to the page or it might expect the first file to be an image used as a link in the navigation menu. Remember, this totally depends on how the template is programmed.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo campo permette di allegare diversi file alla pagina; tuttavia il comportamento nel frontend dipende dal Template Typoscript.
|
||||
Per esempio, il Template potrebbe utilizzare questo campo come logo per la pagina oppure utilizzare il primo file, di tipo immagine, nel collegamento del menù di navigazione. In ogni caso, l'utilizzo di queste informazioni dipende esclusivamente dal Template TypoScript.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="subtitle.description" resname="subtitle.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter a subtitle if needed.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci un sottotitolo, se necessario.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="subtitle.details" resname="subtitle.details" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Whether this field is used or not depends on the template. In most cases it's not used.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">L'utilizzo di questo valore, nel sito web, dipende dal Template TypoScript o anche da qualche plugin, che preveda l'utilizzo di questo campo, inserito nella pagina.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="url.description" resname="url.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the URL this page redirects to.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci l'URL a cui questa pagina reindirizza.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="url.details" resname="url.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>For example, 'http://www.typo3.org'.
|
||||
|
||||
This option is used only if the page 'Type' is set to 'Link to External URL.'</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Per esempio 'http://www.typo3.org'.
|
||||
|
||||
Questa opzione viene usata solo se il tipo di pagina scelto è 'Collegamento a URL Esterno'.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut.description" resname="shortcut.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select a page to act as the Shortcut Target. When the current page is requested in the Frontend, it will be redirected to the Shortcut Target.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona una pagina per definire la destinazione della scorciatoia. Quando la pagina corrente è richiesta nel frontend, verrà reindirizzata alla destinazione.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut.details" resname="shortcut.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Click the 'Browse for Records' icon and a new window will appear in which you can easily select a page to act as the Shortcut Target.
|
||||
|
||||
This option is used only if the page 'Type' is set to 'Shortcut.'</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Fai clic sull'icona 'Sfoglia record' per visualizzare una finestra in cui è possibile selezionare facilmente una pagina per definire la destinazione della scorciatoia.
|
||||
|
||||
Questa opzione è usata solo se il 'Tipo' della pagina è 'Scorciatoia'.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_shortcut.seeAlso" resname="_shortcut.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:doktype,
|
||||
pages:shortcut_mode</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">pages:doktype,
|
||||
pages:shortcut_mode</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_shortcut.image" resname="_shortcut.image" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/page_shortcut.gif</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/page_shortcut.gif</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut.image_descr" resname="shortcut.image_descr" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select a Shortcut Target page with the Element Browser.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona una pagina di destinazione della Scorciatoia con il "Selettore record".</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="keywords.description" resname="keywords.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter keywords for the page separated by commas. You may also use short phrases.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci le parole chiave (keywords) per la pagina, separate da virgola. È possibile utilizzare anche brevi frasi.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="keywords.details" resname="keywords.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Most TYPO3 websites use these keywords in a meta-tag on the page, but you may have to setup the appropriate TypoScript template yourself.
|
||||
|
||||
To optimize your page for search engines like Google you should not use more than 3 to 6 keywords. You should also make sure that the keywords are found in the content of the page.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that search engine extensions for TYPO3 such as Indexed Search can also be configured to make use of the keywords.
|
||||
|
||||
The keywords can also be used to create a menu of related pages. Create a Content Element of type 'Sitemap' and then choose the menu type <i>Related pages (based on keywords)</i>.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La maggior parte dei siti web TYPO3 usa queste parole chiave in una meta-tag della pagina, ma potresti dover configurare tu stesso il Template TypoScript appropriato.
|
||||
|
||||
Per ottimizzare la tua pagina per i motori di ricerca, come Google, dovresti usare da 3 a 6 parole chiave. Devi anche assicurarti che le parole chiave si trovino nel contenuto della pagina.
|
||||
|
||||
Nota che le estensioni, per TYPO3, per il motore di ricerca, come la ricerca indicizzata, possono essere configurate per fare uso delle parole chiave.
|
||||
|
||||
Le parole chiave possono essere usate anche per creare un menù di pagine correlate: crea un Elemento di Contenuto di tipo <i>Pagine correlate</i>.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_keywords.seeAlso" resname="_keywords.seeAlso" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:description</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">pages:description</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="description.description" resname="description.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter a short description of the page. It will be displayed in the result lists of most search engines.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci una breve descrizione della pagina. Verrà visualizzata nella lista dei risultati della maggior parte dei motori di ricerca.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="description.details" resname="description.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Most websites insert this description in a meta-tag on the page, but you may have to configure this yourself in your TypoScript template.
|
||||
|
||||
Most search engines will display the description in their result list. Thus, the text should be short (about 160 characters maximum), and its wording should make sense when it shows up in the result list.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, the description will be displayed if you create a Content Element of type 'Sitemap' and then choose the menu type <i>Menu of subpages to these pages (with abstract)</i>. If an abstract exists for the page, it will be used instead of the description.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Note:</b> Some search engines only use the description if the text is not found elsewhere in the content. So do not just repeat yourself.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La maggior parte dei siti web inserisce questa descrizione in un meta-tag della pagina, ma potrebbe essere necessario configurare questo via Template TypoScript.
|
||||
|
||||
La maggior parte dei motori di ricerca mostrerà la descrizione nella loro lista dei risultati. Pertanto, il testo dovrebbe essere corto (circa 160 caratteri al massimo) e la sua formulazione dovrebbe avere senso quando compare nell'elenco dei risultati.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Nota:</b> alcuni motori di ricerca usano la descrizione solo se il testo non è trovato altrove nel contenuto. Quindi non ripeterti soltanto.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_description.seeAlso" resname="_description.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:keywords
|
||||
pages:abstract</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">pages:keywords
|
||||
pages:abstract</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="abstract.description" resname="abstract.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter an abstract of the contents. It may be displayed in an overview of articles.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci un abstract dei contenuti. Potrà essere visualizzato in una anteprima degli articoli. Usato anche nell'Elemento di Contenuto di tipo "Abstract".</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="abstract.details" resname="abstract.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>An abstract is a short description of the page content that might be a little longer than the one in the <i>Description</i> field.
|
||||
|
||||
Unlike the description, the abstract is not meant for display in search engine result lists, but is instead intended for you own use.
|
||||
|
||||
If you create a Content Element of type <i>Sitemap</i> and then choose <i>Menu of subpages to these pages (with abstract)</i> an overview of pages will be created. If an abstract is available for a page it will be used instead of the description.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Note:</b> You do not have to enter the text of the description into the <i>Abstract field</i> again.
|
||||
|
||||
Admins can also make custom use of this field via their TypoScript templates.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Un abstract è una breve descrizione del contenuto della pagina che potrebbe essere leggermente più lungo di quello nel campo <i>Descrizione</i>.
|
||||
|
||||
Al contrario della descrizione, l'abstract non è pensato per essere utilizzato dall'elenco dei risultati dei motori di ricerca, ma è destinato per uso personale.
|
||||
|
||||
Se crei un Elemento di Contenuto di tipo <i>Abstract</i>, verrà creata un'anteprima dei contenuti utilizzando il testo del campo Abstract, se disponibile.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Nota:</b> non devi inserire di nuovo il testo della descrizione anche nel <i>campo Abstract</i>.
|
||||
|
||||
Gli Amministratori possono fare un uso personalizzato di questo campo nei loro Template TypoScript.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_abstract.seeAlso" resname="_abstract.seeAlso" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:description</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">pages:description</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newUntil.description" resname="newUntil.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the date at which this page is no longer considered new.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci la data a partire dalla quale la pagina non sarà più considerata come 'nuova'.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newUntil.details" resname="newUntil.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The 'New Until' date of the page has no effect on the display of the webpage. This value is instead for internal use as a reminder of the date when the content of this page should be revised. If the content of the page will become outdated on a certain day, you could set this value to that approximate date.
|
||||
To get an overview of when pages will be outdated, use the 'Pagetree overview' in the 'Web>Info' Module.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La data "Considera come 'Nuovo' Fino al" della pagina non ha effetto sulla visualizzazione della pagina web. Questo valore è invece per uso interno come promemoria della data in cui il contenuto di questa pagina dovrebbe essere rivisto. Se il contenuto della pagina diventerà obsoleto in un certo giorno, è possibile impostare questo valore a quella data approssimativa.
|
||||
Per avere una panoramica di quando le pagine saranno obsolete, usa la panoramica 'Panoramica Albero delle Pagine' nel modulo 'Web>Info'.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newUntil.syntax" resname="newUntil.syntax" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>See Page / Publication Date (click below)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Vedi Pagina / Data di Pubblicazione (clicca sotto)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_newUntil.seeAlso" resname="_newUntil.seeAlso" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:starttime</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">pages:starttime</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lastUpdated.description" resname="lastUpdated.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the date and time of the most recent update to this page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci la data e l'ora dell'aggiornamento più recente a questa pagina.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lastUpdated.details" resname="lastUpdated.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>How the value of this field is used is determined by the TypoScript template of the website. 'Last Update' content needs to be inserted on the pages and the TypoScript template must be configured to use this value.
|
||||
The most common use is to display the date from the automatically updated 'tstamp' field <em>unless</em> the 'Last Update' field is set. In this case, the date in 'Last Update' is used.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il modo in cui viene utilizzato il valore di questo campo è determinato dal Template TypoScript. Il contenuto 'Ultimo Aggiornamento' deve essere inserito nelle pagine e il Template TypoScript deve essere configurato per utilizzare questo valore.
|
||||
L'uso più comune è quello di visualizzare la data dal campo "tstamp" aggiornato automaticamente <em>a meno che</em> il campo 'Ultimo Aggiornamento' sia impostato. In questo caso, viene utilizzata la data in 'Ultimo Aggiornamento'.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="lastUpdated.syntax" resname="lastUpdated.syntax" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The format is HH:MM DD-MM-YYYY or HH:MM MM-DD-YYYY depending on your TYPO3 configuration.
|
||||
If you insert a 'd' the current time and date is inserted. You can also append any value in the field with a number lie '+10' which will add 10 days to the current value.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il formato è HH:MM DD-MM-YYYY oppure HH:MM MM-DD-YYYY a seconda della tua configurazione di TYPO3.
|
||||
Inserendo 'd' viene inserita la data e ora corrente. È possibile aggiungere un numero, alla fine di qualsiasi valore del campo, come ad esempio '+10', che aggiunge 10 giorni al valore corrente.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="nav_hide.description" resname="nav_hide.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>With this option the page will appear in menus in the Frontend. If unchecked, the page can still be viewed if linked by going directly to its URL.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Con quest'opzione la pagina comparirà nei menù di Frontend. Se non selezionata, la pagina sarà visualizzabile se collegata direttamente con il suo URL.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_nav_hide.seeAlso" resname="_nav_hide.seeAlso" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:nav_title</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">pages:nav_title</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="nav_title.description" resname="nav_title.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Alternative Navigation Title for menu items in the Frontend. When set, this value is used instead of the Page Title.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Titolo di navigazione alternativo per le voci di menù nel frontend. Se impostato, viene utilizzato al posto del Titolo della Pagina.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="content_from_pid.description" resname="content_from_pid.description" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>If set, this is an alternative page to select Content Elements from.
|
||||
Whether this field is used depends on the website's TypoScript template.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Se impostata, questa è una pagina alternativa da cui selezionare gli elementi di contenuto.
|
||||
L'utilizzo di questo campo dipende dal Template TypoScript.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_mode.description" resname="shortcut_mode.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select a Shortcut Mode. By default the shortcut page must have a Shortcut Target to jump to. Other options are to go to the first subpage, to a random subpage, or back up to the parent page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona una modalità di scorciatoia. La pagina 'Scorciatoia' deve avere una destinazione a cui saltare. Altre opzioni sono di andare alla prima sottopagina, a una sottopagina casuale o tornare alla pagina 'padre'.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mount_pid.description" resname="mount_pid.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Mount this page. If set, subpages of this page come from the Mounted Page instead.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Monta la pagina selezionata. Se impostata, le sottopagine, di questa pagina, saranno quelle della pagina montata.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mount_pid.details" resname="mount_pid.details" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>In the Frontend this is done by adding a new variable, &MP, to the URL. This links the mounted branch to the main branch by pairing page ids.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nella Frontend questo viene fatto aggiungendo una nuova variabile, &MP, alla URL. Questo collega il ramo montato al ramo principale associando gli id della pagina.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_mount_pid.seeAlso" resname="_mount_pid.seeAlso" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:mount_pid_ol</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">pages:mount_pid_ol</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="mount_pid_ol.description" resname="mount_pid_ol.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show content for the current page or replace it completely with the Mounted Page.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mostra il contenuto della pagina corrente o lo sostituisce completamente con la Pagina Montata.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_mount_pid_ol.seeAlso" resname="_mount_pid_ol.seeAlso" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>pages:mount_pid</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">pages:mount_pid</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="title.description.+" resname="title.description.+" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This is normally shown in the website navigation.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Utilizzato, normalmente, nella navigazione del sito web, ossia nei menù del sito web.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="TSconfig.details.+" resname="TSconfig.details.+" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source><strong>Example:</strong>
|
||||
The 'Web>Page' module lets you create content in four columns, Left, Normal, Right, Border if the template has been configured to use this option. (However, most websites use only one or two columns so some of these content columns are just taking up space and confusing users.)
|
||||
If you enter this string in the 'TSConfig' field, the 'Web>Page' Module will only show the 'Normal' and 'Border' column!
|
||||
|
||||
<em>mod.web_layout.tt_content.colPos_list = 0,3</em>
|
||||
|
||||
(Must be entered in a single line!)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final"><strong>Esempio</strong>
|
||||
Il modulo 'Web>Pagina' ti permette di posizionare i contenuti su più colonne, previa creazione di un record "Layout di Backend", da assegnare ad una Pagina, con il campo "Aspetto::Layout di Backend".
|
||||
Supponiamo che il record "Layout di Backend" preveda 3 colonne; Sinistra (1), Centro (0) e Destra (2).
|
||||
Se inserisci questa stringa nel campo TSConfig di Pagina, il modulo 'Web>Pagina' mostrerà solo le colonne Sinistra e Centro!
|
||||
|
||||
<em>mod.SHARED.colPos_list = 0,1</em>
|
||||
|
||||
Deve essere inserito in una singola riga!</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="l18n_cfg.description" resname="l18n_cfg.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Affect availability of pages in the various languages.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Influenza la disponibilità delle pagine nelle varie lingue</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="l18n_cfg.details" resname="l18n_cfg.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source><b>Hide default language of page</b>
|
||||
If set, the page is only available in translated versions and not in the default language. Any attempt to access the page in the default language will result in an error message.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Hide page if no translation for current language exists</b>
|
||||
If set, any attempt to access the page in a translation that does not exist will result in an error message. By default, accessing an untranslated page will just show the default language instead.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final"><b>Nascondi la lingua predefinita della pagina</b>
|
||||
Se impostata, la pagina è disponibile solo nelle versioni tradotte e non nella lingua predefinita. Qualsiasi tentativo di accedere alla pagina nella lingua predefinita comporterà un messaggio di errore.
|
||||
|
||||
<b>Nascondi la pagina se non esiste la traduzione per la lingua corrente</b>
|
||||
Se impostata, qualsiasi tentativo di accedere alla pagina in una traduzione che non esiste, risulterà in un messaggio di errore. Per impostazione predefinita, l'accesso a una pagina non tradotta mostra la lingua predefinita.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:core/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_csh_sysfilem.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:33Z" product-name="lang" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".description" resname=".description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Filemounts describe a filepath on the server, relative or absolute.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il Filemount rappresenta un nodo nell'Albero dell Cartelle oppure, detto in altro modo, è un riferimento a una cartella di uno Storage. I Filemount sono utilizzati per concedere l'accesso, a utenti di backend, a nodi specifici dell'Albero delle Cartelle.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".details" resname=".details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>By creating a file mount record and placing a reference to it in a Backend usergroup you can allow a user access to the file mount in the File>List module.
|
||||
Filemounts may also configure access to a path on the server to which the user has FTP-access. Just remember to set file-permissions on the server correctly so the webserver user (which PHP is running as) has at least read access to the FTP-dir.
|
||||
You can only mount absolute paths if they are within the base path set in $TYPO3_CONF_VARS[BE][lockRootPath]</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Creando un record Filemount e includendolo in un gruppo di utenti Backend (File Mounts) è possibile consentire l'accesso a cartelle specifiche, dell'Albero delle Cartelle, utilizzando il modulo File>Lista File.
|
||||
Un Filemount può anche configurare l'accesso a un percorso sul server web a cui l'utente ha accesso via FTP. In questo caso è necessario impostare i permessi di accesso a cartelle e file, sul server, in modo corretto affinché l'utente, del server web, abbia almeno l'accesso in lettura alla cartella FTP.
|
||||
Puoi montare percorsi assoluti ed esterni alla webroot solo se sono all'interno del percorso impostato in $TYPO3_CONF_VARS[BE][lockRootPath]</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_.seeAlso" resname="_.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>be_groups:file_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:file_mountpoints,
|
||||
More about File mounts | https://docs.typo3.org/typo3cms/InsideTypo3Reference/CoreArchitecture/AccessControl/MoreAboutFileMounts/</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">be_groups:file_mountpoints,
|
||||
be_users:file_mountpoints,
|
||||
Altro su File mounts | https://docs.typo3.org/typo3cms/InsideTypo3Reference/CoreArchitecture/AccessControl/MoreAboutFileMounts/</target><note>A part of this string is an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy this part into the translation field and do not change it. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_.image" resname="_.image" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/filemount_1.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/filemount_1.png</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="title.description" resname="title.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter a title for the filemount. The title will appear as the name of the file mount when it is applied to users and groups.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci una etichetta per il Filemount: apparirà come identificativo, del nodo dell'Albero delle Cartelle, quando sarà da assegnare, a Utenti o Gruppi di backend, nel campo "File Mounts - Nodi Albero delle Cartelle".</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_title.image" resname="_title.image" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_5.png</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_5.png</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="path.description" resname="path.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the path of the filemount, relative or absolute depending on the settings of BASE.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona la cartella nello Storage da assegnare al Filemount.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="path.details" resname="path.details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>If BASE is set to relative, the path mounted is found in the subfolder "fileadmin/" of the website. Then you should enter the subfolder in "fileadmin/" as path. For instance if you want to mount access to "fileadmin/user_uploads/all/" then enter the value "user_uploads/all" as the value of PATH.
|
||||
If BASE is absolute you should enter the absolute path on the server, eg. "/home/ftp_upload" or "C:/home/ftp_upload". Further you must make sure the configuration variable $TYPO3_CONF_VARS[BE][lockRootPath] contains the first part of the path you want to mount.
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Notice:</strong> In any case, make sure the webserver user which PHP is running as has <em>at least</em> read-access to the path. If not, the mount will simply not appear without any warnings.
|
||||
If you have problems - especially with absolute mounts - try to mount something "simple" like a relative path in fileadmin. If that is working well, try the absolute path.
|
||||
|
||||
Your PHP-configuration may also impose other restrictions on you if open_basedir is enabled. Then use relative paths.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final"><b>Riguardo la configurazione dello Storage</b>: se 'Tipo Percorso' è impostato su relativo, il percorso montato si trova nella sottocartella "fileadmin/" del sito web. Quindi dovresti inserire una sottocartella di "fileadmin/" come percorso. Per esempio, se desideri montare "fileadmin/user_uploads/all/", devi inserire "user_uploads/all" come valore di 'Percorso Base'.
|
||||
Se 'Tipo Percorso' è assoluto, dovresti inserire il percorso assoluto sul server, ad esempio "/home/ftp_upload" o "C:/home/ftp_upload". Inoltre devi assicurarti che la variabile di configurazione $TYPO3_CONF_VARS[BE][lockRootPath] contenga la cartella padre del percorso che vuoi montare, ad esempio "/home/", "C:/home/".
|
||||
|
||||
<strong>Nota:</strong> in ogni caso, assicurati che l'utente del server web, che sta eseguendo PHP, abbia <em>almeno</em> accesso in lettura al percorso. In caso contrario, lo specifico Albero delle Cartelle non apparirà, senza alcun avvertimento.
|
||||
Se hai problemi, soprattutto con i percorsi assoluti, prova a montare qualcosa di "semplice" come un percorso relativo a fileadmin. Se questo funziona bene, prova il percorso assoluto.
|
||||
|
||||
La tua configurazione PHP potrebbe anche imporre altre restrizioni se open_basedir (direttiva PHP) è impostato. Quindi usa i percorsi relativi.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_path.seeAlso" resname="_path.seeAlso" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>sys_filemounts:base,
|
||||
be_groups:file_mountpoints,
|
||||
sys_filemounts</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">sys_filemounts:base,
|
||||
be_groups:file_mountpoints,
|
||||
sys_filemounts</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_path.image" resname="_path.image" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_6.png,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_7.png</source>
|
||||
|
||||
<target state="final">EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_6.png,
|
||||
EXT:core/Resources/Public/Images/cshimages/be_groups_7.png</target><note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="path.image_descr" resname="path.image_descr" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This is a filemount relative to "fileadmin/". The mounted folder is "fileadmin/user_upload/" since "user_upload" is the value of the "Path" field.
|
||||
The directory structure of "fileadmin/" where you can see the "user_upload" folder in the bottom of the list.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo è un filemount relativo a "fileadmin/". La cartella montata è "fileadmin/user_upload/" poiché "user_upload" è il valore del campo "Cartella".
|
||||
La struttura della directory di "fileadmin/" dove puoi vedere la cartella "user_upload" in fondo alla lista.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.description" resname="hidden.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Unchecking this option temporarily disables the filemount.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Deselezionare quest'opzione per disabilitare temporaneamente il filemount.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.details" resname="hidden.details" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>All backend users using the mount will not have access anymore. This includes 'Admin'-users.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tutti gli utenti del backend che usano l'Albero delle Cartelle non avranno più accesso. Questo include utenti admin.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="base.description" resname="base.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Determines whether the value of the PATH field is to be recognized as an absolute path on the server or a path relative to the fileadmin/ subfolder to the website.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona da quale Storage scegliere la cartella da assegnare al Filemount.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="_base.seeAlso" resname="_base.seeAlso" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>sys_filemounts:path</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">sys_filemounts:path</target>
|
||||
<note>This string contains an internal text, which must not be changed. Just copy the original text into the translation field. For more information have a look at the Tutorial.</note>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="read_only.description" resname="read_only.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Display this file mount as read-only.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Imposta questo Albero delle Cartelle in sola lettura.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="read_only.details" resname="read_only.details" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Read-only file mounts are displayed in the Filelist and the Element Browser. They allow displaying of files and folders which are neither writable nor editable for the user.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Gli Alberi delle Cartelle in sola lettura sono visualizzati sia nel riquadro di navigazione che nel Navigatore Elementi. Consentono la visualizzazione di file e cartelle che non sono né scrivibili né modificabili per l'utente.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:core/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_csh_sysfilereference.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="context_help" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="alternative.description" resname="alternative.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sets the alternative text of this asset.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Imposta il testo alternativo di questa risorsa.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="alternative.details" resname="alternative.details" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>When using the img element, specify a short text alternative with the alt attribute. Note. The value of this attribute is referred to as "alt text".
|
||||
When an image contains words that are important to understanding the content, the alt text should include those words. This will allow the alt text to play the same function on the page as the image. Note that it does not necessarily describe the visual characteristics of the image itself but must convey the same meaning as the image.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Quando si utilizza l'elemento di img, specificare un'alternativa di testo con l'attributo alt. Nota: il valore di questo attributo è indicato come "testo alt".
|
||||
Quando un'immagine contiene parole che sono importanti per capire il contenuto, il testo alt dovrebbe includere quelle parole. Questo permetterà al testo alt di riprodurre la stessa funzione sulla pagina dell'immagine. Nota che non descrive necessariamente le caratteristiche visive dell'immagine stessa, ma deve trasmettere lo stesso significato dell'immagine.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="link.description" resname="link.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sets a link on this asset.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Imposta un collegamento per questa risorsa.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="link.details" resname="link.details" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Use the wizard next to the field to specify a link that a user can follow by clicking the image.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Usare la procedura guidata, accanto al campo, per specificare un collegamento che un utente può seguire facendo clic sull'immagine.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="title.description" resname="title.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sets the title text of this asset.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Imposta il testo del titolo di questa risorsa.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="title.details" resname="title.details" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The title attribute is used to provide additional information to help clarify or further describe the purpose of a link.
|
||||
If the supplementary information provided through the title attribute is something the user should know before following the link, such as a warning, then it should be provided in the link text rather than in the title attribute.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">L'attributo 'title' viene utilizzato per fornire informazioni aggiuntive che aiutino a chiarire o descrivere ulteriormente lo scopo di un collegamento.
|
||||
Se le informazioni aggiuntive fornite, attraverso l'attributo title, riguardano qualcosa che l'utente dovrebbe conoscere prima di seguire il collegamento, come per esempio un avvertimento, allora questo tipo di informazione dovrebbe essere fornita nel testo del collegamento, anziché nell'attributo 'title'.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="description.description" resname="description.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Sets the image-caption-text of this asset.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Imposta la didascalia dell'immagine di questa risorsa.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="description.details" resname="description.details" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This text will be displayed underneath your asset and can be used to supply additional context to the image.
|
||||
Depending on local laws you might have to use this to supply proper copyright information on your assets.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo testo verrà mostrato sotto la risorsa e può essere utilizzato per fornire un ulteriore contesto all'immagine.
|
||||
A seconda della legislazione locale, è possible che questo debba essere utilizzato per inserire le opportune informazioni di copyright riguardanti le risorse.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="crop.description" resname="crop.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Click "Open Editor" to start up the image editor.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Fai clic su "Apri editor" per avviare l'editor di immagini.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="autoplay.description" resname="autoplay.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Check to let embedded media play once loaded.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona per riprodurre il file multimediale una volta caricato.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:core/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_csh_sysfilestorage.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:32Z" product-name="context_help" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".description" resname=".description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File storage, which acts as an entry root point to a file-based structure. See it like a drive or a hard drive volume in your local machine.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Lo Storage è la radice di una struttura ad albero di cartelle e file. Da intendere come un disco, un volume del disco rigido o una cartella del file system.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".details" resname=".details">
|
||||
<source/>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.description" resname="hidden.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Unchecking this option results in removing of the storage from any listings in the backend. Existing file relations will still exist.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Deselezionando quest'opzione si rimuove temporaneamente lo Storage dagli elenchi nel backend. Le relazioni esistenti tra file non vengono alterate.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.details" resname="hidden.details" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>If you set up a file storage, it will show up on any folder lists, thus allowing to basically browse through the files in this file repository. If you set this checkbox, this storage will be excluded from any listings in the backend. Any existing file references will still exist further.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Se imposti uno Storage, verrà visualizzato su qualsiasi elenco dell'Albero delle Cartelle, permettendo così di navigare attraverso cartelle e file. Se spunti questa opzione, questo Storage sarà escluso da qualsiasi elenco dell'Albero delle Cartelle nel backend. Comunque. eventuali riferimenti a file esistenti continueranno ad esistere.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="name.description" resname="name.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The visible identifier for this file storage.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il nome visibile per questo Storage.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="name.details" resname="name.details" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The label entered here will be shown as the name for the entry point in the TYPO3 Backend. Be sure to make it descriptive and logical for your editors.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">L'etichetta inserita qui sarà utilizzata come nome nell'elenco degli Storage disponibili, durante la creazione/modifica di un Filemount, nel Backend TYPO3. Assicurati di renderlo descrittivo e logico.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="description.description" resname="description.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>A description of this storage.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Una descrizione per questo Storage.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="description.details" resname="description.details" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This description field is used to explain e.g. the location of the storage, also what this storage is meant for or what it contains.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo campo descrizione è usato per spiegare, ad esempio, la locazione dello Storage, la sua finalità o il suo contenuto.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="driver.description" resname="driver.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Choose the driver as the technical backbone of the storage. Once you've chosen a driver, and saved it, additional configuration will show up.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il Driver è il contenitore fisico dello Storage. Una volta scelto un driver, ed effettuato il salvataggio, verrà visualizzata una configurazione aggiuntiva.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="driver.details" resname="driver.details" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The driver is the technical background of a storage, and thus also defines whether the location of the storage is local (= on the same machine as this TYPO3 installation) or remote like a WebDAV server connection. Search for extensions in the TYPO3 Extension Repository that extend this driver list.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il Driver è il "contenitore" fisico di uno Storage: la posizione, del Driver e quindi dello Storage, può essere locale (sullo stesso server di questa installazione TYPO3) o remota (come una connessione server WebDAV). Cerca estensioni nel TYPO3 Extension Repository che aggiungono driver disponibili.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="processingfolder.description" resname="processingfolder.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Defines the directory on this storage to be used to save temporary files like resized images.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Definisce la cartella, di questo Storage, da utilizzare per salvare i file temporanei, come, ad esempio, la elaborazione delle immagini: compressione, ridimensionamento.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="is_browsable.description" resname="is_browsable.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>If set, backend users can browse through this storage. Otherwise it will show up as a unselectable item in the list.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Se impostato, gli utenti di backend possono navigare questo Storage. Altrimenti verrà visualizzato come un elemento non selezionabile nell'elenco.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="is_public.description" resname="is_public.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>If set, then the files in this storage can be linked directly from the outside world. If this is not set, make sure to provide additional possibilities to access the files in this storage.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Se impostato, i file in questo Storage possono essere collegati direttamente dall'esterno. Se questo non è impostato, assicurati di fornire ulteriori possibilità di accesso ai file in questo Storage.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="is_writable.description" resname="is_writable.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>If set, then users are allowed to modify, add, delete files/folders on this storage.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Se impostato, gli utenti possono modificare, aggiungere, eliminare file/cartelle su questo Storage.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="is_online.description" resname="is_online.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This flag is usually set. If TYPO3 cannot connect to this storage (because it maybe temporary down), then the flag will be checked, and the storage will behave like it is non-browsable in the TYPO3 backend. The admin needs to manually activate it again if it was offline.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Solitamente questa opzione è spuntata. Nel caso in cui TYPO3 non riesca a connettersi a questo Storage (es. perché remoto e temporaneamente non raggiungibile), l'opzione sarà attiva, ma lo Storage sarà non navigabile nel backend di TYPO3. L'amministratore deve riattivarlo manualmente se era non raggiungibile.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:core/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_csh_syslang.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:33Z" product-name="lang" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="title.description" resname="title.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the name of this additional system language.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci il nome di questa lingua di sistema aggiuntiva.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.description" resname="hidden.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Unchecking this option will hide the system language from being available in the backend.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La deselezione, di questa opzione, renderà la lingua di sistema non più disponibile nel backend.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".description" resname=".description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Defines which languages are alternatively available on each webpage.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Definisce quali lingue sono disponibili su ogni pagina web.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".details" resname=".details" xml:space="preserve" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The Web>Page module has a feature which allows users to edit page content divided into not only columns but also languages. The languages available for translation are determined by the number of Website Language record created.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il modulo Web>Pagina ha una funzionalità che permette agli utenti di modificare il contenuto della pagina diviso, non solo in colonne, ma anche lingue. Le lingue disponibili per la traduzione sono determinate dal numero di record di lingua creati.</target></trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:core/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_csh_sysnews.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:33Z" product-name="lang" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="hidden.description" resname="hidden.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Unchecking this option will hide the news from showing up at the login screen.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">La deselezione, di quest'opzione, nasconderà le "News di Sistema" dall'essere mostrate in fase di login.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="title.description" resname="title.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the title of the news.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci il titolo della "News di Sistema".</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="content.description" resname="content.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The news content to let editors know what's coming up. HTML is disabled, however, you can use line breaks.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il contenuto della News per far sapere agli editori quali siano le novità/notizie. L'HTML è disabilitato, tuttavia, è possibile utilizzare gli "a capo".</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id=".description" resname=".description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>System news are shown at the TYPO3 login screen, allowing admins to inform editors about upcoming system maintenance and similar events.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Le News di Sistema sono mostrate nella schermata di login di TYPO3, consentendo agli amministratori di informare gli editori sui prossimi interventi di manutenzione del sistema e su eventi simili.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:core/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_general.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:34Z" product-name="lang" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.endtime" resname="LGL.endtime" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Stop</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Fine</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.hidden" resname="LGL.hidden" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Hide</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Disabilitato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.timestamp" resname="LGL.timestamp" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Last Modified</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ultima Modifica</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.creationDate" resname="LGL.creationDate" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Created At</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Data Creazione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.creationUserId" resname="LGL.creationUserId" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Created By</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Creato Da</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.starttime" resname="LGL.starttime" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Start</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inizio</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.fe_group" resname="LGL.fe_group" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Access</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Diritti di Accesso Gruppo Utenti FE</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.hide_at_login" resname="LGL.hide_at_login" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Hide at login</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nascondi al login</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.any_login" resname="LGL.any_login" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show at any login</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mostra al login</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.usergroups" resname="LGL.usergroups" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>__Usergroups:__</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">__Gruppi utenti:__</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.type" resname="LGL.type" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Type</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tipo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.description" resname="LGL.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Description</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Descrizione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.prependAtCopy" resname="LGL.prependAtCopy" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>(copy %s)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">(copia %s)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.layout" resname="LGL.layout" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Frontend Layout</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Layout di Frontend</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.default_value" resname="LGL.default_value" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Default</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Predefinito</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.normal" resname="LGL.normal" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Normal</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Normale</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.images" resname="LGL.images" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Images</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Immagini</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.image" resname="LGL.image" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Image</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Immagine</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.width" resname="LGL.width" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Width</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Larghezza</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.height" resname="LGL.height" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Height</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Altezza</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.caption" resname="LGL.caption" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Caption</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Didascalia</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.subheader" resname="LGL.subheader" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Subheader</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sottotitolo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.text" resname="LGL.text" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Text</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Contenuto</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.name" resname="LGL.name" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Name</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nome</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.first_name" resname="LGL.first_name" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>First name</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nome</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.middle_name" resname="LGL.middle_name" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Middle name</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Secondo nome</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.last_name" resname="LGL.last_name" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Last name</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nome</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.title" resname="LGL.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Title</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Titolo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.title_person" resname="LGL.title_person" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Title</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Titolo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.address" resname="LGL.address" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Address</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Indirizzo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.phone" resname="LGL.phone" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Phone</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Telefono</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.fax" resname="LGL.fax" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Fax</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Fax</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.author" resname="LGL.author" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Author</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Autore</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.email" resname="LGL.email" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Email</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Email</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.company" resname="LGL.company" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Company</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Azienda</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.city" resname="LGL.city" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>City</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Città</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.zip" resname="LGL.zip" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Zipcode</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Codice postale</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.country" resname="LGL.country" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Country</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Paese</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.www" resname="LGL.www" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>www</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">www</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.lastlogin" resname="LGL.lastlogin" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Last login</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ultimo login</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.note" resname="LGL.note" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Note</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nota</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.parameters" resname="LGL.parameters" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Parameters</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Parametri</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.code" resname="LGL.code" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>CODE</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">CODICE</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.links" resname="LGL.links" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Links</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Collegamenti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.language" resname="LGL.language" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Language</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Lingua</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.category" resname="LGL.category" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Category</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Categoria</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.shortcut_page" resname="LGL.shortcut_page" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Shortcut to page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Scorciatoia a</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.keywords" resname="LGL.keywords" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Keywords (,)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Parole Chiave</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.disable" resname="LGL.disable" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Disable</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Disabilita</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.baseStorage" resname="LGL.baseStorage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Storage</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Storage</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.folder" resname="LGL.folder" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Folder</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Cartella</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.startingpoint" resname="LGL.startingpoint" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Startingpoint</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Lista di pagine</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.disableRTE" resname="LGL.disableRTE" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Disable Rich Text Editor</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Disabilita Rich Text Editor (RTE)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.external" resname="LGL.external" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>External URL</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">URL esterno</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.recursive" resname="LGL.recursive" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Recursive</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ricorsivo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.l18n_parent" resname="LGL.l18n_parent" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Transl.Orig</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Testo originale</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.siteLanguages" resname="LGL.siteLanguages" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Site languages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Lingue del sito</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.specialLanguages" resname="LGL.specialLanguages" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Special languages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Lingue speciali</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.allLanguages" resname="LGL.allLanguages" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>[All]</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">[Tutti]</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.error" resname="LGL.error" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Error!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Errore!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.visible" resname="LGL.visible" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Visible</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Abilitato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.enabled" resname="LGL.enabled" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enabled</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Abilitato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="LGL.disabled" resname="LGL.disabled" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Disabled</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Disabilitato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:core/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_mfa_provider.xlf" date="2021-01-29T00:14:02Z" product-name="cms" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="totp.title" resname="totp.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Time-based one-time password</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Password monouso a scadenza</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="totp.description" resname="totp.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This provider allows to authenticate with a single-use passcode which is based on the current time.
|
||||
Each code is only valid for 30 seconds. You need a OTP application or device, supporting such tokens.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo provider consente di autenticarsi con un codice di accesso monouso basato sull'ora corrente.
|
||||
Ogni codice è valido solo per 30 secondi. Hai bisogno di un'applicazione o dispositivo OTP, che supporti tali token.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="totp.setupInstructions" resname="totp.setupInstructions" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The time-based one-time password provider enables you to strengthen your accounts' security by requiring a six-digit code on every login.
|
||||
This provider is based on a shared secret, which will be exchanged between your OTP application (or device) and TYPO3. Each code takes the current time into account and is only valid for 30 seconds.
|
||||
|
||||
Setting up:
|
||||
1. Scan the QR-code or directly enter the shared secret in your application or device
|
||||
2. Add a specific name for this provider (optional)
|
||||
3. Enter the generated six-digit code in the corresponding field
|
||||
4. Submit the form to activate the provider
|
||||
|
||||
Note: In case your application supports otpauth:// urls, you can retrieve the url by clicking on the info button next to the shared secret.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il provider di password monouso a scadenza ti consente di rafforzare la sicurezza dei tuoi account richiedendo un codice a sei cifre su ogni accesso.
|
||||
Questo provider si basa su una chiave segreta condivisa, che verrà scambiata tra l'applicazione o il dispositivo OTP e TYPO3. Ogni codice riporta l'ora corrente ed è valido solo per 30 secondi.
|
||||
|
||||
Impostazione:
|
||||
1. Scansiona il codice QR o inserisci direttamente la chiave segreta condivisa nell'applicazione o nel dispositivo
|
||||
2. Aggiungi un nome specifico per questo provider (opzionale)
|
||||
3. Inserisci il codice generato a sei cifre nel campo corrispondente
|
||||
4. Invia il modulo per attivare il provider.
|
||||
|
||||
Nota: nel caso in cui l'applicazione supporti il protocollo otpauth://, è possibile recuperare l'url cliccando sul pulsante info accanto al chiave segreta condivisa.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="recoveryCodes.title" resname="recoveryCodes.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Recovery codes</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Codici di recupero</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="recoveryCodes.description" resname="recoveryCodes.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This provider allows to authenticate with a set of single-use passcodes, in case you lost your
|
||||
primary MFA credentials, or just have no access to them temporarily.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo provider permette di autenticarsi con un insieme di codici monouso, nel caso tu abbia perduto
|
||||
le tue credenziali MFA primarie o semplicemente tu non abbia accesso a queste temporaneamente.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="recoveryCodes.setupInstructions" resname="recoveryCodes.setupInstructions" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Recovery codes are random eight-digit codes which can be used to authenticate, in case your lost your main authentication credentials. Each code is only valid once.
|
||||
As soon as all recovery codes are exhausted, you're required to generate a new set. Therefore, periodically check the amount of remaining codes in the Edit / Change view of the provider.
|
||||
|
||||
Setting up:
|
||||
1. Copy the recovery codes and store them at a safe place
|
||||
2. Add a specific name for this provider (optional)
|
||||
3. Submit the form to activate the provider - see below note
|
||||
|
||||
Note: Since the recovery codes are being encrypted and stored securely, this process can take some time.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">I codici di recupero sono codici casuali a otto cifre che possono essere utilizzati per autenticarsi, nel caso in cui le credenziali principali siano state perse. Ogni codice è valido solo una volta.
|
||||
Non appena tutti i codici di recupero saranno esauriti, sarà necessario generarne una nuova serie. Pertanto, controlla periodicamente la quantità di codici rimanenti in Modifica / Cambia del provider.
|
||||
|
||||
Configurazione:
|
||||
1. Copiare i codici di recupero e memorizzarli in un luogo sicuro
|
||||
2. Aggiungi un nome specifico per questo provider (opzionale)
|
||||
3. Invia il modulo per attivare il provider - vedi nota sotto
|
||||
|
||||
Nota: dal momento che i codici di recupero sono crittografati e memorizzati in modo sicuro, questo processo può richiedere un po' di tempo.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="totpInputLabel" resname="totpInputLabel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the generated six-digit code</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci il codice generato a sei cifre</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="totpInputHelp" resname="totpInputHelp" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This code should now be displayed on your device or in your application.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo codice dovrebbe ora essere visualizzato sul tuo dispositivo o nella tua applicazione.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="locked" resname="locked" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>
|
||||
The maximum attempts for this provider are exceeded. Please use another provider or contact your
|
||||
administrator.
|
||||
</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">
|
||||
Il numero massimo di tentativi per questo provider sono superati. Utilizza un altro provider o contatta il tuo
|
||||
Amministratore.
|
||||
</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="edit.table.head" resname="edit.table.head" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Provider information</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Informazioni provider</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="edit.table.name" resname="edit.table.name" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Name</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nome</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="edit.table.nameInputPlaceholder" resname="edit.table.nameInputPlaceholder" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter a name</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci un nome</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="edit.table.recoveryCodesLeft" resname="edit.table.recoveryCodesLeft" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Recovery codes left</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Codici di recupero rimanenti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="edit.table.lastUsed" resname="edit.table.lastUsed" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Last used</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ultimo utilizzato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="edit.table.lastUsed.default" resname="edit.table.lastUsed.default" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Never</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mai</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="edit.table.lastUpdated" resname="edit.table.lastUpdated" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Last updated</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ultimo aggiornamento</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="edit.regenerate" resname="edit.regenerate" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Regenerate recovery codes</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Rigenera i codici di recupero</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="edit.regenerate.description" resname="edit.regenerate.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>
|
||||
If you lost your recovery codes or just want to get fresh ones, you can
|
||||
regenerate them by selecting the checkbox below. You've currently %d codes left.
|
||||
</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">
|
||||
Se hai perso i tuoi codici di recupero o vuoi solo ottenerne di nuovi, puoi
|
||||
rigenerarli spuntando l'opzione qui sotto. Hai attualmente %d codici rimasti.
|
||||
</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="edit.regenerate.inputLabel" resname="edit.regenerate.inputLabel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Regenerate recovery codes</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Rigenera i codici di recupero</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="setup.step.1" resname="setup.step.1" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Step 1</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Passo 1</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="setup.step.1a" resname="setup.step.1a" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Step 1a</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Passo 1a</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="setup.step.1b" resname="setup.step.1b" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Step 1b</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Passo 1b</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="setup.step.2" resname="setup.step.2" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Step 2</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Passo 2</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="setup.step.3" resname="setup.step.3" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Step 3</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Passo 3</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="setup.qrCode.label" resname="setup.qrCode.label" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Scan the displayed QR code</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Scansiona il codice QR visualizzato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="setup.qrCode.help" resname="setup.qrCode.help" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Scan this code with your OTP application (e.g. Google Authenticator).</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Scansiona questo codice con l'applicazione OTP (es. Google Authenticator).</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="setup.secret.label" resname="setup.secret.label" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Copy the shared secret</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Copia la chiave segreta condivisa</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="setup.secret.help" resname="setup.secret.help" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You can also enter the shared secret manually in your OTP application or device.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">È inoltre possibile inserire manualmente la chiave segreta condivisa nell'applicazione o nel dispositivo OTP.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="setup.name.label" resname="setup.name.label" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter a name (optional)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci un nome (opzionale)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="setup.name.help" resname="setup.name.help" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Specify a custom name for this provider.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Specifica un nome personalizzato per questo provider.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="setup.recoveryCodes.InputLabel" resname="setup.recoveryCodes.InputLabel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Recovery codes</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Codici di recupero</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="setup.recoveryCodes.InputHelp" resname="setup.recoveryCodes.InputHelp" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Copy these codes and store them at a safe place.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Copia questi codici e custodiscili in un luogo sicuro.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="setup.recoveryCodes.reloadTitle" resname="setup.recoveryCodes.reloadTitle" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Reload recovery codes</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ricarica i codici di recupero</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="setup.recoveryCodes.reloadLabel" resname="setup.recoveryCodes.reloadLabel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Reload</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ricarica</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="setup.recoveryCodes.noActiveProviders.title" resname="setup.recoveryCodes.noActiveProviders.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Setup not possible</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Impostazione non possibile</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="setup.recoveryCodes.noActiveProviders.message" resname="setup.recoveryCodes.noActiveProviders.message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>
|
||||
Recovery codes are only meant as a fallback if you lose access to your main multi-factor
|
||||
authentication credentials. Therefore, please activate a comprehensive MFA provider first.
|
||||
</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">
|
||||
I codici di recupero sono intesi solo come un ripiego se si perde l'accesso alle tue credenziali di autenticazione multi-fattore
|
||||
Pertanto, si prega di attivare un provider MFA completo prima.
|
||||
</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="setup.totpAuthUrlButton.title" resname="setup.totpAuthUrlButton.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show authentication URL</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mostra URL di autenticazione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="setup.totpAuthUrlModal.title" resname="setup.totpAuthUrlModal.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Authentication URL</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">URL di Autenticazione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="setup.totpAuthUrlModal.description" resname="setup.totpAuthUrlModal.description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>In case you are not able to scan the QR code, but your OTP application supports
|
||||
authentication URLs next to, or instead of plain shared secrets, you can copy and
|
||||
paste the URL shown below. The URL contains some information like the issuer (this site)
|
||||
and your email address or username. Most OTP applications will display this information
|
||||
next to the generated codes.
|
||||
</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nel caso in cui non fossi in grado di scansionare il codice QR, ma la tua applicazione OTP supporta
|
||||
URL di autenticazione o in sostituzione di chiavi segrete condivise, puoi copiare e
|
||||
incollare l'URL mostrato di seguito. L'URL contiene alcune informazioni, come l'emittente (questo sito),
|
||||
il tuo indirizzo email o il nome utente. La maggior parte delle applicazioni OTP mostrerà queste informazioni
|
||||
accanto ai codici generati.
|
||||
</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="setup.totpAuthUrlModal.ok" resname="setup.totpAuthUrlModal.ok" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>OK</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">OK</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="auth.totp.inputLabel" resname="auth.totp.inputLabel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter the six-digit code</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserire il codice a sei cifre</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="auth.recoveryCodes.inputLabel" resname="auth.recoveryCodes.inputLabel" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter an eight-digit recovery code</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci un codice di recupero a otto cifre</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="unlock.recoveryCodes.title" resname="unlock.recoveryCodes.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Your recovery codes were automatically updated!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">I tuoi codici di recupero sono stati aggiornati automaticamente!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="unlock.recoveryCodes.message" resname="unlock.recoveryCodes.message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Please copy and store them at a safe place: %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Si prega di copiarli e conservarli in un luogo sicuro: %s</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="update.recoveryCodes.title" resname="unlock.recoveryCodes.title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Recovery codes successfully regenerated</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Codici di recupero rigenerati con successo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="update.recoveryCodes.message" resname="unlock.recoveryCodes.message" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Please copy and store them at a safe place: %s</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Si prega di copiarli e conservarli in un luogo sicuro: %s</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,624 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<xliff xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:xliff:document:1.2" version="1.2">
|
||||
<file source-language="en" datatype="plaintext" original="EXT:core/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_misc.xlf" date="2011-10-17T20:22:34Z" product-name="lang" target-language="it">
|
||||
<header/>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcutDescription" resname="shortcutDescription" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This is the shortcuts menu. You do not have any shortcuts added yet, you can do so by clicking the shortcut icon %icon%, which you can find on each page in the backend.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo è il menù dei segnalibri. Non hai ancora aggiunto alcun segnalibro; puoi farlo facendo clic sull'icona della segnalibro %icon%, che puoi trovare su ogni pagina nel backend.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_edit" resname="shortcut_edit" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_create" resname="shortcut_create" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Create</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Crea</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_editID" resname="shortcut_editID" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit/Search</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica/Cerca</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_save" resname="shortcut_save" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Update shortcut title</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Aggiorna il nome dello segnalibro</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_saveClose" resname="shortcut_saveClose" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Update and close editor</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Aggiorna e chiudi editor</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_close" resname="shortcut_close" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Close shortcut editor</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Chiudi l'editor dei segnalibri</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_delete" resname="shortcut_delete" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Remove shortcut</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Elimina segnalibro</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_loadEdit" resname="shortcut_loadEdit" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Loading page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sto caricando la pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_searchFor" resname="shortcut_searchFor" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Search for</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Cerca</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_notEditable" resname="shortcut_notEditable" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No editable page found!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nessuna pagina modificabile trovata!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_group" resname="shortcut_group" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Group</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Gruppo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_group_1" resname="shortcut_group_1" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Pages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Pagine</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_group_2" resname="shortcut_group_2" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Records</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Records</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_group_3" resname="shortcut_group_3" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Files</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Files</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_group_4" resname="shortcut_group_4" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Tools</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Strumenti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_group_5" resname="shortcut_group_5" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Miscellaneous</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Miscellanea</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_global" resname="shortcut_global" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Global</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Globale</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_all" resname="shortcut_all" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>All</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tutti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_onlyAdmin" resname="shortcut_onlyAdmin" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You cannot edit a shared shortcut!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non puoi modificare un segnalibro condiviso!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_selSC" resname="shortcut_selSC" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select shortcut</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona il segnalibro</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_delAllInCat" resname="shortcut_delAllInCat" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Delete all shortcuts in this group?</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Vuoi eliminare tutti i segnalibri in questo gruppo?</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_onlineWS" resname="shortcut_onlineWS" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>LIVE workspace</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Workspace Live</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_active" resname="shortcut_active" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>active</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">attivo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_inactive" resname="shortcut_inactive" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>inactive</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">disattivo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_noWSfound" resname="shortcut_noWSfound" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>ERROR: No workspaces found!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">ERRORE: nessun workspace trovato!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_FEPreview" resname="shortcut_FEPreview" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enable Frontend Preview</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Abilita Anteprima Frontend</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="shortcut_workspace" resname="shortcut_workspace" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Go to Workspace Module</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Vai al Modulo Workspace</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_description" resname="bookmark_description" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>This is the bookmarks menu. You do not have any bookmarks added yet, you can do so by clicking the bookmark icon %s, which you can find on each page in the backend.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Questo è il menù dei segnalibri. Non hai ancora aggiunto alcun segnalibro, puoi farlo facendo clic sull'icona %s del segnalibro, che puoi trovare su ogni pagina nel backend.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_edit" resname="bookmark_edit" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_create" resname="bookmark_create" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Create</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Crea</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_editID" resname="bookmark_editID" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit/Search</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica/Cerca</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_save" resname="bookmark_save" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Update bookmark title</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Aggiorna titolo segnalibro</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_saveClose" resname="bookmark_saveClose" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Update and close editor</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Aggiorna e chiudi editor</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_close" resname="bookmark_close" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Close bookmark editor</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Chiudi editor di segnalibri</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_delete" resname="bookmark_delete" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Remove bookmark</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Rimuovi segnalibro</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_loadEdit" resname="bookmark_loadEdit" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Loading page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sto caricando la pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_searchFor" resname="bookmark_searchFor" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Search for</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Cerca</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_notEditable" resname="bookmark_notEditable" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No editable page found!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nessuna pagina modificabile trovata!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_group" resname="bookmark_group" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Group</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Gruppo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_group_1" resname="bookmark_group_1" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Pages</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Pagine</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_group_2" resname="bookmark_group_2" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Records</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Record</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_group_3" resname="bookmark_group_3" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Files</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">File</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_group_4" resname="bookmark_group_4" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Tools</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Strumenti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_group_5" resname="bookmark_group_5" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Miscellaneous</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Miscellanea</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_global" resname="bookmark_global" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Global</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Globale</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_all" resname="bookmark_all" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>All</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tutti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_onlyAdmin" resname="bookmark_onlyAdmin" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You cannot edit a shared bookmark!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non puoi modificare un segnalibro condiviso!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_selSC" resname="bookmark_selSC" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select bookmark</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona segnalibro</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_delAllInCat" resname="bookmark_delAllInCat" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Delete all bookmarks in this group</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Elimina tutti i segnalibri di questo gruppo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_onlineWS" resname="bookmark_onlineWS" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>LIVE workspace</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Workspace Live</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_active" resname="bookmark_active" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>active</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">attivo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_inactive" resname="bookmark_inactive" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>inactive</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">disattivo</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_noWSfound" resname="bookmark_noWSfound" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>ERROR: No workspaces found!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">ERRORE: nessun workspace trovato!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_FEPreview" resname="bookmark_FEPreview" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enable Frontend Preview</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Abilita Anteprima Frontend</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_workspaceComparisonView" resname="bookmark_workspaceComparisonView" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enable comparison view</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Abilita visualizzazione confronto</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="bookmark_workspace" resname="bookmark_workspace" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Go to Workspace Module</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Vai al Modulo Workspace</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="overwriteExistingFiles" resname="overwriteExistingFiles" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Overwrite existing files</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sovrascrivi i file esistenti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="uploadMultipleFilesInfo" resname="uploadMultipleFilesInfo" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Upload multiple files by holding the Shift or CTRL-file pressed while selecting your files (works on modern browsers only).</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Carica più file tenendo premuto il tasto Maiusc (Shift) o il tasto Ctrl durante la selezione dei file (funziona solo per browser moderni).</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileMetaDataLocation" resname="fileMetaDataLocation" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Location</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Posizione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileMetaErrorInvalidRecord" resname="fileMetaErrorInvalidRecord" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File meta data not found</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Metadati del file non trovati</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="selectPosition" resname="selectPosition" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select a position for the new page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona la posizione della nuova pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pageSelectPosition" resname="pageSelectPosition" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page (select position)</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Pagina (seleziona posizione)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="goBack" resname="goBack" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Go back</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Indietro</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="createNewPage" resname="createNewPage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Create a new page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Crea nuova pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="createNewContent" resname="createNewContent" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Create a new content element</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Crea un nuovo elemento di contenuto</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="clickForWizard" resname="clickForWizard" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Click here for wizard!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Clicca qui per la procedura guidata!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="insertNewPageHere" resname="insertNewPageHere" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Insert the new page here</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci qui la nuova pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="insertNewRecordHere" resname="insertNewRecordHere" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Insert new record here</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci qui il nuovo record</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="movePageToHere" resname="movePageToHere" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Move page to this position</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sposta la pagina in questa posizione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="moveElement" resname="moveElement" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Move element</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sposta elemento</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="moveElements" resname="moveElements" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Move elements</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sposta elementi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="copyElements" resname="copyElements" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Copy elements</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Copia elementi</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="selectPositionOfElement" resname="selectPositionOfElement" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select position of the element</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Scegli la posizione dell'elemento</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="movingElement" resname="movingElement" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Move element</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sposta elemento</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="makeCopy" resname="makeCopy" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Make copy instead of moving element</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Crea una copia invece di spostare l'elemento</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newContentElement" resname="newContentElement" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>New content element</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nuovo elemento di contenuto</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newContentElement.filter.label" resname="newContentElement.filter.label" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Filter by:</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Filtra per:</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newContentElement.filter.placeholder" resname="newContentElement.filter.placeholder" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Search for any content type</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Cerca qualsiasi tipo di contenuto</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="newContentElement.filter.noResults" resname="newContentElement.filter.noResults" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Unfortunately no content type matches your query, please try a different one.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sfortunatamente nessun tipo di contenuto corrisponde alla tua ricerca; per favore provane una diversa.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="system_records" resname="system_records" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>System Records</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Record di sistema</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="recordgroup.content" resname="recordgroup.content" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Content</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Contenuto</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="recordgroup.backendaccess" resname="recordgroup.backendaccess" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Backend Access</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Accesso Backend</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="recordgroup.frontendaccess" resname="recordgroup.frontendaccess" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Frontend Access</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Accesso Frontend</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="1_selectType" resname="1_selectType" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>First select the type of the new content element</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona prima il tipo del nuovo elemento di contenuto</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="2_selectPosition" resname="2_selectPosition" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Now click on the position of the new content element</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ora clicca sulla posizione del nuovo elemento di contenuto</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="CM_history" resname="CM_history" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>History/Undo</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Cronologia/Annulla</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="CM_hideInMenus" resname="CM_hideInMenus" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Hide in menu</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nascondi nel menù</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="CM_showInMenus" resname="CM_showInMenus" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show in menu</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mostra nel menù</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="CM_perms" resname="CM_perms" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Access</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Accesso</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="CM_moveWizard" resname="CM_moveWizard" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Move element</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sposta elemento</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="CM_moveWizard_page" resname="CM_moveWizard_page" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Move page</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sposta pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="CM_newWizard" resname="CM_newWizard" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>'Create New' wizard</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nuovo (procedura guidata)</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="CM_editPageProperties" resname="CM_editPageProperties" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Edit page properties</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modifica proprietà pagina</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="CM_db_list" resname="CM_db_list" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Web>List module</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Modulo Web>Lista</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="noEditPage" resname="noEditPage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You asked to edit page "%s" but you cannot edit this page. Now loading backend as usual.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Non puoi modificare la pagina "%s". Ora il backend viene caricato come al solito.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="localize" resname="localize" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Localize</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Localizza</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="localize.isLocalizable" resname="localize.isLocalizable" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Record can be localized</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il record può essere localizzato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="localize.wasRemovedInOriginal" resname="localize.wasRemovedInOriginal" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Record was removed in original language</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il record in lingua originale è stato rimosso</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="localizeAllRecords" resname="localizeAllRecords" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Localize all records</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Localizza tutti i record</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="synchronizeWithOriginalLanguage" resname="synchronizeWithOriginalLanguage" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Synchronize with original language</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sincronizza con la lingua originale</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pageTree_filter" resname="pageTree_filter" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Filter</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Filtro</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="switchtouser" resname="switchtouser" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Switch to User</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Simula utente</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="switchtousershort" resname="switchtousershort" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>SU</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">SIMULA</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_windowTitle" resname="fileUpload_windowTitle" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>File Upload Progress</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Avanzamento caricamento file</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_buttonSelectFiles" resname="fileUpload_buttonSelectFiles" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Select Files</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Seleziona file</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_buttonCancelAll" resname="fileUpload_buttonCancelAll" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Cancel All Uploads</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Annulla Tutti i Caricamenti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_infoComponentMaxFileSize" resname="fileUpload_infoComponentMaxFileSize" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You can upload files with a maximum size of {0}.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Puoi caricare file con dimensione massima {0}.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_infoComponentFileUploadLimit" resname="fileUpload_infoComponentFileUploadLimit" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You can upload a total of {0}.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Puoi caricare un totale di {0} file.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_infoComponentFileTypeLimit" resname="fileUpload_infoComponentFileTypeLimit" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>You can upload the following file types {0}.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Puoi caricare i seguenti tipi di file {0}.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_infoComponentOverrideFiles" resname="fileUpload_infoComponentOverrideFiles" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Overwrite existing files</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Sovrascrivi i file esistenti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_processRunning" resname="fileUpload_processRunning" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Another process is already uploading</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Un altro processo di caricamento è già in atto.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_uploadWait" resname="fileUpload_uploadWait" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Waiting to start upload of {0}</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">In attesa di iniziare il caricamento di {0}</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_uploadStarting" resname="fileUpload_uploadStarting" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Starting upload of {0}</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inizio caricamento di {0}</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_uploadProgress" resname="fileUpload_uploadProgress" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>{0}% of {1} uploaded</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">{0}% di {1} caricato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_uploadSuccess" resname="fileUpload_uploadSuccess" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>{0} was successfully uploaded!</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">{0} caricato con successo!</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pagetree_networkErrorTitle" resname="pagetree_networkErrorTitle" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Page tree error</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Errore dell'Albero delle Pagine</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="pagetree_networkErrorDesc" resname="pagetree_networkErrorDesc" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Got unexpected response from the server. Please check logs for details.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ricevuta una risposta inaspettata dal server. Controlla i log per i dettagli.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="tree_networkError" resname="tree_networkError" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Navigation loading error</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Errore di caricamento navigazione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="tree_networkErrorDescription" resname="tree_networkErrorDescription" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Got unexpected response from the server. Please check logs for details.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ricevuta una risposta inaspettata dal server. Controlla i log per i dettagli.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_errorQueueLimitExceeded" resname="fileUpload_errorQueueLimitExceeded" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Too many files selected</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Troppi files selezionati</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_errorQueueFileSizeLimit" resname="fileUpload_errorQueueFileSizeLimit" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>{0} is too big</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">{0} è troppo grande</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_errorQueueZeroByteFile" resname="fileUpload_errorQueueZeroByteFile" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>{0} is empty</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">{0} è vuoto</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_errorQueueInvalidFiletype" resname="fileUpload_errorQueueInvalidFiletype" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Filetype not allowed for {0}</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il tipo di file non è consentito per {0}</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_errorUploadHttp" resname="fileUpload_errorUploadHttp" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Too many files selected</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Troppi files selezionati</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_errorUploadHttpError" resname="fileUpload_errorUploadHttpError" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>A HTTP error occurred: {0}</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Errore HTTP: {0}</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_errorUploadMissingUrl" resname="fileUpload_errorUploadMissingUrl" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Internal error: No Upload URL set</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Errore interno: nessun URL di caricamento impostato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_errorUploadIO" resname="fileUpload_errorUploadIO" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Internal error: Problems while reading/writing the file</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Errore interno: problemi nel leggere/scrivere il file</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_errorUploadSecurityError" resname="fileUpload_errorUploadSecurityError" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Internal error: {0}</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Errore interno: {0}</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_errorUploadLimit" resname="fileUpload_errorUploadLimit" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Upload limit exceeded</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Superato il limite di caricamento</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_errorUploadFailed" resname="fileUpload_errorUploadFailed" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Upload failed</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Caricamento fallito</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_errorUploadFileIDNotFound" resname="fileUpload_errorUploadFileIDNotFound" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Internal error: File ID not found</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Errore interno: ID del file non trovato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_errorUploadFileValidation" resname="fileUpload_errorUploadFileValidation" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Internal error while validating the file</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Errore interno durante la validazione del file</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_errorUploadFileCancelled" resname="fileUpload_errorUploadFileCancelled" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Upload of {0} canceled</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Caricamento di {0} annullato</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_errorUploadStopped" resname="fileUpload_errorUploadStopped" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Upload of {0} stopped</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Caricamento di {0} interrotto</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_allErrorMessageTitle" resname="fileUpload_allErrorMessageTitle" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>All uploads failed</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tutti i caricamenti sono falliti</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_allErrorMessageText" resname="fileUpload_allErrorMessageText" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>All of your uploads failed.<br /><br />If this problem persists, please try another browser, contact your administrator or disable this "Flash Uploader" in your User Settings.<br /><br />Detailed problem description:<br /></source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Tutti i caricamenti sono falliti.<br /><br />Se il problema persiste, prova un altro browser, contatta il tuo amministratore o disabilita questo caricatore Flash (plugin del browser) nelle Impostazioni Utente.<br /><br />Descrizione dettagliata del problema:<br /></target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_allError401" resname="fileUpload_allError401" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>The server returned the status code 401, which is related to a .htaccess file used for password protection on your server. Unfortunately this can not be handled by your browser's Flash plugin.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Il server ha restituito il codice di stato 401, relativo a un file .htaccess, utilizzato per la protezione da password sul tuo server. Purtroppo questo non può essere gestito dal plugin Flash del tuo browser.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="fileUpload_allError2038" resname="fileUpload_allError2038" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>An input/output error occurred (Error #2038). This i.e. happens with servers using a self-signed SSL certificate, which is a limitation of your browser's Flash plugin.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Si è verificato un errore di input/output (Error #2038). Questo vale per i server che utilizzano un certificato SSL autofirmato, che è una limitazione del plugin Flash del browser.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="synchronizeFolderRelations.afterFolderRenamed" resname="synchronizeRelations.afterFolderRenamed" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>%d %s records referencing the renamed directory were updated.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">%d %s record, che fanno riferimento alla cartella rinominata, sono stati aggiornati.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="liveSearch_title" resname="liveSearch_title" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Short result list</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Risultati</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="liveSearch_emptyText" resname="liveSearch_emptyText" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Enter search term</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Inserisci termine di ricerca</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="liveSearch_loadingText" resname="liveSearch_loadingText" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Searching...</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Ricerca in corso...</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="liveSearch_listEmptyText" resname="liveSearch_listEmptyText" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>No results found.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nessun risultato trovato.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="liveSearch_showAllResults" resname="liveSearch_showAllResults" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show All</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mostra Tutto</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="liveSearch_helpTitle" resname="liveSearch_helpTitle" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>How to use advanced search tags</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Come usare i tags per la ricerca avanzata</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="liveSearch_helpDescription" resname="liveSearch_helpDescription" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Search in certain tables</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Cerca in determinate tabelle</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="liveSearch_helpDescriptionPages" resname="liveSearch_helpDescriptionPages" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>#page:Home will search for all pages with the title "Home"</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">#page:Home cercherà tutte le pagine con il titolo "Home"</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="viewPort_tooltipModuleMenuSplit" resname="viewPort_tooltipModuleMenuSplit" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Drag to resize the Modules Menu</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Trascina per ridimensionare il Menù dei Moduli</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="viewPort_tooltipNavigationContainerSplitDrag" resname="viewPort_tooltipNavigationContainerSplitDrag" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Drag to resize or double click to collapse the page tree area</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Trascina per ridimensionare o fai doppio clic per contrarre l'area dell'Albero delle Pagine</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="viewPort_tooltipNavigationContainerSplitClick" resname="viewPort_tooltipNavigationContainerSplitClick" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Click to toggle the page tree area</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Fai clic per espandere/contrarre l'area dell'Albero delle Pagine</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="viewPort_tooltipDebugPanelSplitDrag" resname="viewPort_tooltipDebugPanelSplitDrag" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Drag to resize or click to collapse the Debug Panel.</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Trascina per ridimensionare o click per chiudere il Pannello di Debug.</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="viewport_navigation_show" resname="viewport_navigation_show" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Show Navigation</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Mostra Navigazione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
<trans-unit id="viewport_navigation_hide" resname="viewport_navigation_hide" approved="yes">
|
||||
<source>Hide Navigation</source>
|
||||
<target state="final">Nascondi Navigazione</target>
|
||||
</trans-unit>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</file>
|
||||
</xliff>
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user